1 | //===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | // This file implements semantic analysis for expressions. |
10 | // |
11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
12 | |
13 | #include "TreeTransform.h" |
14 | #include "UsedDeclVisitor.h" |
15 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" |
16 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" |
17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" |
18 | #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" |
19 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" |
20 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" |
23 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
24 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
25 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
26 | #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h" |
27 | #include "clang/AST/OperationKinds.h" |
28 | #include "clang/AST/ParentMapContext.h" |
29 | #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" |
30 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" |
31 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" |
32 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" |
33 | #include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticSema.h" |
34 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
35 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" |
36 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
37 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" |
38 | #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" |
39 | #include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h" |
40 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" |
41 | #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" |
42 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" |
43 | #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" |
44 | #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h" |
45 | #include "clang/Sema/EnterExpressionEvaluationContext.h" |
46 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" |
47 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" |
48 | #include "clang/Sema/Overload.h" |
49 | #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" |
50 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" |
51 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" |
52 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h" |
53 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" |
54 | #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" |
55 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
56 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" |
57 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
58 | #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h" |
59 | #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h" |
60 | #include "llvm/Support/TypeSize.h" |
61 | #include <optional> |
62 | |
63 | using namespace clang; |
64 | using namespace sema; |
65 | |
66 | /// Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, without |
67 | /// emitting diagnostics. |
68 | bool Sema::CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid) { |
69 | // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing. |
70 | if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) |
71 | return false; |
72 | |
73 | // See if this is a deleted function. |
74 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: D)) { |
75 | if (FD->isDeleted()) |
76 | return false; |
77 | |
78 | // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it, |
79 | // then we can't use it either. |
80 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && |
81 | DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc: SourceLocation(), /*Diagnose*/ false)) |
82 | return false; |
83 | |
84 | // See if this is an aligned allocation/deallocation function that is |
85 | // unavailable. |
86 | if (TreatUnavailableAsInvalid && |
87 | isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(FD: *FD)) |
88 | return false; |
89 | } |
90 | |
91 | // See if this function is unavailable. |
92 | if (TreatUnavailableAsInvalid && D->getAvailability() == AR_Unavailable && |
93 | cast<Decl>(Val: CurContext)->getAvailability() != AR_Unavailable) |
94 | return false; |
95 | |
96 | if (isa<UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(Val: D)) |
97 | return false; |
98 | |
99 | return true; |
100 | } |
101 | |
102 | static void DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) { |
103 | // Warn if this is used but marked unused. |
104 | if (const auto *A = D->getAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { |
105 | // [[maybe_unused]] should not diagnose uses, but __attribute__((unused)) |
106 | // should diagnose them. |
107 | if (A->getSemanticSpelling() != UnusedAttr::CXX11_maybe_unused && |
108 | A->getSemanticSpelling() != UnusedAttr::C23_maybe_unused) { |
109 | const Decl *DC = cast_or_null<Decl>(Val: S.getCurObjCLexicalContext()); |
110 | if (DC && !DC->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) |
111 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_used_but_marked_unused) << D; |
112 | } |
113 | } |
114 | } |
115 | |
116 | /// Emit a note explaining that this function is deleted. |
117 | void Sema::NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *Decl) { |
118 | assert(Decl && Decl->isDeleted()); |
119 | |
120 | if (Decl->isDefaulted()) { |
121 | // If the method was explicitly defaulted, point at that declaration. |
122 | if (!Decl->isImplicit()) |
123 | Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_implicitly_deleted); |
124 | |
125 | // Try to diagnose why this special member function was implicitly |
126 | // deleted. This might fail, if that reason no longer applies. |
127 | DiagnoseDeletedDefaultedFunction(FD: Decl); |
128 | return; |
129 | } |
130 | |
131 | auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Val: Decl); |
132 | if (Ctor && Ctor->isInheritingConstructor()) |
133 | return NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CD: Ctor); |
134 | |
135 | Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_availability_specified_here) |
136 | << Decl << 1; |
137 | } |
138 | |
139 | /// Determine whether a FunctionDecl was ever declared with an |
140 | /// explicit storage class. |
141 | static bool hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(const FunctionDecl *D) { |
142 | for (auto *I : D->redecls()) { |
143 | if (I->getStorageClass() != SC_None) |
144 | return true; |
145 | } |
146 | return false; |
147 | } |
148 | |
149 | /// Check whether we're in an extern inline function and referring to a |
150 | /// variable or function with internal linkage (C11 6.7.4p3). |
151 | /// |
152 | /// This is only a warning because we used to silently accept this code, but |
153 | /// in many cases it will not behave correctly. This is not enabled in C++ mode |
154 | /// because the restriction language is a bit weaker (C++11 [basic.def.odr]p6) |
155 | /// and so while there may still be user mistakes, most of the time we can't |
156 | /// prove that there are errors. |
157 | static void diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(Sema &S, |
158 | const NamedDecl *D, |
159 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
160 | // This is disabled under C++; there are too many ways for this to fire in |
161 | // contexts where the warning is a false positive, or where it is technically |
162 | // correct but benign. |
163 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
164 | return; |
165 | |
166 | // Check if this is an inlined function or method. |
167 | FunctionDecl *Current = S.getCurFunctionDecl(); |
168 | if (!Current) |
169 | return; |
170 | if (!Current->isInlined()) |
171 | return; |
172 | if (!Current->isExternallyVisible()) |
173 | return; |
174 | |
175 | // Check if the decl has internal linkage. |
176 | if (D->getFormalLinkage() != Linkage::Internal) |
177 | return; |
178 | |
179 | // Downgrade from ExtWarn to Extension if |
180 | // (1) the supposedly external inline function is in the main file, |
181 | // and probably won't be included anywhere else. |
182 | // (2) the thing we're referencing is a pure function. |
183 | // (3) the thing we're referencing is another inline function. |
184 | // This last can give us false negatives, but it's better than warning on |
185 | // wrappers for simple C library functions. |
186 | const FunctionDecl *UsedFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: D); |
187 | bool DowngradeWarning = S.getSourceManager().isInMainFile(Loc); |
188 | if (!DowngradeWarning && UsedFn) |
189 | DowngradeWarning = UsedFn->isInlined() || UsedFn->hasAttr<ConstAttr>(); |
190 | |
191 | S.Diag(Loc, DowngradeWarning ? diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline_quiet |
192 | : diag::ext_internal_in_extern_inline) |
193 | << /*IsVar=*/!UsedFn << D; |
194 | |
195 | S.MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(D: Current); |
196 | |
197 | S.Diag(D->getCanonicalDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) |
198 | << D; |
199 | } |
200 | |
201 | void Sema::MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *Cur) { |
202 | const FunctionDecl *First = Cur->getFirstDecl(); |
203 | |
204 | // Suggest "static" on the function, if possible. |
205 | if (!hasAnyExplicitStorageClass(D: First)) { |
206 | SourceLocation DeclBegin = First->getSourceRange().getBegin(); |
207 | Diag(DeclBegin, diag::note_convert_inline_to_static) |
208 | << Cur << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DeclBegin, "static " ); |
209 | } |
210 | } |
211 | |
212 | /// Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and |
213 | /// emit any corresponding diagnostics. |
214 | /// |
215 | /// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing |
216 | /// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example, |
217 | /// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being |
218 | /// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted |
219 | /// function is being used. |
220 | /// |
221 | /// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be |
222 | /// referenced), false otherwise. |
223 | /// |
224 | bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, |
225 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, |
226 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess, |
227 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks, |
228 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver, |
229 | bool SkipTrailingRequiresClause) { |
230 | SourceLocation Loc = Locs.front(); |
231 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && isa<FunctionDecl>(Val: D)) { |
232 | // If there were any diagnostics suppressed by template argument deduction, |
233 | // emit them now. |
234 | auto Pos = SuppressedDiagnostics.find(D->getCanonicalDecl()); |
235 | if (Pos != SuppressedDiagnostics.end()) { |
236 | for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Suppressed : Pos->second) |
237 | Diag(Suppressed.first, Suppressed.second); |
238 | |
239 | // Clear out the list of suppressed diagnostics, so that we don't emit |
240 | // them again for this specialization. However, we don't obsolete this |
241 | // entry from the table, because we want to avoid ever emitting these |
242 | // diagnostics again. |
243 | Pos->second.clear(); |
244 | } |
245 | |
246 | // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: |
247 | // The function 'main' shall not be used within a program. |
248 | if (cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isMain()) |
249 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_main_used); |
250 | |
251 | diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(FD: *cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: D), Loc); |
252 | } |
253 | |
254 | // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing. |
255 | if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { |
256 | if (isa<BindingDecl>(Val: D)) { |
257 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_binding_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer) |
258 | << D->getDeclName(); |
259 | } else { |
260 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer) |
261 | << D->getDeclName() << cast<VarDecl>(D)->getType(); |
262 | } |
263 | return true; |
264 | } |
265 | |
266 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: D)) { |
267 | // See if this is a deleted function. |
268 | if (FD->isDeleted()) { |
269 | auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Val: FD); |
270 | if (Ctor && Ctor->isInheritingConstructor()) |
271 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_inherited_ctor_use) |
272 | << Ctor->getParent() |
273 | << Ctor->getInheritedConstructor().getConstructor()->getParent(); |
274 | else |
275 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); |
276 | NoteDeletedFunction(Decl: FD); |
277 | return true; |
278 | } |
279 | |
280 | // [expr.prim.id]p4 |
281 | // A program that refers explicitly or implicitly to a function with a |
282 | // trailing requires-clause whose constraint-expression is not satisfied, |
283 | // other than to declare it, is ill-formed. [...] |
284 | // |
285 | // See if this is a function with constraints that need to be satisfied. |
286 | // Check this before deducing the return type, as it might instantiate the |
287 | // definition. |
288 | if (!SkipTrailingRequiresClause && FD->getTrailingRequiresClause()) { |
289 | ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction; |
290 | if (CheckFunctionConstraints(FD, Satisfaction, UsageLoc: Loc, |
291 | /*ForOverloadResolution*/ true)) |
292 | // A diagnostic will have already been generated (non-constant |
293 | // constraint expression, for example) |
294 | return true; |
295 | if (!Satisfaction.IsSatisfied) { |
296 | Diag(Loc, |
297 | diag::err_reference_to_function_with_unsatisfied_constraints) |
298 | << D; |
299 | DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(Satisfaction); |
300 | return true; |
301 | } |
302 | } |
303 | |
304 | // If the function has a deduced return type, and we can't deduce it, |
305 | // then we can't use it either. |
306 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() && |
307 | DeduceReturnType(FD, Loc)) |
308 | return true; |
309 | |
310 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !CheckCUDACall(Loc, Callee: FD)) |
311 | return true; |
312 | |
313 | } |
314 | |
315 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: D)) { |
316 | // Lambdas are only default-constructible or assignable in C++2a onwards. |
317 | if (MD->getParent()->isLambda() && |
318 | ((isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Val: MD) && |
319 | cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Val: MD)->isDefaultConstructor()) || |
320 | MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() || MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator())) { |
321 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_cxx17_compat_lambda_def_ctor_assign) |
322 | << !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD); |
323 | } |
324 | } |
325 | |
326 | auto getReferencedObjCProp = [](const NamedDecl *D) -> |
327 | const ObjCPropertyDecl * { |
328 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Val: D)) |
329 | return MD->findPropertyDecl(); |
330 | return nullptr; |
331 | }; |
332 | if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCPDecl = getReferencedObjCProp(D)) { |
333 | if (diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(ObjCPDecl, Loc)) |
334 | return true; |
335 | } else if (diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(ND: D, Loc)) { |
336 | return true; |
337 | } |
338 | |
339 | // [OpenMP 4.0], 2.15 declare reduction Directive, Restrictions |
340 | // Only the variables omp_in and omp_out are allowed in the combiner. |
341 | // Only the variables omp_priv and omp_orig are allowed in the |
342 | // initializer-clause. |
343 | auto *DRD = dyn_cast<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(Val: CurContext); |
344 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP && DRD && !CurContext->containsDecl(D) && |
345 | isa<VarDecl>(Val: D)) { |
346 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_omp_wrong_var_in_declare_reduction) |
347 | << getCurFunction()->HasOMPDeclareReductionCombiner; |
348 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D; |
349 | return true; |
350 | } |
351 | |
352 | // [OpenMP 5.0], 2.19.7.3. declare mapper Directive, Restrictions |
353 | // List-items in map clauses on this construct may only refer to the declared |
354 | // variable var and entities that could be referenced by a procedure defined |
355 | // at the same location. |
356 | // [OpenMP 5.2] Also allow iterator declared variables. |
357 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP && isa<VarDecl>(Val: D) && |
358 | !isOpenMPDeclareMapperVarDeclAllowed(VD: cast<VarDecl>(Val: D))) { |
359 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_omp_declare_mapper_wrong_var) |
360 | << getOpenMPDeclareMapperVarName(); |
361 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D; |
362 | return true; |
363 | } |
364 | |
365 | if (const auto *EmptyD = dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(Val: D)) { |
366 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_use_of_empty_using_if_exists); |
367 | Diag(EmptyD->getLocation(), diag::note_empty_using_if_exists_here); |
368 | return true; |
369 | } |
370 | |
371 | DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(D, Locs, UnknownObjCClass, ObjCPropertyAccess, |
372 | AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks, ClassReceiver); |
373 | |
374 | DiagnoseUnusedOfDecl(S&: *this, D, Loc); |
375 | |
376 | diagnoseUseOfInternalDeclInInlineFunction(S&: *this, D, Loc); |
377 | |
378 | if (D->hasAttr<AvailableOnlyInDefaultEvalMethodAttr>()) { |
379 | if (getLangOpts().getFPEvalMethod() != |
380 | LangOptions::FPEvalMethodKind::FEM_UnsetOnCommandLine && |
381 | PP.getLastFPEvalPragmaLocation().isValid() && |
382 | PP.getCurrentFPEvalMethod() != getLangOpts().getFPEvalMethod()) |
383 | Diag(D->getLocation(), |
384 | diag::err_type_available_only_in_default_eval_method) |
385 | << D->getName(); |
386 | } |
387 | |
388 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(Val: D)) |
389 | checkTypeSupport(Ty: VD->getType(), Loc, D: VD); |
390 | |
391 | if (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice || |
392 | (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPIsTargetDevice)) { |
393 | if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) |
394 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) |
395 | if (VD->getTLSKind() != VarDecl::TLS_None) |
396 | targetDiag(*Locs.begin(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); |
397 | } |
398 | |
399 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Val: D) && isa<RequiresExprBodyDecl>(D->getDeclContext()) && |
400 | !isUnevaluatedContext()) { |
401 | // C++ [expr.prim.req.nested] p3 |
402 | // A local parameter shall only appear as an unevaluated operand |
403 | // (Clause 8) within the constraint-expression. |
404 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_requires_expr_parameter_referenced_in_evaluated_context) |
405 | << D; |
406 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << D; |
407 | return true; |
408 | } |
409 | |
410 | return false; |
411 | } |
412 | |
413 | /// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks whether a call or |
414 | /// message-send is to a declaration with the sentinel attribute, and |
415 | /// if so, it checks that the requirements of the sentinel are |
416 | /// satisfied. |
417 | void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(const NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, |
418 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { |
419 | const SentinelAttr *Attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(); |
420 | if (!Attr) |
421 | return; |
422 | |
423 | // The number of formal parameters of the declaration. |
424 | unsigned NumFormalParams; |
425 | |
426 | // The kind of declaration. This is also an index into a %select in |
427 | // the diagnostic. |
428 | enum { CK_Function, CK_Method, CK_Block } CalleeKind; |
429 | |
430 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Val: D)) { |
431 | NumFormalParams = MD->param_size(); |
432 | CalleeKind = CK_Method; |
433 | } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: D)) { |
434 | NumFormalParams = FD->param_size(); |
435 | CalleeKind = CK_Function; |
436 | } else if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Val: D)) { |
437 | QualType Ty = VD->getType(); |
438 | const FunctionType *Fn = nullptr; |
439 | if (const auto *PtrTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
440 | Fn = PtrTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
441 | if (!Fn) |
442 | return; |
443 | CalleeKind = CK_Function; |
444 | } else if (const auto *PtrTy = Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { |
445 | Fn = PtrTy->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
446 | CalleeKind = CK_Block; |
447 | } else { |
448 | return; |
449 | } |
450 | |
451 | if (const auto *proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Val: Fn)) |
452 | NumFormalParams = proto->getNumParams(); |
453 | else |
454 | NumFormalParams = 0; |
455 | } else { |
456 | return; |
457 | } |
458 | |
459 | // "NullPos" is the number of formal parameters at the end which |
460 | // effectively count as part of the variadic arguments. This is |
461 | // useful if you would prefer to not have *any* formal parameters, |
462 | // but the language forces you to have at least one. |
463 | unsigned NullPos = Attr->getNullPos(); |
464 | assert((NullPos == 0 || NullPos == 1) && "invalid null position on sentinel" ); |
465 | NumFormalParams = (NullPos > NumFormalParams ? 0 : NumFormalParams - NullPos); |
466 | |
467 | // The number of arguments which should follow the sentinel. |
468 | unsigned NumArgsAfterSentinel = Attr->getSentinel(); |
469 | |
470 | // If there aren't enough arguments for all the formal parameters, |
471 | // the sentinel, and the args after the sentinel, complain. |
472 | if (Args.size() < NumFormalParams + NumArgsAfterSentinel + 1) { |
473 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName(); |
474 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << int(CalleeKind); |
475 | return; |
476 | } |
477 | |
478 | // Otherwise, find the sentinel expression. |
479 | const Expr *SentinelExpr = Args[Args.size() - NumArgsAfterSentinel - 1]; |
480 | if (!SentinelExpr) |
481 | return; |
482 | if (SentinelExpr->isValueDependent()) |
483 | return; |
484 | if (Context.isSentinelNullExpr(E: SentinelExpr)) |
485 | return; |
486 | |
487 | // Pick a reasonable string to insert. Optimistically use 'nil', 'nullptr', |
488 | // or 'NULL' if those are actually defined in the context. Only use |
489 | // 'nil' for ObjC methods, where it's much more likely that the |
490 | // variadic arguments form a list of object pointers. |
491 | SourceLocation MissingNilLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(Loc: SentinelExpr->getEndLoc()); |
492 | std::string NullValue; |
493 | if (CalleeKind == CK_Method && PP.isMacroDefined(Id: "nil" )) |
494 | NullValue = "nil" ; |
495 | else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
496 | NullValue = "nullptr" ; |
497 | else if (PP.isMacroDefined(Id: "NULL" )) |
498 | NullValue = "NULL" ; |
499 | else |
500 | NullValue = "(void*) 0" ; |
501 | |
502 | if (MissingNilLoc.isInvalid()) |
503 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << int(CalleeKind); |
504 | else |
505 | Diag(MissingNilLoc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) |
506 | << int(CalleeKind) |
507 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(MissingNilLoc, ", " + NullValue); |
508 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) |
509 | << int(CalleeKind) << Attr->getRange(); |
510 | } |
511 | |
512 | SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(Expr *E) const { |
513 | return E ? E->getSourceRange() : SourceRange(); |
514 | } |
515 | |
516 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
517 | // Standard Promotions and Conversions |
518 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
519 | |
520 | /// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4). |
521 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose) { |
522 | // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here. |
523 | if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { |
524 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); |
525 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
526 | E = result.get(); |
527 | } |
528 | |
529 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); |
530 | assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type" ); |
531 | |
532 | if (Ty->isFunctionType()) { |
533 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E->IgnoreParenCasts())) |
534 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: DRE->getDecl())) |
535 | if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(Function: FD, Complain: Diagnose, Loc: E->getExprLoc())) |
536 | return ExprError(); |
537 | |
538 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Type: Context.getPointerType(T: Ty), |
539 | CK: CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).get(); |
540 | } else if (Ty->isArrayType()) { |
541 | // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is |
542 | // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has |
543 | // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer |
544 | // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression |
545 | // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue" |
546 | // (C90) to "an expression" (C99). |
547 | // |
548 | // C++ 4.2p1: |
549 | // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of |
550 | // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T". |
551 | // |
552 | if (getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E->isLValue()) { |
553 | ExprResult Res = ImpCastExprToType(E, Type: Context.getArrayDecayedType(T: Ty), |
554 | CK: CK_ArrayToPointerDecay); |
555 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
556 | return ExprError(); |
557 | E = Res.get(); |
558 | } |
559 | } |
560 | return E; |
561 | } |
562 | |
563 | static void CheckForNullPointerDereference(Sema &S, Expr *E) { |
564 | // Check to see if we are dereferencing a null pointer. If so, |
565 | // and if not volatile-qualified, this is undefined behavior that the |
566 | // optimizer will delete, so warn about it. People sometimes try to use this |
567 | // to get a deterministic trap and are surprised by clang's behavior. This |
568 | // only handles the pattern "*null", which is a very syntactic check. |
569 | const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Val: E->IgnoreParenCasts()); |
570 | if (UO && UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref && |
571 | UO->getSubExpr()->getType()->isPointerType()) { |
572 | const LangAS AS = |
573 | UO->getSubExpr()->getType()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); |
574 | if ((!isTargetAddressSpace(AS) || |
575 | (isTargetAddressSpace(AS) && toTargetAddressSpace(AS) == 0)) && |
576 | UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant( |
577 | Ctx&: S.Context, NPC: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) && |
578 | !UO->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { |
579 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO, |
580 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_indirection_through_null) |
581 | << UO->getSubExpr()->getSourceRange()); |
582 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO, |
583 | S.PDiag(diag::note_indirection_through_null)); |
584 | } |
585 | } |
586 | } |
587 | |
588 | static void DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(Sema &S, const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE, |
589 | SourceLocation AssignLoc, |
590 | const Expr* RHS) { |
591 | const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = OIRE->getDecl(); |
592 | if (!IV) |
593 | return; |
594 | |
595 | DeclarationName MemberName = IV->getDeclName(); |
596 | IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
597 | if (!Member || !Member->isStr(Str: "isa" )) |
598 | return; |
599 | |
600 | const Expr *Base = OIRE->getBase(); |
601 | QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); |
602 | if (OIRE->isArrow()) |
603 | BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); |
604 | if (const ObjCObjectType *OTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) |
605 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = OTy->getInterface()) { |
606 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared = nullptr; |
607 | ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(IVarName: Member, ClassDeclared); |
608 | if (!ClassDeclared->getSuperClass() |
609 | && (*ClassDeclared->ivar_begin()) == IV) { |
610 | if (RHS) { |
611 | NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass = |
612 | S.LookupSingleName(S: S.TUScope, |
613 | Name: &S.Context.Idents.get(Name: "object_setClass" ), |
614 | Loc: SourceLocation(), NameKind: S.LookupOrdinaryName); |
615 | if (ObjectSetClass) { |
616 | SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc: RHS->getEndLoc()); |
617 | S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) |
618 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getBeginLoc(), |
619 | "object_setClass(" ) |
620 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( |
621 | SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(), AssignLoc), "," ) |
622 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")" ); |
623 | } |
624 | else |
625 | S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign); |
626 | } else { |
627 | NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass = |
628 | S.LookupSingleName(S: S.TUScope, |
629 | Name: &S.Context.Idents.get(Name: "object_getClass" ), |
630 | Loc: SourceLocation(), NameKind: S.LookupOrdinaryName); |
631 | if (ObjectGetClass) |
632 | S.Diag(OIRE->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) |
633 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OIRE->getBeginLoc(), |
634 | "object_getClass(" ) |
635 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( |
636 | SourceRange(OIRE->getOpLoc(), OIRE->getEndLoc()), ")" ); |
637 | else |
638 | S.Diag(OIRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use); |
639 | } |
640 | S.Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_ivar_decl); |
641 | } |
642 | } |
643 | } |
644 | |
645 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E) { |
646 | // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here. |
647 | if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { |
648 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); |
649 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
650 | E = result.get(); |
651 | } |
652 | |
653 | // C++ [conv.lval]p1: |
654 | // A glvalue of a non-function, non-array type T can be |
655 | // converted to a prvalue. |
656 | if (!E->isGLValue()) return E; |
657 | |
658 | QualType T = E->getType(); |
659 | assert(!T.isNull() && "r-value conversion on typeless expression?" ); |
660 | |
661 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion cannot be applied to function or array types. |
662 | if (T->isFunctionType() || T->isArrayType()) |
663 | return E; |
664 | |
665 | // We don't want to throw lvalue-to-rvalue casts on top of |
666 | // expressions of certain types in C++. |
667 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
668 | (E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy || |
669 | T->isDependentType() || |
670 | T->isRecordType())) |
671 | return E; |
672 | |
673 | // The C standard is actually really unclear on this point, and |
674 | // DR106 tells us what the result should be but not why. It's |
675 | // generally best to say that void types just doesn't undergo |
676 | // lvalue-to-rvalue at all. Note that expressions of unqualified |
677 | // 'void' type are never l-values, but qualified void can be. |
678 | if (T->isVoidType()) |
679 | return E; |
680 | |
681 | // OpenCL usually rejects direct accesses to values of 'half' type. |
682 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
683 | !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption(Ext: "cl_khr_fp16" , LO: getLangOpts()) && |
684 | T->isHalfType()) { |
685 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_load_store) |
686 | << 0 << T; |
687 | return ExprError(); |
688 | } |
689 | |
690 | CheckForNullPointerDereference(S&: *this, E); |
691 | if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(Val: E->IgnoreParenCasts())) { |
692 | NamedDecl *ObjectGetClass = LookupSingleName(S: TUScope, |
693 | Name: &Context.Idents.get(Name: "object_getClass" ), |
694 | Loc: SourceLocation(), NameKind: LookupOrdinaryName); |
695 | if (ObjectGetClass) |
696 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use) |
697 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(OISA->getBeginLoc(), "object_getClass(" ) |
698 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( |
699 | SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OISA->getIsaMemberLoc()), ")" ); |
700 | else |
701 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_use); |
702 | } |
703 | else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE = |
704 | dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Val: E->IgnoreParenCasts())) |
705 | DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(S&: *this, OIRE, AssignLoc: SourceLocation(), /* Expr*/RHS: nullptr); |
706 | |
707 | // C++ [conv.lval]p1: |
708 | // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the |
709 | // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the |
710 | // rvalue is T. |
711 | // |
712 | // C99 6.3.2.1p2: |
713 | // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified |
714 | // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the |
715 | // type of the lvalue. |
716 | if (T.hasQualifiers()) |
717 | T = T.getUnqualifiedType(); |
718 | |
719 | // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now. |
720 | if (T->isMemberPointerType() && |
721 | Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) |
722 | (void)isCompleteType(Loc: E->getExprLoc(), T); |
723 | |
724 | ExprResult Res = CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(E); |
725 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
726 | return Res; |
727 | E = Res.get(); |
728 | |
729 | // Loading a __weak object implicitly retains the value, so we need a cleanup to |
730 | // balance that. |
731 | if (E->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) |
732 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); |
733 | |
734 | if (E->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) |
735 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); |
736 | |
737 | // C++ [conv.lval]p3: |
738 | // If T is cv std::nullptr_t, the result is a null pointer constant. |
739 | CastKind CK = T->isNullPtrType() ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_LValueToRValue; |
740 | Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, Kind: CK, Operand: E, BasePath: nullptr, Cat: VK_PRValue, |
741 | FPO: CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
742 | |
743 | // C11 6.3.2.1p2: |
744 | // ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version |
745 | // of the type of the lvalue ... |
746 | if (const AtomicType *Atomic = T->getAs<AtomicType>()) { |
747 | T = Atomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
748 | Res = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, Kind: CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, Operand: Res.get(), |
749 | BasePath: nullptr, Cat: VK_PRValue, FPO: FPOptionsOverride()); |
750 | } |
751 | |
752 | return Res; |
753 | } |
754 | |
755 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose) { |
756 | ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E, Diagnose); |
757 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
758 | return ExprError(); |
759 | Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E: Res.get()); |
760 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
761 | return ExprError(); |
762 | return Res; |
763 | } |
764 | |
765 | /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion |
766 | /// performed on a function designator of a call expression. |
767 | ExprResult Sema::CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E) { |
768 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); |
769 | ExprResult Res = E; |
770 | // Only do implicit cast for a function type, but not for a pointer |
771 | // to function type. |
772 | if (Ty->isFunctionType()) { |
773 | Res = ImpCastExprToType(E, Type: Context.getPointerType(T: Ty), |
774 | CK: CK_FunctionToPointerDecay); |
775 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
776 | return ExprError(); |
777 | } |
778 | Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E: Res.get()); |
779 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
780 | return ExprError(); |
781 | return Res.get(); |
782 | } |
783 | |
784 | /// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most |
785 | /// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are |
786 | /// sometimes suppressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't |
787 | /// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators. |
788 | /// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called. |
789 | ExprResult Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E) { |
790 | // First, convert to an r-value. |
791 | ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); |
792 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
793 | return ExprError(); |
794 | E = Res.get(); |
795 | |
796 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); |
797 | assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type" ); |
798 | |
799 | LangOptions::FPEvalMethodKind EvalMethod = CurFPFeatures.getFPEvalMethod(); |
800 | if (EvalMethod != LangOptions::FEM_Source && Ty->isFloatingType() && |
801 | (getLangOpts().getFPEvalMethod() != |
802 | LangOptions::FPEvalMethodKind::FEM_UnsetOnCommandLine || |
803 | PP.getLastFPEvalPragmaLocation().isValid())) { |
804 | switch (EvalMethod) { |
805 | default: |
806 | llvm_unreachable("Unrecognized float evaluation method" ); |
807 | break; |
808 | case LangOptions::FEM_UnsetOnCommandLine: |
809 | llvm_unreachable("Float evaluation method should be set by now" ); |
810 | break; |
811 | case LangOptions::FEM_Double: |
812 | if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHS: Context.DoubleTy, RHS: Ty) > 0) |
813 | // Widen the expression to double. |
814 | return Ty->isComplexType() |
815 | ? ImpCastExprToType(E, |
816 | Type: Context.getComplexType(Context.DoubleTy), |
817 | CK: CK_FloatingComplexCast) |
818 | : ImpCastExprToType(E, Type: Context.DoubleTy, CK: CK_FloatingCast); |
819 | break; |
820 | case LangOptions::FEM_Extended: |
821 | if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHS: Context.LongDoubleTy, RHS: Ty) > 0) |
822 | // Widen the expression to long double. |
823 | return Ty->isComplexType() |
824 | ? ImpCastExprToType( |
825 | E, Type: Context.getComplexType(Context.LongDoubleTy), |
826 | CK: CK_FloatingComplexCast) |
827 | : ImpCastExprToType(E, Type: Context.LongDoubleTy, |
828 | CK: CK_FloatingCast); |
829 | break; |
830 | } |
831 | } |
832 | |
833 | // Half FP have to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported |
834 | if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) |
835 | return ImpCastExprToType(E: Res.get(), Type: Context.FloatTy, CK: CK_FloatingCast); |
836 | |
837 | // Try to perform integral promotions if the object has a theoretically |
838 | // promotable type. |
839 | if (Ty->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) { |
840 | // C99 6.3.1.1p2: |
841 | // |
842 | // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or |
843 | // unsigned int may be used: |
844 | // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer |
845 | // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int |
846 | // and unsigned int. |
847 | // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int. |
848 | // |
849 | // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the |
850 | // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an |
851 | // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All |
852 | // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions. |
853 | |
854 | QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(E); |
855 | if (!PTy.isNull()) { |
856 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Type: PTy, CK: CK_IntegralCast).get(); |
857 | return E; |
858 | } |
859 | if (Context.isPromotableIntegerType(T: Ty)) { |
860 | QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(PromotableType: Ty); |
861 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Type: PT, CK: CK_IntegralCast).get(); |
862 | return E; |
863 | } |
864 | } |
865 | return E; |
866 | } |
867 | |
868 | /// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that |
869 | /// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float or __fp16 |
870 | /// are promoted to double. All other argument types are converted by |
871 | /// UsualUnaryConversions(). |
872 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E) { |
873 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); |
874 | assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type" ); |
875 | |
876 | ExprResult Res = UsualUnaryConversions(E); |
877 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
878 | return ExprError(); |
879 | E = Res.get(); |
880 | |
881 | // If this is a 'float' or '__fp16' (CVR qualified or typedef) |
882 | // promote to double. |
883 | // Note that default argument promotion applies only to float (and |
884 | // half/fp16); it does not apply to _Float16. |
885 | const BuiltinType *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
886 | if (BTy && (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half || |
887 | BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)) { |
888 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
889 | !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption(Ext: "cl_khr_fp64" , LO: getLangOpts())) { |
890 | if (BTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half) { |
891 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Type: Context.FloatTy, CK: CK_FloatingCast).get(); |
892 | } |
893 | } else { |
894 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Type: Context.DoubleTy, CK: CK_FloatingCast).get(); |
895 | } |
896 | } |
897 | if (BTy && |
898 | getLangOpts().getExtendIntArgs() == |
899 | LangOptions::ExtendArgsKind::ExtendTo64 && |
900 | Context.getTargetInfo().supportsExtendIntArgs() && Ty->isIntegerType() && |
901 | Context.getTypeSizeInChars(BTy) < |
902 | Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Context.LongLongTy)) { |
903 | E = (Ty->isUnsignedIntegerType()) |
904 | ? ImpCastExprToType(E, Type: Context.UnsignedLongLongTy, CK: CK_IntegralCast) |
905 | .get() |
906 | : ImpCastExprToType(E, Type: Context.LongLongTy, CK: CK_IntegralCast).get(); |
907 | assert(8 == Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Context.LongLongTy).getQuantity() && |
908 | "Unexpected typesize for LongLongTy" ); |
909 | } |
910 | |
911 | // C++ performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion as a default argument |
912 | // promotion, even on class types, but note: |
913 | // C++11 [conv.lval]p2: |
914 | // When an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion occurs in an unevaluated |
915 | // operand or a subexpression thereof the value contained in the |
916 | // referenced object is not accessed. Otherwise, if the glvalue |
917 | // has a class type, the conversion copy-initializes a temporary |
918 | // of type T from the glvalue and the result of the conversion |
919 | // is a prvalue for the temporary. |
920 | // FIXME: add some way to gate this entire thing for correctness in |
921 | // potentially potentially evaluated contexts. |
922 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->isGLValue() && !isUnevaluatedContext()) { |
923 | ExprResult Temp = PerformCopyInitialization( |
924 | Entity: InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Type: E->getType()), |
925 | EqualLoc: E->getExprLoc(), Init: E); |
926 | if (Temp.isInvalid()) |
927 | return ExprError(); |
928 | E = Temp.get(); |
929 | } |
930 | |
931 | return E; |
932 | } |
933 | |
934 | /// Determine the degree of POD-ness for an expression. |
935 | /// Incomplete types are considered POD, since this check can be performed |
936 | /// when we're in an unevaluated context. |
937 | Sema::VarArgKind Sema::isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty) { |
938 | if (Ty->isIncompleteType()) { |
939 | // C++11 [expr.call]p7: |
940 | // After these conversions, if the argument does not have arithmetic, |
941 | // enumeration, pointer, pointer to member, or class type, the program |
942 | // is ill-formed. |
943 | // |
944 | // Since we've already performed array-to-pointer and function-to-pointer |
945 | // decay, the only such type in C++ is cv void. This also handles |
946 | // initializer lists as variadic arguments. |
947 | if (Ty->isVoidType()) |
948 | return VAK_Invalid; |
949 | |
950 | if (Ty->isObjCObjectType()) |
951 | return VAK_Invalid; |
952 | return VAK_Valid; |
953 | } |
954 | |
955 | if (Ty.isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) |
956 | return VAK_Invalid; |
957 | |
958 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWasm() && |
959 | Ty.isWebAssemblyReferenceType()) { |
960 | return VAK_Invalid; |
961 | } |
962 | |
963 | if (Ty.isCXX98PODType(Context)) |
964 | return VAK_Valid; |
965 | |
966 | // C++11 [expr.call]p7: |
967 | // Passing a potentially-evaluated argument of class type (Clause 9) |
968 | // having a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial move constructor, |
969 | // or a non-trivial destructor, with no corresponding parameter, |
970 | // is conditionally-supported with implementation-defined semantics. |
971 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Ty->isDependentType()) |
972 | if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) |
973 | if (!Record->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor() && |
974 | !Record->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor() && |
975 | !Record->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) |
976 | return VAK_ValidInCXX11; |
977 | |
978 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Ty->isObjCLifetimeType()) |
979 | return VAK_Valid; |
980 | |
981 | if (Ty->isObjCObjectType()) |
982 | return VAK_Invalid; |
983 | |
984 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) |
985 | return VAK_MSVCUndefined; |
986 | |
987 | // FIXME: In C++11, these cases are conditionally-supported, meaning we're |
988 | // permitted to reject them. We should consider doing so. |
989 | return VAK_Undefined; |
990 | } |
991 | |
992 | void Sema::checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT) { |
993 | // Don't allow one to pass an Objective-C interface to a vararg. |
994 | const QualType &Ty = E->getType(); |
995 | VarArgKind VAK = isValidVarArgType(Ty); |
996 | |
997 | // Complain about passing non-POD types through varargs. |
998 | switch (VAK) { |
999 | case VAK_ValidInCXX11: |
1000 | DiagRuntimeBehavior( |
1001 | E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, |
1002 | PDiag(diag::warn_cxx98_compat_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) << Ty << CT); |
1003 | [[fallthrough]]; |
1004 | case VAK_Valid: |
1005 | if (Ty->isRecordType()) { |
1006 | // This is unlikely to be what the user intended. If the class has a |
1007 | // 'c_str' member function, the user probably meant to call that. |
1008 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, |
1009 | PDiag(diag::warn_pass_class_arg_to_vararg) |
1010 | << Ty << CT << hasCStrMethod(E) << ".c_str()" ); |
1011 | } |
1012 | break; |
1013 | |
1014 | case VAK_Undefined: |
1015 | case VAK_MSVCUndefined: |
1016 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, |
1017 | PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) |
1018 | << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << Ty << CT); |
1019 | break; |
1020 | |
1021 | case VAK_Invalid: |
1022 | if (Ty.isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) |
1023 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), |
1024 | diag::err_cannot_pass_non_trivial_c_struct_to_vararg) |
1025 | << Ty << CT; |
1026 | else if (Ty->isObjCObjectType()) |
1027 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getBeginLoc(), nullptr, |
1028 | PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg) |
1029 | << Ty << CT); |
1030 | else |
1031 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg) |
1032 | << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << Ty << CT; |
1033 | break; |
1034 | } |
1035 | } |
1036 | |
1037 | /// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but |
1038 | /// will create a trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. |
1039 | ExprResult Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, |
1040 | FunctionDecl *FDecl) { |
1041 | if (const BuiltinType *PlaceholderTy = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { |
1042 | // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable. |
1043 | if (PlaceholderTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast && |
1044 | (CT == VariadicMethod || |
1045 | (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>()))) { |
1046 | E = stripARCUnbridgedCast(e: E); |
1047 | |
1048 | // Otherwise, do normal placeholder checking. |
1049 | } else { |
1050 | ExprResult ExprRes = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); |
1051 | if (ExprRes.isInvalid()) |
1052 | return ExprError(); |
1053 | E = ExprRes.get(); |
1054 | } |
1055 | } |
1056 | |
1057 | ExprResult ExprRes = DefaultArgumentPromotion(E); |
1058 | if (ExprRes.isInvalid()) |
1059 | return ExprError(); |
1060 | |
1061 | // Copy blocks to the heap. |
1062 | if (ExprRes.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) |
1063 | maybeExtendBlockObject(E&: ExprRes); |
1064 | |
1065 | E = ExprRes.get(); |
1066 | |
1067 | // Diagnostics regarding non-POD argument types are |
1068 | // emitted along with format string checking in Sema::CheckFunctionCall(). |
1069 | if (isValidVarArgType(Ty: E->getType()) == VAK_Undefined) { |
1070 | // Turn this into a trap. |
1071 | CXXScopeSpec SS; |
1072 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc; |
1073 | UnqualifiedId Name; |
1074 | Name.setIdentifier(Id: PP.getIdentifierInfo(Name: "__builtin_trap" ), |
1075 | IdLoc: E->getBeginLoc()); |
1076 | ExprResult TrapFn = ActOnIdExpression(S: TUScope, SS, TemplateKWLoc, Id&: Name, |
1077 | /*HasTrailingLParen=*/true, |
1078 | /*IsAddressOfOperand=*/false); |
1079 | if (TrapFn.isInvalid()) |
1080 | return ExprError(); |
1081 | |
1082 | ExprResult Call = BuildCallExpr(S: TUScope, Fn: TrapFn.get(), LParenLoc: E->getBeginLoc(), |
1083 | ArgExprs: std::nullopt, RParenLoc: E->getEndLoc()); |
1084 | if (Call.isInvalid()) |
1085 | return ExprError(); |
1086 | |
1087 | ExprResult Comma = |
1088 | ActOnBinOp(S: TUScope, TokLoc: E->getBeginLoc(), Kind: tok::comma, LHSExpr: Call.get(), RHSExpr: E); |
1089 | if (Comma.isInvalid()) |
1090 | return ExprError(); |
1091 | return Comma.get(); |
1092 | } |
1093 | |
1094 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
1095 | RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), |
1096 | diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)) |
1097 | return ExprError(); |
1098 | |
1099 | return E; |
1100 | } |
1101 | |
1102 | /// Converts an integer to complex float type. Helper function of |
1103 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions() |
1104 | /// |
1105 | /// \return false if the integer expression is an integer type and is |
1106 | /// successfully converted to the complex type. |
1107 | static bool handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &IntExpr, |
1108 | ExprResult &ComplexExpr, |
1109 | QualType IntTy, |
1110 | QualType ComplexTy, |
1111 | bool SkipCast) { |
1112 | if (IntTy->isComplexType() || IntTy->isRealFloatingType()) return true; |
1113 | if (SkipCast) return false; |
1114 | if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) { |
1115 | QualType fpTy = ComplexTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); |
1116 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: IntExpr.get(), Type: fpTy, CK: CK_IntegralToFloating); |
1117 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: IntExpr.get(), Type: ComplexTy, |
1118 | CK: CK_FloatingRealToComplex); |
1119 | } else { |
1120 | assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType()); |
1121 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: IntExpr.get(), Type: ComplexTy, |
1122 | CK: CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex); |
1123 | } |
1124 | return false; |
1125 | } |
1126 | |
1127 | // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex. |
1128 | // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the |
1129 | // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds |
1130 | // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands. |
1131 | // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains. |
1132 | // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real |
1133 | // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's |
1134 | // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example, |
1135 | // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the |
1136 | // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex". |
1137 | static QualType handleComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &Shorter, |
1138 | QualType ShorterType, |
1139 | QualType LongerType, |
1140 | bool PromotePrecision) { |
1141 | bool LongerIsComplex = isa<ComplexType>(Val: LongerType.getCanonicalType()); |
1142 | QualType Result = |
1143 | LongerIsComplex ? LongerType : S.Context.getComplexType(T: LongerType); |
1144 | |
1145 | if (PromotePrecision) { |
1146 | if (isa<ComplexType>(Val: ShorterType.getCanonicalType())) { |
1147 | Shorter = |
1148 | S.ImpCastExprToType(E: Shorter.get(), Type: Result, CK: CK_FloatingComplexCast); |
1149 | } else { |
1150 | if (LongerIsComplex) |
1151 | LongerType = LongerType->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); |
1152 | Shorter = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: Shorter.get(), Type: LongerType, CK: CK_FloatingCast); |
1153 | } |
1154 | } |
1155 | return Result; |
1156 | } |
1157 | |
1158 | /// Handle arithmetic conversion with complex types. Helper function of |
1159 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions() |
1160 | static QualType handleComplexConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
1161 | ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, |
1162 | QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) { |
1163 | // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type. |
1164 | if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, IntExpr&: RHS, ComplexExpr&: LHS, IntTy: RHSType, ComplexTy: LHSType, |
1165 | /*SkipCast=*/false)) |
1166 | return LHSType; |
1167 | if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, IntExpr&: LHS, ComplexExpr&: RHS, IntTy: LHSType, ComplexTy: RHSType, |
1168 | /*SkipCast=*/IsCompAssign)) |
1169 | return RHSType; |
1170 | |
1171 | // Compute the rank of the two types, regardless of whether they are complex. |
1172 | int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHS: LHSType, RHS: RHSType); |
1173 | if (Order < 0) |
1174 | // Promote the precision of the LHS if not an assignment. |
1175 | return handleComplexFloatConversion(S, Shorter&: LHS, ShorterType: LHSType, LongerType: RHSType, |
1176 | /*PromotePrecision=*/!IsCompAssign); |
1177 | // Promote the precision of the RHS unless it is already the same as the LHS. |
1178 | return handleComplexFloatConversion(S, Shorter&: RHS, ShorterType: RHSType, LongerType: LHSType, |
1179 | /*PromotePrecision=*/Order > 0); |
1180 | } |
1181 | |
1182 | /// Handle arithmetic conversion from integer to float. Helper function |
1183 | /// of UsualArithmeticConversions() |
1184 | static QualType handleIntToFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &FloatExpr, |
1185 | ExprResult &IntExpr, |
1186 | QualType FloatTy, QualType IntTy, |
1187 | bool ConvertFloat, bool ConvertInt) { |
1188 | if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) { |
1189 | if (ConvertInt) |
1190 | // Convert intExpr to the lhs floating point type. |
1191 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: IntExpr.get(), Type: FloatTy, |
1192 | CK: CK_IntegralToFloating); |
1193 | return FloatTy; |
1194 | } |
1195 | |
1196 | // Convert both sides to the appropriate complex float. |
1197 | assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType()); |
1198 | QualType result = S.Context.getComplexType(T: FloatTy); |
1199 | |
1200 | // _Complex int -> _Complex float |
1201 | if (ConvertInt) |
1202 | IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: IntExpr.get(), Type: result, |
1203 | CK: CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex); |
1204 | |
1205 | // float -> _Complex float |
1206 | if (ConvertFloat) |
1207 | FloatExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: FloatExpr.get(), Type: result, |
1208 | CK: CK_FloatingRealToComplex); |
1209 | |
1210 | return result; |
1211 | } |
1212 | |
1213 | /// Handle arithmethic conversion with floating point types. Helper |
1214 | /// function of UsualArithmeticConversions() |
1215 | static QualType handleFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
1216 | ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, |
1217 | QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) { |
1218 | bool LHSFloat = LHSType->isRealFloatingType(); |
1219 | bool RHSFloat = RHSType->isRealFloatingType(); |
1220 | |
1221 | // N1169 4.1.4: If one of the operands has a floating type and the other |
1222 | // operand has a fixed-point type, the fixed-point operand |
1223 | // is converted to the floating type [...] |
1224 | if (LHSType->isFixedPointType() || RHSType->isFixedPointType()) { |
1225 | if (LHSFloat) |
1226 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, CK: CK_FixedPointToFloating); |
1227 | else if (!IsCompAssign) |
1228 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSType, CK: CK_FixedPointToFloating); |
1229 | return LHSFloat ? LHSType : RHSType; |
1230 | } |
1231 | |
1232 | // If we have two real floating types, convert the smaller operand |
1233 | // to the bigger result. |
1234 | if (LHSFloat && RHSFloat) { |
1235 | int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHS: LHSType, RHS: RHSType); |
1236 | if (order > 0) { |
1237 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, CK: CK_FloatingCast); |
1238 | return LHSType; |
1239 | } |
1240 | |
1241 | assert(order < 0 && "illegal float comparison" ); |
1242 | if (!IsCompAssign) |
1243 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSType, CK: CK_FloatingCast); |
1244 | return RHSType; |
1245 | } |
1246 | |
1247 | if (LHSFloat) { |
1248 | // Half FP has to be promoted to float unless it is natively supported |
1249 | if (LHSType->isHalfType() && !S.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) |
1250 | LHSType = S.Context.FloatTy; |
1251 | |
1252 | return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, FloatExpr&: LHS, IntExpr&: RHS, FloatTy: LHSType, IntTy: RHSType, |
1253 | /*ConvertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign, |
1254 | /*ConvertInt=*/ true); |
1255 | } |
1256 | assert(RHSFloat); |
1257 | return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, FloatExpr&: RHS, IntExpr&: LHS, FloatTy: RHSType, IntTy: LHSType, |
1258 | /*ConvertFloat=*/ true, |
1259 | /*ConvertInt=*/!IsCompAssign); |
1260 | } |
1261 | |
1262 | /// Diagnose attempts to convert between __float128, __ibm128 and |
1263 | /// long double if there is no support for such conversion. |
1264 | /// Helper function of UsualArithmeticConversions(). |
1265 | static bool unsupportedTypeConversion(const Sema &S, QualType LHSType, |
1266 | QualType RHSType) { |
1267 | // No issue if either is not a floating point type. |
1268 | if (!LHSType->isFloatingType() || !RHSType->isFloatingType()) |
1269 | return false; |
1270 | |
1271 | // No issue if both have the same 128-bit float semantics. |
1272 | auto *LHSComplex = LHSType->getAs<ComplexType>(); |
1273 | auto *RHSComplex = RHSType->getAs<ComplexType>(); |
1274 | |
1275 | QualType LHSElem = LHSComplex ? LHSComplex->getElementType() : LHSType; |
1276 | QualType RHSElem = RHSComplex ? RHSComplex->getElementType() : RHSType; |
1277 | |
1278 | const llvm::fltSemantics &LHSSem = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(T: LHSElem); |
1279 | const llvm::fltSemantics &RHSSem = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(T: RHSElem); |
1280 | |
1281 | if ((&LHSSem != &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble() || |
1282 | &RHSSem != &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad()) && |
1283 | (&LHSSem != &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad() || |
1284 | &RHSSem != &llvm::APFloat::PPCDoubleDouble())) |
1285 | return false; |
1286 | |
1287 | return true; |
1288 | } |
1289 | |
1290 | typedef ExprResult PerformCastFn(Sema &S, Expr *operand, QualType toType); |
1291 | |
1292 | namespace { |
1293 | /// These helper callbacks are placed in an anonymous namespace to |
1294 | /// permit their use as function template parameters. |
1295 | ExprResult doIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) { |
1296 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(E: op, Type: toType, CK: CK_IntegralCast); |
1297 | } |
1298 | |
1299 | ExprResult doComplexIntegralCast(Sema &S, Expr *op, QualType toType) { |
1300 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(E: op, Type: S.Context.getComplexType(T: toType), |
1301 | CK: CK_IntegralComplexCast); |
1302 | } |
1303 | } |
1304 | |
1305 | /// Handle integer arithmetic conversions. Helper function of |
1306 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions() |
1307 | template <PerformCastFn doLHSCast, PerformCastFn doRHSCast> |
1308 | static QualType handleIntegerConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
1309 | ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, |
1310 | QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) { |
1311 | // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8 |
1312 | int order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHS: LHSType, RHS: RHSType); |
1313 | bool LHSSigned = LHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(); |
1314 | bool RHSSigned = RHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(); |
1315 | if (LHSSigned == RHSSigned) { |
1316 | // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type |
1317 | if (order >= 0) { |
1318 | RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType); |
1319 | return LHSType; |
1320 | } else if (!IsCompAssign) |
1321 | LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType); |
1322 | return RHSType; |
1323 | } else if (order != (LHSSigned ? 1 : -1)) { |
1324 | // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the |
1325 | // signed type, so use the unsigned type |
1326 | if (RHSSigned) { |
1327 | RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType); |
1328 | return LHSType; |
1329 | } else if (!IsCompAssign) |
1330 | LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType); |
1331 | return RHSType; |
1332 | } else if (S.Context.getIntWidth(T: LHSType) != S.Context.getIntWidth(T: RHSType)) { |
1333 | // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that |
1334 | // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so |
1335 | // use the signed type. |
1336 | if (LHSSigned) { |
1337 | RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), LHSType); |
1338 | return LHSType; |
1339 | } else if (!IsCompAssign) |
1340 | LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), RHSType); |
1341 | return RHSType; |
1342 | } else { |
1343 | // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type, |
1344 | // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long |
1345 | // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding |
1346 | // to the signed type. |
1347 | QualType result = |
1348 | S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(T: LHSSigned ? LHSType : RHSType); |
1349 | RHS = (*doRHSCast)(S, RHS.get(), result); |
1350 | if (!IsCompAssign) |
1351 | LHS = (*doLHSCast)(S, LHS.get(), result); |
1352 | return result; |
1353 | } |
1354 | } |
1355 | |
1356 | /// Handle conversions with GCC complex int extension. Helper function |
1357 | /// of UsualArithmeticConversions() |
1358 | static QualType handleComplexIntConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
1359 | ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType, |
1360 | QualType RHSType, |
1361 | bool IsCompAssign) { |
1362 | const ComplexType *LHSComplexInt = LHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType(); |
1363 | const ComplexType *RHSComplexInt = RHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType(); |
1364 | |
1365 | if (LHSComplexInt && RHSComplexInt) { |
1366 | QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType(); |
1367 | QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType(); |
1368 | QualType ScalarType = |
1369 | handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast> |
1370 | (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType: LHSEltType, RHSType: RHSEltType, IsCompAssign); |
1371 | |
1372 | return S.Context.getComplexType(T: ScalarType); |
1373 | } |
1374 | |
1375 | if (LHSComplexInt) { |
1376 | QualType LHSEltType = LHSComplexInt->getElementType(); |
1377 | QualType ScalarType = |
1378 | handleIntegerConversion<doComplexIntegralCast, doIntegralCast> |
1379 | (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType: LHSEltType, RHSType, IsCompAssign); |
1380 | QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(T: ScalarType); |
1381 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: ComplexType, |
1382 | CK: CK_IntegralRealToComplex); |
1383 | |
1384 | return ComplexType; |
1385 | } |
1386 | |
1387 | assert(RHSComplexInt); |
1388 | |
1389 | QualType RHSEltType = RHSComplexInt->getElementType(); |
1390 | QualType ScalarType = |
1391 | handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doComplexIntegralCast> |
1392 | (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType: RHSEltType, IsCompAssign); |
1393 | QualType ComplexType = S.Context.getComplexType(T: ScalarType); |
1394 | |
1395 | if (!IsCompAssign) |
1396 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: ComplexType, |
1397 | CK: CK_IntegralRealToComplex); |
1398 | return ComplexType; |
1399 | } |
1400 | |
1401 | /// Return the rank of a given fixed point or integer type. The value itself |
1402 | /// doesn't matter, but the values must be increasing with proper increasing |
1403 | /// rank as described in N1169 4.1.1. |
1404 | static unsigned GetFixedPointRank(QualType Ty) { |
1405 | const auto *BTy = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
1406 | assert(BTy && "Expected a builtin type." ); |
1407 | |
1408 | switch (BTy->getKind()) { |
1409 | case BuiltinType::ShortFract: |
1410 | case BuiltinType::UShortFract: |
1411 | case BuiltinType::SatShortFract: |
1412 | case BuiltinType::SatUShortFract: |
1413 | return 1; |
1414 | case BuiltinType::Fract: |
1415 | case BuiltinType::UFract: |
1416 | case BuiltinType::SatFract: |
1417 | case BuiltinType::SatUFract: |
1418 | return 2; |
1419 | case BuiltinType::LongFract: |
1420 | case BuiltinType::ULongFract: |
1421 | case BuiltinType::SatLongFract: |
1422 | case BuiltinType::SatULongFract: |
1423 | return 3; |
1424 | case BuiltinType::ShortAccum: |
1425 | case BuiltinType::UShortAccum: |
1426 | case BuiltinType::SatShortAccum: |
1427 | case BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum: |
1428 | return 4; |
1429 | case BuiltinType::Accum: |
1430 | case BuiltinType::UAccum: |
1431 | case BuiltinType::SatAccum: |
1432 | case BuiltinType::SatUAccum: |
1433 | return 5; |
1434 | case BuiltinType::LongAccum: |
1435 | case BuiltinType::ULongAccum: |
1436 | case BuiltinType::SatLongAccum: |
1437 | case BuiltinType::SatULongAccum: |
1438 | return 6; |
1439 | default: |
1440 | if (BTy->isInteger()) |
1441 | return 0; |
1442 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected fixed point or integer type" ); |
1443 | } |
1444 | } |
1445 | |
1446 | /// handleFixedPointConversion - Fixed point operations between fixed |
1447 | /// point types and integers or other fixed point types do not fall under |
1448 | /// usual arithmetic conversion since these conversions could result in loss |
1449 | /// of precsision (N1169 4.1.4). These operations should be calculated with |
1450 | /// the full precision of their result type (N1169 4.1.6.2.1). |
1451 | static QualType handleFixedPointConversion(Sema &S, QualType LHSTy, |
1452 | QualType RHSTy) { |
1453 | assert((LHSTy->isFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointType()) && |
1454 | "Expected at least one of the operands to be a fixed point type" ); |
1455 | assert((LHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() || |
1456 | RHSTy->isFixedPointOrIntegerType()) && |
1457 | "Special fixed point arithmetic operation conversions are only " |
1458 | "applied to ints or other fixed point types" ); |
1459 | |
1460 | // If one operand has signed fixed-point type and the other operand has |
1461 | // unsigned fixed-point type, then the unsigned fixed-point operand is |
1462 | // converted to its corresponding signed fixed-point type and the resulting |
1463 | // type is the type of the converted operand. |
1464 | if (RHSTy->isSignedFixedPointType() && LHSTy->isUnsignedFixedPointType()) |
1465 | LHSTy = S.Context.getCorrespondingSignedFixedPointType(Ty: LHSTy); |
1466 | else if (RHSTy->isUnsignedFixedPointType() && LHSTy->isSignedFixedPointType()) |
1467 | RHSTy = S.Context.getCorrespondingSignedFixedPointType(Ty: RHSTy); |
1468 | |
1469 | // The result type is the type with the highest rank, whereby a fixed-point |
1470 | // conversion rank is always greater than an integer conversion rank; if the |
1471 | // type of either of the operands is a saturating fixedpoint type, the result |
1472 | // type shall be the saturating fixed-point type corresponding to the type |
1473 | // with the highest rank; the resulting value is converted (taking into |
1474 | // account rounding and overflow) to the precision of the resulting type. |
1475 | // Same ranks between signed and unsigned types are resolved earlier, so both |
1476 | // types are either signed or both unsigned at this point. |
1477 | unsigned LHSTyRank = GetFixedPointRank(Ty: LHSTy); |
1478 | unsigned RHSTyRank = GetFixedPointRank(Ty: RHSTy); |
1479 | |
1480 | QualType ResultTy = LHSTyRank > RHSTyRank ? LHSTy : RHSTy; |
1481 | |
1482 | if (LHSTy->isSaturatedFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isSaturatedFixedPointType()) |
1483 | ResultTy = S.Context.getCorrespondingSaturatedType(Ty: ResultTy); |
1484 | |
1485 | return ResultTy; |
1486 | } |
1487 | |
1488 | /// Check that the usual arithmetic conversions can be performed on this pair of |
1489 | /// expressions that might be of enumeration type. |
1490 | static void checkEnumArithmeticConversions(Sema &S, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
1491 | SourceLocation Loc, |
1492 | Sema::ArithConvKind ACK) { |
1493 | // C++2a [expr.arith.conv]p1: |
1494 | // If one operand is of enumeration type and the other operand is of a |
1495 | // different enumeration type or a floating-point type, this behavior is |
1496 | // deprecated ([depr.arith.conv.enum]). |
1497 | // |
1498 | // Warn on this in all language modes. Produce a deprecation warning in C++20. |
1499 | // Eventually we will presumably reject these cases (in C++23 onwards?). |
1500 | QualType L = LHS->getType(), R = RHS->getType(); |
1501 | bool LEnum = L->isUnscopedEnumerationType(), |
1502 | REnum = R->isUnscopedEnumerationType(); |
1503 | bool IsCompAssign = ACK == Sema::ACK_CompAssign; |
1504 | if ((!IsCompAssign && LEnum && R->isFloatingType()) || |
1505 | (REnum && L->isFloatingType())) { |
1506 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus26 |
1507 | ? diag::err_arith_conv_enum_float_cxx26 |
1508 | : S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 |
1509 | ? diag::warn_arith_conv_enum_float_cxx20 |
1510 | : diag::warn_arith_conv_enum_float) |
1511 | << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange() << (int)ACK << LEnum |
1512 | << L << R; |
1513 | } else if (!IsCompAssign && LEnum && REnum && |
1514 | !S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1: L, T2: R)) { |
1515 | unsigned DiagID; |
1516 | // In C++ 26, usual arithmetic conversions between 2 different enum types |
1517 | // are ill-formed. |
1518 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus26) |
1519 | DiagID = diag::err_conv_mixed_enum_types_cxx26; |
1520 | else if (!L->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() || |
1521 | !R->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage()) { |
1522 | // If either enumeration type is unnamed, it's less likely that the |
1523 | // user cares about this, but this situation is still deprecated in |
1524 | // C++2a. Use a different warning group. |
1525 | DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 |
1526 | ? diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_anon_enum_types_cxx20 |
1527 | : diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_anon_enum_types; |
1528 | } else if (ACK == Sema::ACK_Conditional) { |
1529 | // Conditional expressions are separated out because they have |
1530 | // historically had a different warning flag. |
1531 | DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 |
1532 | ? diag::warn_conditional_mixed_enum_types_cxx20 |
1533 | : diag::warn_conditional_mixed_enum_types; |
1534 | } else if (ACK == Sema::ACK_Comparison) { |
1535 | // Comparison expressions are separated out because they have |
1536 | // historically had a different warning flag. |
1537 | DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 |
1538 | ? diag::warn_comparison_mixed_enum_types_cxx20 |
1539 | : diag::warn_comparison_mixed_enum_types; |
1540 | } else { |
1541 | DiagID = S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 |
1542 | ? diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_enum_types_cxx20 |
1543 | : diag::warn_arith_conv_mixed_enum_types; |
1544 | } |
1545 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange() |
1546 | << (int)ACK << L << R; |
1547 | } |
1548 | } |
1549 | |
1550 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to |
1551 | /// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this |
1552 | /// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is |
1553 | /// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. |
1554 | QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
1555 | SourceLocation Loc, |
1556 | ArithConvKind ACK) { |
1557 | checkEnumArithmeticConversions(S&: *this, LHS: LHS.get(), RHS: RHS.get(), Loc, ACK); |
1558 | |
1559 | if (ACK != ACK_CompAssign) { |
1560 | LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(E: LHS.get()); |
1561 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
1562 | return QualType(); |
1563 | } |
1564 | |
1565 | RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(E: RHS.get()); |
1566 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
1567 | return QualType(); |
1568 | |
1569 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. |
1570 | // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. |
1571 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
1572 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
1573 | |
1574 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any atomic qualifier on the LHS. |
1575 | if (const AtomicType *AtomicLHS = LHSType->getAs<AtomicType>()) |
1576 | LHSType = AtomicLHS->getValueType(); |
1577 | |
1578 | // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed. |
1579 | if (Context.hasSameType(T1: LHSType, T2: RHSType)) |
1580 | return Context.getCommonSugaredType(X: LHSType, Y: RHSType); |
1581 | |
1582 | // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done. |
1583 | // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int). |
1584 | if (!LHSType->isArithmeticType() || !RHSType->isArithmeticType()) |
1585 | return QualType(); |
1586 | |
1587 | // Apply unary and bitfield promotions to the LHS's type. |
1588 | QualType LHSUnpromotedType = LHSType; |
1589 | if (Context.isPromotableIntegerType(T: LHSType)) |
1590 | LHSType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(PromotableType: LHSType); |
1591 | QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(E: LHS.get()); |
1592 | if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull()) |
1593 | LHSType = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy; |
1594 | if (LHSType != LHSUnpromotedType && ACK != ACK_CompAssign) |
1595 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: LHSType, CK: CK_IntegralCast); |
1596 | |
1597 | // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed. |
1598 | if (Context.hasSameType(T1: LHSType, T2: RHSType)) |
1599 | return Context.getCommonSugaredType(X: LHSType, Y: RHSType); |
1600 | |
1601 | // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types. |
1602 | |
1603 | // Diagnose attempts to convert between __ibm128, __float128 and long double |
1604 | // where such conversions currently can't be handled. |
1605 | if (unsupportedTypeConversion(S: *this, LHSType, RHSType)) |
1606 | return QualType(); |
1607 | |
1608 | // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1). |
1609 | if (LHSType->isComplexType() || RHSType->isComplexType()) |
1610 | return handleComplexConversion(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, |
1611 | IsCompAssign: ACK == ACK_CompAssign); |
1612 | |
1613 | // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double). |
1614 | if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) |
1615 | return handleFloatConversion(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, |
1616 | IsCompAssign: ACK == ACK_CompAssign); |
1617 | |
1618 | // Handle GCC complex int extension. |
1619 | if (LHSType->isComplexIntegerType() || RHSType->isComplexIntegerType()) |
1620 | return handleComplexIntConversion(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, |
1621 | IsCompAssign: ACK == ACK_CompAssign); |
1622 | |
1623 | if (LHSType->isFixedPointType() || RHSType->isFixedPointType()) |
1624 | return handleFixedPointConversion(S&: *this, LHSTy: LHSType, RHSTy: RHSType); |
1625 | |
1626 | // Finally, we have two differing integer types. |
1627 | return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast> |
1628 | (S&: *this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, IsCompAssign: ACK == ACK_CompAssign); |
1629 | } |
1630 | |
1631 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1632 | // Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types |
1633 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
1634 | |
1635 | |
1636 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnGenericSelectionExpr( |
1637 | SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
1638 | bool PredicateIsExpr, void *ControllingExprOrType, |
1639 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs) { |
1640 | unsigned NumAssocs = ArgTypes.size(); |
1641 | assert(NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size()); |
1642 | |
1643 | TypeSourceInfo **Types = new TypeSourceInfo*[NumAssocs]; |
1644 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) { |
1645 | if (ArgTypes[i]) |
1646 | (void) GetTypeFromParser(Ty: ArgTypes[i], TInfo: &Types[i]); |
1647 | else |
1648 | Types[i] = nullptr; |
1649 | } |
1650 | |
1651 | // If we have a controlling type, we need to convert it from a parsed type |
1652 | // into a semantic type and then pass that along. |
1653 | if (!PredicateIsExpr) { |
1654 | TypeSourceInfo *ControllingType; |
1655 | (void)GetTypeFromParser(Ty: ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(P: ControllingExprOrType), |
1656 | TInfo: &ControllingType); |
1657 | assert(ControllingType && "couldn't get the type out of the parser" ); |
1658 | ControllingExprOrType = ControllingType; |
1659 | } |
1660 | |
1661 | ExprResult ER = CreateGenericSelectionExpr( |
1662 | KeyLoc, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, PredicateIsExpr, ControllingExprOrType, |
1663 | Types: llvm::ArrayRef(Types, NumAssocs), Exprs: ArgExprs); |
1664 | delete [] Types; |
1665 | return ER; |
1666 | } |
1667 | |
1668 | ExprResult Sema::CreateGenericSelectionExpr( |
1669 | SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation DefaultLoc, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
1670 | bool PredicateIsExpr, void *ControllingExprOrType, |
1671 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs) { |
1672 | unsigned NumAssocs = Types.size(); |
1673 | assert(NumAssocs == Exprs.size()); |
1674 | assert(ControllingExprOrType && |
1675 | "Must have either a controlling expression or a controlling type" ); |
1676 | |
1677 | Expr *ControllingExpr = nullptr; |
1678 | TypeSourceInfo *ControllingType = nullptr; |
1679 | if (PredicateIsExpr) { |
1680 | // Decay and strip qualifiers for the controlling expression type, and |
1681 | // handle placeholder type replacement. See committee discussion from WG14 |
1682 | // DR423. |
1683 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated( |
1684 | *this, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated); |
1685 | ExprResult R = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion( |
1686 | E: reinterpret_cast<Expr *>(ControllingExprOrType)); |
1687 | if (R.isInvalid()) |
1688 | return ExprError(); |
1689 | ControllingExpr = R.get(); |
1690 | } else { |
1691 | // The extension form uses the type directly rather than converting it. |
1692 | ControllingType = reinterpret_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>(ControllingExprOrType); |
1693 | if (!ControllingType) |
1694 | return ExprError(); |
1695 | } |
1696 | |
1697 | bool TypeErrorFound = false, |
1698 | IsResultDependent = ControllingExpr |
1699 | ? ControllingExpr->isTypeDependent() |
1700 | : ControllingType->getType()->isDependentType(), |
1701 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = |
1702 | ControllingExpr |
1703 | ? ControllingExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() |
1704 | : ControllingType->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack(); |
1705 | |
1706 | // The controlling expression is an unevaluated operand, so side effects are |
1707 | // likely unintended. |
1708 | if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !IsResultDependent && ControllingExpr && |
1709 | ControllingExpr->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) |
1710 | Diag(ControllingExpr->getExprLoc(), |
1711 | diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); |
1712 | |
1713 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) { |
1714 | if (Exprs[i]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
1715 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true; |
1716 | |
1717 | if (Types[i]) { |
1718 | if (Types[i]->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
1719 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true; |
1720 | |
1721 | if (Types[i]->getType()->isDependentType()) { |
1722 | IsResultDependent = true; |
1723 | } else { |
1724 | // We relax the restriction on use of incomplete types and non-object |
1725 | // types with the type-based extension of _Generic. Allowing incomplete |
1726 | // objects means those can be used as "tags" for a type-safe way to map |
1727 | // to a value. Similarly, matching on function types rather than |
1728 | // function pointer types can be useful. However, the restriction on VM |
1729 | // types makes sense to retain as there are open questions about how |
1730 | // the selection can be made at compile time. |
1731 | // |
1732 | // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The type name in a generic association shall specify a |
1733 | // complete object type other than a variably modified type." |
1734 | unsigned D = 0; |
1735 | if (ControllingExpr && Types[i]->getType()->isIncompleteType()) |
1736 | D = diag::err_assoc_type_incomplete; |
1737 | else if (ControllingExpr && !Types[i]->getType()->isObjectType()) |
1738 | D = diag::err_assoc_type_nonobject; |
1739 | else if (Types[i]->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) |
1740 | D = diag::err_assoc_type_variably_modified; |
1741 | else if (ControllingExpr) { |
1742 | // Because the controlling expression undergoes lvalue conversion, |
1743 | // array conversion, and function conversion, an association which is |
1744 | // of array type, function type, or is qualified can never be |
1745 | // reached. We will warn about this so users are less surprised by |
1746 | // the unreachable association. However, we don't have to handle |
1747 | // function types; that's not an object type, so it's handled above. |
1748 | // |
1749 | // The logic is somewhat different for C++ because C++ has different |
1750 | // lvalue to rvalue conversion rules than C. [conv.lvalue]p1 says, |
1751 | // If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the cv- |
1752 | // unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the prvalue is T. |
1753 | // The result of these rules is that all qualified types in an |
1754 | // association in C are unreachable, and in C++, only qualified non- |
1755 | // class types are unreachable. |
1756 | // |
1757 | // NB: this does not apply when the first operand is a type rather |
1758 | // than an expression, because the type form does not undergo |
1759 | // conversion. |
1760 | unsigned Reason = 0; |
1761 | QualType QT = Types[i]->getType(); |
1762 | if (QT->isArrayType()) |
1763 | Reason = 1; |
1764 | else if (QT.hasQualifiers() && |
1765 | (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !QT->isRecordType())) |
1766 | Reason = 2; |
1767 | |
1768 | if (Reason) |
1769 | Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), |
1770 | diag::warn_unreachable_association) |
1771 | << QT << (Reason - 1); |
1772 | } |
1773 | |
1774 | if (D != 0) { |
1775 | Diag(Loc: Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), DiagID: D) |
1776 | << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() |
1777 | << Types[i]->getType(); |
1778 | TypeErrorFound = true; |
1779 | } |
1780 | |
1781 | // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "No two generic associations in the same generic |
1782 | // selection shall specify compatible types." |
1783 | for (unsigned j = i+1; j < NumAssocs; ++j) |
1784 | if (Types[j] && !Types[j]->getType()->isDependentType() && |
1785 | Context.typesAreCompatible(T1: Types[i]->getType(), |
1786 | T2: Types[j]->getType())) { |
1787 | Diag(Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), |
1788 | diag::err_assoc_compatible_types) |
1789 | << Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() |
1790 | << Types[j]->getType() |
1791 | << Types[i]->getType(); |
1792 | Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), |
1793 | diag::note_compat_assoc) |
1794 | << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() |
1795 | << Types[i]->getType(); |
1796 | TypeErrorFound = true; |
1797 | } |
1798 | } |
1799 | } |
1800 | } |
1801 | if (TypeErrorFound) |
1802 | return ExprError(); |
1803 | |
1804 | // If we determined that the generic selection is result-dependent, don't |
1805 | // try to compute the result expression. |
1806 | if (IsResultDependent) { |
1807 | if (ControllingExpr) |
1808 | return GenericSelectionExpr::Create(Context, GenericLoc: KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, |
1809 | AssocTypes: Types, AssocExprs: Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, |
1810 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); |
1811 | return GenericSelectionExpr::Create(Context, GenericLoc: KeyLoc, ControllingType, AssocTypes: Types, |
1812 | AssocExprs: Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, |
1813 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack); |
1814 | } |
1815 | |
1816 | SmallVector<unsigned, 1> CompatIndices; |
1817 | unsigned DefaultIndex = -1U; |
1818 | // Look at the canonical type of the controlling expression in case it was a |
1819 | // deduced type like __auto_type. However, when issuing diagnostics, use the |
1820 | // type the user wrote in source rather than the canonical one. |
1821 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) { |
1822 | if (!Types[i]) |
1823 | DefaultIndex = i; |
1824 | else if (ControllingExpr && |
1825 | Context.typesAreCompatible( |
1826 | T1: ControllingExpr->getType().getCanonicalType(), |
1827 | T2: Types[i]->getType())) |
1828 | CompatIndices.push_back(Elt: i); |
1829 | else if (ControllingType && |
1830 | Context.typesAreCompatible( |
1831 | T1: ControllingType->getType().getCanonicalType(), |
1832 | T2: Types[i]->getType())) |
1833 | CompatIndices.push_back(Elt: i); |
1834 | } |
1835 | |
1836 | auto GetControllingRangeAndType = [](Expr *ControllingExpr, |
1837 | TypeSourceInfo *ControllingType) { |
1838 | // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically |
1839 | // parenthesized in macro definitions. |
1840 | if (ControllingExpr) |
1841 | ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens(); |
1842 | |
1843 | SourceRange SR = ControllingExpr |
1844 | ? ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() |
1845 | : ControllingType->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); |
1846 | QualType QT = ControllingExpr ? ControllingExpr->getType() |
1847 | : ControllingType->getType(); |
1848 | |
1849 | return std::make_pair(SR, QT); |
1850 | }; |
1851 | |
1852 | // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "The controlling expression of a generic selection shall have |
1853 | // type compatible with at most one of the types named in its generic |
1854 | // association list." |
1855 | if (CompatIndices.size() > 1) { |
1856 | auto P = GetControllingRangeAndType(ControllingExpr, ControllingType); |
1857 | SourceRange SR = P.first; |
1858 | Diag(SR.getBegin(), diag::err_generic_sel_multi_match) |
1859 | << SR << P.second << (unsigned)CompatIndices.size(); |
1860 | for (unsigned I : CompatIndices) { |
1861 | Diag(Types[I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), |
1862 | diag::note_compat_assoc) |
1863 | << Types[I]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() |
1864 | << Types[I]->getType(); |
1865 | } |
1866 | return ExprError(); |
1867 | } |
1868 | |
1869 | // C11 6.5.1.1p2 "If a generic selection has no default generic association, |
1870 | // its controlling expression shall have type compatible with exactly one of |
1871 | // the types named in its generic association list." |
1872 | if (DefaultIndex == -1U && CompatIndices.size() == 0) { |
1873 | auto P = GetControllingRangeAndType(ControllingExpr, ControllingType); |
1874 | SourceRange SR = P.first; |
1875 | Diag(SR.getBegin(), diag::err_generic_sel_no_match) << SR << P.second; |
1876 | return ExprError(); |
1877 | } |
1878 | |
1879 | // C11 6.5.1.1p3 "If a generic selection has a generic association with a |
1880 | // type name that is compatible with the type of the controlling expression, |
1881 | // then the result expression of the generic selection is the expression |
1882 | // in that generic association. Otherwise, the result expression of the |
1883 | // generic selection is the expression in the default generic association." |
1884 | unsigned ResultIndex = |
1885 | CompatIndices.size() ? CompatIndices[0] : DefaultIndex; |
1886 | |
1887 | if (ControllingExpr) { |
1888 | return GenericSelectionExpr::Create( |
1889 | Context, GenericLoc: KeyLoc, ControllingExpr, AssocTypes: Types, AssocExprs: Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, |
1890 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, ResultIndex); |
1891 | } |
1892 | return GenericSelectionExpr::Create( |
1893 | Context, GenericLoc: KeyLoc, ControllingType, AssocTypes: Types, AssocExprs: Exprs, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc, |
1894 | ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack, ResultIndex); |
1895 | } |
1896 | |
1897 | static PredefinedIdentKind getPredefinedExprKind(tok::TokenKind Kind) { |
1898 | switch (Kind) { |
1899 | default: |
1900 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected TokenKind" ); |
1901 | case tok::kw___func__: |
1902 | return PredefinedIdentKind::Func; // [C99 6.4.2.2] |
1903 | case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: |
1904 | return PredefinedIdentKind::Function; |
1905 | case tok::kw___FUNCDNAME__: |
1906 | return PredefinedIdentKind::FuncDName; // [MS] |
1907 | case tok::kw___FUNCSIG__: |
1908 | return PredefinedIdentKind::FuncSig; // [MS] |
1909 | case tok::kw_L__FUNCTION__: |
1910 | return PredefinedIdentKind::LFunction; // [MS] |
1911 | case tok::kw_L__FUNCSIG__: |
1912 | return PredefinedIdentKind::LFuncSig; // [MS] |
1913 | case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: |
1914 | return PredefinedIdentKind::PrettyFunction; // [GNU] |
1915 | } |
1916 | } |
1917 | |
1918 | /// getPredefinedExprDecl - Returns Decl of a given DeclContext that can be used |
1919 | /// to determine the value of a PredefinedExpr. This can be either a |
1920 | /// block, lambda, captured statement, function, otherwise a nullptr. |
1921 | static Decl *getPredefinedExprDecl(DeclContext *DC) { |
1922 | while (DC && !isa<BlockDecl, CapturedDecl, FunctionDecl, ObjCMethodDecl>(Val: DC)) |
1923 | DC = DC->getParent(); |
1924 | return cast_or_null<Decl>(Val: DC); |
1925 | } |
1926 | |
1927 | /// getUDSuffixLoc - Create a SourceLocation for a ud-suffix, given the |
1928 | /// location of the token and the offset of the ud-suffix within it. |
1929 | static SourceLocation getUDSuffixLoc(Sema &S, SourceLocation TokLoc, |
1930 | unsigned Offset) { |
1931 | return Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(TokStart: TokLoc, Characters: Offset, SM: S.getSourceManager(), |
1932 | LangOpts: S.getLangOpts()); |
1933 | } |
1934 | |
1935 | /// BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall - A user-defined literal was found. Look up |
1936 | /// the corresponding cooked (non-raw) literal operator, and build a call to it. |
1937 | static ExprResult BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(Sema &S, Scope *Scope, |
1938 | IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix, |
1939 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc, |
1940 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, |
1941 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc) { |
1942 | assert(Args.size() <= 2 && "too many arguments for literal operator" ); |
1943 | |
1944 | QualType ArgTy[2]; |
1945 | for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) { |
1946 | ArgTy[ArgIdx] = Args[ArgIdx]->getType(); |
1947 | if (ArgTy[ArgIdx]->isArrayType()) |
1948 | ArgTy[ArgIdx] = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(T: ArgTy[ArgIdx]); |
1949 | } |
1950 | |
1951 | DeclarationName OpName = |
1952 | S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(II: UDSuffix); |
1953 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc); |
1954 | OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc); |
1955 | |
1956 | LookupResult R(S, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); |
1957 | if (S.LookupLiteralOperator(S: Scope, R, ArgTys: llvm::ArrayRef(ArgTy, Args.size()), |
1958 | /*AllowRaw*/ false, /*AllowTemplate*/ false, |
1959 | /*AllowStringTemplatePack*/ AllowStringTemplate: false, |
1960 | /*DiagnoseMissing*/ true) == Sema::LOLR_Error) |
1961 | return ExprError(); |
1962 | |
1963 | return S.BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, SuffixInfo&: OpNameInfo, Args, LitEndLoc); |
1964 | } |
1965 | |
1966 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnevaluatedStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks) { |
1967 | // StringToks needs backing storage as it doesn't hold array elements itself |
1968 | std::vector<Token> ExpandedToks; |
1969 | if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) |
1970 | StringToks = ExpandedToks = ExpandFunctionLocalPredefinedMacros(Toks: StringToks); |
1971 | |
1972 | StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, PP, |
1973 | StringLiteralEvalMethod::Unevaluated); |
1974 | if (Literal.hadError) |
1975 | return ExprError(); |
1976 | |
1977 | SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs; |
1978 | for (const Token &Tok : StringToks) |
1979 | StringTokLocs.push_back(Elt: Tok.getLocation()); |
1980 | |
1981 | StringLiteral *Lit = StringLiteral::Create( |
1982 | Ctx: Context, Str: Literal.GetString(), Kind: StringLiteralKind::Unevaluated, Pascal: false, Ty: {}, |
1983 | Loc: &StringTokLocs[0], NumConcatenated: StringTokLocs.size()); |
1984 | |
1985 | if (!Literal.getUDSuffix().empty()) { |
1986 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = |
1987 | getUDSuffixLoc(S&: *this, TokLoc: StringTokLocs[Literal.getUDSuffixToken()], |
1988 | Offset: Literal.getUDSuffixOffset()); |
1989 | return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_string_udl)); |
1990 | } |
1991 | |
1992 | return Lit; |
1993 | } |
1994 | |
1995 | std::vector<Token> |
1996 | Sema::ExpandFunctionLocalPredefinedMacros(ArrayRef<Token> Toks) { |
1997 | // MSVC treats some predefined identifiers (e.g. __FUNCTION__) as function |
1998 | // local macros that expand to string literals that may be concatenated. |
1999 | // These macros are expanded here (in Sema), because StringLiteralParser |
2000 | // (in Lex) doesn't know the enclosing function (because it hasn't been |
2001 | // parsed yet). |
2002 | assert(getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); |
2003 | |
2004 | // Note: Although function local macros are defined only inside functions, |
2005 | // we ensure a valid `CurrentDecl` even outside of a function. This allows |
2006 | // expansion of macros into empty string literals without additional checks. |
2007 | Decl *CurrentDecl = getPredefinedExprDecl(DC: CurContext); |
2008 | if (!CurrentDecl) |
2009 | CurrentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
2010 | |
2011 | std::vector<Token> ExpandedToks; |
2012 | ExpandedToks.reserve(n: Toks.size()); |
2013 | for (const Token &Tok : Toks) { |
2014 | if (!isFunctionLocalStringLiteralMacro(K: Tok.getKind(), LO: getLangOpts())) { |
2015 | assert(tok::isStringLiteral(Tok.getKind())); |
2016 | ExpandedToks.emplace_back(args: Tok); |
2017 | continue; |
2018 | } |
2019 | if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(CurrentDecl)) |
2020 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_predef_outside_function); |
2021 | // Stringify predefined expression |
2022 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_string_literal_from_predefined) |
2023 | << Tok.getKind(); |
2024 | SmallString<64> Str; |
2025 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str); |
2026 | Token &Exp = ExpandedToks.emplace_back(); |
2027 | Exp.startToken(); |
2028 | if (Tok.getKind() == tok::kw_L__FUNCTION__ || |
2029 | Tok.getKind() == tok::kw_L__FUNCSIG__) { |
2030 | OS << 'L'; |
2031 | Exp.setKind(tok::wide_string_literal); |
2032 | } else { |
2033 | Exp.setKind(tok::string_literal); |
2034 | } |
2035 | OS << '"' |
2036 | << Lexer::Stringify(Str: PredefinedExpr::ComputeName( |
2037 | IK: getPredefinedExprKind(Kind: Tok.getKind()), CurrentDecl)) |
2038 | << '"'; |
2039 | PP.CreateString(Str: OS.str(), Tok&: Exp, ExpansionLocStart: Tok.getLocation(), ExpansionLocEnd: Tok.getEndLoc()); |
2040 | } |
2041 | return ExpandedToks; |
2042 | } |
2043 | |
2044 | /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string |
2045 | /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string |
2046 | /// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from |
2047 | /// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one |
2048 | /// string. |
2049 | /// |
2050 | ExprResult |
2051 | Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, Scope *UDLScope) { |
2052 | assert(!StringToks.empty() && "Must have at least one string!" ); |
2053 | |
2054 | // StringToks needs backing storage as it doesn't hold array elements itself |
2055 | std::vector<Token> ExpandedToks; |
2056 | if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) |
2057 | StringToks = ExpandedToks = ExpandFunctionLocalPredefinedMacros(Toks: StringToks); |
2058 | |
2059 | StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, PP); |
2060 | if (Literal.hadError) |
2061 | return ExprError(); |
2062 | |
2063 | SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs; |
2064 | for (const Token &Tok : StringToks) |
2065 | StringTokLocs.push_back(Elt: Tok.getLocation()); |
2066 | |
2067 | QualType CharTy = Context.CharTy; |
2068 | StringLiteralKind Kind = StringLiteralKind::Ordinary; |
2069 | if (Literal.isWide()) { |
2070 | CharTy = Context.getWideCharType(); |
2071 | Kind = StringLiteralKind::Wide; |
2072 | } else if (Literal.isUTF8()) { |
2073 | if (getLangOpts().Char8) |
2074 | CharTy = Context.Char8Ty; |
2075 | Kind = StringLiteralKind::UTF8; |
2076 | } else if (Literal.isUTF16()) { |
2077 | CharTy = Context.Char16Ty; |
2078 | Kind = StringLiteralKind::UTF16; |
2079 | } else if (Literal.isUTF32()) { |
2080 | CharTy = Context.Char32Ty; |
2081 | Kind = StringLiteralKind::UTF32; |
2082 | } else if (Literal.isPascal()) { |
2083 | CharTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy; |
2084 | } |
2085 | |
2086 | // Warn on initializing an array of char from a u8 string literal; this |
2087 | // becomes ill-formed in C++2a. |
2088 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && |
2089 | !getLangOpts().Char8 && Kind == StringLiteralKind::UTF8) { |
2090 | Diag(StringTokLocs.front(), diag::warn_cxx20_compat_utf8_string); |
2091 | |
2092 | // Create removals for all 'u8' prefixes in the string literal(s). This |
2093 | // ensures C++2a compatibility (but may change the program behavior when |
2094 | // built by non-Clang compilers for which the execution character set is |
2095 | // not always UTF-8). |
2096 | auto RemovalDiag = PDiag(diag::note_cxx20_compat_utf8_string_remove_u8); |
2097 | SourceLocation RemovalDiagLoc; |
2098 | for (const Token &Tok : StringToks) { |
2099 | if (Tok.getKind() == tok::utf8_string_literal) { |
2100 | if (RemovalDiagLoc.isInvalid()) |
2101 | RemovalDiagLoc = Tok.getLocation(); |
2102 | RemovalDiag << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange: CharSourceRange::getCharRange( |
2103 | B: Tok.getLocation(), |
2104 | E: Lexer::AdvanceToTokenCharacter(TokStart: Tok.getLocation(), Characters: 2, |
2105 | SM: getSourceManager(), LangOpts: getLangOpts()))); |
2106 | } |
2107 | } |
2108 | Diag(RemovalDiagLoc, RemovalDiag); |
2109 | } |
2110 | |
2111 | QualType StrTy = |
2112 | Context.getStringLiteralArrayType(EltTy: CharTy, Length: Literal.GetNumStringChars()); |
2113 | |
2114 | // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory! |
2115 | StringLiteral *Lit = StringLiteral::Create(Ctx: Context, Str: Literal.GetString(), |
2116 | Kind, Pascal: Literal.Pascal, Ty: StrTy, |
2117 | Loc: &StringTokLocs[0], |
2118 | NumConcatenated: StringTokLocs.size()); |
2119 | if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty()) |
2120 | return Lit; |
2121 | |
2122 | // We're building a user-defined literal. |
2123 | IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Name: Literal.getUDSuffix()); |
2124 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = |
2125 | getUDSuffixLoc(S&: *this, TokLoc: StringTokLocs[Literal.getUDSuffixToken()], |
2126 | Offset: Literal.getUDSuffixOffset()); |
2127 | |
2128 | // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here. |
2129 | if (!UDLScope) |
2130 | return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_string_udl)); |
2131 | |
2132 | // C++11 [lex.ext]p5: The literal L is treated as a call of the form |
2133 | // operator "" X (str, len) |
2134 | QualType SizeType = Context.getSizeType(); |
2135 | |
2136 | DeclarationName OpName = |
2137 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(II: UDSuffix); |
2138 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc); |
2139 | OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc); |
2140 | |
2141 | QualType ArgTy[] = { |
2142 | Context.getArrayDecayedType(T: StrTy), SizeType |
2143 | }; |
2144 | |
2145 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
2146 | switch (LookupLiteralOperator(S: UDLScope, R, ArgTys: ArgTy, |
2147 | /*AllowRaw*/ false, /*AllowTemplate*/ true, |
2148 | /*AllowStringTemplatePack*/ AllowStringTemplate: true, |
2149 | /*DiagnoseMissing*/ true, StringLit: Lit)) { |
2150 | |
2151 | case LOLR_Cooked: { |
2152 | llvm::APInt Len(Context.getIntWidth(T: SizeType), Literal.GetNumStringChars()); |
2153 | IntegerLiteral *LenArg = IntegerLiteral::Create(C: Context, V: Len, type: SizeType, |
2154 | l: StringTokLocs[0]); |
2155 | Expr *Args[] = { Lit, LenArg }; |
2156 | |
2157 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, OpNameInfo, Args, StringTokLocs.back()); |
2158 | } |
2159 | |
2160 | case LOLR_Template: { |
2161 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs; |
2162 | TemplateArgument Arg(Lit); |
2163 | TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo(Lit); |
2164 | ExplicitArgs.addArgument(Loc: TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo)); |
2165 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, SuffixInfo&: OpNameInfo, Args: std::nullopt, |
2166 | LitEndLoc: StringTokLocs.back(), ExplicitTemplateArgs: &ExplicitArgs); |
2167 | } |
2168 | |
2169 | case LOLR_StringTemplatePack: { |
2170 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs; |
2171 | |
2172 | unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(T: CharTy); |
2173 | bool CharIsUnsigned = CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType(); |
2174 | llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned); |
2175 | |
2176 | TemplateArgument TypeArg(CharTy); |
2177 | TemplateArgumentLocInfo TypeArgInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T: CharTy)); |
2178 | ExplicitArgs.addArgument(Loc: TemplateArgumentLoc(TypeArg, TypeArgInfo)); |
2179 | |
2180 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Lit->getLength(); I != N; ++I) { |
2181 | Value = Lit->getCodeUnit(i: I); |
2182 | TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, CharTy); |
2183 | TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo; |
2184 | ExplicitArgs.addArgument(Loc: TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo)); |
2185 | } |
2186 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, SuffixInfo&: OpNameInfo, Args: std::nullopt, |
2187 | LitEndLoc: StringTokLocs.back(), ExplicitTemplateArgs: &ExplicitArgs); |
2188 | } |
2189 | case LOLR_Raw: |
2190 | case LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic: |
2191 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result" ); |
2192 | case LOLR_Error: |
2193 | return ExprError(); |
2194 | } |
2195 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result" ); |
2196 | } |
2197 | |
2198 | DeclRefExpr * |
2199 | Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
2200 | SourceLocation Loc, |
2201 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { |
2202 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(D->getDeclName(), Loc); |
2203 | return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, SS); |
2204 | } |
2205 | |
2206 | DeclRefExpr * |
2207 | Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
2208 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
2209 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, NamedDecl *FoundD, |
2210 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
2211 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { |
2212 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS = |
2213 | SS ? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context) : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(); |
2214 | return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, NNS, FoundD, TemplateKWLoc, |
2215 | TemplateArgs); |
2216 | } |
2217 | |
2218 | // CUDA/HIP: Check whether a captured reference variable is referencing a |
2219 | // host variable in a device or host device lambda. |
2220 | static bool isCapturingReferenceToHostVarInCUDADeviceLambda(const Sema &S, |
2221 | VarDecl *VD) { |
2222 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CUDA || !VD->hasInit()) |
2223 | return false; |
2224 | assert(VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); |
2225 | |
2226 | // Check whether the reference variable is referencing a host variable. |
2227 | auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: VD->getInit()); |
2228 | if (!DRE) |
2229 | return false; |
2230 | auto *Referee = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Val: DRE->getDecl()); |
2231 | if (!Referee || !Referee->hasGlobalStorage() || |
2232 | Referee->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>()) |
2233 | return false; |
2234 | |
2235 | // Check whether the current function is a device or host device lambda. |
2236 | // Check whether the reference variable is a capture by getDeclContext() |
2237 | // since refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture() is not ready at this point. |
2238 | auto *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: S.CurContext); |
2239 | if (MD && MD->getParent()->isLambda() && |
2240 | MD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Call && MD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && |
2241 | VD->getDeclContext() != MD) |
2242 | return true; |
2243 | |
2244 | return false; |
2245 | } |
2246 | |
2247 | NonOdrUseReason Sema::getNonOdrUseReasonInCurrentContext(ValueDecl *D) { |
2248 | // A declaration named in an unevaluated operand never constitutes an odr-use. |
2249 | if (isUnevaluatedContext()) |
2250 | return NOUR_Unevaluated; |
2251 | |
2252 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4: |
2253 | // A variable x whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression e |
2254 | // is odr-used by e unless [...] x is a reference that is usable in |
2255 | // constant expressions. |
2256 | // CUDA/HIP: |
2257 | // If a reference variable referencing a host variable is captured in a |
2258 | // device or host device lambda, the value of the referee must be copied |
2259 | // to the capture and the reference variable must be treated as odr-use |
2260 | // since the value of the referee is not known at compile time and must |
2261 | // be loaded from the captured. |
2262 | if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Val: D)) { |
2263 | if (VD->getType()->isReferenceType() && |
2264 | !(getLangOpts().OpenMP && isOpenMPCapturedDecl(D)) && |
2265 | !isCapturingReferenceToHostVarInCUDADeviceLambda(S: *this, VD) && |
2266 | VD->isUsableInConstantExpressions(C: Context)) |
2267 | return NOUR_Constant; |
2268 | } |
2269 | |
2270 | // All remaining non-variable cases constitute an odr-use. For variables, we |
2271 | // need to wait and see how the expression is used. |
2272 | return NOUR_None; |
2273 | } |
2274 | |
2275 | /// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build an expression that references a |
2276 | /// declaration that does not require a closure capture. |
2277 | DeclRefExpr * |
2278 | Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
2279 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
2280 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, NamedDecl *FoundD, |
2281 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
2282 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { |
2283 | bool RefersToCapturedVariable = isa<VarDecl, BindingDecl>(Val: D) && |
2284 | NeedToCaptureVariable(Var: D, Loc: NameInfo.getLoc()); |
2285 | |
2286 | DeclRefExpr *E = DeclRefExpr::Create( |
2287 | Context, QualifierLoc: NNS, TemplateKWLoc, D, RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture: RefersToCapturedVariable, NameInfo, T: Ty, |
2288 | VK, FoundD, TemplateArgs, NOUR: getNonOdrUseReasonInCurrentContext(D)); |
2289 | MarkDeclRefReferenced(E); |
2290 | |
2291 | // C++ [except.spec]p17: |
2292 | // An exception-specification is considered to be needed when: |
2293 | // - in an expression, the function is the unique lookup result or |
2294 | // the selected member of a set of overloaded functions. |
2295 | // |
2296 | // We delay doing this until after we've built the function reference and |
2297 | // marked it as used so that: |
2298 | // a) if the function is defaulted, we get errors from defining it before / |
2299 | // instead of errors from computing its exception specification, and |
2300 | // b) if the function is a defaulted comparison, we can use the body we |
2301 | // build when defining it as input to the exception specification |
2302 | // computation rather than computing a new body. |
2303 | if (const auto *FPT = Ty->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
2304 | if (isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(ESpecType: FPT->getExceptionSpecType())) { |
2305 | if (const auto *NewFPT = ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc: NameInfo.getLoc(), FPT)) |
2306 | E->setType(Context.getQualifiedType(NewFPT, Ty.getQualifiers())); |
2307 | } |
2308 | } |
2309 | |
2310 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCWeak && isa<VarDecl>(D) && |
2311 | Ty.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && !isUnevaluatedContext() && |
2312 | !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, E->getBeginLoc())) |
2313 | getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E); |
2314 | |
2315 | const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Val: D); |
2316 | if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(Val: D)) |
2317 | FD = IFD->getAnonField(); |
2318 | if (FD) { |
2319 | UnusedPrivateFields.remove(FD); |
2320 | // Just in case we're building an illegal pointer-to-member. |
2321 | if (FD->isBitField()) |
2322 | E->setObjectKind(OK_BitField); |
2323 | } |
2324 | |
2325 | // C++ [expr.prim]/8: The expression [...] is a bit-field if the identifier |
2326 | // designates a bit-field. |
2327 | if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(Val: D)) |
2328 | if (const auto *BE = BD->getBinding()) |
2329 | E->setObjectKind(BE->getObjectKind()); |
2330 | |
2331 | return E; |
2332 | } |
2333 | |
2334 | /// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationNameInfo, its location, and |
2335 | /// possibly a list of template arguments. |
2336 | /// |
2337 | /// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call |
2338 | /// DecomposeTemplateName. |
2339 | /// |
2340 | /// This actually loses a lot of source location information for |
2341 | /// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in |
2342 | /// some way. |
2343 | void |
2344 | Sema::DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, |
2345 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, |
2346 | DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
2347 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) { |
2348 | if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { |
2349 | Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc); |
2350 | Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc); |
2351 | |
2352 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), |
2353 | Id.TemplateId->NumArgs); |
2354 | translateTemplateArguments(In: TemplateArgsPtr, Out&: Buffer); |
2355 | |
2356 | TemplateName TName = Id.TemplateId->Template.get(); |
2357 | SourceLocation TNameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; |
2358 | NameInfo = Context.getNameForTemplate(Name: TName, NameLoc: TNameLoc); |
2359 | TemplateArgs = &Buffer; |
2360 | } else { |
2361 | NameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name: Id); |
2362 | TemplateArgs = nullptr; |
2363 | } |
2364 | } |
2365 | |
2366 | static void emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic( |
2367 | const TypoCorrection &TC, Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2368 | DeclarationName Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
2369 | unsigned DiagnosticID, unsigned DiagnosticSuggestID) { |
2370 | DeclContext *Ctx = |
2371 | SS.isEmpty() ? nullptr : SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext: false); |
2372 | if (!TC) { |
2373 | // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups. |
2374 | // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?) |
2375 | if (Ctx) |
2376 | SemaRef.Diag(TypoLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Typo << Ctx |
2377 | << SS.getRange(); |
2378 | else |
2379 | SemaRef.Diag(Loc: TypoLoc, DiagID: DiagnosticID) << Typo; |
2380 | return; |
2381 | } |
2382 | |
2383 | std::string CorrectedStr = TC.getAsString(LO: SemaRef.getLangOpts()); |
2384 | bool DroppedSpecifier = |
2385 | TC.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Typo.getAsString() == CorrectedStr; |
2386 | unsigned NoteID = TC.getCorrectionDeclAs<ImplicitParamDecl>() |
2387 | ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl |
2388 | : diag::note_previous_decl; |
2389 | if (!Ctx) |
2390 | SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(Correction: TC, TypoDiag: SemaRef.PDiag(DiagID: DiagnosticSuggestID) << Typo, |
2391 | PrevNote: SemaRef.PDiag(DiagID: NoteID)); |
2392 | else |
2393 | SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(TC, SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest) |
2394 | << Typo << Ctx << DroppedSpecifier |
2395 | << SS.getRange(), |
2396 | SemaRef.PDiag(NoteID)); |
2397 | } |
2398 | |
2399 | /// Diagnose a lookup that found results in an enclosing class during error |
2400 | /// recovery. This usually indicates that the results were found in a dependent |
2401 | /// base class that could not be searched as part of a template definition. |
2402 | /// Always issues a diagnostic (though this may be only a warning in MS |
2403 | /// compatibility mode). |
2404 | /// |
2405 | /// Return \c true if the error is unrecoverable, or \c false if the caller |
2406 | /// should attempt to recover using these lookup results. |
2407 | bool Sema::DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(const LookupResult &R) { |
2408 | // During a default argument instantiation the CurContext points |
2409 | // to a CXXMethodDecl; but we can't apply a this-> fixit inside a |
2410 | // function parameter list, hence add an explicit check. |
2411 | bool isDefaultArgument = |
2412 | !CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() && |
2413 | CodeSynthesisContexts.back().Kind == |
2414 | CodeSynthesisContext::DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation; |
2415 | const auto *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: CurContext); |
2416 | bool isInstance = CurMethod && CurMethod->isInstance() && |
2417 | R.getNamingClass() == CurMethod->getParent() && |
2418 | !isDefaultArgument; |
2419 | |
2420 | // There are two ways we can find a class-scope declaration during template |
2421 | // instantiation that we did not find in the template definition: if it is a |
2422 | // member of a dependent base class, or if it is declared after the point of |
2423 | // use in the same class. Distinguish these by comparing the class in which |
2424 | // the member was found to the naming class of the lookup. |
2425 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_found_in_dependent_base; |
2426 | unsigned NoteID = diag::note_member_declared_at; |
2427 | if (R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext()->Equals(R.getNamingClass())) { |
2428 | DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_found_later_in_class |
2429 | : diag::err_found_later_in_class; |
2430 | } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { |
2431 | DiagID = diag::ext_found_in_dependent_base; |
2432 | NoteID = diag::note_dependent_member_use; |
2433 | } |
2434 | |
2435 | if (isInstance) { |
2436 | // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'. |
2437 | Diag(Loc: R.getNameLoc(), DiagID) |
2438 | << R.getLookupName() |
2439 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertionLoc: R.getNameLoc(), Code: "this->" ); |
2440 | CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc: R.getNameLoc()); |
2441 | } else { |
2442 | // FIXME: Add a FixItHint to insert 'Base::' or 'Derived::' (assuming |
2443 | // they're not shadowed). |
2444 | Diag(Loc: R.getNameLoc(), DiagID) << R.getLookupName(); |
2445 | } |
2446 | |
2447 | for (const NamedDecl *D : R) |
2448 | Diag(D->getLocation(), NoteID); |
2449 | |
2450 | // Return true if we are inside a default argument instantiation |
2451 | // and the found name refers to an instance member function, otherwise |
2452 | // the caller will try to create an implicit member call and this is wrong |
2453 | // for default arguments. |
2454 | // |
2455 | // FIXME: Is this special case necessary? We could allow the caller to |
2456 | // diagnose this. |
2457 | if (isDefaultArgument && ((*R.begin())->isCXXInstanceMember())) { |
2458 | Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_member_call_without_object) << 0; |
2459 | return true; |
2460 | } |
2461 | |
2462 | // Tell the callee to try to recover. |
2463 | return false; |
2464 | } |
2465 | |
2466 | /// Diagnose an empty lookup. |
2467 | /// |
2468 | /// \return false if new lookup candidates were found |
2469 | bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, |
2470 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
2471 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
2472 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
2473 | TypoExpr **Out) { |
2474 | DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); |
2475 | |
2476 | unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use; |
2477 | unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; |
2478 | if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName || |
2479 | Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName || |
2480 | Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { |
2481 | diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use; |
2482 | diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest; |
2483 | } |
2484 | |
2485 | // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an |
2486 | // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the |
2487 | // original lookup would not have found something because it was a |
2488 | // dependent name. |
2489 | DeclContext *DC = |
2490 | LookupCtx ? LookupCtx : (SS.isEmpty() ? CurContext : nullptr); |
2491 | while (DC) { |
2492 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Val: DC)) { |
2493 | LookupQualifiedName(R, LookupCtx: DC); |
2494 | |
2495 | if (!R.empty()) { |
2496 | // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup. |
2497 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); |
2498 | |
2499 | // If there's a best viable function among the results, only mention |
2500 | // that one in the notes. |
2501 | OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(), |
2502 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
2503 | AddOverloadedCallCandidates(R, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, CandidateSet&: Candidates); |
2504 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
2505 | if (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S&: *this, Loc: R.getNameLoc(), Best) == |
2506 | OR_Success) { |
2507 | R.clear(); |
2508 | R.addDecl(D: Best->FoundDecl.getDecl(), AS: Best->FoundDecl.getAccess()); |
2509 | R.resolveKind(); |
2510 | } |
2511 | |
2512 | return DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(R); |
2513 | } |
2514 | |
2515 | R.clear(); |
2516 | } |
2517 | |
2518 | DC = DC->getLookupParent(); |
2519 | } |
2520 | |
2521 | // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo. |
2522 | TypoCorrection Corrected; |
2523 | if (S && Out) { |
2524 | SourceLocation TypoLoc = R.getNameLoc(); |
2525 | assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs && |
2526 | "Diagnosing an empty lookup with explicit template args!" ); |
2527 | *Out = CorrectTypoDelayed( |
2528 | Typo: R.getLookupNameInfo(), LookupKind: R.getLookupKind(), S, SS: &SS, CCC, |
2529 | TDG: [=](const TypoCorrection &TC) { |
2530 | emitEmptyLookupTypoDiagnostic(TC, SemaRef&: *this, SS, Typo: Name, TypoLoc, Args, |
2531 | DiagnosticID: diagnostic, DiagnosticSuggestID: diagnostic_suggest); |
2532 | }, |
2533 | TRC: nullptr, Mode: CTK_ErrorRecovery, MemberContext: LookupCtx); |
2534 | if (*Out) |
2535 | return true; |
2536 | } else if (S && (Corrected = |
2537 | CorrectTypo(Typo: R.getLookupNameInfo(), LookupKind: R.getLookupKind(), S, |
2538 | SS: &SS, CCC, Mode: CTK_ErrorRecovery, MemberContext: LookupCtx))) { |
2539 | std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(LO: getLangOpts())); |
2540 | bool DroppedSpecifier = |
2541 | Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && Name.getAsString() == CorrectedStr; |
2542 | R.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); |
2543 | |
2544 | bool AcceptableWithRecovery = false; |
2545 | bool AcceptableWithoutRecovery = false; |
2546 | NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); |
2547 | if (ND) { |
2548 | if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) { |
2549 | OverloadCandidateSet OCS(R.getNameLoc(), |
2550 | OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
2551 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
2552 | for (NamedDecl *CD : Corrected) { |
2553 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = |
2554 | dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Val: CD)) |
2555 | AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( |
2556 | FunctionTemplate: FTD, FoundDecl: DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, AS_none), ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
2557 | Args, CandidateSet&: OCS); |
2558 | else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: CD)) |
2559 | if (!ExplicitTemplateArgs || ExplicitTemplateArgs->size() == 0) |
2560 | AddOverloadCandidate(Function: FD, FoundDecl: DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none), |
2561 | Args, CandidateSet&: OCS); |
2562 | } |
2563 | switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(S&: *this, Loc: R.getNameLoc(), Best)) { |
2564 | case OR_Success: |
2565 | ND = Best->FoundDecl; |
2566 | Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND); |
2567 | break; |
2568 | default: |
2569 | // FIXME: Arbitrarily pick the first declaration for the note. |
2570 | Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND); |
2571 | break; |
2572 | } |
2573 | } |
2574 | R.addDecl(D: ND); |
2575 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ND->isCXXClassMember()) { |
2576 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; |
2577 | if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) { |
2578 | const Type *Ty = Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()->getAsType(); |
2579 | Record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
2580 | } |
2581 | if (!Record) |
2582 | Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>( |
2583 | ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); |
2584 | R.setNamingClass(Record); |
2585 | } |
2586 | |
2587 | auto *UnderlyingND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
2588 | AcceptableWithRecovery = isa<ValueDecl>(Val: UnderlyingND) || |
2589 | isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Val: UnderlyingND); |
2590 | // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or |
2591 | // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser |
2592 | // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo |
2593 | // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going |
2594 | // to recover well anyway. |
2595 | AcceptableWithoutRecovery = isa<TypeDecl>(Val: UnderlyingND) || |
2596 | getAsTypeTemplateDecl(UnderlyingND) || |
2597 | isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Val: UnderlyingND); |
2598 | } else { |
2599 | // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it |
2600 | // because we aren't able to recover. |
2601 | AcceptableWithoutRecovery = true; |
2602 | } |
2603 | |
2604 | if (AcceptableWithRecovery || AcceptableWithoutRecovery) { |
2605 | unsigned NoteID = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<ImplicitParamDecl>() |
2606 | ? diag::note_implicit_param_decl |
2607 | : diag::note_previous_decl; |
2608 | if (SS.isEmpty()) |
2609 | diagnoseTypo(Correction: Corrected, TypoDiag: PDiag(DiagID: diagnostic_suggest) << Name, |
2610 | PrevNote: PDiag(DiagID: NoteID), ErrorRecovery: AcceptableWithRecovery); |
2611 | else |
2612 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_no_member_suggest) |
2613 | << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) |
2614 | << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange(), |
2615 | PDiag(NoteID), AcceptableWithRecovery); |
2616 | |
2617 | // Tell the callee whether to try to recover. |
2618 | return !AcceptableWithRecovery; |
2619 | } |
2620 | } |
2621 | R.clear(); |
2622 | |
2623 | // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups. |
2624 | // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?) |
2625 | if (!SS.isEmpty()) { |
2626 | Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member) |
2627 | << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) |
2628 | << SS.getRange(); |
2629 | return true; |
2630 | } |
2631 | |
2632 | // Give up, we can't recover. |
2633 | Diag(Loc: R.getNameLoc(), DiagID: diagnostic) << Name; |
2634 | return true; |
2635 | } |
2636 | |
2637 | /// In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class whose parent class has |
2638 | /// dependent base classes, and we can't resolve an unqualified identifier, then |
2639 | /// assume the identifier is a member of a dependent base class. We can only |
2640 | /// recover successfully in static methods, instance methods, and other contexts |
2641 | /// where 'this' is available. This doesn't precisely match MSVC's |
2642 | /// instantiation model, but it's close enough. |
2643 | static Expr * |
2644 | recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, |
2645 | DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
2646 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
2647 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) { |
2648 | // Only try to recover from lookup into dependent bases in static methods or |
2649 | // contexts where 'this' is available. |
2650 | QualType ThisType = S.getCurrentThisType(); |
2651 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; |
2652 | if (!ThisType.isNull()) |
2653 | RD = ThisType->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
2654 | else if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: S.CurContext)) |
2655 | RD = MD->getParent(); |
2656 | if (!RD || !RD->hasAnyDependentBases()) |
2657 | return nullptr; |
2658 | |
2659 | // Diagnose this as unqualified lookup into a dependent base class. If 'this' |
2660 | // is available, suggest inserting 'this->' as a fixit. |
2661 | SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc(); |
2662 | auto DB = S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base); |
2663 | DB << NameInfo.getName() << RD; |
2664 | |
2665 | if (!ThisType.isNull()) { |
2666 | DB << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertionLoc: Loc, Code: "this->" ); |
2667 | return CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create( |
2668 | Ctx: Context, /*This=*/Base: nullptr, BaseType: ThisType, /*IsArrow=*/true, |
2669 | /*Op=*/OperatorLoc: SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc: NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), TemplateKWLoc, |
2670 | /*FirstQualifierFoundInScope=*/nullptr, MemberNameInfo: NameInfo, TemplateArgs); |
2671 | } |
2672 | |
2673 | // Synthesize a fake NNS that points to the derived class. This will |
2674 | // perform name lookup during template instantiation. |
2675 | CXXScopeSpec SS; |
2676 | auto *NNS = |
2677 | NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, true, RD->getTypeForDecl()); |
2678 | SS.MakeTrivial(Context, Qualifier: NNS, R: SourceRange(Loc, Loc)); |
2679 | return DependentScopeDeclRefExpr::Create( |
2680 | Context, QualifierLoc: SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, |
2681 | TemplateArgs); |
2682 | } |
2683 | |
2684 | ExprResult |
2685 | Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
2686 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, UnqualifiedId &Id, |
2687 | bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, |
2688 | CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC, |
2689 | bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier, Token *KeywordReplacement) { |
2690 | assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) && |
2691 | "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen" ); |
2692 | if (SS.isInvalid()) |
2693 | return ExprError(); |
2694 | |
2695 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer; |
2696 | |
2697 | // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data. |
2698 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; |
2699 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs; |
2700 | DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Id, Buffer&: TemplateArgsBuffer, NameInfo, TemplateArgs); |
2701 | |
2702 | DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); |
2703 | IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
2704 | SourceLocation NameLoc = NameInfo.getLoc(); |
2705 | |
2706 | if (II && II->isEditorPlaceholder()) { |
2707 | // FIXME: When typed placeholders are supported we can create a typed |
2708 | // placeholder expression node. |
2709 | return ExprError(); |
2710 | } |
2711 | |
2712 | // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3: |
2713 | // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains: |
2714 | // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type, |
2715 | // (note: handled after lookup) |
2716 | // -- a template-id that is dependent, |
2717 | // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr) |
2718 | // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type, |
2719 | // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that |
2720 | // names a dependent type. |
2721 | // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization; |
2722 | // we need to handle these differently. |
2723 | bool DependentID = false; |
2724 | if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName && |
2725 | Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) { |
2726 | DependentID = true; |
2727 | } else if (SS.isSet()) { |
2728 | if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext: false)) { |
2729 | if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) |
2730 | return ExprError(); |
2731 | } else { |
2732 | DependentID = true; |
2733 | } |
2734 | } |
2735 | |
2736 | if (DependentID) |
2737 | return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, |
2738 | isAddressOfOperand: IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs); |
2739 | |
2740 | // Perform the required lookup. |
2741 | LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, |
2742 | (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam) |
2743 | ? LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam |
2744 | : LookupOrdinaryName); |
2745 | if (TemplateKWLoc.isValid() || TemplateArgs) { |
2746 | // Lookup the template name again to correctly establish the context in |
2747 | // which it was found. This is really unfortunate as we already did the |
2748 | // lookup to determine that it was a template name in the first place. If |
2749 | // this becomes a performance hit, we can work harder to preserve those |
2750 | // results until we get here but it's likely not worth it. |
2751 | bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; |
2752 | AssumedTemplateKind AssumedTemplate; |
2753 | if (LookupTemplateName(R, S, SS, ObjectType: QualType(), /*EnteringContext=*/false, |
2754 | MemberOfUnknownSpecialization, RequiredTemplate: TemplateKWLoc, |
2755 | ATK: &AssumedTemplate)) |
2756 | return ExprError(); |
2757 | |
2758 | if (MemberOfUnknownSpecialization || |
2759 | (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)) |
2760 | return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, |
2761 | isAddressOfOperand: IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs); |
2762 | } else { |
2763 | bool IvarLookupFollowUp = II && !SS.isSet() && getCurMethodDecl(); |
2764 | LookupParsedName(R, S, SS: &SS, AllowBuiltinCreation: !IvarLookupFollowUp); |
2765 | |
2766 | // If the result might be in a dependent base class, this is a dependent |
2767 | // id-expression. |
2768 | if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation) |
2769 | return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, TemplateKWLoc, NameInfo, |
2770 | isAddressOfOperand: IsAddressOfOperand, TemplateArgs); |
2771 | |
2772 | // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do |
2773 | // some special Objective-C lookup, too. |
2774 | if (IvarLookupFollowUp) { |
2775 | ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(LookUp&: R, S, II, AllowBuiltinCreation: true)); |
2776 | if (E.isInvalid()) |
2777 | return ExprError(); |
2778 | |
2779 | if (Expr *Ex = E.getAs<Expr>()) |
2780 | return Ex; |
2781 | } |
2782 | } |
2783 | |
2784 | if (R.isAmbiguous()) |
2785 | return ExprError(); |
2786 | |
2787 | // This could be an implicitly declared function reference if the language |
2788 | // mode allows it as a feature. |
2789 | if (R.empty() && HasTrailingLParen && II && |
2790 | getLangOpts().implicitFunctionsAllowed()) { |
2791 | NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc: NameLoc, II&: *II, S); |
2792 | if (D) R.addDecl(D); |
2793 | } |
2794 | |
2795 | // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for |
2796 | // argument-dependent lookup. |
2797 | bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen); |
2798 | |
2799 | if (R.empty() && !ADL) { |
2800 | if (SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { |
2801 | if (Expr *E = recoverFromMSUnqualifiedLookup(S&: *this, Context, NameInfo, |
2802 | TemplateKWLoc, TemplateArgs)) |
2803 | return E; |
2804 | } |
2805 | |
2806 | // Don't diagnose an empty lookup for inline assembly. |
2807 | if (IsInlineAsmIdentifier) |
2808 | return ExprError(); |
2809 | |
2810 | // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function |
2811 | // call, diagnose the problem. |
2812 | TypoExpr *TE = nullptr; |
2813 | DefaultFilterCCC DefaultValidator(II, SS.isValid() ? SS.getScopeRep() |
2814 | : nullptr); |
2815 | DefaultValidator.IsAddressOfOperand = IsAddressOfOperand; |
2816 | assert((!CCC || CCC->IsAddressOfOperand == IsAddressOfOperand) && |
2817 | "Typo correction callback misconfigured" ); |
2818 | if (CCC) { |
2819 | // Make sure the callback knows what the typo being diagnosed is. |
2820 | CCC->setTypoName(II); |
2821 | if (SS.isValid()) |
2822 | CCC->setTypoNNS(SS.getScopeRep()); |
2823 | } |
2824 | // FIXME: DiagnoseEmptyLookup produces bad diagnostics if we're looking for |
2825 | // a template name, but we happen to have always already looked up the name |
2826 | // before we get here if it must be a template name. |
2827 | if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, CCC&: CCC ? *CCC : DefaultValidator, ExplicitTemplateArgs: nullptr, |
2828 | Args: std::nullopt, LookupCtx: nullptr, Out: &TE)) { |
2829 | if (TE && KeywordReplacement) { |
2830 | auto &State = getTypoExprState(TE); |
2831 | auto BestTC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection(); |
2832 | if (BestTC.isKeyword()) { |
2833 | auto *II = BestTC.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); |
2834 | if (State.DiagHandler) |
2835 | State.DiagHandler(BestTC); |
2836 | KeywordReplacement->startToken(); |
2837 | KeywordReplacement->setKind(II->getTokenID()); |
2838 | KeywordReplacement->setIdentifierInfo(II); |
2839 | KeywordReplacement->setLocation(BestTC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin()); |
2840 | // Clean up the state associated with the TypoExpr, since it has |
2841 | // now been diagnosed (without a call to CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr). |
2842 | clearDelayedTypo(TE); |
2843 | // Signal that a correction to a keyword was performed by returning a |
2844 | // valid-but-null ExprResult. |
2845 | return (Expr*)nullptr; |
2846 | } |
2847 | State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); |
2848 | } |
2849 | return TE ? TE : ExprError(); |
2850 | } |
2851 | |
2852 | assert(!R.empty() && |
2853 | "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results" ); |
2854 | |
2855 | // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let |
2856 | // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to |
2857 | // reference the ivar. |
2858 | if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { |
2859 | R.clear(); |
2860 | ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(LookUp&: R, S, II: Ivar->getIdentifier())); |
2861 | // In a hopelessly buggy code, Objective-C instance variable |
2862 | // lookup fails and no expression will be built to reference it. |
2863 | if (!E.isInvalid() && !E.get()) |
2864 | return ExprError(); |
2865 | return E; |
2866 | } |
2867 | } |
2868 | |
2869 | // This is guaranteed from this point on. |
2870 | assert(!R.empty() || ADL); |
2871 | |
2872 | // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access. |
2873 | // C++ [class.mfct.non-static]p3: |
2874 | // When an id-expression that is not part of a class member access |
2875 | // syntax and not used to form a pointer to member is used in the |
2876 | // body of a non-static member function of class X, if name lookup |
2877 | // resolves the name in the id-expression to a non-static non-type |
2878 | // member of some class C, the id-expression is transformed into a |
2879 | // class member access expression using (*this) as the |
2880 | // postfix-expression to the left of the . operator. |
2881 | // |
2882 | // But we don't actually need to do this for '&' operands if R |
2883 | // resolved to a function or overloaded function set, because the |
2884 | // expression is ill-formed if it actually works out to be a |
2885 | // non-static member function: |
2886 | // |
2887 | // C++ [expr.ref]p4: |
2888 | // Otherwise, if E1.E2 refers to a non-static member function. . . |
2889 | // [t]he expression can be used only as the left-hand operand of a |
2890 | // member function call. |
2891 | // |
2892 | // There are other safeguards against such uses, but it's important |
2893 | // to get this right here so that we don't end up making a |
2894 | // spuriously dependent expression if we're inside a dependent |
2895 | // instance method. |
2896 | if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) { |
2897 | bool MightBeImplicitMember; |
2898 | if (!IsAddressOfOperand) |
2899 | MightBeImplicitMember = true; |
2900 | else if (!SS.isEmpty()) |
2901 | MightBeImplicitMember = false; |
2902 | else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) |
2903 | MightBeImplicitMember = false; |
2904 | else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) |
2905 | MightBeImplicitMember = true; |
2906 | else |
2907 | MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(Val: R.getFoundDecl()) || |
2908 | isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(Val: R.getFoundDecl()) || |
2909 | isa<MSPropertyDecl>(Val: R.getFoundDecl()); |
2910 | |
2911 | if (MightBeImplicitMember) |
2912 | return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, |
2913 | R, TemplateArgs, S); |
2914 | } |
2915 | |
2916 | if (TemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid()) { |
2917 | |
2918 | // In C++1y, if this is a variable template id, then check it |
2919 | // in BuildTemplateIdExpr(). |
2920 | // The single lookup result must be a variable template declaration. |
2921 | if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId && Id.TemplateId && |
2922 | Id.TemplateId->Kind == TNK_Var_template) { |
2923 | assert(R.getAsSingle<VarTemplateDecl>() && |
2924 | "There should only be one declaration found." ); |
2925 | } |
2926 | |
2927 | return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, RequiresADL: ADL, TemplateArgs); |
2928 | } |
2929 | |
2930 | return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, NeedsADL: ADL); |
2931 | } |
2932 | |
2933 | /// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified |
2934 | /// declaration name, generally during template instantiation. |
2935 | /// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along |
2936 | /// this path. |
2937 | ExprResult Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr( |
2938 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
2939 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI) { |
2940 | if (NameInfo.getName().isDependentName()) |
2941 | return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), |
2942 | NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); |
2943 | |
2944 | DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext: false); |
2945 | if (!DC) |
2946 | return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), |
2947 | NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); |
2948 | |
2949 | if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) |
2950 | return ExprError(); |
2951 | |
2952 | LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName); |
2953 | LookupQualifiedName(R, LookupCtx: DC); |
2954 | |
2955 | if (R.isAmbiguous()) |
2956 | return ExprError(); |
2957 | |
2958 | if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation) |
2959 | return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), |
2960 | NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); |
2961 | |
2962 | if (R.empty()) { |
2963 | // Don't diagnose problems with invalid record decl, the secondary no_member |
2964 | // diagnostic during template instantiation is likely bogus, e.g. if a class |
2965 | // is invalid because it's derived from an invalid base class, then missing |
2966 | // members were likely supposed to be inherited. |
2967 | if (const auto *CD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Val: DC)) |
2968 | if (CD->isInvalidDecl()) |
2969 | return ExprError(); |
2970 | Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_no_member) |
2971 | << NameInfo.getName() << DC << SS.getRange(); |
2972 | return ExprError(); |
2973 | } |
2974 | |
2975 | if (const TypeDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { |
2976 | // Diagnose a missing typename if this resolved unambiguously to a type in |
2977 | // a dependent context. If we can recover with a type, downgrade this to |
2978 | // a warning in Microsoft compatibility mode. |
2979 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; |
2980 | if (RecoveryTSI && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) |
2981 | DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; |
2982 | SourceLocation Loc = SS.getBeginLoc(); |
2983 | auto D = Diag(Loc, DiagID); |
2984 | D << SS.getScopeRep() << NameInfo.getName().getAsString() |
2985 | << SourceRange(Loc, NameInfo.getEndLoc()); |
2986 | |
2987 | // Don't recover if the caller isn't expecting us to or if we're in a SFINAE |
2988 | // context. |
2989 | if (!RecoveryTSI) |
2990 | return ExprError(); |
2991 | |
2992 | // Only issue the fixit if we're prepared to recover. |
2993 | D << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertionLoc: Loc, Code: "typename " ); |
2994 | |
2995 | // Recover by pretending this was an elaborated type. |
2996 | QualType Ty = Context.getTypeDeclType(Decl: TD); |
2997 | TypeLocBuilder TLB; |
2998 | TLB.pushTypeSpec(T: Ty).setNameLoc(NameInfo.getLoc()); |
2999 | |
3000 | QualType ET = getElaboratedType(Keyword: ElaboratedTypeKeyword::None, SS, T: Ty); |
3001 | ElaboratedTypeLoc QTL = TLB.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T: ET); |
3002 | QTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); |
3003 | QTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); |
3004 | |
3005 | *RecoveryTSI = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T: ET); |
3006 | |
3007 | return ExprEmpty(); |
3008 | } |
3009 | |
3010 | // Defend against this resolving to an implicit member access. We usually |
3011 | // won't get here if this might be a legitimate a class member (we end up in |
3012 | // BuildMemberReferenceExpr instead), but this can be valid if we're forming |
3013 | // a pointer-to-member or in an unevaluated context in C++11. |
3014 | if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember() && !IsAddressOfOperand) |
3015 | return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, |
3016 | /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), |
3017 | R, /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr, S); |
3018 | |
3019 | return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /* ADL */ NeedsADL: false); |
3020 | } |
3021 | |
3022 | /// The parser has read a name in, and Sema has detected that we're currently |
3023 | /// inside an ObjC method. Perform some additional checks and determine if we |
3024 | /// should form a reference to an ivar. |
3025 | /// |
3026 | /// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's |
3027 | /// actually quite a lot of extra work involved. |
3028 | DeclResult Sema::LookupIvarInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S, |
3029 | IdentifierInfo *II) { |
3030 | SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc(); |
3031 | ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); |
3032 | |
3033 | // Check for error condition which is already reported. |
3034 | if (!CurMethod) |
3035 | return DeclResult(true); |
3036 | |
3037 | // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed, |
3038 | // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have |
3039 | // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e. |
3040 | // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with |
3041 | // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl. |
3042 | |
3043 | // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for |
3044 | // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an |
3045 | // ivar, that's an error. |
3046 | bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod(); |
3047 | |
3048 | bool LookForIvars; |
3049 | if (Lookup.empty()) |
3050 | LookForIvars = true; |
3051 | else if (IsClassMethod) |
3052 | LookForIvars = false; |
3053 | else |
3054 | LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() && |
3055 | Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()); |
3056 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr; |
3057 | if (LookForIvars) { |
3058 | IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); |
3059 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; |
3060 | ObjCIvarDecl *IV = nullptr; |
3061 | if (IFace && (IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(IVarName: II, ClassDeclared))) { |
3062 | // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method. |
3063 | if (IsClassMethod) { |
3064 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_use_in_class_method) << IV->getDeclName(); |
3065 | return DeclResult(true); |
3066 | } |
3067 | |
3068 | // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class. |
3069 | if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private && |
3070 | !declaresSameEntity(ClassDeclared, IFace) && |
3071 | !getLangOpts().DebuggerSupport) |
3072 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName(); |
3073 | |
3074 | // Success. |
3075 | return IV; |
3076 | } |
3077 | } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) { |
3078 | // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar. |
3079 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface()) { |
3080 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared; |
3081 | if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(IVarName: II, ClassDeclared)) { |
3082 | if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private || |
3083 | declaresSameEntity(IFace, ClassDeclared)) |
3084 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName(); |
3085 | } |
3086 | } |
3087 | } else if (Lookup.isSingleResult() && |
3088 | Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) { |
3089 | // If accessing a stand-alone ivar in a class method, this is an error. |
3090 | if (const ObjCIvarDecl *IV = |
3091 | dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Val: Lookup.getFoundDecl())) { |
3092 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_use_in_class_method) << IV->getDeclName(); |
3093 | return DeclResult(true); |
3094 | } |
3095 | } |
3096 | |
3097 | // Didn't encounter an error, didn't find an ivar. |
3098 | return DeclResult(false); |
3099 | } |
3100 | |
3101 | ExprResult Sema::BuildIvarRefExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, |
3102 | ObjCIvarDecl *IV) { |
3103 | ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); |
3104 | assert(CurMethod && CurMethod->isInstanceMethod() && |
3105 | "should not reference ivar from this context" ); |
3106 | |
3107 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface(); |
3108 | assert(IFace && "should not reference ivar from this context" ); |
3109 | |
3110 | // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent |
3111 | // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl. |
3112 | if (IV->isInvalidDecl()) |
3113 | return ExprError(); |
3114 | |
3115 | // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)). |
3116 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc)) |
3117 | return ExprError(); |
3118 | |
3119 | // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't |
3120 | // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something. |
3121 | IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get(Name: "self" ); |
3122 | UnqualifiedId SelfName; |
3123 | SelfName.setImplicitSelfParam(&II); |
3124 | CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec; |
3125 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc; |
3126 | ExprResult SelfExpr = |
3127 | ActOnIdExpression(S, SS&: SelfScopeSpec, TemplateKWLoc, Id&: SelfName, |
3128 | /*HasTrailingLParen=*/false, |
3129 | /*IsAddressOfOperand=*/false); |
3130 | if (SelfExpr.isInvalid()) |
3131 | return ExprError(); |
3132 | |
3133 | SelfExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(E: SelfExpr.get()); |
3134 | if (SelfExpr.isInvalid()) |
3135 | return ExprError(); |
3136 | |
3137 | MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, IV, true); |
3138 | |
3139 | ObjCMethodFamily MF = CurMethod->getMethodFamily(); |
3140 | if (MF != OMF_init && MF != OMF_dealloc && MF != OMF_finalize && |
3141 | !IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(IFace, CurMethod, IV)) |
3142 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_direct_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName(); |
3143 | |
3144 | ObjCIvarRefExpr *Result = new (Context) |
3145 | ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getUsageType(objectType: SelfExpr.get()->getType()), Loc, |
3146 | IV->getLocation(), SelfExpr.get(), true, true); |
3147 | |
3148 | if (IV->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) { |
3149 | if (!isUnevaluatedContext() && |
3150 | !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc)) |
3151 | getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E: Result); |
3152 | } |
3153 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && !isUnevaluatedContext()) |
3154 | if (const BlockDecl *BD = CurContext->getInnermostBlockDecl()) |
3155 | ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs.push_back(Elt: {Loc, BD}); |
3156 | |
3157 | return Result; |
3158 | } |
3159 | |
3160 | /// The parser has read a name in, and Sema has detected that we're currently |
3161 | /// inside an ObjC method. Perform some additional checks and determine if we |
3162 | /// should form a reference to an ivar. If so, build an expression referencing |
3163 | /// that ivar. |
3164 | ExprResult |
3165 | Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S, |
3166 | IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) { |
3167 | // FIXME: Integrate this lookup step into LookupParsedName. |
3168 | DeclResult Ivar = LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Lookup, S, II); |
3169 | if (Ivar.isInvalid()) |
3170 | return ExprError(); |
3171 | if (Ivar.isUsable()) |
3172 | return BuildIvarRefExpr(S, Loc: Lookup.getNameLoc(), |
3173 | IV: cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Val: Ivar.get())); |
3174 | |
3175 | if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) |
3176 | LookupBuiltin(R&: Lookup); |
3177 | |
3178 | // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special. |
3179 | return ExprResult(false); |
3180 | } |
3181 | |
3182 | /// Cast a base object to a member's actual type. |
3183 | /// |
3184 | /// There are two relevant checks: |
3185 | /// |
3186 | /// C++ [class.access.base]p7: |
3187 | /// |
3188 | /// If a class member access operator [...] is used to access a non-static |
3189 | /// data member or non-static member function, the reference is ill-formed if |
3190 | /// the left operand [...] cannot be implicitly converted to a pointer to the |
3191 | /// naming class of the right operand. |
3192 | /// |
3193 | /// C++ [expr.ref]p7: |
3194 | /// |
3195 | /// If E2 is a non-static data member or a non-static member function, the |
3196 | /// program is ill-formed if the class of which E2 is directly a member is an |
3197 | /// ambiguous base (11.8) of the naming class (11.9.3) of E2. |
3198 | /// |
3199 | /// Note that the latter check does not consider access; the access of the |
3200 | /// "real" base class is checked as appropriate when checking the access of the |
3201 | /// member name. |
3202 | ExprResult |
3203 | Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, |
3204 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
3205 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
3206 | NamedDecl *Member) { |
3207 | const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext()); |
3208 | if (!RD) |
3209 | return From; |
3210 | |
3211 | QualType DestRecordType; |
3212 | QualType DestType; |
3213 | QualType FromRecordType; |
3214 | QualType FromType = From->getType(); |
3215 | bool PointerConversions = false; |
3216 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(Val: Member)) { |
3217 | DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Decl: RD)); |
3218 | auto FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>(); |
3219 | DestRecordType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType( |
3220 | T: DestRecordType, AddressSpace: FromPtrType |
3221 | ? FromType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace() |
3222 | : FromType.getAddressSpace()); |
3223 | |
3224 | if (FromPtrType) { |
3225 | DestType = Context.getPointerType(T: DestRecordType); |
3226 | FromRecordType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(); |
3227 | PointerConversions = true; |
3228 | } else { |
3229 | DestType = DestRecordType; |
3230 | FromRecordType = FromType; |
3231 | } |
3232 | } else if (const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: Member)) { |
3233 | if (!Method->isImplicitObjectMemberFunction()) |
3234 | return From; |
3235 | |
3236 | DestType = Method->getThisType().getNonReferenceType(); |
3237 | DestRecordType = Method->getFunctionObjectParameterType(); |
3238 | |
3239 | if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
3240 | FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType(); |
3241 | PointerConversions = true; |
3242 | } else { |
3243 | FromRecordType = FromType; |
3244 | DestType = DestRecordType; |
3245 | } |
3246 | |
3247 | LangAS FromAS = FromRecordType.getAddressSpace(); |
3248 | LangAS DestAS = DestRecordType.getAddressSpace(); |
3249 | if (FromAS != DestAS) { |
3250 | QualType FromRecordTypeWithoutAS = |
3251 | Context.removeAddrSpaceQualType(T: FromRecordType); |
3252 | QualType FromTypeWithDestAS = |
3253 | Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(T: FromRecordTypeWithoutAS, AddressSpace: DestAS); |
3254 | if (PointerConversions) |
3255 | FromTypeWithDestAS = Context.getPointerType(T: FromTypeWithDestAS); |
3256 | From = ImpCastExprToType(E: From, Type: FromTypeWithDestAS, |
3257 | CK: CK_AddressSpaceConversion, VK: From->getValueKind()) |
3258 | .get(); |
3259 | } |
3260 | } else { |
3261 | // No conversion necessary. |
3262 | return From; |
3263 | } |
3264 | |
3265 | if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType()) |
3266 | return From; |
3267 | |
3268 | // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary. |
3269 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1: FromRecordType, T2: DestRecordType)) |
3270 | return From; |
3271 | |
3272 | SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange(); |
3273 | SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin(); |
3274 | |
3275 | ExprValueKind VK = From->getValueKind(); |
3276 | |
3277 | // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8: |
3278 | // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its |
3279 | // class name. |
3280 | // |
3281 | // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a |
3282 | // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type |
3283 | // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows |
3284 | // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as: |
3285 | // |
3286 | // class Base { public: int x; }; |
3287 | // class Derived1 : public Base { }; |
3288 | // class Derived2 : public Base { }; |
3289 | // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); }; |
3290 | // |
3291 | // void VeryDerived::f() { |
3292 | // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects |
3293 | // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1 |
3294 | // } |
3295 | if (Qualifier && Qualifier->getAsType()) { |
3296 | QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0); |
3297 | assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type" ); |
3298 | |
3299 | QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->castAs<RecordType>(), 0); |
3300 | |
3301 | // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base |
3302 | // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it. |
3303 | // Otherwise build the appropriate casts. |
3304 | if (IsDerivedFrom(Loc: FromLoc, Derived: FromRecordType, Base: QRecordType)) { |
3305 | CXXCastPath BasePath; |
3306 | if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(Derived: FromRecordType, Base: QRecordType, |
3307 | Loc: FromLoc, Range: FromRange, BasePath: &BasePath)) |
3308 | return ExprError(); |
3309 | |
3310 | if (PointerConversions) |
3311 | QType = Context.getPointerType(T: QType); |
3312 | From = ImpCastExprToType(E: From, Type: QType, CK: CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase, |
3313 | VK, BasePath: &BasePath).get(); |
3314 | |
3315 | FromType = QType; |
3316 | FromRecordType = QRecordType; |
3317 | |
3318 | // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type, |
3319 | // we're done. |
3320 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1: FromRecordType, T2: DestRecordType)) |
3321 | return From; |
3322 | } |
3323 | } |
3324 | |
3325 | CXXCastPath BasePath; |
3326 | if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(Derived: FromRecordType, Base: DestRecordType, |
3327 | Loc: FromLoc, Range: FromRange, BasePath: &BasePath, |
3328 | /*IgnoreAccess=*/true)) |
3329 | return ExprError(); |
3330 | |
3331 | return ImpCastExprToType(E: From, Type: DestType, CK: CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase, |
3332 | VK, BasePath: &BasePath); |
3333 | } |
3334 | |
3335 | bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
3336 | const LookupResult &R, |
3337 | bool HasTrailingLParen) { |
3338 | // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call. |
3339 | if (!HasTrailingLParen) |
3340 | return false; |
3341 | |
3342 | // Never if a scope specifier was provided. |
3343 | if (SS.isSet()) |
3344 | return false; |
3345 | |
3346 | // Only in C++ or ObjC++. |
3347 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
3348 | return false; |
3349 | |
3350 | // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during |
3351 | // normal lookup: |
3352 | for (const NamedDecl *D : R) { |
3353 | // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: |
3354 | // -- a declaration of a class member |
3355 | // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the |
3356 | // original decl. |
3357 | if (D->isCXXClassMember()) |
3358 | return false; |
3359 | |
3360 | // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: |
3361 | // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a |
3362 | // using-declaration |
3363 | // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we |
3364 | // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types |
3365 | // turn off ADL anyway). |
3366 | if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Val: D)) |
3367 | D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Val: D)->getTargetDecl(); |
3368 | else if (D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
3369 | return false; |
3370 | |
3371 | // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3: |
3372 | // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function |
3373 | // template |
3374 | // And also for builtin functions. |
3375 | if (const auto *FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: D)) { |
3376 | // But also builtin functions. |
3377 | if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit()) |
3378 | return false; |
3379 | } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Val: D)) |
3380 | return false; |
3381 | } |
3382 | |
3383 | return true; |
3384 | } |
3385 | |
3386 | |
3387 | /// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration |
3388 | /// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that |
3389 | /// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration |
3390 | /// will in fact be used. |
3391 | static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, |
3392 | bool AcceptInvalid) { |
3393 | if (D->isInvalidDecl() && !AcceptInvalid) |
3394 | return true; |
3395 | |
3396 | if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Val: D)) { |
3397 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName(); |
3398 | return true; |
3399 | } |
3400 | |
3401 | if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Val: D)) { |
3402 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName(); |
3403 | return true; |
3404 | } |
3405 | |
3406 | if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Val: D)) { |
3407 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName(); |
3408 | return true; |
3409 | } |
3410 | |
3411 | return false; |
3412 | } |
3413 | |
3414 | // Certain multiversion types should be treated as overloaded even when there is |
3415 | // only one result. |
3416 | static bool ShouldLookupResultBeMultiVersionOverload(const LookupResult &R) { |
3417 | assert(R.isSingleResult() && "Expected only a single result" ); |
3418 | const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: R.getFoundDecl()); |
3419 | return FD && |
3420 | (FD->isCPUDispatchMultiVersion() || FD->isCPUSpecificMultiVersion()); |
3421 | } |
3422 | |
3423 | ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
3424 | LookupResult &R, bool NeedsADL, |
3425 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl) { |
3426 | // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL, |
3427 | // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref. |
3428 | if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && |
3429 | !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>() && |
3430 | !ShouldLookupResultBeMultiVersionOverload(R)) |
3431 | return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, NameInfo: R.getLookupNameInfo(), D: R.getFoundDecl(), |
3432 | FoundD: R.getRepresentativeDecl(), TemplateArgs: nullptr, |
3433 | AcceptInvalidDecl); |
3434 | |
3435 | // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one |
3436 | // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be |
3437 | // functions and function templates. |
3438 | if (R.isSingleResult() && !ShouldLookupResultBeMultiVersionOverload(R) && |
3439 | CheckDeclInExpr(S&: *this, Loc: R.getNameLoc(), D: R.getFoundDecl(), |
3440 | AcceptInvalid: AcceptInvalidDecl)) |
3441 | return ExprError(); |
3442 | |
3443 | // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress |
3444 | // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when |
3445 | // we've picked a target. |
3446 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); |
3447 | |
3448 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE |
3449 | = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, NamingClass: R.getNamingClass(), |
3450 | QualifierLoc: SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), |
3451 | NameInfo: R.getLookupNameInfo(), |
3452 | RequiresADL: NeedsADL, Overloaded: R.isOverloadedResult(), |
3453 | Begin: R.begin(), End: R.end()); |
3454 | |
3455 | return ULE; |
3456 | } |
3457 | |
3458 | static void diagnoseUncapturableValueReferenceOrBinding(Sema &S, |
3459 | SourceLocation loc, |
3460 | ValueDecl *var); |
3461 | |
3462 | /// Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration. |
3463 | ExprResult Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr( |
3464 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, |
3465 | NamedDecl *FoundD, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
3466 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl) { |
3467 | assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration" ); |
3468 | assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) && |
3469 | "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template" ); |
3470 | |
3471 | SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc(); |
3472 | if (CheckDeclInExpr(S&: *this, Loc, D, AcceptInvalid: AcceptInvalidDecl)) { |
3473 | // Recovery from invalid cases (e.g. D is an invalid Decl). |
3474 | // We use the dependent type for the RecoveryExpr to prevent bogus follow-up |
3475 | // diagnostics, as invalid decls use int as a fallback type. |
3476 | return CreateRecoveryExpr(Begin: NameInfo.getBeginLoc(), End: NameInfo.getEndLoc(), SubExprs: {}); |
3477 | } |
3478 | |
3479 | if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(Val: D)) { |
3480 | // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing |
3481 | // a template argument list. |
3482 | diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(Name: TemplateName(Template), Loc); |
3483 | return ExprError(); |
3484 | } |
3485 | |
3486 | // Make sure that we're referring to a value. |
3487 | if (!isa<ValueDecl, UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl>(Val: D)) { |
3488 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value) << D << SS.getRange(); |
3489 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); |
3490 | return ExprError(); |
3491 | } |
3492 | |
3493 | // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress |
3494 | // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup |
3495 | // on this function name, because this might not be the function |
3496 | // that overload resolution actually selects. |
3497 | if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Locs: Loc)) |
3498 | return ExprError(); |
3499 | |
3500 | auto *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(Val: D); |
3501 | |
3502 | // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's. |
3503 | if (VD->isInvalidDecl() && !AcceptInvalidDecl) |
3504 | return ExprError(); |
3505 | |
3506 | // Handle members of anonymous structs and unions. If we got here, |
3507 | // and the reference is to a class member indirect field, then this |
3508 | // must be the subject of a pointer-to-member expression. |
3509 | if (auto *IndirectField = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(Val: VD); |
3510 | IndirectField && !IndirectField->isCXXClassMember()) |
3511 | return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SS, nameLoc: NameInfo.getLoc(), |
3512 | indirectField: IndirectField); |
3513 | |
3514 | QualType type = VD->getType(); |
3515 | if (type.isNull()) |
3516 | return ExprError(); |
3517 | ExprValueKind valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
3518 | |
3519 | // In 'T ...V;', the type of the declaration 'V' is 'T...', but the type of |
3520 | // a reference to 'V' is simply (unexpanded) 'T'. The type, like the value, |
3521 | // is expanded by some outer '...' in the context of the use. |
3522 | type = type.getNonPackExpansionType(); |
3523 | |
3524 | switch (D->getKind()) { |
3525 | // Ignore all the non-ValueDecl kinds. |
3526 | #define ABSTRACT_DECL(kind) |
3527 | #define VALUE(type, base) |
3528 | #define DECL(type, base) case Decl::type: |
3529 | #include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc" |
3530 | llvm_unreachable("invalid value decl kind" ); |
3531 | |
3532 | // These shouldn't make it here. |
3533 | case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField: |
3534 | llvm_unreachable("forming non-member reference to ivar?" ); |
3535 | |
3536 | // Enum constants are always r-values and never references. |
3537 | // Unresolved using declarations are dependent. |
3538 | case Decl::EnumConstant: |
3539 | case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue: |
3540 | case Decl::OMPDeclareReduction: |
3541 | case Decl::OMPDeclareMapper: |
3542 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
3543 | break; |
3544 | |
3545 | // Fields and indirect fields that got here must be for |
3546 | // pointer-to-member expressions; we just call them l-values for |
3547 | // internal consistency, because this subexpression doesn't really |
3548 | // exist in the high-level semantics. |
3549 | case Decl::Field: |
3550 | case Decl::IndirectField: |
3551 | case Decl::ObjCIvar: |
3552 | assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "building reference to field in C?" ); |
3553 | |
3554 | // These can't have reference type in well-formed programs, but |
3555 | // for internal consistency we do this anyway. |
3556 | type = type.getNonReferenceType(); |
3557 | valueKind = VK_LValue; |
3558 | break; |
3559 | |
3560 | // Non-type template parameters are either l-values or r-values |
3561 | // depending on the type. |
3562 | case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: { |
3563 | if (const ReferenceType *reftype = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { |
3564 | type = reftype->getPointeeType(); |
3565 | valueKind = VK_LValue; // even if the parameter is an r-value reference |
3566 | break; |
3567 | } |
3568 | |
3569 | // [expr.prim.id.unqual]p2: |
3570 | // If the entity is a template parameter object for a template |
3571 | // parameter of type T, the type of the expression is const T. |
3572 | // [...] The expression is an lvalue if the entity is a [...] template |
3573 | // parameter object. |
3574 | if (type->isRecordType()) { |
3575 | type = type.getUnqualifiedType().withConst(); |
3576 | valueKind = VK_LValue; |
3577 | break; |
3578 | } |
3579 | |
3580 | // For non-references, we need to strip qualifiers just in case |
3581 | // the template parameter was declared as 'const int' or whatever. |
3582 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
3583 | type = type.getUnqualifiedType(); |
3584 | break; |
3585 | } |
3586 | |
3587 | case Decl::Var: |
3588 | case Decl::VarTemplateSpecialization: |
3589 | case Decl::VarTemplatePartialSpecialization: |
3590 | case Decl::Decomposition: |
3591 | case Decl::OMPCapturedExpr: |
3592 | // In C, "extern void blah;" is valid and is an r-value. |
3593 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !type.hasQualifiers() && |
3594 | type->isVoidType()) { |
3595 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
3596 | break; |
3597 | } |
3598 | [[fallthrough]]; |
3599 | |
3600 | case Decl::ImplicitParam: |
3601 | case Decl::ParmVar: { |
3602 | // These are always l-values. |
3603 | valueKind = VK_LValue; |
3604 | type = type.getNonReferenceType(); |
3605 | |
3606 | // FIXME: Does the addition of const really only apply in |
3607 | // potentially-evaluated contexts? Since the variable isn't actually |
3608 | // captured in an unevaluated context, it seems that the answer is no. |
3609 | if (!isUnevaluatedContext()) { |
3610 | QualType CapturedType = getCapturedDeclRefType(Var: cast<VarDecl>(VD), Loc); |
3611 | if (!CapturedType.isNull()) |
3612 | type = CapturedType; |
3613 | } |
3614 | |
3615 | break; |
3616 | } |
3617 | |
3618 | case Decl::Binding: |
3619 | // These are always lvalues. |
3620 | valueKind = VK_LValue; |
3621 | type = type.getNonReferenceType(); |
3622 | break; |
3623 | |
3624 | case Decl::Function: { |
3625 | if (unsigned BID = cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->getBuiltinID()) { |
3626 | if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isDirectlyAddressable(ID: BID)) { |
3627 | type = Context.BuiltinFnTy; |
3628 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
3629 | break; |
3630 | } |
3631 | } |
3632 | |
3633 | const FunctionType *fty = type->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
3634 | |
3635 | // If we're referring to a function with an __unknown_anytype |
3636 | // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype. |
3637 | if (fty->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { |
3638 | type = Context.UnknownAnyTy; |
3639 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
3640 | break; |
3641 | } |
3642 | |
3643 | // Functions are l-values in C++. |
3644 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
3645 | valueKind = VK_LValue; |
3646 | break; |
3647 | } |
3648 | |
3649 | // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a |
3650 | // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only |
3651 | // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing |
3652 | // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function |
3653 | // type. |
3654 | if (!cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->hasPrototype() && isa<FunctionProtoType>(fty)) |
3655 | type = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy: fty->getReturnType(), |
3656 | Info: fty->getExtInfo()); |
3657 | |
3658 | // Functions are r-values in C. |
3659 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
3660 | break; |
3661 | } |
3662 | |
3663 | case Decl::CXXDeductionGuide: |
3664 | llvm_unreachable("building reference to deduction guide" ); |
3665 | |
3666 | case Decl::MSProperty: |
3667 | case Decl::MSGuid: |
3668 | case Decl::TemplateParamObject: |
3669 | // FIXME: Should MSGuidDecl and template parameter objects be subject to |
3670 | // capture in OpenMP, or duplicated between host and device? |
3671 | valueKind = VK_LValue; |
3672 | break; |
3673 | |
3674 | case Decl::UnnamedGlobalConstant: |
3675 | valueKind = VK_LValue; |
3676 | break; |
3677 | |
3678 | case Decl::CXXMethod: |
3679 | // If we're referring to a method with an __unknown_anytype |
3680 | // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype. |
3681 | // This should only be possible with a type written directly. |
3682 | if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = |
3683 | dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(VD->getType())) |
3684 | if (proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { |
3685 | type = Context.UnknownAnyTy; |
3686 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
3687 | break; |
3688 | } |
3689 | |
3690 | // C++ methods are l-values if static, r-values if non-static. |
3691 | if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isStatic()) { |
3692 | valueKind = VK_LValue; |
3693 | break; |
3694 | } |
3695 | [[fallthrough]]; |
3696 | |
3697 | case Decl::CXXConversion: |
3698 | case Decl::CXXDestructor: |
3699 | case Decl::CXXConstructor: |
3700 | valueKind = VK_PRValue; |
3701 | break; |
3702 | } |
3703 | |
3704 | auto *E = |
3705 | BuildDeclRefExpr(D: VD, Ty: type, VK: valueKind, NameInfo, SS: &SS, FoundD, |
3706 | /*FIXME: TemplateKWLoc*/ TemplateKWLoc: SourceLocation(), TemplateArgs); |
3707 | // Clang AST consumers assume a DeclRefExpr refers to a valid decl. We |
3708 | // wrap a DeclRefExpr referring to an invalid decl with a dependent-type |
3709 | // RecoveryExpr to avoid follow-up semantic analysis (thus prevent bogus |
3710 | // diagnostics). |
3711 | if (VD->isInvalidDecl() && E) |
3712 | return CreateRecoveryExpr(E->getBeginLoc(), E->getEndLoc(), {E}); |
3713 | return E; |
3714 | } |
3715 | |
3716 | static void ConvertUTF8ToWideString(unsigned CharByteWidth, StringRef Source, |
3717 | SmallString<32> &Target) { |
3718 | Target.resize(N: CharByteWidth * (Source.size() + 1)); |
3719 | char *ResultPtr = &Target[0]; |
3720 | const llvm::UTF8 *ErrorPtr; |
3721 | bool success = |
3722 | llvm::ConvertUTF8toWide(WideCharWidth: CharByteWidth, Source, ResultPtr, ErrorPtr); |
3723 | (void)success; |
3724 | assert(success); |
3725 | Target.resize(N: ResultPtr - &Target[0]); |
3726 | } |
3727 | |
3728 | ExprResult Sema::BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, |
3729 | PredefinedIdentKind IK) { |
3730 | Decl *currentDecl = getPredefinedExprDecl(DC: CurContext); |
3731 | if (!currentDecl) { |
3732 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function); |
3733 | currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
3734 | } |
3735 | |
3736 | QualType ResTy; |
3737 | StringLiteral *SL = nullptr; |
3738 | if (cast<DeclContext>(Val: currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) |
3739 | ResTy = Context.DependentTy; |
3740 | else { |
3741 | // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of |
3742 | // the string. |
3743 | auto Str = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IK, CurrentDecl: currentDecl); |
3744 | unsigned Length = Str.length(); |
3745 | |
3746 | llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1); |
3747 | if (IK == PredefinedIdentKind::LFunction || |
3748 | IK == PredefinedIdentKind::LFuncSig) { |
3749 | ResTy = |
3750 | Context.adjustStringLiteralBaseType(StrLTy: Context.WideCharTy.withConst()); |
3751 | SmallString<32> RawChars; |
3752 | ConvertUTF8ToWideString(CharByteWidth: Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T: ResTy).getQuantity(), |
3753 | Source: Str, Target&: RawChars); |
3754 | ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(EltTy: ResTy, ArySize: LengthI, SizeExpr: nullptr, |
3755 | ASM: ArraySizeModifier::Normal, |
3756 | /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0); |
3757 | SL = StringLiteral::Create(Ctx: Context, Str: RawChars, Kind: StringLiteralKind::Wide, |
3758 | /*Pascal*/ false, Ty: ResTy, Loc); |
3759 | } else { |
3760 | ResTy = Context.adjustStringLiteralBaseType(StrLTy: Context.CharTy.withConst()); |
3761 | ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(EltTy: ResTy, ArySize: LengthI, SizeExpr: nullptr, |
3762 | ASM: ArraySizeModifier::Normal, |
3763 | /*IndexTypeQuals*/ 0); |
3764 | SL = StringLiteral::Create(Ctx: Context, Str, Kind: StringLiteralKind::Ordinary, |
3765 | /*Pascal*/ false, Ty: ResTy, Loc); |
3766 | } |
3767 | } |
3768 | |
3769 | return PredefinedExpr::Create(Ctx: Context, L: Loc, FNTy: ResTy, IK, IsTransparent: LangOpts.MicrosoftExt, |
3770 | SL); |
3771 | } |
3772 | |
3773 | ExprResult Sema::BuildSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
3774 | SourceLocation LParen, |
3775 | SourceLocation RParen, |
3776 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI) { |
3777 | return SYCLUniqueStableNameExpr::Create(Ctx: Context, OpLoc, LParen, RParen, TSI); |
3778 | } |
3779 | |
3780 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
3781 | SourceLocation LParen, |
3782 | SourceLocation RParen, |
3783 | ParsedType ParsedTy) { |
3784 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; |
3785 | QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Ty: ParsedTy, TInfo: &TSI); |
3786 | |
3787 | if (Ty.isNull()) |
3788 | return ExprError(); |
3789 | if (!TSI) |
3790 | TSI = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T: Ty, Loc: LParen); |
3791 | |
3792 | return BuildSYCLUniqueStableNameExpr(OpLoc, LParen, RParen, TSI); |
3793 | } |
3794 | |
3795 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { |
3796 | return BuildPredefinedExpr(Loc, IK: getPredefinedExprKind(Kind)); |
3797 | } |
3798 | |
3799 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) { |
3800 | SmallString<16> CharBuffer; |
3801 | bool Invalid = false; |
3802 | StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, Buffer&: CharBuffer, Invalid: &Invalid); |
3803 | if (Invalid) |
3804 | return ExprError(); |
3805 | |
3806 | CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(), |
3807 | PP, Tok.getKind()); |
3808 | if (Literal.hadError()) |
3809 | return ExprError(); |
3810 | |
3811 | QualType Ty; |
3812 | if (Literal.isWide()) |
3813 | Ty = Context.WideCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C and C++. |
3814 | else if (Literal.isUTF8() && getLangOpts().C23) |
3815 | Ty = Context.UnsignedCharTy; // u8'x' -> unsigned char in C23 |
3816 | else if (Literal.isUTF8() && getLangOpts().Char8) |
3817 | Ty = Context.Char8Ty; // u8'x' -> char8_t when it exists. |
3818 | else if (Literal.isUTF16()) |
3819 | Ty = Context.Char16Ty; // u'x' -> char16_t in C11 and C++11. |
3820 | else if (Literal.isUTF32()) |
3821 | Ty = Context.Char32Ty; // U'x' -> char32_t in C11 and C++11. |
3822 | else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Literal.isMultiChar()) |
3823 | Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' -> int in C, 'wxyz' -> int in C++. |
3824 | else |
3825 | Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++; |
3826 | // u8'x' -> char in C11-C17 and in C++ without char8_t. |
3827 | |
3828 | CharacterLiteralKind Kind = CharacterLiteralKind::Ascii; |
3829 | if (Literal.isWide()) |
3830 | Kind = CharacterLiteralKind::Wide; |
3831 | else if (Literal.isUTF16()) |
3832 | Kind = CharacterLiteralKind::UTF16; |
3833 | else if (Literal.isUTF32()) |
3834 | Kind = CharacterLiteralKind::UTF32; |
3835 | else if (Literal.isUTF8()) |
3836 | Kind = CharacterLiteralKind::UTF8; |
3837 | |
3838 | Expr *Lit = new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), Kind, Ty, |
3839 | Tok.getLocation()); |
3840 | |
3841 | if (Literal.getUDSuffix().empty()) |
3842 | return Lit; |
3843 | |
3844 | // We're building a user-defined literal. |
3845 | IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Name: Literal.getUDSuffix()); |
3846 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = |
3847 | getUDSuffixLoc(S&: *this, TokLoc: Tok.getLocation(), Offset: Literal.getUDSuffixOffset()); |
3848 | |
3849 | // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here. |
3850 | if (!UDLScope) |
3851 | return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_character_udl)); |
3852 | |
3853 | // C++11 [lex.ext]p6: The literal L is treated as a call of the form |
3854 | // operator "" X (ch) |
3855 | return BuildCookedLiteralOperatorCall(S&: *this, Scope: UDLScope, UDSuffix, UDSuffixLoc, |
3856 | Args: Lit, LitEndLoc: Tok.getLocation()); |
3857 | } |
3858 | |
3859 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val) { |
3860 | unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); |
3861 | return IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val), |
3862 | Context.IntTy, Loc); |
3863 | } |
3864 | |
3865 | static Expr *BuildFloatingLiteral(Sema &S, NumericLiteralParser &Literal, |
3866 | QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc) { |
3867 | const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(T: Ty); |
3868 | |
3869 | using llvm::APFloat; |
3870 | APFloat Val(Format); |
3871 | |
3872 | APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Result&: Val); |
3873 | |
3874 | // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if |
3875 | // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow). |
3876 | if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) || |
3877 | ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) { |
3878 | unsigned diagnostic; |
3879 | SmallString<20> buffer; |
3880 | if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) { |
3881 | diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow; |
3882 | APFloat::getLargest(Sem: Format).toString(Str&: buffer); |
3883 | } else { |
3884 | diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow; |
3885 | APFloat::getSmallest(Sem: Format).toString(Str&: buffer); |
3886 | } |
3887 | |
3888 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID: diagnostic) |
3889 | << Ty |
3890 | << StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size()); |
3891 | } |
3892 | |
3893 | bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK); |
3894 | return FloatingLiteral::Create(C: S.Context, V: Val, isexact: isExact, Type: Ty, L: Loc); |
3895 | } |
3896 | |
3897 | bool Sema::CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { |
3898 | assert(E && "Invalid expression" ); |
3899 | |
3900 | if (E->isValueDependent()) |
3901 | return false; |
3902 | |
3903 | QualType QT = E->getType(); |
3904 | if (!QT->isIntegerType() || QT->isBooleanType() || QT->isCharType()) { |
3905 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_type) << QT; |
3906 | return true; |
3907 | } |
3908 | |
3909 | llvm::APSInt ValueAPS; |
3910 | ExprResult R = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result: &ValueAPS); |
3911 | |
3912 | if (R.isInvalid()) |
3913 | return true; |
3914 | |
3915 | bool ValueIsPositive = ValueAPS.isStrictlyPositive(); |
3916 | if (!ValueIsPositive || ValueAPS.getActiveBits() > 31) { |
3917 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_pragma_loop_invalid_argument_value) |
3918 | << toString(ValueAPS, 10) << ValueIsPositive; |
3919 | return true; |
3920 | } |
3921 | |
3922 | return false; |
3923 | } |
3924 | |
3925 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope) { |
3926 | // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit |
3927 | // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or suffix. |
3928 | if (Tok.getLength() == 1) { |
3929 | const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok); |
3930 | return ActOnIntegerConstant(Loc: Tok.getLocation(), Val: Val-'0'); |
3931 | } |
3932 | |
3933 | SmallString<128> SpellingBuffer; |
3934 | // NumericLiteralParser wants to overread by one character. Add padding to |
3935 | // the buffer in case the token is copied to the buffer. If getSpelling() |
3936 | // returns a StringRef to the memory buffer, it should have a null char at |
3937 | // the EOF, so it is also safe. |
3938 | SpellingBuffer.resize(N: Tok.getLength() + 1); |
3939 | |
3940 | // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc. |
3941 | bool Invalid = false; |
3942 | StringRef TokSpelling = PP.getSpelling(Tok, Buffer&: SpellingBuffer, Invalid: &Invalid); |
3943 | if (Invalid) |
3944 | return ExprError(); |
3945 | |
3946 | NumericLiteralParser Literal(TokSpelling, Tok.getLocation(), |
3947 | PP.getSourceManager(), PP.getLangOpts(), |
3948 | PP.getTargetInfo(), PP.getDiagnostics()); |
3949 | if (Literal.hadError) |
3950 | return ExprError(); |
3951 | |
3952 | if (Literal.hasUDSuffix()) { |
3953 | // We're building a user-defined literal. |
3954 | const IdentifierInfo *UDSuffix = &Context.Idents.get(Name: Literal.getUDSuffix()); |
3955 | SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = |
3956 | getUDSuffixLoc(S&: *this, TokLoc: Tok.getLocation(), Offset: Literal.getUDSuffixOffset()); |
3957 | |
3958 | // Make sure we're allowed user-defined literals here. |
3959 | if (!UDLScope) |
3960 | return ExprError(Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_invalid_numeric_udl)); |
3961 | |
3962 | QualType CookedTy; |
3963 | if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { |
3964 | // C++11 [lex.ext]p4: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type |
3965 | // long double, the literal is treated as a call of the form |
3966 | // operator "" X (f L) |
3967 | CookedTy = Context.LongDoubleTy; |
3968 | } else { |
3969 | // C++11 [lex.ext]p3: If S contains a literal operator with parameter type |
3970 | // unsigned long long, the literal is treated as a call of the form |
3971 | // operator "" X (n ULL) |
3972 | CookedTy = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
3973 | } |
3974 | |
3975 | DeclarationName OpName = |
3976 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(II: UDSuffix); |
3977 | DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, UDSuffixLoc); |
3978 | OpNameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(UDSuffixLoc); |
3979 | |
3980 | SourceLocation TokLoc = Tok.getLocation(); |
3981 | |
3982 | // Perform literal operator lookup to determine if we're building a raw |
3983 | // literal or a cooked one. |
3984 | LookupResult R(*this, OpName, UDSuffixLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
3985 | switch (LookupLiteralOperator(S: UDLScope, R, ArgTys: CookedTy, |
3986 | /*AllowRaw*/ true, /*AllowTemplate*/ true, |
3987 | /*AllowStringTemplatePack*/ AllowStringTemplate: false, |
3988 | /*DiagnoseMissing*/ !Literal.isImaginary)) { |
3989 | case LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic: |
3990 | // Lookup failure for imaginary constants isn't fatal, there's still the |
3991 | // GNU extension producing _Complex types. |
3992 | break; |
3993 | case LOLR_Error: |
3994 | return ExprError(); |
3995 | case LOLR_Cooked: { |
3996 | Expr *Lit; |
3997 | if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { |
3998 | Lit = BuildFloatingLiteral(S&: *this, Literal, Ty: CookedTy, Loc: Tok.getLocation()); |
3999 | } else { |
4000 | llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(), 0); |
4001 | if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) |
4002 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large) |
4003 | << /* Unsigned */ 1; |
4004 | Lit = IntegerLiteral::Create(C: Context, V: ResultVal, type: CookedTy, |
4005 | l: Tok.getLocation()); |
4006 | } |
4007 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, SuffixInfo&: OpNameInfo, Args: Lit, LitEndLoc: TokLoc); |
4008 | } |
4009 | |
4010 | case LOLR_Raw: { |
4011 | // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a raw literal operator, the |
4012 | // literal is treated as a call of the form |
4013 | // operator "" X ("n") |
4014 | unsigned Length = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); |
4015 | QualType StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType( |
4016 | EltTy: Context.adjustStringLiteralBaseType(StrLTy: Context.CharTy.withConst()), |
4017 | ArySize: llvm::APInt(32, Length + 1), SizeExpr: nullptr, ASM: ArraySizeModifier::Normal, IndexTypeQuals: 0); |
4018 | Expr *Lit = |
4019 | StringLiteral::Create(Ctx: Context, Str: StringRef(TokSpelling.data(), Length), |
4020 | Kind: StringLiteralKind::Ordinary, |
4021 | /*Pascal*/ false, Ty: StrTy, Loc: &TokLoc, NumConcatenated: 1); |
4022 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, SuffixInfo&: OpNameInfo, Args: Lit, LitEndLoc: TokLoc); |
4023 | } |
4024 | |
4025 | case LOLR_Template: { |
4026 | // C++11 [lit.ext]p3, p4: Otherwise (S contains a literal operator |
4027 | // template), L is treated as a call fo the form |
4028 | // operator "" X <'c1', 'c2', ... 'ck'>() |
4029 | // where n is the source character sequence c1 c2 ... ck. |
4030 | TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitArgs; |
4031 | unsigned CharBits = Context.getIntWidth(T: Context.CharTy); |
4032 | bool CharIsUnsigned = Context.CharTy->isUnsignedIntegerType(); |
4033 | llvm::APSInt Value(CharBits, CharIsUnsigned); |
4034 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Literal.getUDSuffixOffset(); I != N; ++I) { |
4035 | Value = TokSpelling[I]; |
4036 | TemplateArgument Arg(Context, Value, Context.CharTy); |
4037 | TemplateArgumentLocInfo ArgInfo; |
4038 | ExplicitArgs.addArgument(Loc: TemplateArgumentLoc(Arg, ArgInfo)); |
4039 | } |
4040 | return BuildLiteralOperatorCall(R, SuffixInfo&: OpNameInfo, Args: std::nullopt, LitEndLoc: TokLoc, |
4041 | ExplicitTemplateArgs: &ExplicitArgs); |
4042 | } |
4043 | case LOLR_StringTemplatePack: |
4044 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected literal operator lookup result" ); |
4045 | } |
4046 | } |
4047 | |
4048 | Expr *Res; |
4049 | |
4050 | if (Literal.isFixedPointLiteral()) { |
4051 | QualType Ty; |
4052 | |
4053 | if (Literal.isAccum) { |
4054 | if (Literal.isHalf) { |
4055 | Ty = Context.ShortAccumTy; |
4056 | } else if (Literal.isLong) { |
4057 | Ty = Context.LongAccumTy; |
4058 | } else { |
4059 | Ty = Context.AccumTy; |
4060 | } |
4061 | } else if (Literal.isFract) { |
4062 | if (Literal.isHalf) { |
4063 | Ty = Context.ShortFractTy; |
4064 | } else if (Literal.isLong) { |
4065 | Ty = Context.LongFractTy; |
4066 | } else { |
4067 | Ty = Context.FractTy; |
4068 | } |
4069 | } |
4070 | |
4071 | if (Literal.isUnsigned) Ty = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(T: Ty); |
4072 | |
4073 | bool isSigned = !Literal.isUnsigned; |
4074 | unsigned scale = Context.getFixedPointScale(Ty); |
4075 | unsigned bit_width = Context.getTypeInfo(T: Ty).Width; |
4076 | |
4077 | llvm::APInt Val(bit_width, 0, isSigned); |
4078 | bool Overflowed = Literal.GetFixedPointValue(StoreVal&: Val, Scale: scale); |
4079 | bool ValIsZero = Val.isZero() && !Overflowed; |
4080 | |
4081 | auto MaxVal = Context.getFixedPointMax(Ty).getValue(); |
4082 | if (Literal.isFract && Val == MaxVal + 1 && !ValIsZero) |
4083 | // Clause 6.4.4 - The value of a constant shall be in the range of |
4084 | // representable values for its type, with exception for constants of a |
4085 | // fract type with a value of exactly 1; such a constant shall denote |
4086 | // the maximal value for the type. |
4087 | --Val; |
4088 | else if (Val.ugt(MaxVal) || Overflowed) |
4089 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_too_large_for_fixed_point); |
4090 | |
4091 | Res = FixedPointLiteral::CreateFromRawInt(C: Context, V: Val, type: Ty, |
4092 | l: Tok.getLocation(), Scale: scale); |
4093 | } else if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) { |
4094 | QualType Ty; |
4095 | if (Literal.isHalf){ |
4096 | if (getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption(Ext: "cl_khr_fp16" , LO: getLangOpts())) |
4097 | Ty = Context.HalfTy; |
4098 | else { |
4099 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_half_const_requires_fp16); |
4100 | return ExprError(); |
4101 | } |
4102 | } else if (Literal.isFloat) |
4103 | Ty = Context.FloatTy; |
4104 | else if (Literal.isLong) |
4105 | Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy; |
4106 | else if (Literal.isFloat16) |
4107 | Ty = Context.Float16Ty; |
4108 | else if (Literal.isFloat128) |
4109 | Ty = Context.Float128Ty; |
4110 | else |
4111 | Ty = Context.DoubleTy; |
4112 | |
4113 | Res = BuildFloatingLiteral(S&: *this, Literal, Ty, Loc: Tok.getLocation()); |
4114 | |
4115 | if (Ty == Context.DoubleTy) { |
4116 | if (getLangOpts().SinglePrecisionConstants) { |
4117 | if (Ty->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float) { |
4118 | Res = ImpCastExprToType(E: Res, Type: Context.FloatTy, CK: CK_FloatingCast).get(); |
4119 | } |
4120 | } else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption( |
4121 | Ext: "cl_khr_fp64" , LO: getLangOpts())) { |
4122 | // Impose single-precision float type when cl_khr_fp64 is not enabled. |
4123 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_double_const_requires_fp64) |
4124 | << (getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() >= 300); |
4125 | Res = ImpCastExprToType(E: Res, Type: Context.FloatTy, CK: CK_FloatingCast).get(); |
4126 | } |
4127 | } |
4128 | } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) { |
4129 | return ExprError(); |
4130 | } else { |
4131 | QualType Ty; |
4132 | |
4133 | // 'z/uz' literals are a C++23 feature. |
4134 | if (Literal.isSizeT) |
4135 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
4136 | ? getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23 |
4137 | ? diag::warn_cxx20_compat_size_t_suffix |
4138 | : diag::ext_cxx23_size_t_suffix |
4139 | : diag::err_cxx23_size_t_suffix); |
4140 | |
4141 | // 'wb/uwb' literals are a C23 feature. We support _BitInt as a type in C++, |
4142 | // but we do not currently support the suffix in C++ mode because it's not |
4143 | // entirely clear whether WG21 will prefer this suffix to return a library |
4144 | // type such as std::bit_int instead of returning a _BitInt. |
4145 | if (Literal.isBitInt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
4146 | PP.Diag(Tok.getLocation(), getLangOpts().C23 |
4147 | ? diag::warn_c23_compat_bitint_suffix |
4148 | : diag::ext_c23_bitint_suffix); |
4149 | |
4150 | // Get the value in the widest-possible width. What is "widest" depends on |
4151 | // whether the literal is a bit-precise integer or not. For a bit-precise |
4152 | // integer type, try to scan the source to determine how many bits are |
4153 | // needed to represent the value. This may seem a bit expensive, but trying |
4154 | // to get the integer value from an overly-wide APInt is *extremely* |
4155 | // expensive, so the naive approach of assuming |
4156 | // llvm::IntegerType::MAX_INT_BITS is a big performance hit. |
4157 | unsigned BitsNeeded = |
4158 | Literal.isBitInt ? llvm::APInt::getSufficientBitsNeeded( |
4159 | Str: Literal.getLiteralDigits(), Radix: Literal.getRadix()) |
4160 | : Context.getTargetInfo().getIntMaxTWidth(); |
4161 | llvm::APInt ResultVal(BitsNeeded, 0); |
4162 | |
4163 | if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(Val&: ResultVal)) { |
4164 | // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, error and force to ull. |
4165 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large) |
4166 | << /* Unsigned */ 1; |
4167 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
4168 | assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() && |
4169 | "long long is not intmax_t?" ); |
4170 | } else { |
4171 | // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into |
4172 | // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5. |
4173 | |
4174 | // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to |
4175 | // be an unsigned int. |
4176 | bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10; |
4177 | |
4178 | // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can. |
4179 | unsigned Width = 0; |
4180 | |
4181 | // Microsoft specific integer suffixes are explicitly sized. |
4182 | if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger) { |
4183 | if (Literal.MicrosoftInteger == 8 && !Literal.isUnsigned) { |
4184 | Width = 8; |
4185 | Ty = Context.CharTy; |
4186 | } else { |
4187 | Width = Literal.MicrosoftInteger; |
4188 | Ty = Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(DestWidth: Width, |
4189 | /*Signed=*/!Literal.isUnsigned); |
4190 | } |
4191 | } |
4192 | |
4193 | // Bit-precise integer literals are automagically-sized based on the |
4194 | // width required by the literal. |
4195 | if (Literal.isBitInt) { |
4196 | // The signed version has one more bit for the sign value. There are no |
4197 | // zero-width bit-precise integers, even if the literal value is 0. |
4198 | Width = std::max(a: ResultVal.getActiveBits(), b: 1u) + |
4199 | (Literal.isUnsigned ? 0u : 1u); |
4200 | |
4201 | // Diagnose if the width of the constant is larger than BITINT_MAXWIDTH, |
4202 | // and reset the type to the largest supported width. |
4203 | unsigned int MaxBitIntWidth = |
4204 | Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxBitIntWidth(); |
4205 | if (Width > MaxBitIntWidth) { |
4206 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_integer_literal_too_large) |
4207 | << Literal.isUnsigned; |
4208 | Width = MaxBitIntWidth; |
4209 | } |
4210 | |
4211 | // Reset the result value to the smaller APInt and select the correct |
4212 | // type to be used. Note, we zext even for signed values because the |
4213 | // literal itself is always an unsigned value (a preceeding - is a |
4214 | // unary operator, not part of the literal). |
4215 | ResultVal = ResultVal.zextOrTrunc(width: Width); |
4216 | Ty = Context.getBitIntType(Unsigned: Literal.isUnsigned, NumBits: Width); |
4217 | } |
4218 | |
4219 | // Check C++23 size_t literals. |
4220 | if (Literal.isSizeT) { |
4221 | assert(!Literal.MicrosoftInteger && |
4222 | "size_t literals can't be Microsoft literals" ); |
4223 | unsigned SizeTSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getTypeWidth( |
4224 | T: Context.getTargetInfo().getSizeType()); |
4225 | |
4226 | // Does it fit in size_t? |
4227 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(N: SizeTSize)) { |
4228 | // Does it fit in ssize_t? |
4229 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[SizeTSize - 1] == 0) |
4230 | Ty = Context.getSignedSizeType(); |
4231 | else if (AllowUnsigned) |
4232 | Ty = Context.getSizeType(); |
4233 | Width = SizeTSize; |
4234 | } |
4235 | } |
4236 | |
4237 | if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong && |
4238 | !Literal.isSizeT) { |
4239 | // Are int/unsigned possibilities? |
4240 | unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); |
4241 | |
4242 | // Does it fit in a unsigned int? |
4243 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(N: IntSize)) { |
4244 | // Does it fit in a signed int? |
4245 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0) |
4246 | Ty = Context.IntTy; |
4247 | else if (AllowUnsigned) |
4248 | Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy; |
4249 | Width = IntSize; |
4250 | } |
4251 | } |
4252 | |
4253 | // Are long/unsigned long possibilities? |
4254 | if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong && !Literal.isSizeT) { |
4255 | unsigned LongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); |
4256 | |
4257 | // Does it fit in a unsigned long? |
4258 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(N: LongSize)) { |
4259 | // Does it fit in a signed long? |
4260 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0) |
4261 | Ty = Context.LongTy; |
4262 | else if (AllowUnsigned) |
4263 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy; |
4264 | // Check according to the rules of C90 6.1.3.2p5. C++03 [lex.icon]p2 |
4265 | // is compatible. |
4266 | else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
4267 | const unsigned LongLongSize = |
4268 | Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); |
4269 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), |
4270 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
4271 | ? Literal.isLong |
4272 | ? diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx |
4273 | : /*C++98 UB*/ diag:: |
4274 | ext_old_implicitly_unsigned_long_cxx |
4275 | : diag::warn_old_implicitly_unsigned_long) |
4276 | << (LongLongSize > LongSize ? /*will have type 'long long'*/ 0 |
4277 | : /*will be ill-formed*/ 1); |
4278 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy; |
4279 | } |
4280 | Width = LongSize; |
4281 | } |
4282 | } |
4283 | |
4284 | // Check long long if needed. |
4285 | if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isSizeT) { |
4286 | unsigned LongLongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); |
4287 | |
4288 | // Does it fit in a unsigned long long? |
4289 | if (ResultVal.isIntN(N: LongLongSize)) { |
4290 | // Does it fit in a signed long long? |
4291 | // To be compatible with MSVC, hex integer literals ending with the |
4292 | // LL or i64 suffix are always signed in Microsoft mode. |
4293 | if (!Literal.isUnsigned && (ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0 || |
4294 | (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && Literal.isLongLong))) |
4295 | Ty = Context.LongLongTy; |
4296 | else if (AllowUnsigned) |
4297 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
4298 | Width = LongLongSize; |
4299 | |
4300 | // 'long long' is a C99 or C++11 feature, whether the literal |
4301 | // explicitly specified 'long long' or we needed the extra width. |
4302 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
4303 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 |
4304 | ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_longlong |
4305 | : diag::ext_cxx11_longlong); |
4306 | else if (!getLangOpts().C99) |
4307 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_longlong); |
4308 | } |
4309 | } |
4310 | |
4311 | // If we still couldn't decide a type, we either have 'size_t' literal |
4312 | // that is out of range, or a decimal literal that does not fit in a |
4313 | // signed long long and has no U suffix. |
4314 | if (Ty.isNull()) { |
4315 | if (Literal.isSizeT) |
4316 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::err_size_t_literal_too_large) |
4317 | << Literal.isUnsigned; |
4318 | else |
4319 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), |
4320 | diag::ext_integer_literal_too_large_for_signed); |
4321 | Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
4322 | Width = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); |
4323 | } |
4324 | |
4325 | if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width) |
4326 | ResultVal = ResultVal.trunc(width: Width); |
4327 | } |
4328 | Res = IntegerLiteral::Create(C: Context, V: ResultVal, type: Ty, l: Tok.getLocation()); |
4329 | } |
4330 | |
4331 | // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper. |
4332 | if (Literal.isImaginary) { |
4333 | Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res, |
4334 | Context.getComplexType(T: Res->getType())); |
4335 | |
4336 | Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_imaginary_constant); |
4337 | } |
4338 | return Res; |
4339 | } |
4340 | |
4341 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E) { |
4342 | assert(E && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr" ); |
4343 | QualType ExprTy = E->getType(); |
4344 | if (getLangOpts().ProtectParens && CurFPFeatures.getAllowFPReassociate() && |
4345 | !E->isLValue() && ExprTy->hasFloatingRepresentation()) |
4346 | return BuildBuiltinCallExpr(R, Builtin::BI__arithmetic_fence, E); |
4347 | return new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E); |
4348 | } |
4349 | |
4350 | static bool CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T, |
4351 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4352 | SourceRange ArgRange) { |
4353 | // [OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12] "The vec_step built-in function takes a built-in |
4354 | // scalar or vector data type argument..." |
4355 | // Every built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1) is either an arithmetic |
4356 | // type (C99 6.2.5p18) or void. |
4357 | if (!(T->isArithmeticType() || T->isVoidType() || T->isVectorType())) { |
4358 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type) |
4359 | << T << ArgRange; |
4360 | return true; |
4361 | } |
4362 | |
4363 | assert((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) && |
4364 | "Scalar types should always be complete" ); |
4365 | return false; |
4366 | } |
4367 | |
4368 | static bool CheckVectorElementsTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T, |
4369 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4370 | SourceRange ArgRange) { |
4371 | // builtin_vectorelements supports both fixed-sized and scalable vectors. |
4372 | if (!T->isVectorType() && !T->isSizelessVectorType()) |
4373 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_builtin_non_vector_type) |
4374 | << "" |
4375 | << "__builtin_vectorelements" << T << ArgRange; |
4376 | |
4377 | return false; |
4378 | } |
4379 | |
4380 | static bool CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T, |
4381 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4382 | SourceRange ArgRange, |
4383 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) { |
4384 | // Invalid types must be hard errors for SFINAE in C++. |
4385 | if (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus) |
4386 | return true; |
4387 | |
4388 | // C99 6.5.3.4p1: |
4389 | if (T->isFunctionType() && |
4390 | (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf || TraitKind == UETT_AlignOf || |
4391 | TraitKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf)) { |
4392 | // sizeof(function)/alignof(function) is allowed as an extension. |
4393 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_function_type) |
4394 | << getTraitSpelling(TraitKind) << ArgRange; |
4395 | return false; |
4396 | } |
4397 | |
4398 | // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension, unless in OpenCL where |
4399 | // this is an error (OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.k) |
4400 | if (T->isVoidType()) { |
4401 | unsigned DiagID = S.LangOpts.OpenCL ? diag::err_opencl_sizeof_alignof_type |
4402 | : diag::ext_sizeof_alignof_void_type; |
4403 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getTraitSpelling(T: TraitKind) << ArgRange; |
4404 | return false; |
4405 | } |
4406 | |
4407 | return true; |
4408 | } |
4409 | |
4410 | static bool CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(Sema &S, QualType T, |
4411 | SourceLocation Loc, |
4412 | SourceRange ArgRange, |
4413 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) { |
4414 | // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) if the |
4415 | // runtime doesn't allow it. |
4416 | if (!S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsSizeofAlignof() && T->isObjCObjectType()) { |
4417 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface) |
4418 | << T << (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf) |
4419 | << ArgRange; |
4420 | return true; |
4421 | } |
4422 | |
4423 | return false; |
4424 | } |
4425 | |
4426 | /// Check whether E is a pointer from a decayed array type (the decayed |
4427 | /// pointer type is equal to T) and emit a warning if it is. |
4428 | static void warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
4429 | const Expr *E) { |
4430 | // Don't warn if the operation changed the type. |
4431 | if (T != E->getType()) |
4432 | return; |
4433 | |
4434 | // Now look for array decays. |
4435 | const auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Val: E); |
4436 | if (!ICE || ICE->getCastKind() != CK_ArrayToPointerDecay) |
4437 | return; |
4438 | |
4439 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_sizeof_array_decay) << ICE->getSourceRange() |
4440 | << ICE->getType() |
4441 | << ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(); |
4442 | } |
4443 | |
4444 | /// Check the constraints on expression operands to unary type expression |
4445 | /// and type traits. |
4446 | /// |
4447 | /// Completes any types necessary and validates the constraints on the operand |
4448 | /// expression. The logic mostly mirrors the type-based overload, but may modify |
4449 | /// the expression as it completes the type for that expression through template |
4450 | /// instantiation, etc. |
4451 | bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, |
4452 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { |
4453 | QualType ExprTy = E->getType(); |
4454 | assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType()); |
4455 | |
4456 | bool IsUnevaluatedOperand = |
4457 | (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf || ExprKind == UETT_DataSizeOf || |
4458 | ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf || |
4459 | ExprKind == UETT_VecStep); |
4460 | if (IsUnevaluatedOperand) { |
4461 | ExprResult Result = CheckUnevaluatedOperand(E); |
4462 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
4463 | return true; |
4464 | E = Result.get(); |
4465 | } |
4466 | |
4467 | // The operand for sizeof and alignof is in an unevaluated expression context, |
4468 | // so side effects could result in unintended consequences. |
4469 | // Exclude instantiation-dependent expressions, because 'sizeof' is sometimes |
4470 | // used to build SFINAE gadgets. |
4471 | // FIXME: Should we consider instantiation-dependent operands to 'alignof'? |
4472 | if (IsUnevaluatedOperand && !inTemplateInstantiation() && |
4473 | !E->isInstantiationDependent() && |
4474 | !E->getType()->isVariableArrayType() && |
4475 | E->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) |
4476 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); |
4477 | |
4478 | if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) |
4479 | return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(), |
4480 | E->getSourceRange()); |
4481 | |
4482 | if (ExprKind == UETT_VectorElements) |
4483 | return CheckVectorElementsTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(), |
4484 | E->getSourceRange()); |
4485 | |
4486 | // Explicitly list some types as extensions. |
4487 | if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(), |
4488 | E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind)) |
4489 | return false; |
4490 | |
4491 | // WebAssembly tables are always illegal operands to unary expressions and |
4492 | // type traits. |
4493 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWasm() && |
4494 | E->getType()->isWebAssemblyTableType()) { |
4495 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_wasm_table_invalid_uett_operand) |
4496 | << getTraitSpelling(ExprKind); |
4497 | return true; |
4498 | } |
4499 | |
4500 | // 'alignof' applied to an expression only requires the base element type of |
4501 | // the expression to be complete. 'sizeof' requires the expression's type to |
4502 | // be complete (and will attempt to complete it if it's an array of unknown |
4503 | // bound). |
4504 | if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf) { |
4505 | if (RequireCompleteSizedType( |
4506 | E->getExprLoc(), Context.getBaseElementType(E->getType()), |
4507 | diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, |
4508 | getTraitSpelling(ExprKind), E->getSourceRange())) |
4509 | return true; |
4510 | } else { |
4511 | if (RequireCompleteSizedExprType( |
4512 | E, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, |
4513 | getTraitSpelling(ExprKind), E->getSourceRange())) |
4514 | return true; |
4515 | } |
4516 | |
4517 | // Completing the expression's type may have changed it. |
4518 | ExprTy = E->getType(); |
4519 | assert(!ExprTy->isReferenceType()); |
4520 | |
4521 | if (ExprTy->isFunctionType()) { |
4522 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type) |
4523 | << getTraitSpelling(ExprKind) << E->getSourceRange(); |
4524 | return true; |
4525 | } |
4526 | |
4527 | if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(), |
4528 | E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind)) |
4529 | return true; |
4530 | |
4531 | if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf) { |
4532 | if (const auto *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E->IgnoreParens())) { |
4533 | if (const auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(Val: DeclRef->getFoundDecl())) { |
4534 | QualType OType = PVD->getOriginalType(); |
4535 | QualType Type = PVD->getType(); |
4536 | if (Type->isPointerType() && OType->isArrayType()) { |
4537 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_sizeof_array_param) |
4538 | << Type << OType; |
4539 | Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); |
4540 | } |
4541 | } |
4542 | } |
4543 | |
4544 | // Warn on "sizeof(array op x)" and "sizeof(x op array)", where the array |
4545 | // decays into a pointer and returns an unintended result. This is most |
4546 | // likely a typo for "sizeof(array) op x". |
4547 | if (const auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: E->IgnoreParens())) { |
4548 | warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(), |
4549 | BO->getLHS()); |
4550 | warnOnSizeofOnArrayDecay(*this, BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->getType(), |
4551 | BO->getRHS()); |
4552 | } |
4553 | } |
4554 | |
4555 | return false; |
4556 | } |
4557 | |
4558 | static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { |
4559 | // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent. |
4560 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) |
4561 | return false; |
4562 | |
4563 | if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { |
4564 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield) |
4565 | << 1 << E->getSourceRange(); |
4566 | return true; |
4567 | } |
4568 | |
4569 | ValueDecl *D = nullptr; |
4570 | Expr *Inner = E->IgnoreParens(); |
4571 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: Inner)) { |
4572 | D = DRE->getDecl(); |
4573 | } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Val: Inner)) { |
4574 | D = ME->getMemberDecl(); |
4575 | } |
4576 | |
4577 | // If it's a field, require the containing struct to have a |
4578 | // complete definition so that we can compute the layout. |
4579 | // |
4580 | // This can happen in C++11 onwards, either by naming the member |
4581 | // in a way that is not transformed into a member access expression |
4582 | // (in an unevaluated operand, for instance), or by naming the member |
4583 | // in a trailing-return-type. |
4584 | // |
4585 | // For the record, since __alignof__ on expressions is a GCC |
4586 | // extension, GCC seems to permit this but always gives the |
4587 | // nonsensical answer 0. |
4588 | // |
4589 | // We don't really need the layout here --- we could instead just |
4590 | // directly check for all the appropriate alignment-lowing |
4591 | // attributes --- but that would require duplicating a lot of |
4592 | // logic that just isn't worth duplicating for such a marginal |
4593 | // use-case. |
4594 | if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(Val: D)) { |
4595 | // Fast path this check, since we at least know the record has a |
4596 | // definition if we can find a member of it. |
4597 | if (!FD->getParent()->isCompleteDefinition()) { |
4598 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_alignof_member_of_incomplete_type) |
4599 | << E->getSourceRange(); |
4600 | return true; |
4601 | } |
4602 | |
4603 | // Otherwise, if it's a field, and the field doesn't have |
4604 | // reference type, then it must have a complete type (or be a |
4605 | // flexible array member, which we explicitly want to |
4606 | // white-list anyway), which makes the following checks trivial. |
4607 | if (!FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) |
4608 | return false; |
4609 | } |
4610 | |
4611 | return S.CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, ExprKind); |
4612 | } |
4613 | |
4614 | bool Sema::CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E) { |
4615 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); |
4616 | |
4617 | // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent. |
4618 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) |
4619 | return false; |
4620 | |
4621 | return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, ExprKind: UETT_VecStep); |
4622 | } |
4623 | |
4624 | static void captureVariablyModifiedType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, |
4625 | CapturingScopeInfo *CSI) { |
4626 | assert(T->isVariablyModifiedType()); |
4627 | assert(CSI != nullptr); |
4628 | |
4629 | // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA expressions. |
4630 | do { |
4631 | const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); |
4632 | switch (Ty->getTypeClass()) { |
4633 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) |
4634 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) |
4635 | #define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) |
4636 | #define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: |
4637 | #define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) |
4638 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
4639 | T = QualType(); |
4640 | break; |
4641 | // These types are never variably-modified. |
4642 | case Type::Builtin: |
4643 | case Type::Complex: |
4644 | case Type::Vector: |
4645 | case Type::ExtVector: |
4646 | case Type::ConstantMatrix: |
4647 | case Type::Record: |
4648 | case Type::Enum: |
4649 | case Type::TemplateSpecialization: |
4650 | case Type::ObjCObject: |
4651 | case Type::ObjCInterface: |
4652 | case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: |
4653 | case Type::ObjCTypeParam: |
4654 | case Type::Pipe: |
4655 | case Type::BitInt: |
4656 | llvm_unreachable("type class is never variably-modified!" ); |
4657 | case Type::Elaborated: |
4658 | T = cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty)->getNamedType(); |
4659 | break; |
4660 | case Type::Adjusted: |
4661 | T = cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)->getOriginalType(); |
4662 | break; |
4663 | case Type::Decayed: |
4664 | T = cast<DecayedType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); |
4665 | break; |
4666 | case Type::Pointer: |
4667 | T = cast<PointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); |
4668 | break; |
4669 | case Type::BlockPointer: |
4670 | T = cast<BlockPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); |
4671 | break; |
4672 | case Type::LValueReference: |
4673 | case Type::RValueReference: |
4674 | T = cast<ReferenceType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); |
4675 | break; |
4676 | case Type::MemberPointer: |
4677 | T = cast<MemberPointerType>(Ty)->getPointeeType(); |
4678 | break; |
4679 | case Type::ConstantArray: |
4680 | case Type::IncompleteArray: |
4681 | // Losing element qualification here is fine. |
4682 | T = cast<ArrayType>(Ty)->getElementType(); |
4683 | break; |
4684 | case Type::VariableArray: { |
4685 | // Losing element qualification here is fine. |
4686 | const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(Ty); |
4687 | |
4688 | // Unknown size indication requires no size computation. |
4689 | // Otherwise, evaluate and record it. |
4690 | auto Size = VAT->getSizeExpr(); |
4691 | if (Size && !CSI->isVLATypeCaptured(VAT) && |
4692 | (isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(CSI) || isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI))) |
4693 | CSI->addVLATypeCapture(Loc: Size->getExprLoc(), VLAType: VAT, CaptureType: Context.getSizeType()); |
4694 | |
4695 | T = VAT->getElementType(); |
4696 | break; |
4697 | } |
4698 | case Type::FunctionProto: |
4699 | case Type::FunctionNoProto: |
4700 | T = cast<FunctionType>(Ty)->getReturnType(); |
4701 | break; |
4702 | case Type::Paren: |
4703 | case Type::TypeOf: |
4704 | case Type::UnaryTransform: |
4705 | case Type::Attributed: |
4706 | case Type::BTFTagAttributed: |
4707 | case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: |
4708 | case Type::MacroQualified: |
4709 | // Keep walking after single level desugaring. |
4710 | T = T.getSingleStepDesugaredType(Context); |
4711 | break; |
4712 | case Type::Typedef: |
4713 | T = cast<TypedefType>(Ty)->desugar(); |
4714 | break; |
4715 | case Type::Decltype: |
4716 | T = cast<DecltypeType>(Ty)->desugar(); |
4717 | break; |
4718 | case Type::PackIndexing: |
4719 | T = cast<PackIndexingType>(Ty)->desugar(); |
4720 | break; |
4721 | case Type::Using: |
4722 | T = cast<UsingType>(Ty)->desugar(); |
4723 | break; |
4724 | case Type::Auto: |
4725 | case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: |
4726 | T = cast<DeducedType>(Ty)->getDeducedType(); |
4727 | break; |
4728 | case Type::TypeOfExpr: |
4729 | T = cast<TypeOfExprType>(Ty)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType(); |
4730 | break; |
4731 | case Type::Atomic: |
4732 | T = cast<AtomicType>(Ty)->getValueType(); |
4733 | break; |
4734 | } |
4735 | } while (!T.isNull() && T->isVariablyModifiedType()); |
4736 | } |
4737 | |
4738 | /// Check the constraints on operands to unary expression and type |
4739 | /// traits. |
4740 | /// |
4741 | /// This will complete any types necessary, and validate the various constraints |
4742 | /// on those operands. |
4743 | /// |
4744 | /// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine. |
4745 | /// C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] all state: |
4746 | /// Except when it is the operand of the sizeof operator ... |
4747 | /// |
4748 | /// C++ [expr.sizeof]p4 |
4749 | /// The lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer |
4750 | /// standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof. |
4751 | /// |
4752 | /// This policy is followed for all of the unary trait expressions. |
4753 | bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, |
4754 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4755 | SourceRange ExprRange, |
4756 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
4757 | StringRef KWName) { |
4758 | if (ExprType->isDependentType()) |
4759 | return false; |
4760 | |
4761 | // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: |
4762 | // When applied to a reference or a reference type, the result |
4763 | // is the size of the referenced type. |
4764 | // C++11 [expr.alignof]p3: |
4765 | // When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result |
4766 | // shall be the alignment of the referenced type. |
4767 | if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
4768 | ExprType = Ref->getPointeeType(); |
4769 | |
4770 | // C11 6.5.3.4/3, C++11 [expr.alignof]p3: |
4771 | // When alignof or _Alignof is applied to an array type, the result |
4772 | // is the alignment of the element type. |
4773 | if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf || |
4774 | ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) |
4775 | ExprType = Context.getBaseElementType(QT: ExprType); |
4776 | |
4777 | if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) |
4778 | return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(S&: *this, T: ExprType, Loc: OpLoc, ArgRange: ExprRange); |
4779 | |
4780 | if (ExprKind == UETT_VectorElements) |
4781 | return CheckVectorElementsTraitOperandType(S&: *this, T: ExprType, Loc: OpLoc, |
4782 | ArgRange: ExprRange); |
4783 | |
4784 | // Explicitly list some types as extensions. |
4785 | if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(S&: *this, T: ExprType, Loc: OpLoc, ArgRange: ExprRange, |
4786 | TraitKind: ExprKind)) |
4787 | return false; |
4788 | |
4789 | if (RequireCompleteSizedType( |
4790 | OpLoc, ExprType, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, |
4791 | KWName, ExprRange)) |
4792 | return true; |
4793 | |
4794 | if (ExprType->isFunctionType()) { |
4795 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_function_type) << KWName << ExprRange; |
4796 | return true; |
4797 | } |
4798 | |
4799 | // WebAssembly tables are always illegal operands to unary expressions and |
4800 | // type traits. |
4801 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWasm() && |
4802 | ExprType->isWebAssemblyTableType()) { |
4803 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_wasm_table_invalid_uett_operand) |
4804 | << getTraitSpelling(ExprKind); |
4805 | return true; |
4806 | } |
4807 | |
4808 | if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(S&: *this, T: ExprType, Loc: OpLoc, ArgRange: ExprRange, |
4809 | TraitKind: ExprKind)) |
4810 | return true; |
4811 | |
4812 | if (ExprType->isVariablyModifiedType() && FunctionScopes.size() > 1) { |
4813 | if (auto *TT = ExprType->getAs<TypedefType>()) { |
4814 | for (auto I = FunctionScopes.rbegin(), |
4815 | E = std::prev(x: FunctionScopes.rend()); |
4816 | I != E; ++I) { |
4817 | auto *CSI = dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(Val: *I); |
4818 | if (CSI == nullptr) |
4819 | break; |
4820 | DeclContext *DC = nullptr; |
4821 | if (auto *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(Val: CSI)) |
4822 | DC = LSI->CallOperator; |
4823 | else if (auto *CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(Val: CSI)) |
4824 | DC = CRSI->TheCapturedDecl; |
4825 | else if (auto *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(Val: CSI)) |
4826 | DC = BSI->TheDecl; |
4827 | if (DC) { |
4828 | if (DC->containsDecl(TT->getDecl())) |
4829 | break; |
4830 | captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, T: ExprType, CSI); |
4831 | } |
4832 | } |
4833 | } |
4834 | } |
4835 | |
4836 | return false; |
4837 | } |
4838 | |
4839 | /// Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand. |
4840 | ExprResult Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4841 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4842 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
4843 | SourceRange R) { |
4844 | if (!TInfo) |
4845 | return ExprError(); |
4846 | |
4847 | QualType T = TInfo->getType(); |
4848 | |
4849 | if (!T->isDependentType() && |
4850 | CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(ExprType: T, OpLoc, ExprRange: R, ExprKind, |
4851 | KWName: getTraitSpelling(T: ExprKind))) |
4852 | return ExprError(); |
4853 | |
4854 | // Adds overload of TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated for TypeSourceInfo to |
4855 | // properly deal with VLAs in nested calls of sizeof and typeof. |
4856 | if (isUnevaluatedContext() && ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf && |
4857 | TInfo->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) |
4858 | TInfo = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(TInfo); |
4859 | |
4860 | // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t. |
4861 | return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr( |
4862 | ExprKind, TInfo, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, R.getEnd()); |
4863 | } |
4864 | |
4865 | /// Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression |
4866 | /// operand. |
4867 | ExprResult |
4868 | Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4869 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) { |
4870 | ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); |
4871 | if (PE.isInvalid()) |
4872 | return ExprError(); |
4873 | |
4874 | E = PE.get(); |
4875 | |
4876 | // Verify that the operand is valid. |
4877 | bool isInvalid = false; |
4878 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) { |
4879 | // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. |
4880 | } else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf || ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf) { |
4881 | isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(S&: *this, E, ExprKind); |
4882 | } else if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) { |
4883 | isInvalid = CheckVecStepExpr(E); |
4884 | } else if (ExprKind == UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign) { |
4885 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_openmp_default_simd_align_expr); |
4886 | isInvalid = true; |
4887 | } else if (E->refersToBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1. |
4888 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_typeof_bitfield) << 0; |
4889 | isInvalid = true; |
4890 | } else if (ExprKind == UETT_VectorElements) { |
4891 | isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, ExprKind: UETT_VectorElements); |
4892 | } else { |
4893 | isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, ExprKind: UETT_SizeOf); |
4894 | } |
4895 | |
4896 | if (isInvalid) |
4897 | return ExprError(); |
4898 | |
4899 | if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf && E->getType()->isVariableArrayType()) { |
4900 | PE = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); |
4901 | if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
4902 | E = PE.get(); |
4903 | } |
4904 | |
4905 | // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t. |
4906 | return new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr( |
4907 | ExprKind, E, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc, E->getSourceRange().getEnd()); |
4908 | } |
4909 | |
4910 | /// ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c |
4911 | /// expr and the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof |
4912 | /// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false. |
4913 | ExprResult |
4914 | Sema::ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4915 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, bool IsType, |
4916 | void *TyOrEx, SourceRange ArgRange) { |
4917 | // If error parsing type, ignore. |
4918 | if (!TyOrEx) return ExprError(); |
4919 | |
4920 | if (IsType) { |
4921 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
4922 | (void) GetTypeFromParser(Ty: ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(P: TyOrEx), TInfo: &TInfo); |
4923 | return CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, ExprKind, R: ArgRange); |
4924 | } |
4925 | |
4926 | Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx; |
4927 | ExprResult Result = CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(E: ArgEx, OpLoc, ExprKind); |
4928 | return Result; |
4929 | } |
4930 | |
4931 | bool Sema::CheckAlignasTypeArgument(StringRef KWName, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
4932 | SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceRange R) { |
4933 | if (!TInfo) |
4934 | return true; |
4935 | return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(ExprType: TInfo->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange: R, |
4936 | ExprKind: UETT_AlignOf, KWName); |
4937 | } |
4938 | |
4939 | /// ActOnAlignasTypeArgument - Handle @c alignas(type-id) and @c |
4940 | /// _Alignas(type-name) . |
4941 | /// [dcl.align] An alignment-specifier of the form |
4942 | /// alignas(type-id) has the same effect as alignas(alignof(type-id)). |
4943 | /// |
4944 | /// [N1570 6.7.5] _Alignas(type-name) is equivalent to |
4945 | /// _Alignas(_Alignof(type-name)). |
4946 | bool Sema::ActOnAlignasTypeArgument(StringRef KWName, ParsedType Ty, |
4947 | SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceRange R) { |
4948 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
4949 | (void)GetTypeFromParser(Ty: ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(P: Ty.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
4950 | TInfo: &TInfo); |
4951 | return CheckAlignasTypeArgument(KWName, TInfo, OpLoc, R); |
4952 | } |
4953 | |
4954 | static QualType CheckRealImagOperand(Sema &S, ExprResult &V, SourceLocation Loc, |
4955 | bool IsReal) { |
4956 | if (V.get()->isTypeDependent()) |
4957 | return S.Context.DependentTy; |
4958 | |
4959 | // _Real and _Imag are only l-values for normal l-values. |
4960 | if (V.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_Ordinary) { |
4961 | V = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(E: V.get()); |
4962 | if (V.isInvalid()) |
4963 | return QualType(); |
4964 | } |
4965 | |
4966 | // These operators return the element type of a complex type. |
4967 | if (const ComplexType *CT = V.get()->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()) |
4968 | return CT->getElementType(); |
4969 | |
4970 | // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here. |
4971 | if (V.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) |
4972 | return V.get()->getType(); |
4973 | |
4974 | // Test for placeholders. |
4975 | ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: V.get()); |
4976 | if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType(); |
4977 | if (PR.get() != V.get()) { |
4978 | V = PR; |
4979 | return CheckRealImagOperand(S, V, Loc, IsReal); |
4980 | } |
4981 | |
4982 | // Reject anything else. |
4983 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V.get()->getType() |
4984 | << (IsReal ? "__real" : "__imag" ); |
4985 | return QualType(); |
4986 | } |
4987 | |
4988 | |
4989 | |
4990 | ExprResult |
4991 | Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
4992 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input) { |
4993 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc; |
4994 | switch (Kind) { |
4995 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!" ); |
4996 | case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PostInc; break; |
4997 | case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PostDec; break; |
4998 | } |
4999 | |
5000 | // Since this might is a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. |
5001 | ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, ME: Input); |
5002 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
5003 | Input = Result.get(); |
5004 | |
5005 | return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input); |
5006 | } |
5007 | |
5008 | /// Diagnose if arithmetic on the given ObjC pointer is illegal. |
5009 | /// |
5010 | /// \return true on error |
5011 | static bool checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(Sema &S, |
5012 | SourceLocation opLoc, |
5013 | Expr *op) { |
5014 | assert(op->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()); |
5015 | if (S.LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.allowsPointerArithmetic() && |
5016 | !S.LangOpts.ObjCSubscriptingLegacyRuntime) |
5017 | return false; |
5018 | |
5019 | S.Diag(opLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface) |
5020 | << op->getType()->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType() |
5021 | << op->getSourceRange(); |
5022 | return true; |
5023 | } |
5024 | |
5025 | static bool isMSPropertySubscriptExpr(Sema &S, Expr *Base) { |
5026 | auto *BaseNoParens = Base->IgnoreParens(); |
5027 | if (auto *MSProp = dyn_cast<MSPropertyRefExpr>(Val: BaseNoParens)) |
5028 | return MSProp->getPropertyDecl()->getType()->isArrayType(); |
5029 | return isa<MSPropertySubscriptExpr>(Val: BaseNoParens); |
5030 | } |
5031 | |
5032 | // Returns the type used for LHS[RHS], given one of LHS, RHS is type-dependent. |
5033 | // Typically this is DependentTy, but can sometimes be more precise. |
5034 | // |
5035 | // There are cases when we could determine a non-dependent type: |
5036 | // - LHS and RHS may have non-dependent types despite being type-dependent |
5037 | // (e.g. unbounded array static members of the current instantiation) |
5038 | // - one may be a dependent-sized array with known element type |
5039 | // - one may be a dependent-typed valid index (enum in current instantiation) |
5040 | // |
5041 | // We *always* return a dependent type, in such cases it is DependentTy. |
5042 | // This avoids creating type-dependent expressions with non-dependent types. |
5043 | // FIXME: is this important to avoid? See https://reviews.llvm.org/D107275 |
5044 | static QualType getDependentArraySubscriptType(Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
5045 | const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
5046 | assert(LHS->isTypeDependent() || RHS->isTypeDependent()); |
5047 | QualType LTy = LHS->getType(), RTy = RHS->getType(); |
5048 | QualType Result = Ctx.DependentTy; |
5049 | if (RTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) { |
5050 | if (const PointerType *PT = LTy->getAs<PointerType>()) |
5051 | Result = PT->getPointeeType(); |
5052 | else if (const ArrayType *AT = LTy->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
5053 | Result = AT->getElementType(); |
5054 | } else if (LTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) { |
5055 | if (const PointerType *PT = RTy->getAs<PointerType>()) |
5056 | Result = PT->getPointeeType(); |
5057 | else if (const ArrayType *AT = RTy->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
5058 | Result = AT->getElementType(); |
5059 | } |
5060 | // Ensure we return a dependent type. |
5061 | return Result->isDependentType() ? Result : Ctx.DependentTy; |
5062 | } |
5063 | |
5064 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *base, |
5065 | SourceLocation lbLoc, |
5066 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, |
5067 | SourceLocation rbLoc) { |
5068 | |
5069 | if (base && !base->getType().isNull() && |
5070 | base->hasPlaceholderType(K: BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) |
5071 | return ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Base: base, LBLoc: lbLoc, LowerBound: ArgExprs.front(), ColonLocFirst: SourceLocation(), |
5072 | ColonLocSecond: SourceLocation(), /*Length*/ nullptr, |
5073 | /*Stride=*/nullptr, RBLoc: rbLoc); |
5074 | |
5075 | // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. |
5076 | if (isa<ParenListExpr>(Val: base)) { |
5077 | ExprResult result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, ME: base); |
5078 | if (result.isInvalid()) |
5079 | return ExprError(); |
5080 | base = result.get(); |
5081 | } |
5082 | |
5083 | // Check if base and idx form a MatrixSubscriptExpr. |
5084 | // |
5085 | // Helper to check for comma expressions, which are not allowed as indices for |
5086 | // matrix subscript expressions. |
5087 | auto CheckAndReportCommaError = [this, base, rbLoc](Expr *E) { |
5088 | if (isa<BinaryOperator>(Val: E) && cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: E)->isCommaOp()) { |
5089 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_matrix_subscript_comma) |
5090 | << SourceRange(base->getBeginLoc(), rbLoc); |
5091 | return true; |
5092 | } |
5093 | return false; |
5094 | }; |
5095 | // The matrix subscript operator ([][])is considered a single operator. |
5096 | // Separating the index expressions by parenthesis is not allowed. |
5097 | if (base && !base->getType().isNull() && |
5098 | base->hasPlaceholderType(K: BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx) && |
5099 | !isa<MatrixSubscriptExpr>(Val: base)) { |
5100 | Diag(base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_matrix_separate_incomplete_index) |
5101 | << SourceRange(base->getBeginLoc(), rbLoc); |
5102 | return ExprError(); |
5103 | } |
5104 | // If the base is a MatrixSubscriptExpr, try to create a new |
5105 | // MatrixSubscriptExpr. |
5106 | auto *matSubscriptE = dyn_cast<MatrixSubscriptExpr>(Val: base); |
5107 | if (matSubscriptE) { |
5108 | assert(ArgExprs.size() == 1); |
5109 | if (CheckAndReportCommaError(ArgExprs.front())) |
5110 | return ExprError(); |
5111 | |
5112 | assert(matSubscriptE->isIncomplete() && |
5113 | "base has to be an incomplete matrix subscript" ); |
5114 | return CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(Base: matSubscriptE->getBase(), |
5115 | RowIdx: matSubscriptE->getRowIdx(), |
5116 | ColumnIdx: ArgExprs.front(), RBLoc: rbLoc); |
5117 | } |
5118 | if (base->getType()->isWebAssemblyTableType()) { |
5119 | Diag(base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_wasm_table_art) |
5120 | << SourceRange(base->getBeginLoc(), rbLoc) << 3; |
5121 | return ExprError(); |
5122 | } |
5123 | |
5124 | // Handle any non-overload placeholder types in the base and index |
5125 | // expressions. We can't handle overloads here because the other |
5126 | // operand might be an overloadable type, in which case the overload |
5127 | // resolution for the operator overload should get the first crack |
5128 | // at the overload. |
5129 | bool IsMSPropertySubscript = false; |
5130 | if (base->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { |
5131 | IsMSPropertySubscript = isMSPropertySubscriptExpr(S&: *this, Base: base); |
5132 | if (!IsMSPropertySubscript) { |
5133 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: base); |
5134 | if (result.isInvalid()) |
5135 | return ExprError(); |
5136 | base = result.get(); |
5137 | } |
5138 | } |
5139 | |
5140 | // If the base is a matrix type, try to create a new MatrixSubscriptExpr. |
5141 | if (base->getType()->isMatrixType()) { |
5142 | assert(ArgExprs.size() == 1); |
5143 | if (CheckAndReportCommaError(ArgExprs.front())) |
5144 | return ExprError(); |
5145 | |
5146 | return CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(Base: base, RowIdx: ArgExprs.front(), ColumnIdx: nullptr, |
5147 | RBLoc: rbLoc); |
5148 | } |
5149 | |
5150 | if (ArgExprs.size() == 1 && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) { |
5151 | Expr *idx = ArgExprs[0]; |
5152 | if ((isa<BinaryOperator>(Val: idx) && cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: idx)->isCommaOp()) || |
5153 | (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Val: idx) && |
5154 | cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Val: idx)->getOperator() == OO_Comma)) { |
5155 | Diag(idx->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_comma_subscript) |
5156 | << SourceRange(base->getBeginLoc(), rbLoc); |
5157 | } |
5158 | } |
5159 | |
5160 | if (ArgExprs.size() == 1 && |
5161 | ArgExprs[0]->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { |
5162 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: ArgExprs[0]); |
5163 | if (result.isInvalid()) |
5164 | return ExprError(); |
5165 | ArgExprs[0] = result.get(); |
5166 | } else { |
5167 | if (CheckArgsForPlaceholders(args: ArgExprs)) |
5168 | return ExprError(); |
5169 | } |
5170 | |
5171 | // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent. |
5172 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ArgExprs.size() == 1 && |
5173 | (base->isTypeDependent() || |
5174 | Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs: ArgExprs)) && |
5175 | !isa<PackExpansionExpr>(Val: ArgExprs[0])) { |
5176 | return new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr( |
5177 | base, ArgExprs.front(), |
5178 | getDependentArraySubscriptType(LHS: base, RHS: ArgExprs.front(), Ctx: getASTContext()), |
5179 | VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc); |
5180 | } |
5181 | |
5182 | // MSDN, property (C++) |
5183 | // https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/yhfk0thd(v=vs.120).aspx |
5184 | // This attribute can also be used in the declaration of an empty array in a |
5185 | // class or structure definition. For example: |
5186 | // __declspec(property(get=GetX, put=PutX)) int x[]; |
5187 | // The above statement indicates that x[] can be used with one or more array |
5188 | // indices. In this case, i=p->x[a][b] will be turned into i=p->GetX(a, b), |
5189 | // and p->x[a][b] = i will be turned into p->PutX(a, b, i); |
5190 | if (IsMSPropertySubscript) { |
5191 | assert(ArgExprs.size() == 1); |
5192 | // Build MS property subscript expression if base is MS property reference |
5193 | // or MS property subscript. |
5194 | return new (Context) |
5195 | MSPropertySubscriptExpr(base, ArgExprs.front(), Context.PseudoObjectTy, |
5196 | VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary, rbLoc); |
5197 | } |
5198 | |
5199 | // Use C++ overloaded-operator rules if either operand has record |
5200 | // type. The spec says to do this if either type is *overloadable*, |
5201 | // but enum types can't declare subscript operators or conversion |
5202 | // operators, so there's nothing interesting for overload resolution |
5203 | // to do if there aren't any record types involved. |
5204 | // |
5205 | // ObjC pointers have their own subscripting logic that is not tied |
5206 | // to overload resolution and so should not take this path. |
5207 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !base->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
5208 | ((base->getType()->isRecordType() || |
5209 | (ArgExprs.size() != 1 || isa<PackExpansionExpr>(Val: ArgExprs[0]) || |
5210 | ArgExprs[0]->getType()->isRecordType())))) { |
5211 | return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc: lbLoc, RLoc: rbLoc, Base: base, Args: ArgExprs); |
5212 | } |
5213 | |
5214 | ExprResult Res = |
5215 | CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Base: base, LLoc: lbLoc, Idx: ArgExprs.front(), RLoc: rbLoc); |
5216 | |
5217 | if (!Res.isInvalid() && isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Val: Res.get())) |
5218 | CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(E: cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Val: Res.get())); |
5219 | |
5220 | return Res; |
5221 | } |
5222 | |
5223 | ExprResult Sema::tryConvertExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Ty) { |
5224 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Type: Ty); |
5225 | InitializationKind Kind = |
5226 | InitializationKind::CreateCopy(InitLoc: E->getBeginLoc(), EqualLoc: SourceLocation()); |
5227 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, E); |
5228 | return InitSeq.Perform(S&: *this, Entity, Kind, Args: E); |
5229 | } |
5230 | |
5231 | ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *RowIdx, |
5232 | Expr *ColumnIdx, |
5233 | SourceLocation RBLoc) { |
5234 | ExprResult BaseR = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: Base); |
5235 | if (BaseR.isInvalid()) |
5236 | return BaseR; |
5237 | Base = BaseR.get(); |
5238 | |
5239 | ExprResult RowR = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: RowIdx); |
5240 | if (RowR.isInvalid()) |
5241 | return RowR; |
5242 | RowIdx = RowR.get(); |
5243 | |
5244 | if (!ColumnIdx) |
5245 | return new (Context) MatrixSubscriptExpr( |
5246 | Base, RowIdx, ColumnIdx, Context.IncompleteMatrixIdxTy, RBLoc); |
5247 | |
5248 | // Build an unanalyzed expression if any of the operands is type-dependent. |
5249 | if (Base->isTypeDependent() || RowIdx->isTypeDependent() || |
5250 | ColumnIdx->isTypeDependent()) |
5251 | return new (Context) MatrixSubscriptExpr(Base, RowIdx, ColumnIdx, |
5252 | Context.DependentTy, RBLoc); |
5253 | |
5254 | ExprResult ColumnR = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: ColumnIdx); |
5255 | if (ColumnR.isInvalid()) |
5256 | return ColumnR; |
5257 | ColumnIdx = ColumnR.get(); |
5258 | |
5259 | // Check that IndexExpr is an integer expression. If it is a constant |
5260 | // expression, check that it is less than Dim (= the number of elements in the |
5261 | // corresponding dimension). |
5262 | auto IsIndexValid = [&](Expr *IndexExpr, unsigned Dim, |
5263 | bool IsColumnIdx) -> Expr * { |
5264 | if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && |
5265 | !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) { |
5266 | Diag(IndexExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_matrix_index_not_integer) |
5267 | << IsColumnIdx; |
5268 | return nullptr; |
5269 | } |
5270 | |
5271 | if (std::optional<llvm::APSInt> Idx = |
5272 | IndexExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx: Context)) { |
5273 | if ((*Idx < 0 || *Idx >= Dim)) { |
5274 | Diag(IndexExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_matrix_index_outside_range) |
5275 | << IsColumnIdx << Dim; |
5276 | return nullptr; |
5277 | } |
5278 | } |
5279 | |
5280 | ExprResult ConvExpr = |
5281 | tryConvertExprToType(E: IndexExpr, Ty: Context.getSizeType()); |
5282 | assert(!ConvExpr.isInvalid() && |
5283 | "should be able to convert any integer type to size type" ); |
5284 | return ConvExpr.get(); |
5285 | }; |
5286 | |
5287 | auto *MTy = Base->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>(); |
5288 | RowIdx = IsIndexValid(RowIdx, MTy->getNumRows(), false); |
5289 | ColumnIdx = IsIndexValid(ColumnIdx, MTy->getNumColumns(), true); |
5290 | if (!RowIdx || !ColumnIdx) |
5291 | return ExprError(); |
5292 | |
5293 | return new (Context) MatrixSubscriptExpr(Base, RowIdx, ColumnIdx, |
5294 | MTy->getElementType(), RBLoc); |
5295 | } |
5296 | |
5297 | void Sema::CheckAddressOfNoDeref(const Expr *E) { |
5298 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &LastRecord = ExprEvalContexts.back(); |
5299 | const Expr *StrippedExpr = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
5300 | |
5301 | // For expressions like `&(*s).b`, the base is recorded and what should be |
5302 | // checked. |
5303 | const MemberExpr *Member = nullptr; |
5304 | while ((Member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Val: StrippedExpr)) && !Member->isArrow()) |
5305 | StrippedExpr = Member->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
5306 | |
5307 | LastRecord.PossibleDerefs.erase(Ptr: StrippedExpr); |
5308 | } |
5309 | |
5310 | void Sema::CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E) { |
5311 | if (isUnevaluatedContext()) |
5312 | return; |
5313 | |
5314 | QualType ResultTy = E->getType(); |
5315 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &LastRecord = ExprEvalContexts.back(); |
5316 | |
5317 | // Bail if the element is an array since it is not memory access. |
5318 | if (isa<ArrayType>(Val: ResultTy)) |
5319 | return; |
5320 | |
5321 | if (ResultTy->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref)) { |
5322 | LastRecord.PossibleDerefs.insert(E); |
5323 | return; |
5324 | } |
5325 | |
5326 | // Check if the base type is a pointer to a member access of a struct |
5327 | // marked with noderef. |
5328 | const Expr *Base = E->getBase(); |
5329 | QualType BaseTy = Base->getType(); |
5330 | if (!(isa<ArrayType>(Val: BaseTy) || isa<PointerType>(Val: BaseTy))) |
5331 | // Not a pointer access |
5332 | return; |
5333 | |
5334 | const MemberExpr *Member = nullptr; |
5335 | while ((Member = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Val: Base->IgnoreParenCasts())) && |
5336 | Member->isArrow()) |
5337 | Base = Member->getBase(); |
5338 | |
5339 | if (const auto *Ptr = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Val: Base->getType())) { |
5340 | if (Ptr->getPointeeType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref)) |
5341 | LastRecord.PossibleDerefs.insert(E); |
5342 | } |
5343 | } |
5344 | |
5345 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc, |
5346 | Expr *LowerBound, |
5347 | SourceLocation ColonLocFirst, |
5348 | SourceLocation ColonLocSecond, |
5349 | Expr *Length, Expr *Stride, |
5350 | SourceLocation RBLoc) { |
5351 | if (Base->hasPlaceholderType() && |
5352 | !Base->hasPlaceholderType(K: BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) { |
5353 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: Base); |
5354 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5355 | return ExprError(); |
5356 | Base = Result.get(); |
5357 | } |
5358 | if (LowerBound && LowerBound->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { |
5359 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: LowerBound); |
5360 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5361 | return ExprError(); |
5362 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(E: Result.get()); |
5363 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5364 | return ExprError(); |
5365 | LowerBound = Result.get(); |
5366 | } |
5367 | if (Length && Length->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { |
5368 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: Length); |
5369 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5370 | return ExprError(); |
5371 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(E: Result.get()); |
5372 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5373 | return ExprError(); |
5374 | Length = Result.get(); |
5375 | } |
5376 | if (Stride && Stride->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { |
5377 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: Stride); |
5378 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5379 | return ExprError(); |
5380 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(E: Result.get()); |
5381 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5382 | return ExprError(); |
5383 | Stride = Result.get(); |
5384 | } |
5385 | |
5386 | // Build an unanalyzed expression if either operand is type-dependent. |
5387 | if (Base->isTypeDependent() || |
5388 | (LowerBound && |
5389 | (LowerBound->isTypeDependent() || LowerBound->isValueDependent())) || |
5390 | (Length && (Length->isTypeDependent() || Length->isValueDependent())) || |
5391 | (Stride && (Stride->isTypeDependent() || Stride->isValueDependent()))) { |
5392 | return new (Context) OMPArraySectionExpr( |
5393 | Base, LowerBound, Length, Stride, Context.DependentTy, VK_LValue, |
5394 | OK_Ordinary, ColonLocFirst, ColonLocSecond, RBLoc); |
5395 | } |
5396 | |
5397 | // Perform default conversions. |
5398 | QualType OriginalTy = OMPArraySectionExpr::getBaseOriginalType(Base); |
5399 | QualType ResultTy; |
5400 | if (OriginalTy->isAnyPointerType()) { |
5401 | ResultTy = OriginalTy->getPointeeType(); |
5402 | } else if (OriginalTy->isArrayType()) { |
5403 | ResultTy = OriginalTy->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); |
5404 | } else { |
5405 | return ExprError( |
5406 | Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_value) |
5407 | << Base->getSourceRange()); |
5408 | } |
5409 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1 |
5410 | if (LowerBound) { |
5411 | auto Res = PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(OpLoc: LowerBound->getExprLoc(), |
5412 | Op: LowerBound); |
5413 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
5414 | return ExprError(Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), |
5415 | diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer) |
5416 | << 0 << LowerBound->getSourceRange()); |
5417 | LowerBound = Res.get(); |
5418 | |
5419 | if (LowerBound->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || |
5420 | LowerBound->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) |
5421 | Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char) |
5422 | << 0 << LowerBound->getSourceRange(); |
5423 | } |
5424 | if (Length) { |
5425 | auto Res = |
5426 | PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(OpLoc: Length->getExprLoc(), Op: Length); |
5427 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
5428 | return ExprError(Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), |
5429 | diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer) |
5430 | << 1 << Length->getSourceRange()); |
5431 | Length = Res.get(); |
5432 | |
5433 | if (Length->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || |
5434 | Length->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) |
5435 | Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char) |
5436 | << 1 << Length->getSourceRange(); |
5437 | } |
5438 | if (Stride) { |
5439 | ExprResult Res = |
5440 | PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(OpLoc: Stride->getExprLoc(), Op: Stride); |
5441 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
5442 | return ExprError(Diag(Stride->getExprLoc(), |
5443 | diag::err_omp_typecheck_section_not_integer) |
5444 | << 1 << Stride->getSourceRange()); |
5445 | Stride = Res.get(); |
5446 | |
5447 | if (Stride->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) || |
5448 | Stride->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U)) |
5449 | Diag(Stride->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_omp_section_is_char) |
5450 | << 1 << Stride->getSourceRange(); |
5451 | } |
5452 | |
5453 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly, |
5454 | // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object |
5455 | // type. Note that functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance) |
5456 | // incomplete types are not object types. |
5457 | if (ResultTy->isFunctionType()) { |
5458 | Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_function_type) |
5459 | << ResultTy << Base->getSourceRange(); |
5460 | return ExprError(); |
5461 | } |
5462 | |
5463 | if (RequireCompleteType(Base->getExprLoc(), ResultTy, |
5464 | diag::err_omp_section_incomplete_type, Base)) |
5465 | return ExprError(); |
5466 | |
5467 | if (LowerBound && !OriginalTy->isAnyPointerType()) { |
5468 | Expr::EvalResult Result; |
5469 | if (LowerBound->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Ctx: Context)) { |
5470 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections] |
5471 | // The array section must be a subset of the original array. |
5472 | llvm::APSInt LowerBoundValue = Result.Val.getInt(); |
5473 | if (LowerBoundValue.isNegative()) { |
5474 | Diag(LowerBound->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_not_subset_of_array) |
5475 | << LowerBound->getSourceRange(); |
5476 | return ExprError(); |
5477 | } |
5478 | } |
5479 | } |
5480 | |
5481 | if (Length) { |
5482 | Expr::EvalResult Result; |
5483 | if (Length->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Ctx: Context)) { |
5484 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections] |
5485 | // The length must evaluate to non-negative integers. |
5486 | llvm::APSInt LengthValue = Result.Val.getInt(); |
5487 | if (LengthValue.isNegative()) { |
5488 | Diag(Length->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_length_negative) |
5489 | << toString(LengthValue, /*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true) |
5490 | << Length->getSourceRange(); |
5491 | return ExprError(); |
5492 | } |
5493 | } |
5494 | } else if (ColonLocFirst.isValid() && |
5495 | (OriginalTy.isNull() || (!OriginalTy->isConstantArrayType() && |
5496 | !OriginalTy->isVariableArrayType()))) { |
5497 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections] |
5498 | // When the size of the array dimension is not known, the length must be |
5499 | // specified explicitly. |
5500 | Diag(ColonLocFirst, diag::err_omp_section_length_undefined) |
5501 | << (!OriginalTy.isNull() && OriginalTy->isArrayType()); |
5502 | return ExprError(); |
5503 | } |
5504 | |
5505 | if (Stride) { |
5506 | Expr::EvalResult Result; |
5507 | if (Stride->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Ctx: Context)) { |
5508 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.5 Array Sections] |
5509 | // The stride must evaluate to a positive integer. |
5510 | llvm::APSInt StrideValue = Result.Val.getInt(); |
5511 | if (!StrideValue.isStrictlyPositive()) { |
5512 | Diag(Stride->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_section_stride_non_positive) |
5513 | << toString(StrideValue, /*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true) |
5514 | << Stride->getSourceRange(); |
5515 | return ExprError(); |
5516 | } |
5517 | } |
5518 | } |
5519 | |
5520 | if (!Base->hasPlaceholderType(K: BuiltinType::OMPArraySection)) { |
5521 | ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: Base); |
5522 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5523 | return ExprError(); |
5524 | Base = Result.get(); |
5525 | } |
5526 | return new (Context) OMPArraySectionExpr( |
5527 | Base, LowerBound, Length, Stride, Context.OMPArraySectionTy, VK_LValue, |
5528 | OK_Ordinary, ColonLocFirst, ColonLocSecond, RBLoc); |
5529 | } |
5530 | |
5531 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPArrayShapingExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
5532 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
5533 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Dims, |
5534 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> Brackets) { |
5535 | if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { |
5536 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: Base); |
5537 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5538 | return ExprError(); |
5539 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(E: Result.get()); |
5540 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5541 | return ExprError(); |
5542 | Base = Result.get(); |
5543 | } |
5544 | QualType BaseTy = Base->getType(); |
5545 | // Delay analysis of the types/expressions if instantiation/specialization is |
5546 | // required. |
5547 | if (!BaseTy->isPointerType() && Base->isTypeDependent()) |
5548 | return OMPArrayShapingExpr::Create(Context, T: Context.DependentTy, Op: Base, |
5549 | L: LParenLoc, R: RParenLoc, Dims, BracketRanges: Brackets); |
5550 | if (!BaseTy->isPointerType() || |
5551 | (!Base->isTypeDependent() && |
5552 | BaseTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType())) |
5553 | return ExprError(Diag(Base->getExprLoc(), |
5554 | diag::err_omp_non_pointer_type_array_shaping_base) |
5555 | << Base->getSourceRange()); |
5556 | |
5557 | SmallVector<Expr *, 4> NewDims; |
5558 | bool ErrorFound = false; |
5559 | for (Expr *Dim : Dims) { |
5560 | if (Dim->hasPlaceholderType()) { |
5561 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: Dim); |
5562 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { |
5563 | ErrorFound = true; |
5564 | continue; |
5565 | } |
5566 | Result = DefaultLvalueConversion(E: Result.get()); |
5567 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { |
5568 | ErrorFound = true; |
5569 | continue; |
5570 | } |
5571 | Dim = Result.get(); |
5572 | } |
5573 | if (!Dim->isTypeDependent()) { |
5574 | ExprResult Result = |
5575 | PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(OpLoc: Dim->getExprLoc(), Op: Dim); |
5576 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { |
5577 | ErrorFound = true; |
5578 | Diag(Dim->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_typecheck_shaping_not_integer) |
5579 | << Dim->getSourceRange(); |
5580 | continue; |
5581 | } |
5582 | Dim = Result.get(); |
5583 | Expr::EvalResult EvResult; |
5584 | if (!Dim->isValueDependent() && Dim->EvaluateAsInt(Result&: EvResult, Ctx: Context)) { |
5585 | // OpenMP 5.0, [2.1.4 Array Shaping] |
5586 | // Each si is an integral type expression that must evaluate to a |
5587 | // positive integer. |
5588 | llvm::APSInt Value = EvResult.Val.getInt(); |
5589 | if (!Value.isStrictlyPositive()) { |
5590 | Diag(Dim->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_shaping_dimension_not_positive) |
5591 | << toString(Value, /*Radix=*/10, /*Signed=*/true) |
5592 | << Dim->getSourceRange(); |
5593 | ErrorFound = true; |
5594 | continue; |
5595 | } |
5596 | } |
5597 | } |
5598 | NewDims.push_back(Elt: Dim); |
5599 | } |
5600 | if (ErrorFound) |
5601 | return ExprError(); |
5602 | return OMPArrayShapingExpr::Create(Context, T: Context.OMPArrayShapingTy, Op: Base, |
5603 | L: LParenLoc, R: RParenLoc, Dims: NewDims, BracketRanges: Brackets); |
5604 | } |
5605 | |
5606 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnOMPIteratorExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation IteratorKwLoc, |
5607 | SourceLocation LLoc, SourceLocation RLoc, |
5608 | ArrayRef<OMPIteratorData> Data) { |
5609 | SmallVector<OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition, 4> ID; |
5610 | bool IsCorrect = true; |
5611 | for (const OMPIteratorData &D : Data) { |
5612 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; |
5613 | SourceLocation StartLoc; |
5614 | QualType DeclTy; |
5615 | if (!D.Type.getAsOpaquePtr()) { |
5616 | // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators |
5617 | // In an iterator-specifier, if the iterator-type is not specified then |
5618 | // the type of that iterator is of int type. |
5619 | DeclTy = Context.IntTy; |
5620 | StartLoc = D.DeclIdentLoc; |
5621 | } else { |
5622 | DeclTy = GetTypeFromParser(Ty: D.Type, TInfo: &TInfo); |
5623 | StartLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); |
5624 | } |
5625 | |
5626 | bool IsDeclTyDependent = DeclTy->isDependentType() || |
5627 | DeclTy->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() || |
5628 | DeclTy->isInstantiationDependentType(); |
5629 | if (!IsDeclTyDependent) { |
5630 | if (!DeclTy->isIntegralType(Ctx: Context) && !DeclTy->isAnyPointerType()) { |
5631 | // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators, Restrictions, C/C++ |
5632 | // The iterator-type must be an integral or pointer type. |
5633 | Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_omp_iterator_not_integral_or_pointer) |
5634 | << DeclTy; |
5635 | IsCorrect = false; |
5636 | continue; |
5637 | } |
5638 | if (DeclTy.isConstant(Ctx: Context)) { |
5639 | // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators, Restrictions, C/C++ |
5640 | // The iterator-type must not be const qualified. |
5641 | Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_omp_iterator_not_integral_or_pointer) |
5642 | << DeclTy; |
5643 | IsCorrect = false; |
5644 | continue; |
5645 | } |
5646 | } |
5647 | |
5648 | // Iterator declaration. |
5649 | assert(D.DeclIdent && "Identifier expected." ); |
5650 | // Always try to create iterator declarator to avoid extra error messages |
5651 | // about unknown declarations use. |
5652 | auto *VD = VarDecl::Create(C&: Context, DC: CurContext, StartLoc, IdLoc: D.DeclIdentLoc, |
5653 | Id: D.DeclIdent, T: DeclTy, TInfo, S: SC_None); |
5654 | VD->setImplicit(); |
5655 | if (S) { |
5656 | // Check for conflicting previous declaration. |
5657 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(VD->getDeclName(), D.DeclIdentLoc); |
5658 | LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, |
5659 | ForVisibleRedeclaration); |
5660 | Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); |
5661 | LookupName(R&: Previous, S); |
5662 | |
5663 | FilterLookupForScope(R&: Previous, Ctx: CurContext, S, /*ConsiderLinkage=*/false, |
5664 | /*AllowInlineNamespace=*/false); |
5665 | if (!Previous.empty()) { |
5666 | NamedDecl *Old = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); |
5667 | Diag(D.DeclIdentLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << VD->getDeclName(); |
5668 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
5669 | } else { |
5670 | PushOnScopeChains(VD, S); |
5671 | } |
5672 | } else { |
5673 | CurContext->addDecl(VD); |
5674 | } |
5675 | |
5676 | /// Act on the iterator variable declaration. |
5677 | ActOnOpenMPIteratorVarDecl(VD); |
5678 | |
5679 | Expr *Begin = D.Range.Begin; |
5680 | if (!IsDeclTyDependent && Begin && !Begin->isTypeDependent()) { |
5681 | ExprResult BeginRes = |
5682 | PerformImplicitConversion(From: Begin, ToType: DeclTy, Action: AA_Converting); |
5683 | Begin = BeginRes.get(); |
5684 | } |
5685 | Expr *End = D.Range.End; |
5686 | if (!IsDeclTyDependent && End && !End->isTypeDependent()) { |
5687 | ExprResult EndRes = PerformImplicitConversion(From: End, ToType: DeclTy, Action: AA_Converting); |
5688 | End = EndRes.get(); |
5689 | } |
5690 | Expr *Step = D.Range.Step; |
5691 | if (!IsDeclTyDependent && Step && !Step->isTypeDependent()) { |
5692 | if (!Step->getType()->isIntegralType(Ctx: Context)) { |
5693 | Diag(Step->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_iterator_step_not_integral) |
5694 | << Step << Step->getSourceRange(); |
5695 | IsCorrect = false; |
5696 | continue; |
5697 | } |
5698 | std::optional<llvm::APSInt> Result = |
5699 | Step->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx: Context); |
5700 | // OpenMP 5.0, 2.1.6 Iterators, Restrictions |
5701 | // If the step expression of a range-specification equals zero, the |
5702 | // behavior is unspecified. |
5703 | if (Result && Result->isZero()) { |
5704 | Diag(Step->getExprLoc(), diag::err_omp_iterator_step_constant_zero) |
5705 | << Step << Step->getSourceRange(); |
5706 | IsCorrect = false; |
5707 | continue; |
5708 | } |
5709 | } |
5710 | if (!Begin || !End || !IsCorrect) { |
5711 | IsCorrect = false; |
5712 | continue; |
5713 | } |
5714 | OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &IDElem = ID.emplace_back(); |
5715 | IDElem.IteratorDecl = VD; |
5716 | IDElem.AssignmentLoc = D.AssignLoc; |
5717 | IDElem.Range.Begin = Begin; |
5718 | IDElem.Range.End = End; |
5719 | IDElem.Range.Step = Step; |
5720 | IDElem.ColonLoc = D.ColonLoc; |
5721 | IDElem.SecondColonLoc = D.SecColonLoc; |
5722 | } |
5723 | if (!IsCorrect) { |
5724 | // Invalidate all created iterator declarations if error is found. |
5725 | for (const OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &D : ID) { |
5726 | if (Decl *ID = D.IteratorDecl) |
5727 | ID->setInvalidDecl(); |
5728 | } |
5729 | return ExprError(); |
5730 | } |
5731 | SmallVector<OMPIteratorHelperData, 4> Helpers; |
5732 | if (!CurContext->isDependentContext()) { |
5733 | // Build number of ityeration for each iteration range. |
5734 | // Ni = ((Stepi > 0) ? ((Endi + Stepi -1 - Begini)/Stepi) : |
5735 | // ((Begini-Stepi-1-Endi) / -Stepi); |
5736 | for (OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &D : ID) { |
5737 | // (Endi - Begini) |
5738 | ExprResult Res = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc: D.AssignmentLoc, Opc: BO_Sub, LHSExpr: D.Range.End, |
5739 | RHSExpr: D.Range.Begin); |
5740 | if(!Res.isUsable()) { |
5741 | IsCorrect = false; |
5742 | continue; |
5743 | } |
5744 | ExprResult St, St1; |
5745 | if (D.Range.Step) { |
5746 | St = D.Range.Step; |
5747 | // (Endi - Begini) + Stepi |
5748 | Res = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc: D.AssignmentLoc, Opc: BO_Add, LHSExpr: Res.get(), RHSExpr: St.get()); |
5749 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { |
5750 | IsCorrect = false; |
5751 | continue; |
5752 | } |
5753 | // (Endi - Begini) + Stepi - 1 |
5754 | Res = |
5755 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc: D.AssignmentLoc, Opc: BO_Sub, LHSExpr: Res.get(), |
5756 | RHSExpr: ActOnIntegerConstant(Loc: D.AssignmentLoc, Val: 1).get()); |
5757 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { |
5758 | IsCorrect = false; |
5759 | continue; |
5760 | } |
5761 | // ((Endi - Begini) + Stepi - 1) / Stepi |
5762 | Res = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc: D.AssignmentLoc, Opc: BO_Div, LHSExpr: Res.get(), RHSExpr: St.get()); |
5763 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { |
5764 | IsCorrect = false; |
5765 | continue; |
5766 | } |
5767 | St1 = CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc: D.AssignmentLoc, Opc: UO_Minus, InputExpr: D.Range.Step); |
5768 | // (Begini - Endi) |
5769 | ExprResult Res1 = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc: D.AssignmentLoc, Opc: BO_Sub, |
5770 | LHSExpr: D.Range.Begin, RHSExpr: D.Range.End); |
5771 | if (!Res1.isUsable()) { |
5772 | IsCorrect = false; |
5773 | continue; |
5774 | } |
5775 | // (Begini - Endi) - Stepi |
5776 | Res1 = |
5777 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc: D.AssignmentLoc, Opc: BO_Add, LHSExpr: Res1.get(), RHSExpr: St1.get()); |
5778 | if (!Res1.isUsable()) { |
5779 | IsCorrect = false; |
5780 | continue; |
5781 | } |
5782 | // (Begini - Endi) - Stepi - 1 |
5783 | Res1 = |
5784 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc: D.AssignmentLoc, Opc: BO_Sub, LHSExpr: Res1.get(), |
5785 | RHSExpr: ActOnIntegerConstant(Loc: D.AssignmentLoc, Val: 1).get()); |
5786 | if (!Res1.isUsable()) { |
5787 | IsCorrect = false; |
5788 | continue; |
5789 | } |
5790 | // ((Begini - Endi) - Stepi - 1) / (-Stepi) |
5791 | Res1 = |
5792 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc: D.AssignmentLoc, Opc: BO_Div, LHSExpr: Res1.get(), RHSExpr: St1.get()); |
5793 | if (!Res1.isUsable()) { |
5794 | IsCorrect = false; |
5795 | continue; |
5796 | } |
5797 | // Stepi > 0. |
5798 | ExprResult CmpRes = |
5799 | CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc: D.AssignmentLoc, Opc: BO_GT, LHSExpr: D.Range.Step, |
5800 | RHSExpr: ActOnIntegerConstant(Loc: D.AssignmentLoc, Val: 0).get()); |
5801 | if (!CmpRes.isUsable()) { |
5802 | IsCorrect = false; |
5803 | continue; |
5804 | } |
5805 | Res = ActOnConditionalOp(QuestionLoc: D.AssignmentLoc, ColonLoc: D.AssignmentLoc, CondExpr: CmpRes.get(), |
5806 | LHSExpr: Res.get(), RHSExpr: Res1.get()); |
5807 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { |
5808 | IsCorrect = false; |
5809 | continue; |
5810 | } |
5811 | } |
5812 | Res = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr: Res.get(), /*DiscardedValue=*/false); |
5813 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { |
5814 | IsCorrect = false; |
5815 | continue; |
5816 | } |
5817 | |
5818 | // Build counter update. |
5819 | // Build counter. |
5820 | auto *CounterVD = |
5821 | VarDecl::Create(C&: Context, DC: CurContext, StartLoc: D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc(), |
5822 | IdLoc: D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc(), Id: nullptr, |
5823 | T: Res.get()->getType(), TInfo: nullptr, S: SC_None); |
5824 | CounterVD->setImplicit(); |
5825 | ExprResult RefRes = |
5826 | BuildDeclRefExpr(CounterVD, CounterVD->getType(), VK_LValue, |
5827 | D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc()); |
5828 | // Build counter update. |
5829 | // I = Begini + counter * Stepi; |
5830 | ExprResult UpdateRes; |
5831 | if (D.Range.Step) { |
5832 | UpdateRes = CreateBuiltinBinOp( |
5833 | OpLoc: D.AssignmentLoc, Opc: BO_Mul, |
5834 | LHSExpr: DefaultLvalueConversion(E: RefRes.get()).get(), RHSExpr: St.get()); |
5835 | } else { |
5836 | UpdateRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(E: RefRes.get()); |
5837 | } |
5838 | if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) { |
5839 | IsCorrect = false; |
5840 | continue; |
5841 | } |
5842 | UpdateRes = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc: D.AssignmentLoc, Opc: BO_Add, LHSExpr: D.Range.Begin, |
5843 | RHSExpr: UpdateRes.get()); |
5844 | if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) { |
5845 | IsCorrect = false; |
5846 | continue; |
5847 | } |
5848 | ExprResult VDRes = |
5849 | BuildDeclRefExpr(cast<VarDecl>(Val: D.IteratorDecl), |
5850 | cast<VarDecl>(Val: D.IteratorDecl)->getType(), VK_LValue, |
5851 | D.IteratorDecl->getBeginLoc()); |
5852 | UpdateRes = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc: D.AssignmentLoc, Opc: BO_Assign, LHSExpr: VDRes.get(), |
5853 | RHSExpr: UpdateRes.get()); |
5854 | if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) { |
5855 | IsCorrect = false; |
5856 | continue; |
5857 | } |
5858 | UpdateRes = |
5859 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr: UpdateRes.get(), /*DiscardedValue=*/true); |
5860 | if (!UpdateRes.isUsable()) { |
5861 | IsCorrect = false; |
5862 | continue; |
5863 | } |
5864 | ExprResult CounterUpdateRes = |
5865 | CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc: D.AssignmentLoc, Opc: UO_PreInc, InputExpr: RefRes.get()); |
5866 | if (!CounterUpdateRes.isUsable()) { |
5867 | IsCorrect = false; |
5868 | continue; |
5869 | } |
5870 | CounterUpdateRes = |
5871 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr: CounterUpdateRes.get(), /*DiscardedValue=*/true); |
5872 | if (!CounterUpdateRes.isUsable()) { |
5873 | IsCorrect = false; |
5874 | continue; |
5875 | } |
5876 | OMPIteratorHelperData &HD = Helpers.emplace_back(); |
5877 | HD.CounterVD = CounterVD; |
5878 | HD.Upper = Res.get(); |
5879 | HD.Update = UpdateRes.get(); |
5880 | HD.CounterUpdate = CounterUpdateRes.get(); |
5881 | } |
5882 | } else { |
5883 | Helpers.assign(NumElts: ID.size(), Elt: {}); |
5884 | } |
5885 | if (!IsCorrect) { |
5886 | // Invalidate all created iterator declarations if error is found. |
5887 | for (const OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorDefinition &D : ID) { |
5888 | if (Decl *ID = D.IteratorDecl) |
5889 | ID->setInvalidDecl(); |
5890 | } |
5891 | return ExprError(); |
5892 | } |
5893 | return OMPIteratorExpr::Create(Context, T: Context.OMPIteratorTy, IteratorKwLoc, |
5894 | L: LLoc, R: RLoc, Data: ID, Helpers); |
5895 | } |
5896 | |
5897 | ExprResult |
5898 | Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
5899 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) { |
5900 | Expr *LHSExp = Base; |
5901 | Expr *RHSExp = Idx; |
5902 | |
5903 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue; |
5904 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; |
5905 | |
5906 | // Per C++ core issue 1213, the result is an xvalue if either operand is |
5907 | // a non-lvalue array, and an lvalue otherwise. |
5908 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
5909 | for (auto *Op : {LHSExp, RHSExp}) { |
5910 | Op = Op->IgnoreImplicit(); |
5911 | if (Op->getType()->isArrayType() && !Op->isLValue()) |
5912 | VK = VK_XValue; |
5913 | } |
5914 | } |
5915 | |
5916 | // Perform default conversions. |
5917 | if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
5918 | ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: LHSExp); |
5919 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5920 | return ExprError(); |
5921 | LHSExp = Result.get(); |
5922 | } |
5923 | ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: RHSExp); |
5924 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
5925 | return ExprError(); |
5926 | RHSExp = Result.get(); |
5927 | |
5928 | QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType(); |
5929 | |
5930 | // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent |
5931 | // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be |
5932 | // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base |
5933 | // and index from the expression types. |
5934 | Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr; |
5935 | QualType ResultType; |
5936 | if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) { |
5937 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; |
5938 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
5939 | ResultType = |
5940 | getDependentArraySubscriptType(LHS: LHSExp, RHS: RHSExp, Ctx: getASTContext()); |
5941 | } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
5942 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; |
5943 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
5944 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
5945 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = |
5946 | LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { |
5947 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; |
5948 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
5949 | |
5950 | // Use custom logic if this should be the pseudo-object subscript |
5951 | // expression. |
5952 | if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()) |
5953 | return BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(RB: RLoc, BaseExpr, IndexExpr, getterMethod: nullptr, |
5954 | setterMethod: nullptr); |
5955 | |
5956 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
5957 | } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
5958 | // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]". |
5959 | BaseExpr = RHSExp; |
5960 | IndexExpr = LHSExp; |
5961 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
5962 | } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = |
5963 | RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) { |
5964 | // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]". |
5965 | BaseExpr = RHSExp; |
5966 | IndexExpr = LHSExp; |
5967 | ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
5968 | if (!LangOpts.isSubscriptPointerArithmetic()) { |
5969 | Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface) |
5970 | << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); |
5971 | return ExprError(); |
5972 | } |
5973 | } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
5974 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123] |
5975 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
5976 | // We apply C++ DR1213 to vector subscripting too. |
5977 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && LHSExp->isPRValue()) { |
5978 | ExprResult Materialized = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(E: LHSExp); |
5979 | if (Materialized.isInvalid()) |
5980 | return ExprError(); |
5981 | LHSExp = Materialized.get(); |
5982 | } |
5983 | VK = LHSExp->getValueKind(); |
5984 | if (VK != VK_PRValue) |
5985 | OK = OK_VectorComponent; |
5986 | |
5987 | ResultType = VTy->getElementType(); |
5988 | QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType(); |
5989 | Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers(); |
5990 | Qualifiers MemberQuals = ResultType.getQualifiers(); |
5991 | Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals; |
5992 | if (Combined != MemberQuals) |
5993 | ResultType = Context.getQualifiedType(T: ResultType, Qs: Combined); |
5994 | } else if (LHSTy->isBuiltinType() && |
5995 | LHSTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) { |
5996 | const BuiltinType *BTy = LHSTy->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
5997 | if (BTy->isSVEBool()) |
5998 | return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_svbool_t) |
5999 | << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange()); |
6000 | |
6001 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; |
6002 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
6003 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && LHSExp->isPRValue()) { |
6004 | ExprResult Materialized = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(E: LHSExp); |
6005 | if (Materialized.isInvalid()) |
6006 | return ExprError(); |
6007 | LHSExp = Materialized.get(); |
6008 | } |
6009 | VK = LHSExp->getValueKind(); |
6010 | if (VK != VK_PRValue) |
6011 | OK = OK_VectorComponent; |
6012 | |
6013 | ResultType = BTy->getSveEltType(Context); |
6014 | |
6015 | QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType(); |
6016 | Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers(); |
6017 | Qualifiers MemberQuals = ResultType.getQualifiers(); |
6018 | Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals; |
6019 | if (Combined != MemberQuals) |
6020 | ResultType = Context.getQualifiedType(T: ResultType, Qs: Combined); |
6021 | } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) { |
6022 | // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by |
6023 | // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that |
6024 | // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't |
6025 | // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then |
6026 | // force the promotion here. |
6027 | Diag(LHSExp->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) |
6028 | << LHSExp->getSourceRange(); |
6029 | LHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHSExp, Type: Context.getArrayDecayedType(T: LHSTy), |
6030 | CK: CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get(); |
6031 | LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(); |
6032 | |
6033 | BaseExpr = LHSExp; |
6034 | IndexExpr = RHSExp; |
6035 | ResultType = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
6036 | } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) { |
6037 | // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case |
6038 | Diag(RHSExp->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) |
6039 | << RHSExp->getSourceRange(); |
6040 | RHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHSExp, Type: Context.getArrayDecayedType(T: RHSTy), |
6041 | CK: CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).get(); |
6042 | RHSTy = RHSExp->getType(); |
6043 | |
6044 | BaseExpr = RHSExp; |
6045 | IndexExpr = LHSExp; |
6046 | ResultType = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
6047 | } else { |
6048 | return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) |
6049 | << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange()); |
6050 | } |
6051 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1 |
6052 | if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) |
6053 | return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) |
6054 | << IndexExpr->getSourceRange()); |
6055 | |
6056 | if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(K: BuiltinType::Char_S) || |
6057 | IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(K: BuiltinType::Char_U)) && |
6058 | !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent()) { |
6059 | std::optional<llvm::APSInt> IntegerContantExpr = |
6060 | IndexExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx: getASTContext()); |
6061 | if (!IntegerContantExpr.has_value() || |
6062 | IntegerContantExpr.value().isNegative()) |
6063 | Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange(); |
6064 | } |
6065 | |
6066 | // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly, |
6067 | // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object |
6068 | // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance) |
6069 | // incomplete types are not object types. |
6070 | if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) { |
6071 | Diag(BaseExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_subscript_function_type) |
6072 | << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); |
6073 | return ExprError(); |
6074 | } |
6075 | |
6076 | if (ResultType->isVoidType() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
6077 | // GNU extension: subscripting on pointer to void |
6078 | Diag(LLoc, diag::ext_gnu_subscript_void_type) |
6079 | << BaseExpr->getSourceRange(); |
6080 | |
6081 | // C forbids expressions of unqualified void type from being l-values. |
6082 | // See IsCForbiddenLValueType. |
6083 | if (!ResultType.hasQualifiers()) |
6084 | VK = VK_PRValue; |
6085 | } else if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && |
6086 | !ResultType.isWebAssemblyReferenceType() && |
6087 | RequireCompleteSizedType( |
6088 | LLoc, ResultType, |
6089 | diag::err_subscript_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, BaseExpr)) |
6090 | return ExprError(); |
6091 | |
6092 | assert(VK == VK_PRValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus || |
6093 | !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType()); |
6094 | |
6095 | if (LHSExp->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && |
6096 | FunctionScopes.size() > 1) { |
6097 | if (auto *TT = |
6098 | LHSExp->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) { |
6099 | for (auto I = FunctionScopes.rbegin(), |
6100 | E = std::prev(x: FunctionScopes.rend()); |
6101 | I != E; ++I) { |
6102 | auto *CSI = dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(Val: *I); |
6103 | if (CSI == nullptr) |
6104 | break; |
6105 | DeclContext *DC = nullptr; |
6106 | if (auto *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(Val: CSI)) |
6107 | DC = LSI->CallOperator; |
6108 | else if (auto *CRSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(Val: CSI)) |
6109 | DC = CRSI->TheCapturedDecl; |
6110 | else if (auto *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(Val: CSI)) |
6111 | DC = BSI->TheDecl; |
6112 | if (DC) { |
6113 | if (DC->containsDecl(TT->getDecl())) |
6114 | break; |
6115 | captureVariablyModifiedType( |
6116 | Context, T: LHSExp->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType(), CSI); |
6117 | } |
6118 | } |
6119 | } |
6120 | } |
6121 | |
6122 | return new (Context) |
6123 | ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp, ResultType, VK, OK, RLoc); |
6124 | } |
6125 | |
6126 | bool Sema::CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
6127 | ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *RewrittenInit, |
6128 | bool SkipImmediateInvocations) { |
6129 | if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) { |
6130 | assert(!RewrittenInit && "Should not have a rewritten init expression yet" ); |
6131 | // If we've already cleared out the location for the default argument, |
6132 | // that means we're parsing it right now. |
6133 | if (!UnparsedDefaultArgLocs.count(Val: Param)) { |
6134 | Diag(Param->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_recursive_default_argument) << FD; |
6135 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::note_recursive_default_argument_used_here); |
6136 | Param->setInvalidDecl(); |
6137 | return true; |
6138 | } |
6139 | |
6140 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) |
6141 | << FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()); |
6142 | Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param], |
6143 | diag::note_default_argument_declared_here); |
6144 | return true; |
6145 | } |
6146 | |
6147 | if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) { |
6148 | assert(!RewrittenInit && "Should not have a rewitten init expression yet" ); |
6149 | if (InstantiateDefaultArgument(CallLoc, FD, Param)) |
6150 | return true; |
6151 | } |
6152 | |
6153 | Expr *Init = RewrittenInit ? RewrittenInit : Param->getInit(); |
6154 | assert(Init && "default argument but no initializer?" ); |
6155 | |
6156 | // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to |
6157 | // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll |
6158 | // be properly destroyed. |
6159 | // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new |
6160 | // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810. |
6161 | // We don't need to do that with block decls, though, because |
6162 | // blocks in default argument expression can never capture anything. |
6163 | if (auto *InitWithCleanup = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) { |
6164 | // Set the "needs cleanups" bit regardless of whether there are |
6165 | // any explicit objects. |
6166 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(InitWithCleanup->cleanupsHaveSideEffects()); |
6167 | // Append all the objects to the cleanup list. Right now, this |
6168 | // should always be a no-op, because blocks in default argument |
6169 | // expressions should never be able to capture anything. |
6170 | assert(!InitWithCleanup->getNumObjects() && |
6171 | "default argument expression has capturing blocks?" ); |
6172 | } |
6173 | // C++ [expr.const]p15.1: |
6174 | // An expression or conversion is in an immediate function context if it is |
6175 | // potentially evaluated and [...] its innermost enclosing non-block scope |
6176 | // is a function parameter scope of an immediate function. |
6177 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext( |
6178 | *this, |
6179 | FD->isImmediateFunction() |
6180 | ? ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext |
6181 | : ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated, |
6182 | Param); |
6183 | ExprEvalContexts.back().IsCurrentlyCheckingDefaultArgumentOrInitializer = |
6184 | SkipImmediateInvocations; |
6185 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc: CallLoc, Fn: [&] { |
6186 | MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(E: Init, /*SkipLocalVariables=*/true); |
6187 | }); |
6188 | return false; |
6189 | } |
6190 | |
6191 | struct ImmediateCallVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ImmediateCallVisitor> { |
6192 | const ASTContext &Context; |
6193 | ImmediateCallVisitor(const ASTContext &Ctx) : Context(Ctx) {} |
6194 | |
6195 | bool HasImmediateCalls = false; |
6196 | bool shouldVisitImplicitCode() const { return true; } |
6197 | |
6198 | bool VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { |
6199 | if (const FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) |
6200 | HasImmediateCalls |= FD->isImmediateFunction(); |
6201 | return RecursiveASTVisitor<ImmediateCallVisitor>::VisitStmt(E); |
6202 | } |
6203 | |
6204 | // SourceLocExpr are not immediate invocations |
6205 | // but CXXDefaultInitExpr/CXXDefaultArgExpr containing a SourceLocExpr |
6206 | // need to be rebuilt so that they refer to the correct SourceLocation and |
6207 | // DeclContext. |
6208 | bool VisitSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr *E) { |
6209 | HasImmediateCalls = true; |
6210 | return RecursiveASTVisitor<ImmediateCallVisitor>::VisitStmt(E); |
6211 | } |
6212 | |
6213 | // A nested lambda might have parameters with immediate invocations |
6214 | // in their default arguments. |
6215 | // The compound statement is not visited (as it does not constitute a |
6216 | // subexpression). |
6217 | // FIXME: We should consider visiting and transforming captures |
6218 | // with init expressions. |
6219 | bool VisitLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { |
6220 | return VisitCXXMethodDecl(E->getCallOperator()); |
6221 | } |
6222 | |
6223 | // Blocks don't support default parameters, and, as for lambdas, |
6224 | // we don't consider their body a subexpression. |
6225 | bool VisitBlockDecl(BlockDecl *B) { return false; } |
6226 | |
6227 | bool VisitCompoundStmt(CompoundStmt *B) { return false; } |
6228 | |
6229 | bool VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) { |
6230 | return TraverseStmt(E->getExpr()); |
6231 | } |
6232 | |
6233 | bool VisitCXXDefaultInitExpr(CXXDefaultInitExpr *E) { |
6234 | return TraverseStmt(E->getExpr()); |
6235 | } |
6236 | }; |
6237 | |
6238 | struct EnsureImmediateInvocationInDefaultArgs |
6239 | : TreeTransform<EnsureImmediateInvocationInDefaultArgs> { |
6240 | EnsureImmediateInvocationInDefaultArgs(Sema &SemaRef) |
6241 | : TreeTransform(SemaRef) {} |
6242 | |
6243 | // Lambda can only have immediate invocations in the default |
6244 | // args of their parameters, which is transformed upon calling the closure. |
6245 | // The body is not a subexpression, so we have nothing to do. |
6246 | // FIXME: Immediate calls in capture initializers should be transformed. |
6247 | ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return E; } |
6248 | ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return E; } |
6249 | |
6250 | // Make sure we don't rebuild the this pointer as it would |
6251 | // cause it to incorrectly point it to the outermost class |
6252 | // in the case of nested struct initialization. |
6253 | ExprResult TransformCXXThisExpr(CXXThisExpr *E) { return E; } |
6254 | }; |
6255 | |
6256 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
6257 | FunctionDecl *FD, ParmVarDecl *Param, |
6258 | Expr *Init) { |
6259 | assert(Param->hasDefaultArg() && "can't build nonexistent default arg" ); |
6260 | |
6261 | bool NestedDefaultChecking = isCheckingDefaultArgumentOrInitializer(); |
6262 | bool InLifetimeExtendingContext = isInLifetimeExtendingContext(); |
6263 | std::optional<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::InitializationContext> |
6264 | InitializationContext = |
6265 | OutermostDeclarationWithDelayedImmediateInvocations(); |
6266 | if (!InitializationContext.has_value()) |
6267 | InitializationContext.emplace(CallLoc, Param, CurContext); |
6268 | |
6269 | if (!Init && !Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) { |
6270 | // Mark that we are replacing a default argument first. |
6271 | // If we are instantiating a template we won't have to |
6272 | // retransform immediate calls. |
6273 | // C++ [expr.const]p15.1: |
6274 | // An expression or conversion is in an immediate function context if it |
6275 | // is potentially evaluated and [...] its innermost enclosing non-block |
6276 | // scope is a function parameter scope of an immediate function. |
6277 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext( |
6278 | *this, |
6279 | FD->isImmediateFunction() |
6280 | ? ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext |
6281 | : ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated, |
6282 | Param); |
6283 | |
6284 | if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) { |
6285 | if (InstantiateDefaultArgument(CallLoc, FD, Param)) |
6286 | return ExprError(); |
6287 | } |
6288 | // CWG2631 |
6289 | // An immediate invocation that is not evaluated where it appears is |
6290 | // evaluated and checked for whether it is a constant expression at the |
6291 | // point where the enclosing initializer is used in a function call. |
6292 | ImmediateCallVisitor V(getASTContext()); |
6293 | if (!NestedDefaultChecking) |
6294 | V.TraverseDecl(Param); |
6295 | |
6296 | // Rewrite the call argument that was created from the corresponding |
6297 | // parameter's default argument. |
6298 | if (V.HasImmediateCalls || InLifetimeExtendingContext) { |
6299 | if (V.HasImmediateCalls) |
6300 | ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDefaultInitializationContext = { |
6301 | CallLoc, Param, CurContext}; |
6302 | // Pass down lifetime extending flag, and collect temporaries in |
6303 | // CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr when we rewrite the call argument. |
6304 | keepInLifetimeExtendingContext(); |
6305 | keepInMaterializeTemporaryObjectContext(); |
6306 | EnsureImmediateInvocationInDefaultArgs Immediate(*this); |
6307 | ExprResult Res; |
6308 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc: CallLoc, Fn: [&] { |
6309 | Res = Immediate.TransformInitializer(Param->getInit(), |
6310 | /*NotCopy=*/false); |
6311 | }); |
6312 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
6313 | return ExprError(); |
6314 | Res = ConvertParamDefaultArgument(Param, DefaultArg: Res.get(), |
6315 | EqualLoc: Res.get()->getBeginLoc()); |
6316 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
6317 | return ExprError(); |
6318 | Init = Res.get(); |
6319 | } |
6320 | } |
6321 | |
6322 | if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr( |
6323 | CallLoc, FD, Param, RewrittenInit: Init, |
6324 | /*SkipImmediateInvocations=*/NestedDefaultChecking)) |
6325 | return ExprError(); |
6326 | |
6327 | return CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(C: Context, Loc: InitializationContext->Loc, Param, |
6328 | RewrittenExpr: Init, UsedContext: InitializationContext->Context); |
6329 | } |
6330 | |
6331 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field) { |
6332 | assert(Field->hasInClassInitializer()); |
6333 | |
6334 | // If we might have already tried and failed to instantiate, don't try again. |
6335 | if (Field->isInvalidDecl()) |
6336 | return ExprError(); |
6337 | |
6338 | CXXThisScopeRAII This(*this, Field->getParent(), Qualifiers()); |
6339 | |
6340 | auto *ParentRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Val: Field->getParent()); |
6341 | |
6342 | std::optional<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::InitializationContext> |
6343 | InitializationContext = |
6344 | OutermostDeclarationWithDelayedImmediateInvocations(); |
6345 | if (!InitializationContext.has_value()) |
6346 | InitializationContext.emplace(Loc, Field, CurContext); |
6347 | |
6348 | Expr *Init = nullptr; |
6349 | |
6350 | bool NestedDefaultChecking = isCheckingDefaultArgumentOrInitializer(); |
6351 | |
6352 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext( |
6353 | *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated, Field); |
6354 | |
6355 | if (!Field->getInClassInitializer()) { |
6356 | // Maybe we haven't instantiated the in-class initializer. Go check the |
6357 | // pattern FieldDecl to see if it has one. |
6358 | if (isTemplateInstantiation(Kind: ParentRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) { |
6359 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassPattern = ParentRD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern(); |
6360 | DeclContext::lookup_result Lookup = |
6361 | ClassPattern->lookup(Name: Field->getDeclName()); |
6362 | |
6363 | FieldDecl *Pattern = nullptr; |
6364 | for (auto *L : Lookup) { |
6365 | if ((Pattern = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(L))) |
6366 | break; |
6367 | } |
6368 | assert(Pattern && "We must have set the Pattern!" ); |
6369 | if (!Pattern->hasInClassInitializer() || |
6370 | InstantiateInClassInitializer(PointOfInstantiation: Loc, Instantiation: Field, Pattern, |
6371 | TemplateArgs: getTemplateInstantiationArgs(Field))) { |
6372 | Field->setInvalidDecl(); |
6373 | return ExprError(); |
6374 | } |
6375 | } |
6376 | } |
6377 | |
6378 | // CWG2631 |
6379 | // An immediate invocation that is not evaluated where it appears is |
6380 | // evaluated and checked for whether it is a constant expression at the |
6381 | // point where the enclosing initializer is used in a [...] a constructor |
6382 | // definition, or an aggregate initialization. |
6383 | ImmediateCallVisitor V(getASTContext()); |
6384 | if (!NestedDefaultChecking) |
6385 | V.TraverseDecl(Field); |
6386 | if (V.HasImmediateCalls) { |
6387 | ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDefaultInitializationContext = {Loc, Field, |
6388 | CurContext}; |
6389 | ExprEvalContexts.back().IsCurrentlyCheckingDefaultArgumentOrInitializer = |
6390 | NestedDefaultChecking; |
6391 | |
6392 | EnsureImmediateInvocationInDefaultArgs Immediate(*this); |
6393 | ExprResult Res; |
6394 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc, Fn: [&] { |
6395 | Res = Immediate.TransformInitializer(Field->getInClassInitializer(), |
6396 | /*CXXDirectInit=*/false); |
6397 | }); |
6398 | if (!Res.isInvalid()) |
6399 | Res = ConvertMemberDefaultInitExpression(FD: Field, InitExpr: Res.get(), InitLoc: Loc); |
6400 | if (Res.isInvalid()) { |
6401 | Field->setInvalidDecl(); |
6402 | return ExprError(); |
6403 | } |
6404 | Init = Res.get(); |
6405 | } |
6406 | |
6407 | if (Field->getInClassInitializer()) { |
6408 | Expr *E = Init ? Init : Field->getInClassInitializer(); |
6409 | if (!NestedDefaultChecking) |
6410 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc, Fn: [&] { |
6411 | MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(E, /*SkipLocalVariables=*/false); |
6412 | }); |
6413 | // C++11 [class.base.init]p7: |
6414 | // The initialization of each base and member constitutes a |
6415 | // full-expression. |
6416 | ExprResult Res = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr: E, /*DiscardedValue=*/false); |
6417 | if (Res.isInvalid()) { |
6418 | Field->setInvalidDecl(); |
6419 | return ExprError(); |
6420 | } |
6421 | Init = Res.get(); |
6422 | |
6423 | return CXXDefaultInitExpr::Create(Ctx: Context, Loc: InitializationContext->Loc, |
6424 | Field, UsedContext: InitializationContext->Context, |
6425 | RewrittenInitExpr: Init); |
6426 | } |
6427 | |
6428 | // DR1351: |
6429 | // If the brace-or-equal-initializer of a non-static data member |
6430 | // invokes a defaulted default constructor of its class or of an |
6431 | // enclosing class in a potentially evaluated subexpression, the |
6432 | // program is ill-formed. |
6433 | // |
6434 | // This resolution is unworkable: the exception specification of the |
6435 | // default constructor can be needed in an unevaluated context, in |
6436 | // particular, in the operand of a noexcept-expression, and we can be |
6437 | // unable to compute an exception specification for an enclosed class. |
6438 | // |
6439 | // Any attempt to resolve the exception specification of a defaulted default |
6440 | // constructor before the initializer is lexically complete will ultimately |
6441 | // come here at which point we can diagnose it. |
6442 | RecordDecl *OutermostClass = ParentRD->getOuterLexicalRecordContext(); |
6443 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_default_member_initializer_not_yet_parsed) |
6444 | << OutermostClass << Field; |
6445 | Diag(Field->getEndLoc(), |
6446 | diag::note_default_member_initializer_not_yet_parsed); |
6447 | // Recover by marking the field invalid, unless we're in a SFINAE context. |
6448 | if (!isSFINAEContext()) |
6449 | Field->setInvalidDecl(); |
6450 | return ExprError(); |
6451 | } |
6452 | |
6453 | Sema::VariadicCallType |
6454 | Sema::getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
6455 | Expr *Fn) { |
6456 | if (Proto && Proto->isVariadic()) { |
6457 | if (isa_and_nonnull<CXXConstructorDecl>(Val: FDecl)) |
6458 | return VariadicConstructor; |
6459 | else if (Fn && Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) |
6460 | return VariadicBlock; |
6461 | else if (FDecl) { |
6462 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: FDecl)) |
6463 | if (Method->isInstance()) |
6464 | return VariadicMethod; |
6465 | } else if (Fn && Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) |
6466 | return VariadicMethod; |
6467 | return VariadicFunction; |
6468 | } |
6469 | return VariadicDoesNotApply; |
6470 | } |
6471 | |
6472 | namespace { |
6473 | class FunctionCallCCC final : public FunctionCallFilterCCC { |
6474 | public: |
6475 | FunctionCallCCC(Sema &SemaRef, const IdentifierInfo *FuncName, |
6476 | unsigned NumArgs, MemberExpr *ME) |
6477 | : FunctionCallFilterCCC(SemaRef, NumArgs, false, ME), |
6478 | FunctionName(FuncName) {} |
6479 | |
6480 | bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { |
6481 | if (!candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier() || |
6482 | candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != FunctionName) { |
6483 | return false; |
6484 | } |
6485 | |
6486 | return FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(candidate); |
6487 | } |
6488 | |
6489 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { |
6490 | return std::make_unique<FunctionCallCCC>(args&: *this); |
6491 | } |
6492 | |
6493 | private: |
6494 | const IdentifierInfo *const FunctionName; |
6495 | }; |
6496 | } |
6497 | |
6498 | static TypoCorrection TryTypoCorrectionForCall(Sema &S, Expr *Fn, |
6499 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
6500 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) { |
6501 | MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Val: Fn); |
6502 | DeclarationName FuncName = FDecl->getDeclName(); |
6503 | SourceLocation NameLoc = ME ? ME->getMemberLoc() : Fn->getBeginLoc(); |
6504 | |
6505 | FunctionCallCCC CCC(S, FuncName.getAsIdentifierInfo(), Args.size(), ME); |
6506 | if (TypoCorrection Corrected = S.CorrectTypo( |
6507 | Typo: DeclarationNameInfo(FuncName, NameLoc), LookupKind: Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, |
6508 | S: S.getScopeForContext(Ctx: S.CurContext), SS: nullptr, CCC, |
6509 | Mode: Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { |
6510 | if (NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getFoundDecl()) { |
6511 | if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) { |
6512 | OverloadCandidateSet OCS(NameLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); |
6513 | OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; |
6514 | for (NamedDecl *CD : Corrected) { |
6515 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CD)) |
6516 | S.AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none), Args, |
6517 | OCS); |
6518 | } |
6519 | switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(S, Loc: NameLoc, Best)) { |
6520 | case OR_Success: |
6521 | ND = Best->FoundDecl; |
6522 | Corrected.setCorrectionDecl(ND); |
6523 | break; |
6524 | default: |
6525 | break; |
6526 | } |
6527 | } |
6528 | ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
6529 | if (isa<ValueDecl>(Val: ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Val: ND)) |
6530 | return Corrected; |
6531 | } |
6532 | } |
6533 | return TypoCorrection(); |
6534 | } |
6535 | |
6536 | /// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in |
6537 | /// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with |
6538 | /// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and |
6539 | /// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this |
6540 | /// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns |
6541 | /// true if the call is ill-formed. |
6542 | bool |
6543 | Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, |
6544 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
6545 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
6546 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
6547 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
6548 | bool IsExecConfig) { |
6549 | // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking. |
6550 | if (FDecl) |
6551 | if (unsigned ID = FDecl->getBuiltinID()) |
6552 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(ID)) |
6553 | return false; |
6554 | |
6555 | // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by |
6556 | // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ... |
6557 | bool HasExplicitObjectParameter = |
6558 | FDecl && FDecl->hasCXXExplicitFunctionObjectParameter(); |
6559 | unsigned ExplicitObjectParameterOffset = HasExplicitObjectParameter ? 1 : 0; |
6560 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); |
6561 | bool Invalid = false; |
6562 | unsigned MinArgs = FDecl ? FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments() : NumParams; |
6563 | unsigned FnKind = Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() |
6564 | ? 1 /* block */ |
6565 | : (IsExecConfig ? 3 /* kernel function (exec config) */ |
6566 | : 0 /* function */); |
6567 | |
6568 | // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default |
6569 | // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call. |
6570 | if (Args.size() < NumParams) { |
6571 | if (Args.size() < MinArgs) { |
6572 | TypoCorrection TC; |
6573 | if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(S&: *this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) { |
6574 | unsigned diag_id = |
6575 | MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic() |
6576 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_suggest |
6577 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_suggest; |
6578 | diagnoseTypo( |
6579 | Correction: TC, TypoDiag: PDiag(DiagID: diag_id) |
6580 | << FnKind << MinArgs - ExplicitObjectParameterOffset |
6581 | << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) - |
6582 | ExplicitObjectParameterOffset |
6583 | << HasExplicitObjectParameter << TC.getCorrectionRange()); |
6584 | } else if (MinArgs - ExplicitObjectParameterOffset == 1 && FDecl && |
6585 | FDecl->getParamDecl(ExplicitObjectParameterOffset) |
6586 | ->getDeclName()) |
6587 | Diag(RParenLoc, |
6588 | MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic() |
6589 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_one |
6590 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least_one) |
6591 | << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(ExplicitObjectParameterOffset) |
6592 | << HasExplicitObjectParameter << Fn->getSourceRange(); |
6593 | else |
6594 | Diag(RParenLoc, MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic() |
6595 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args |
6596 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least) |
6597 | << FnKind << MinArgs - ExplicitObjectParameterOffset |
6598 | << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) - |
6599 | ExplicitObjectParameterOffset |
6600 | << HasExplicitObjectParameter << Fn->getSourceRange(); |
6601 | |
6602 | // Emit the location of the prototype. |
6603 | if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig) |
6604 | Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) |
6605 | << FDecl << FDecl->getParametersSourceRange(); |
6606 | |
6607 | return true; |
6608 | } |
6609 | // We reserve space for the default arguments when we create |
6610 | // the call expression, before calling ConvertArgumentsForCall. |
6611 | assert((Call->getNumArgs() == NumParams) && |
6612 | "We should have reserved space for the default arguments before!" ); |
6613 | } |
6614 | |
6615 | // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop |
6616 | // them. |
6617 | if (Args.size() > NumParams) { |
6618 | if (!Proto->isVariadic()) { |
6619 | TypoCorrection TC; |
6620 | if (FDecl && (TC = TryTypoCorrectionForCall(S&: *this, Fn, FDecl, Args))) { |
6621 | unsigned diag_id = |
6622 | MinArgs == NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic() |
6623 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_suggest |
6624 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_suggest; |
6625 | diagnoseTypo( |
6626 | Correction: TC, TypoDiag: PDiag(DiagID: diag_id) |
6627 | << FnKind << NumParams - ExplicitObjectParameterOffset |
6628 | << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) - |
6629 | ExplicitObjectParameterOffset |
6630 | << HasExplicitObjectParameter << TC.getCorrectionRange()); |
6631 | } else if (NumParams - ExplicitObjectParameterOffset == 1 && FDecl && |
6632 | FDecl->getParamDecl(ExplicitObjectParameterOffset) |
6633 | ->getDeclName()) |
6634 | Diag(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(), |
6635 | MinArgs == NumParams |
6636 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_one |
6637 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most_one) |
6638 | << FnKind << FDecl->getParamDecl(ExplicitObjectParameterOffset) |
6639 | << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) - |
6640 | ExplicitObjectParameterOffset |
6641 | << HasExplicitObjectParameter << Fn->getSourceRange() |
6642 | << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(), |
6643 | Args.back()->getEndLoc()); |
6644 | else |
6645 | Diag(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(), |
6646 | MinArgs == NumParams |
6647 | ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args |
6648 | : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most) |
6649 | << FnKind << NumParams - ExplicitObjectParameterOffset |
6650 | << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size()) - |
6651 | ExplicitObjectParameterOffset |
6652 | << HasExplicitObjectParameter << Fn->getSourceRange() |
6653 | << SourceRange(Args[NumParams]->getBeginLoc(), |
6654 | Args.back()->getEndLoc()); |
6655 | |
6656 | // Emit the location of the prototype. |
6657 | if (!TC && FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig) |
6658 | Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) |
6659 | << FDecl << FDecl->getParametersSourceRange(); |
6660 | |
6661 | // This deletes the extra arguments. |
6662 | Call->shrinkNumArgs(NewNumArgs: NumParams); |
6663 | return true; |
6664 | } |
6665 | } |
6666 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs; |
6667 | VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto, Fn); |
6668 | |
6669 | Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(CallLoc: Call->getBeginLoc(), FDecl, Proto, FirstParam: 0, Args, |
6670 | AllArgs, CallType); |
6671 | if (Invalid) |
6672 | return true; |
6673 | unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size(); |
6674 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i) |
6675 | Call->setArg(Arg: i, ArgExpr: AllArgs[i]); |
6676 | |
6677 | Call->computeDependence(); |
6678 | return false; |
6679 | } |
6680 | |
6681 | bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
6682 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
6683 | unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
6684 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, |
6685 | VariadicCallType CallType, bool AllowExplicit, |
6686 | bool IsListInitialization) { |
6687 | unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams(); |
6688 | bool Invalid = false; |
6689 | size_t ArgIx = 0; |
6690 | // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args). |
6691 | for (unsigned i = FirstParam; i < NumParams; i++) { |
6692 | QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getParamType(i); |
6693 | |
6694 | Expr *Arg; |
6695 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl ? FDecl->getParamDecl(i) : nullptr; |
6696 | if (ArgIx < Args.size()) { |
6697 | Arg = Args[ArgIx++]; |
6698 | |
6699 | if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getBeginLoc(), ProtoArgType, |
6700 | diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg)) |
6701 | return true; |
6702 | |
6703 | // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off, if applicable. |
6704 | bool CFAudited = false; |
6705 | if (Arg->getType() == Context.ARCUnbridgedCastTy && |
6706 | FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() && |
6707 | (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>())) |
6708 | Arg = stripARCUnbridgedCast(e: Arg); |
6709 | else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && |
6710 | FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CFAuditedTransferAttr>() && |
6711 | (!Param || !Param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>())) |
6712 | CFAudited = true; |
6713 | |
6714 | if (Proto->getExtParameterInfo(I: i).isNoEscape() && |
6715 | ProtoArgType->isBlockPointerType()) |
6716 | if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(Val: Arg->IgnoreParenNoopCasts(Ctx: Context))) |
6717 | BE->getBlockDecl()->setDoesNotEscape(); |
6718 | |
6719 | InitializedEntity Entity = |
6720 | Param ? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Parm: Param, |
6721 | Type: ProtoArgType) |
6722 | : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( |
6723 | Context, Type: ProtoArgType, Consumed: Proto->isParamConsumed(I: i)); |
6724 | |
6725 | // Remember that parameter belongs to a CF audited API. |
6726 | if (CFAudited) |
6727 | Entity.setParameterCFAudited(); |
6728 | |
6729 | ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization( |
6730 | Entity, EqualLoc: SourceLocation(), Init: Arg, TopLevelOfInitList: IsListInitialization, AllowExplicit); |
6731 | if (ArgE.isInvalid()) |
6732 | return true; |
6733 | |
6734 | Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>(); |
6735 | } else { |
6736 | assert(Param && "can't use default arguments without a known callee" ); |
6737 | |
6738 | ExprResult ArgExpr = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FD: FDecl, Param); |
6739 | if (ArgExpr.isInvalid()) |
6740 | return true; |
6741 | |
6742 | Arg = ArgExpr.getAs<Expr>(); |
6743 | } |
6744 | |
6745 | // Check for array bounds violations for each argument to the call. This |
6746 | // check only triggers warnings when the argument isn't a more complex Expr |
6747 | // with its own checking, such as a BinaryOperator. |
6748 | CheckArrayAccess(E: Arg); |
6749 | |
6750 | // Check for violations of C99 static array rules (C99 6.7.5.3p7). |
6751 | CheckStaticArrayArgument(CallLoc, Param, ArgExpr: Arg); |
6752 | |
6753 | AllArgs.push_back(Elt: Arg); |
6754 | } |
6755 | |
6756 | // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...". |
6757 | if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) { |
6758 | // Assume that extern "C" functions with variadic arguments that |
6759 | // return __unknown_anytype aren't *really* variadic. |
6760 | if (Proto->getReturnType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && FDecl && |
6761 | FDecl->isExternC()) { |
6762 | for (Expr *A : Args.slice(N: ArgIx)) { |
6763 | QualType paramType; // ignored |
6764 | ExprResult arg = checkUnknownAnyArg(callLoc: CallLoc, result: A, paramType); |
6765 | Invalid |= arg.isInvalid(); |
6766 | AllArgs.push_back(Elt: arg.get()); |
6767 | } |
6768 | |
6769 | // Otherwise do argument promotion, (C99 6.5.2.2p7). |
6770 | } else { |
6771 | for (Expr *A : Args.slice(N: ArgIx)) { |
6772 | ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(E: A, CT: CallType, FDecl); |
6773 | Invalid |= Arg.isInvalid(); |
6774 | AllArgs.push_back(Elt: Arg.get()); |
6775 | } |
6776 | } |
6777 | |
6778 | // Check for array bounds violations. |
6779 | for (Expr *A : Args.slice(N: ArgIx)) |
6780 | CheckArrayAccess(E: A); |
6781 | } |
6782 | return Invalid; |
6783 | } |
6784 | |
6785 | static void DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(Sema &S, ParmVarDecl *PVD) { |
6786 | TypeLoc TL = PVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); |
6787 | if (DecayedTypeLoc DTL = TL.getAs<DecayedTypeLoc>()) |
6788 | TL = DTL.getOriginalLoc(); |
6789 | if (ArrayTypeLoc ATL = TL.getAs<ArrayTypeLoc>()) |
6790 | S.Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_static_array) |
6791 | << ATL.getLocalSourceRange(); |
6792 | } |
6793 | |
6794 | /// CheckStaticArrayArgument - If the given argument corresponds to a static |
6795 | /// array parameter, check that it is non-null, and that if it is formed by |
6796 | /// array-to-pointer decay, the underlying array is sufficiently large. |
6797 | /// |
6798 | /// C99 6.7.5.3p7: If the keyword static also appears within the [ and ] of the |
6799 | /// array type derivation, then for each call to the function, the value of the |
6800 | /// corresponding actual argument shall provide access to the first element of |
6801 | /// an array with at least as many elements as specified by the size expression. |
6802 | void |
6803 | Sema::CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
6804 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
6805 | const Expr *ArgExpr) { |
6806 | // Static array parameters are not supported in C++. |
6807 | if (!Param || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
6808 | return; |
6809 | |
6810 | QualType OrigTy = Param->getOriginalType(); |
6811 | |
6812 | const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(T: OrigTy); |
6813 | if (!AT || AT->getSizeModifier() != ArraySizeModifier::Static) |
6814 | return; |
6815 | |
6816 | if (ArgExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Ctx&: Context, |
6817 | NPC: Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) { |
6818 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_null_arg) << ArgExpr->getSourceRange(); |
6819 | DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(S&: *this, PVD: Param); |
6820 | return; |
6821 | } |
6822 | |
6823 | const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(Val: AT); |
6824 | if (!CAT) |
6825 | return; |
6826 | |
6827 | const ConstantArrayType *ArgCAT = |
6828 | Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T: ArgExpr->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()); |
6829 | if (!ArgCAT) |
6830 | return; |
6831 | |
6832 | if (getASTContext().hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1: CAT->getElementType(), |
6833 | T2: ArgCAT->getElementType())) { |
6834 | if (ArgCAT->getSize().ult(RHS: CAT->getSize())) { |
6835 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small) |
6836 | << ArgExpr->getSourceRange() |
6837 | << (unsigned)ArgCAT->getSize().getZExtValue() |
6838 | << (unsigned)CAT->getSize().getZExtValue() << 0; |
6839 | DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(S&: *this, PVD: Param); |
6840 | } |
6841 | return; |
6842 | } |
6843 | |
6844 | std::optional<CharUnits> ArgSize = |
6845 | getASTContext().getTypeSizeInCharsIfKnown(ArgCAT); |
6846 | std::optional<CharUnits> ParmSize = |
6847 | getASTContext().getTypeSizeInCharsIfKnown(CAT); |
6848 | if (ArgSize && ParmSize && *ArgSize < *ParmSize) { |
6849 | Diag(CallLoc, diag::warn_static_array_too_small) |
6850 | << ArgExpr->getSourceRange() << (unsigned)ArgSize->getQuantity() |
6851 | << (unsigned)ParmSize->getQuantity() << 1; |
6852 | DiagnoseCalleeStaticArrayParam(S&: *this, PVD: Param); |
6853 | } |
6854 | } |
6855 | |
6856 | /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it |
6857 | /// to have a function type. |
6858 | static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *fn); |
6859 | |
6860 | /// Is the given type a placeholder that we need to lower out |
6861 | /// immediately during argument processing? |
6862 | static bool isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(QualType type) { |
6863 | // Placeholders are never sugared. |
6864 | const BuiltinType *placeholder = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Val&: type); |
6865 | if (!placeholder) return false; |
6866 | |
6867 | switch (placeholder->getKind()) { |
6868 | // Ignore all the non-placeholder types. |
6869 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
6870 | case BuiltinType::Id: |
6871 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6872 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
6873 | case BuiltinType::Id: |
6874 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6875 | // In practice we'll never use this, since all SVE types are sugared |
6876 | // via TypedefTypes rather than exposed directly as BuiltinTypes. |
6877 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) \ |
6878 | case BuiltinType::Id: |
6879 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
6880 | #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) \ |
6881 | case BuiltinType::Id: |
6882 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" |
6883 | #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
6884 | #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def" |
6885 | #define WASM_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
6886 | #include "clang/Basic/WebAssemblyReferenceTypes.def" |
6887 | #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) |
6888 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) case BuiltinType::ID: |
6889 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
6890 | return false; |
6891 | |
6892 | // We cannot lower out overload sets; they might validly be resolved |
6893 | // by the call machinery. |
6894 | case BuiltinType::Overload: |
6895 | return false; |
6896 | |
6897 | // Unbridged casts in ARC can be handled in some call positions and |
6898 | // should be left in place. |
6899 | case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: |
6900 | return false; |
6901 | |
6902 | // Pseudo-objects should be converted as soon as possible. |
6903 | case BuiltinType::PseudoObject: |
6904 | return true; |
6905 | |
6906 | // The debugger mode could theoretically but currently does not try |
6907 | // to resolve unknown-typed arguments based on known parameter types. |
6908 | case BuiltinType::UnknownAny: |
6909 | return true; |
6910 | |
6911 | // These are always invalid as call arguments and should be reported. |
6912 | case BuiltinType::BoundMember: |
6913 | case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn: |
6914 | case BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx: |
6915 | case BuiltinType::OMPArraySection: |
6916 | case BuiltinType::OMPArrayShaping: |
6917 | case BuiltinType::OMPIterator: |
6918 | return true; |
6919 | |
6920 | } |
6921 | llvm_unreachable("bad builtin type kind" ); |
6922 | } |
6923 | |
6924 | bool Sema::CheckArgsForPlaceholders(MultiExprArg args) { |
6925 | // Apply this processing to all the arguments at once instead of |
6926 | // dying at the first failure. |
6927 | bool hasInvalid = false; |
6928 | for (size_t i = 0, e = args.size(); i != e; i++) { |
6929 | if (isPlaceholderToRemoveAsArg(type: args[i]->getType())) { |
6930 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: args[i]); |
6931 | if (result.isInvalid()) hasInvalid = true; |
6932 | else args[i] = result.get(); |
6933 | } |
6934 | } |
6935 | return hasInvalid; |
6936 | } |
6937 | |
6938 | /// If a builtin function has a pointer argument with no explicit address |
6939 | /// space, then it should be able to accept a pointer to any address |
6940 | /// space as input. In order to do this, we need to replace the |
6941 | /// standard builtin declaration with one that uses the same address space |
6942 | /// as the call. |
6943 | /// |
6944 | /// \returns nullptr If this builtin is not a candidate for a rewrite i.e. |
6945 | /// it does not contain any pointer arguments without |
6946 | /// an address space qualifer. Otherwise the rewritten |
6947 | /// FunctionDecl is returned. |
6948 | /// TODO: Handle pointer return types. |
6949 | static FunctionDecl *rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(Sema *Sema, ASTContext &Context, |
6950 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
6951 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs) { |
6952 | |
6953 | QualType DeclType = FDecl->getType(); |
6954 | const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Val&: DeclType); |
6955 | |
6956 | if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.hasPtrArgsOrResult(ID: FDecl->getBuiltinID()) || !FT || |
6957 | ArgExprs.size() < FT->getNumParams()) |
6958 | return nullptr; |
6959 | |
6960 | bool NeedsNewDecl = false; |
6961 | unsigned i = 0; |
6962 | SmallVector<QualType, 8> OverloadParams; |
6963 | |
6964 | for (QualType ParamType : FT->param_types()) { |
6965 | |
6966 | // Convert array arguments to pointer to simplify type lookup. |
6967 | ExprResult ArgRes = |
6968 | Sema->DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(ArgExprs[i++]); |
6969 | if (ArgRes.isInvalid()) |
6970 | return nullptr; |
6971 | Expr *Arg = ArgRes.get(); |
6972 | QualType ArgType = Arg->getType(); |
6973 | if (!ParamType->isPointerType() || ParamType.hasAddressSpace() || |
6974 | !ArgType->isPointerType() || |
6975 | !ArgType->getPointeeType().hasAddressSpace() || |
6976 | isPtrSizeAddressSpace(ArgType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace())) { |
6977 | OverloadParams.push_back(ParamType); |
6978 | continue; |
6979 | } |
6980 | |
6981 | QualType PointeeType = ParamType->getPointeeType(); |
6982 | if (PointeeType.hasAddressSpace()) |
6983 | continue; |
6984 | |
6985 | NeedsNewDecl = true; |
6986 | LangAS AS = ArgType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); |
6987 | |
6988 | PointeeType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(PointeeType, AS); |
6989 | OverloadParams.push_back(Context.getPointerType(PointeeType)); |
6990 | } |
6991 | |
6992 | if (!NeedsNewDecl) |
6993 | return nullptr; |
6994 | |
6995 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
6996 | EPI.Variadic = FT->isVariadic(); |
6997 | QualType OverloadTy = Context.getFunctionType(ResultTy: FT->getReturnType(), |
6998 | Args: OverloadParams, EPI); |
6999 | DeclContext *Parent = FDecl->getParent(); |
7000 | FunctionDecl *OverloadDecl = FunctionDecl::Create( |
7001 | Context, Parent, FDecl->getLocation(), FDecl->getLocation(), |
7002 | FDecl->getIdentifier(), OverloadTy, |
7003 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_Extern, Sema->getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), |
7004 | false, |
7005 | /*hasPrototype=*/true); |
7006 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
7007 | FT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Val&: OverloadTy); |
7008 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { |
7009 | QualType ParamType = FT->getParamType(i); |
7010 | ParmVarDecl *Parm = |
7011 | ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, OverloadDecl, SourceLocation(), |
7012 | SourceLocation(), nullptr, ParamType, |
7013 | /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr); |
7014 | Parm->setScopeInfo(scopeDepth: 0, parameterIndex: i); |
7015 | Params.push_back(Elt: Parm); |
7016 | } |
7017 | OverloadDecl->setParams(Params); |
7018 | Sema->mergeDeclAttributes(OverloadDecl, FDecl); |
7019 | return OverloadDecl; |
7020 | } |
7021 | |
7022 | static void checkDirectCallValidity(Sema &S, const Expr *Fn, |
7023 | FunctionDecl *Callee, |
7024 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs) { |
7025 | // `Callee` (when called with ArgExprs) may be ill-formed. enable_if (and |
7026 | // similar attributes) really don't like it when functions are called with an |
7027 | // invalid number of args. |
7028 | if (S.TooManyArguments(NumParams: Callee->getNumParams(), NumArgs: ArgExprs.size(), |
7029 | /*PartialOverloading=*/false) && |
7030 | !Callee->isVariadic()) |
7031 | return; |
7032 | if (Callee->getMinRequiredArguments() > ArgExprs.size()) |
7033 | return; |
7034 | |
7035 | if (const EnableIfAttr *Attr = |
7036 | S.CheckEnableIf(Function: Callee, CallLoc: Fn->getBeginLoc(), Args: ArgExprs, MissingImplicitThis: true)) { |
7037 | S.Diag(Fn->getBeginLoc(), |
7038 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee) |
7039 | ? diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call |
7040 | : diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) |
7041 | << Callee << Callee->getSourceRange(); |
7042 | S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(), |
7043 | diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_function_cond_attr) |
7044 | << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage(); |
7045 | return; |
7046 | } |
7047 | } |
7048 | |
7049 | static bool enclosingClassIsRelatedToClassInWhichMembersWereFound( |
7050 | const UnresolvedMemberExpr *const UME, Sema &S) { |
7051 | |
7052 | const auto GetFunctionLevelDCIfCXXClass = |
7053 | [](Sema &S) -> const CXXRecordDecl * { |
7054 | const DeclContext *const DC = S.getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); |
7055 | if (!DC || !DC->getParent()) |
7056 | return nullptr; |
7057 | |
7058 | // If the call to some member function was made from within a member |
7059 | // function body 'M' return return 'M's parent. |
7060 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: DC)) |
7061 | return MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl(); |
7062 | // else the call was made from within a default member initializer of a |
7063 | // class, so return the class. |
7064 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Val: DC)) |
7065 | return RD->getCanonicalDecl(); |
7066 | return nullptr; |
7067 | }; |
7068 | // If our DeclContext is neither a member function nor a class (in the |
7069 | // case of a lambda in a default member initializer), we can't have an |
7070 | // enclosing 'this'. |
7071 | |
7072 | const CXXRecordDecl *const CurParentClass = GetFunctionLevelDCIfCXXClass(S); |
7073 | if (!CurParentClass) |
7074 | return false; |
7075 | |
7076 | // The naming class for implicit member functions call is the class in which |
7077 | // name lookup starts. |
7078 | const CXXRecordDecl *const NamingClass = |
7079 | UME->getNamingClass()->getCanonicalDecl(); |
7080 | assert(NamingClass && "Must have naming class even for implicit access" ); |
7081 | |
7082 | // If the unresolved member functions were found in a 'naming class' that is |
7083 | // related (either the same or derived from) to the class that contains the |
7084 | // member function that itself contained the implicit member access. |
7085 | |
7086 | return CurParentClass == NamingClass || |
7087 | CurParentClass->isDerivedFrom(Base: NamingClass); |
7088 | } |
7089 | |
7090 | static void |
7091 | tryImplicitlyCaptureThisIfImplicitMemberFunctionAccessWithDependentArgs( |
7092 | Sema &S, const UnresolvedMemberExpr *const UME, SourceLocation CallLoc) { |
7093 | |
7094 | if (!UME) |
7095 | return; |
7096 | |
7097 | LambdaScopeInfo *const CurLSI = S.getCurLambda(); |
7098 | // Only try and implicitly capture 'this' within a C++ Lambda if it hasn't |
7099 | // already been captured, or if this is an implicit member function call (if |
7100 | // it isn't, an attempt to capture 'this' should already have been made). |
7101 | if (!CurLSI || CurLSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CurLSI->ImpCap_None || |
7102 | !UME->isImplicitAccess() || CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured()) |
7103 | return; |
7104 | |
7105 | // Check if the naming class in which the unresolved members were found is |
7106 | // related (same as or is a base of) to the enclosing class. |
7107 | |
7108 | if (!enclosingClassIsRelatedToClassInWhichMembersWereFound(UME, S)) |
7109 | return; |
7110 | |
7111 | |
7112 | DeclContext *EnclosingFunctionCtx = S.CurContext->getParent()->getParent(); |
7113 | // If the enclosing function is not dependent, then this lambda is |
7114 | // capture ready, so if we can capture this, do so. |
7115 | if (!EnclosingFunctionCtx->isDependentContext()) { |
7116 | // If the current lambda and all enclosing lambdas can capture 'this' - |
7117 | // then go ahead and capture 'this' (since our unresolved overload set |
7118 | // contains at least one non-static member function). |
7119 | if (!S.CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc: CallLoc, /*Explcit*/ Explicit: false, /*Diagnose*/ BuildAndDiagnose: false)) |
7120 | S.CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc: CallLoc); |
7121 | } else if (S.CurContext->isDependentContext()) { |
7122 | // ... since this is an implicit member reference, that might potentially |
7123 | // involve a 'this' capture, mark 'this' for potential capture in |
7124 | // enclosing lambdas. |
7125 | if (CurLSI->ImpCaptureStyle != CurLSI->ImpCap_None) |
7126 | CurLSI->addPotentialThisCapture(Loc: CallLoc); |
7127 | } |
7128 | } |
7129 | |
7130 | // Once a call is fully resolved, warn for unqualified calls to specific |
7131 | // C++ standard functions, like move and forward. |
7132 | static void DiagnosedUnqualifiedCallsToStdFunctions(Sema &S, |
7133 | const CallExpr *Call) { |
7134 | // We are only checking unary move and forward so exit early here. |
7135 | if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1) |
7136 | return; |
7137 | |
7138 | const Expr *E = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
7139 | if (!E || isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Val: E)) |
7140 | return; |
7141 | const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast_if_present<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E); |
7142 | if (!DRE || !DRE->getLocation().isValid()) |
7143 | return; |
7144 | |
7145 | if (DRE->getQualifier()) |
7146 | return; |
7147 | |
7148 | const FunctionDecl *FD = Call->getDirectCallee(); |
7149 | if (!FD) |
7150 | return; |
7151 | |
7152 | // Only warn for some functions deemed more frequent or problematic. |
7153 | unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID(); |
7154 | if (BuiltinID != Builtin::BImove && BuiltinID != Builtin::BIforward) |
7155 | return; |
7156 | |
7157 | S.Diag(DRE->getLocation(), diag::warn_unqualified_call_to_std_cast_function) |
7158 | << FD->getQualifiedNameAsString() |
7159 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DRE->getLocation(), "std::" ); |
7160 | } |
7161 | |
7162 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *Scope, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
7163 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
7164 | Expr *ExecConfig) { |
7165 | ExprResult Call = |
7166 | BuildCallExpr(S: Scope, Fn, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, ExecConfig, |
7167 | /*IsExecConfig=*/false, /*AllowRecovery=*/true); |
7168 | if (Call.isInvalid()) |
7169 | return Call; |
7170 | |
7171 | // Diagnose uses of the C++20 "ADL-only template-id call" feature in earlier |
7172 | // language modes. |
7173 | if (const auto *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Val: Fn); |
7174 | ULE && ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() && |
7175 | ULE->decls_begin() == ULE->decls_end()) { |
7176 | Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 |
7177 | ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_adl_only_template_id |
7178 | : diag::ext_adl_only_template_id) |
7179 | << ULE->getName(); |
7180 | } |
7181 | |
7182 | if (LangOpts.OpenMP) |
7183 | Call = ActOnOpenMPCall(Call, Scope, LParenLoc, ArgExprs, RParenLoc, |
7184 | ExecConfig); |
7185 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { |
7186 | if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Val: Call.get())) |
7187 | DiagnosedUnqualifiedCallsToStdFunctions(S&: *this, Call: CE); |
7188 | } |
7189 | return Call; |
7190 | } |
7191 | |
7192 | /// BuildCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. |
7193 | /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma |
7194 | /// locations. |
7195 | ExprResult Sema::BuildCallExpr(Scope *Scope, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
7196 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
7197 | Expr *ExecConfig, bool IsExecConfig, |
7198 | bool AllowRecovery) { |
7199 | // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. |
7200 | ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S: Scope, ME: Fn); |
7201 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
7202 | Fn = Result.get(); |
7203 | |
7204 | if (CheckArgsForPlaceholders(args: ArgExprs)) |
7205 | return ExprError(); |
7206 | |
7207 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
7208 | // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately. |
7209 | if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Val: Fn)) { |
7210 | if (!ArgExprs.empty()) { |
7211 | // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments. |
7212 | Diag(Fn->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args) |
7213 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( |
7214 | SourceRange(ArgExprs.front()->getBeginLoc(), |
7215 | ArgExprs.back()->getEndLoc())); |
7216 | } |
7217 | |
7218 | return CallExpr::Create(Ctx: Context, Fn, /*Args=*/{}, Ty: Context.VoidTy, |
7219 | VK: VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, FPFeatures: CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
7220 | } |
7221 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.PseudoObjectTy) { |
7222 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: Fn); |
7223 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
7224 | Fn = result.get(); |
7225 | } |
7226 | |
7227 | // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template, |
7228 | // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now. |
7229 | if (Fn->isTypeDependent() || Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs: ArgExprs)) { |
7230 | if (ExecConfig) { |
7231 | return CUDAKernelCallExpr::Create(Ctx: Context, Fn, |
7232 | Config: cast<CallExpr>(Val: ExecConfig), Args: ArgExprs, |
7233 | Ty: Context.DependentTy, VK: VK_PRValue, |
7234 | RP: RParenLoc, FPFeatures: CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
7235 | } else { |
7236 | |
7237 | tryImplicitlyCaptureThisIfImplicitMemberFunctionAccessWithDependentArgs( |
7238 | *this, dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(Val: Fn->IgnoreParens()), |
7239 | Fn->getBeginLoc()); |
7240 | |
7241 | return CallExpr::Create(Ctx: Context, Fn, Args: ArgExprs, Ty: Context.DependentTy, |
7242 | VK: VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, FPFeatures: CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
7243 | } |
7244 | } |
7245 | |
7246 | // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]). |
7247 | if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType()) |
7248 | return BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S: Scope, Object: Fn, LParenLoc, Args: ArgExprs, |
7249 | RParenLoc); |
7250 | |
7251 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { |
7252 | ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S&: *this, fn: Fn); |
7253 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
7254 | Fn = result.get(); |
7255 | } |
7256 | |
7257 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) { |
7258 | return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S: Scope, MemExpr: Fn, LParenLoc, Args: ArgExprs, |
7259 | RParenLoc, ExecConfig, IsExecConfig, |
7260 | AllowRecovery); |
7261 | } |
7262 | } |
7263 | |
7264 | // Check for overloaded calls. This can happen even in C due to extensions. |
7265 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) { |
7266 | OverloadExpr::FindResult find = OverloadExpr::find(E: Fn); |
7267 | |
7268 | // We aren't supposed to apply this logic if there's an '&' involved. |
7269 | if (!find.HasFormOfMemberPointer) { |
7270 | if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs: ArgExprs)) |
7271 | return CallExpr::Create(Ctx: Context, Fn, Args: ArgExprs, Ty: Context.DependentTy, |
7272 | VK: VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, FPFeatures: CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
7273 | OverloadExpr *ovl = find.Expression; |
7274 | if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Val: ovl)) |
7275 | return BuildOverloadedCallExpr( |
7276 | S: Scope, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args: ArgExprs, RParenLoc, ExecConfig, |
7277 | /*AllowTypoCorrection=*/true, CalleesAddressIsTaken: find.IsAddressOfOperand); |
7278 | return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S: Scope, MemExpr: Fn, LParenLoc, Args: ArgExprs, |
7279 | RParenLoc, ExecConfig, IsExecConfig, |
7280 | AllowRecovery); |
7281 | } |
7282 | } |
7283 | |
7284 | // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration. |
7285 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { |
7286 | ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S&: *this, fn: Fn); |
7287 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
7288 | Fn = result.get(); |
7289 | } |
7290 | |
7291 | Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens(); |
7292 | |
7293 | bool CallingNDeclIndirectly = false; |
7294 | NamedDecl *NDecl = nullptr; |
7295 | if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Val: NakedFn)) { |
7296 | if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) { |
7297 | CallingNDeclIndirectly = true; |
7298 | NakedFn = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens(); |
7299 | } |
7300 | } |
7301 | |
7302 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: NakedFn)) { |
7303 | NDecl = DRE->getDecl(); |
7304 | |
7305 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: NDecl); |
7306 | if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID()) { |
7307 | // Rewrite the function decl for this builtin by replacing parameters |
7308 | // with no explicit address space with the address space of the arguments |
7309 | // in ArgExprs. |
7310 | if ((FDecl = |
7311 | rewriteBuiltinFunctionDecl(Sema: this, Context, FDecl, ArgExprs))) { |
7312 | NDecl = FDecl; |
7313 | Fn = DeclRefExpr::Create( |
7314 | Context, FDecl->getQualifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), FDecl, false, |
7315 | SourceLocation(), FDecl->getType(), Fn->getValueKind(), FDecl, |
7316 | nullptr, DRE->isNonOdrUse()); |
7317 | } |
7318 | } |
7319 | } else if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Val: NakedFn)) |
7320 | NDecl = ME->getMemberDecl(); |
7321 | |
7322 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Val: NDecl)) { |
7323 | if (CallingNDeclIndirectly && !checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable( |
7324 | Function: FD, /*Complain=*/true, Loc: Fn->getBeginLoc())) |
7325 | return ExprError(); |
7326 | |
7327 | checkDirectCallValidity(S&: *this, Fn, Callee: FD, ArgExprs); |
7328 | |
7329 | // If this expression is a call to a builtin function in HIP device |
7330 | // compilation, allow a pointer-type argument to default address space to be |
7331 | // passed as a pointer-type parameter to a non-default address space. |
7332 | // If Arg is declared in the default address space and Param is declared |
7333 | // in a non-default address space, perform an implicit address space cast to |
7334 | // the parameter type. |
7335 | if (getLangOpts().HIP && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice && FD && |
7336 | FD->getBuiltinID()) { |
7337 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < FD->param_size(); ++Idx) { |
7338 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(i: Idx); |
7339 | if (!ArgExprs[Idx] || !Param || !Param->getType()->isPointerType() || |
7340 | !ArgExprs[Idx]->getType()->isPointerType()) |
7341 | continue; |
7342 | |
7343 | auto ParamAS = Param->getType()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); |
7344 | auto ArgTy = ArgExprs[Idx]->getType(); |
7345 | auto ArgPtTy = ArgTy->getPointeeType(); |
7346 | auto ArgAS = ArgPtTy.getAddressSpace(); |
7347 | |
7348 | // Add address space cast if target address spaces are different |
7349 | bool NeedImplicitASC = |
7350 | ParamAS != LangAS::Default && // Pointer params in generic AS don't need special handling. |
7351 | ( ArgAS == LangAS::Default || // We do allow implicit conversion from generic AS |
7352 | // or from specific AS which has target AS matching that of Param. |
7353 | getASTContext().getTargetAddressSpace(AS: ArgAS) == getASTContext().getTargetAddressSpace(AS: ParamAS)); |
7354 | if (!NeedImplicitASC) |
7355 | continue; |
7356 | |
7357 | // First, ensure that the Arg is an RValue. |
7358 | if (ArgExprs[Idx]->isGLValue()) { |
7359 | ArgExprs[Idx] = ImplicitCastExpr::Create( |
7360 | Context, T: ArgExprs[Idx]->getType(), Kind: CK_NoOp, Operand: ArgExprs[Idx], |
7361 | BasePath: nullptr, Cat: VK_PRValue, FPO: FPOptionsOverride()); |
7362 | } |
7363 | |
7364 | // Construct a new arg type with address space of Param |
7365 | Qualifiers ArgPtQuals = ArgPtTy.getQualifiers(); |
7366 | ArgPtQuals.setAddressSpace(ParamAS); |
7367 | auto NewArgPtTy = |
7368 | Context.getQualifiedType(T: ArgPtTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs: ArgPtQuals); |
7369 | auto NewArgTy = |
7370 | Context.getQualifiedType(T: Context.getPointerType(T: NewArgPtTy), |
7371 | Qs: ArgTy.getQualifiers()); |
7372 | |
7373 | // Finally perform an implicit address space cast |
7374 | ArgExprs[Idx] = ImpCastExprToType(E: ArgExprs[Idx], Type: NewArgTy, |
7375 | CK: CK_AddressSpaceConversion) |
7376 | .get(); |
7377 | } |
7378 | } |
7379 | } |
7380 | |
7381 | if (Context.isDependenceAllowed() && |
7382 | (Fn->isTypeDependent() || Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs: ArgExprs))) { |
7383 | assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus); |
7384 | assert((Fn->containsErrors() || |
7385 | llvm::any_of(ArgExprs, |
7386 | [](clang::Expr *E) { return E->containsErrors(); })) && |
7387 | "should only occur in error-recovery path." ); |
7388 | return CallExpr::Create(Ctx: Context, Fn, Args: ArgExprs, Ty: Context.DependentTy, |
7389 | VK: VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, FPFeatures: CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
7390 | } |
7391 | return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Arg: ArgExprs, RParenLoc, |
7392 | Config: ExecConfig, IsExecConfig); |
7393 | } |
7394 | |
7395 | /// BuildBuiltinCallExpr - Create a call to a builtin function specified by Id |
7396 | // with the specified CallArgs |
7397 | Expr *Sema::BuildBuiltinCallExpr(SourceLocation Loc, Builtin::ID Id, |
7398 | MultiExprArg CallArgs) { |
7399 | StringRef Name = Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID: Id); |
7400 | LookupResult R(*this, &Context.Idents.get(Name), Loc, |
7401 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); |
7402 | LookupName(R, S: TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true); |
7403 | |
7404 | auto *BuiltInDecl = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>(); |
7405 | assert(BuiltInDecl && "failed to find builtin declaration" ); |
7406 | |
7407 | ExprResult DeclRef = |
7408 | BuildDeclRefExpr(BuiltInDecl, BuiltInDecl->getType(), VK_LValue, Loc); |
7409 | assert(DeclRef.isUsable() && "Builtin reference cannot fail" ); |
7410 | |
7411 | ExprResult Call = |
7412 | BuildCallExpr(/*Scope=*/nullptr, Fn: DeclRef.get(), LParenLoc: Loc, ArgExprs: CallArgs, RParenLoc: Loc); |
7413 | |
7414 | assert(!Call.isInvalid() && "Call to builtin cannot fail!" ); |
7415 | return Call.get(); |
7416 | } |
7417 | |
7418 | /// Parse a __builtin_astype expression. |
7419 | /// |
7420 | /// __builtin_astype( value, dst type ) |
7421 | /// |
7422 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
7423 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
7424 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { |
7425 | QualType DstTy = GetTypeFromParser(Ty: ParsedDestTy); |
7426 | return BuildAsTypeExpr(E, DestTy: DstTy, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); |
7427 | } |
7428 | |
7429 | /// Create a new AsTypeExpr node (bitcast) from the arguments. |
7430 | ExprResult Sema::BuildAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, QualType DestTy, |
7431 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
7432 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { |
7433 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue; |
7434 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; |
7435 | QualType SrcTy = E->getType(); |
7436 | if (!SrcTy->isDependentType() && |
7437 | Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy)) |
7438 | return ExprError( |
7439 | Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_invalid_astype_of_different_size) |
7440 | << DestTy << SrcTy << E->getSourceRange()); |
7441 | return new (Context) AsTypeExpr(E, DestTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); |
7442 | } |
7443 | |
7444 | /// ActOnConvertVectorExpr - create a new convert-vector expression from the |
7445 | /// provided arguments. |
7446 | /// |
7447 | /// __builtin_convertvector( value, dst type ) |
7448 | /// |
7449 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
7450 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
7451 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { |
7452 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
7453 | GetTypeFromParser(Ty: ParsedDestTy, TInfo: &TInfo); |
7454 | return SemaConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); |
7455 | } |
7456 | |
7457 | /// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression, |
7458 | /// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should |
7459 | /// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or |
7460 | /// block-pointer type. |
7461 | /// |
7462 | /// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available |
7463 | ExprResult Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, |
7464 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
7465 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
7466 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *Config, |
7467 | bool IsExecConfig, ADLCallKind UsesADL) { |
7468 | FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Val: NDecl); |
7469 | unsigned BuiltinID = (FDecl ? FDecl->getBuiltinID() : 0); |
7470 | |
7471 | // Functions with 'interrupt' attribute cannot be called directly. |
7472 | if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>()) { |
7473 | Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::err_anyx86_interrupt_called); |
7474 | return ExprError(); |
7475 | } |
7476 | |
7477 | // Interrupt handlers don't save off the VFP regs automatically on ARM, |
7478 | // so there's some risk when calling out to non-interrupt handler functions |
7479 | // that the callee might not preserve them. This is easy to diagnose here, |
7480 | // but can be very challenging to debug. |
7481 | // Likewise, X86 interrupt handlers may only call routines with attribute |
7482 | // no_caller_saved_registers since there is no efficient way to |
7483 | // save and restore the non-GPR state. |
7484 | if (auto *Caller = getCurFunctionDecl()) { |
7485 | if (Caller->hasAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>()) { |
7486 | bool VFP = Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature(Feature: "vfp" ); |
7487 | if (VFP && (!FDecl || !FDecl->hasAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>())) { |
7488 | Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_arm_interrupt_calling_convention); |
7489 | if (FDecl) |
7490 | Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) << FDecl; |
7491 | } |
7492 | } |
7493 | if (Caller->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>() || |
7494 | Caller->hasAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>()) { |
7495 | const TargetInfo &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); |
7496 | bool HasNonGPRRegisters = |
7497 | TI.hasFeature(Feature: "sse" ) || TI.hasFeature(Feature: "x87" ) || TI.hasFeature(Feature: "mmx" ); |
7498 | if (HasNonGPRRegisters && |
7499 | (!FDecl || !FDecl->hasAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>())) { |
7500 | Diag(Fn->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_anyx86_excessive_regsave) |
7501 | << (Caller->hasAttr<AnyX86InterruptAttr>() ? 0 : 1); |
7502 | if (FDecl) |
7503 | Diag(FDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_callee_decl) << FDecl; |
7504 | } |
7505 | } |
7506 | } |
7507 | |
7508 | // Promote the function operand. |
7509 | // We special-case function promotion here because we only allow promoting |
7510 | // builtin functions to function pointers in the callee of a call. |
7511 | ExprResult Result; |
7512 | QualType ResultTy; |
7513 | if (BuiltinID && |
7514 | Fn->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(K: BuiltinType::BuiltinFn)) { |
7515 | // Extract the return type from the (builtin) function pointer type. |
7516 | // FIXME Several builtins still have setType in |
7517 | // Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall. One should review their definitions in |
7518 | // Builtins.td to ensure they are correct before removing setType calls. |
7519 | QualType FnPtrTy = Context.getPointerType(FDecl->getType()); |
7520 | Result = ImpCastExprToType(E: Fn, Type: FnPtrTy, CK: CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get(); |
7521 | ResultTy = FDecl->getCallResultType(); |
7522 | } else { |
7523 | Result = CallExprUnaryConversions(E: Fn); |
7524 | ResultTy = Context.BoolTy; |
7525 | } |
7526 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
7527 | return ExprError(); |
7528 | Fn = Result.get(); |
7529 | |
7530 | // Check for a valid function type, but only if it is not a builtin which |
7531 | // requires custom type checking. These will be handled by |
7532 | // CheckBuiltinFunctionCall below just after creation of the call expression. |
7533 | const FunctionType *FuncT = nullptr; |
7534 | if (!BuiltinID || !Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(ID: BuiltinID)) { |
7535 | retry: |
7536 | if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
7537 | // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall |
7538 | // have type pointer to function". |
7539 | FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
7540 | if (!FuncT) |
7541 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) |
7542 | << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
7543 | } else if (const BlockPointerType *BPT = |
7544 | Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { |
7545 | FuncT = BPT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
7546 | } else { |
7547 | // Handle calls to expressions of unknown-any type. |
7548 | if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { |
7549 | ExprResult rewrite = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S&: *this, fn: Fn); |
7550 | if (rewrite.isInvalid()) |
7551 | return ExprError(); |
7552 | Fn = rewrite.get(); |
7553 | goto retry; |
7554 | } |
7555 | |
7556 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function) |
7557 | << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
7558 | } |
7559 | } |
7560 | |
7561 | // Get the number of parameters in the function prototype, if any. |
7562 | // We will allocate space for max(Args.size(), NumParams) arguments |
7563 | // in the call expression. |
7564 | const auto *Proto = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(Val: FuncT); |
7565 | unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams() : 0; |
7566 | |
7567 | CallExpr *TheCall; |
7568 | if (Config) { |
7569 | assert(UsesADL == ADLCallKind::NotADL && |
7570 | "CUDAKernelCallExpr should not use ADL" ); |
7571 | TheCall = CUDAKernelCallExpr::Create(Ctx: Context, Fn, Config: cast<CallExpr>(Val: Config), |
7572 | Args, Ty: ResultTy, VK: VK_PRValue, RP: RParenLoc, |
7573 | FPFeatures: CurFPFeatureOverrides(), MinNumArgs: NumParams); |
7574 | } else { |
7575 | TheCall = |
7576 | CallExpr::Create(Ctx: Context, Fn, Args, Ty: ResultTy, VK: VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, |
7577 | FPFeatures: CurFPFeatureOverrides(), MinNumArgs: NumParams, UsesADL); |
7578 | } |
7579 | |
7580 | if (!Context.isDependenceAllowed()) { |
7581 | // Forget about the nulled arguments since typo correction |
7582 | // do not handle them well. |
7583 | TheCall->shrinkNumArgs(NewNumArgs: Args.size()); |
7584 | // C cannot always handle TypoExpr nodes in builtin calls and direct |
7585 | // function calls as their argument checking don't necessarily handle |
7586 | // dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have been |
7587 | // dealt with. |
7588 | ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(TheCall); |
7589 | if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); |
7590 | CallExpr *TheOldCall = TheCall; |
7591 | TheCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Val: Result.get()); |
7592 | bool CorrectedTypos = TheCall != TheOldCall; |
7593 | if (!TheCall) return Result; |
7594 | Args = llvm::ArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()); |
7595 | |
7596 | // A new call expression node was created if some typos were corrected. |
7597 | // However it may not have been constructed with enough storage. In this |
7598 | // case, rebuild the node with enough storage. The waste of space is |
7599 | // immaterial since this only happens when some typos were corrected. |
7600 | if (CorrectedTypos && Args.size() < NumParams) { |
7601 | if (Config) |
7602 | TheCall = CUDAKernelCallExpr::Create( |
7603 | Ctx: Context, Fn, Config: cast<CallExpr>(Val: Config), Args, Ty: ResultTy, VK: VK_PRValue, |
7604 | RP: RParenLoc, FPFeatures: CurFPFeatureOverrides(), MinNumArgs: NumParams); |
7605 | else |
7606 | TheCall = |
7607 | CallExpr::Create(Ctx: Context, Fn, Args, Ty: ResultTy, VK: VK_PRValue, RParenLoc, |
7608 | FPFeatures: CurFPFeatureOverrides(), MinNumArgs: NumParams, UsesADL); |
7609 | } |
7610 | // We can now handle the nulled arguments for the default arguments. |
7611 | TheCall->setNumArgsUnsafe(std::max<unsigned>(a: Args.size(), b: NumParams)); |
7612 | } |
7613 | |
7614 | // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom type checking. |
7615 | if (BuiltinID && Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(ID: BuiltinID)) |
7616 | return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall); |
7617 | |
7618 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { |
7619 | if (Config) { |
7620 | // CUDA: Kernel calls must be to global functions |
7621 | if (FDecl && !FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) |
7622 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc,diag::err_kern_call_not_global_function) |
7623 | << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
7624 | |
7625 | // CUDA: Kernel function must have 'void' return type |
7626 | if (!FuncT->getReturnType()->isVoidType() && |
7627 | !FuncT->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>() && |
7628 | !FuncT->getReturnType()->isInstantiationDependentType()) |
7629 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return) |
7630 | << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
7631 | } else { |
7632 | // CUDA: Calls to global functions must be configured |
7633 | if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) |
7634 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_global_call_not_config) |
7635 | << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange()); |
7636 | } |
7637 | } |
7638 | |
7639 | // Check for a valid return type |
7640 | if (CheckCallReturnType(ReturnType: FuncT->getReturnType(), Loc: Fn->getBeginLoc(), CE: TheCall, |
7641 | FD: FDecl)) |
7642 | return ExprError(); |
7643 | |
7644 | // We know the result type of the call, set it. |
7645 | TheCall->setType(FuncT->getCallResultType(Context)); |
7646 | TheCall->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(T: FuncT->getReturnType())); |
7647 | |
7648 | // WebAssembly tables can't be used as arguments. |
7649 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWasm()) { |
7650 | for (const Expr *Arg : Args) { |
7651 | if (Arg && Arg->getType()->isWebAssemblyTableType()) { |
7652 | return ExprError(Diag(Arg->getExprLoc(), |
7653 | diag::err_wasm_table_as_function_parameter)); |
7654 | } |
7655 | } |
7656 | } |
7657 | |
7658 | if (Proto) { |
7659 | if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(Call: TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, RParenLoc, |
7660 | IsExecConfig)) |
7661 | return ExprError(); |
7662 | } else { |
7663 | assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!" ); |
7664 | |
7665 | if (FDecl) { |
7666 | // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based |
7667 | // on our knowledge of the function definition. |
7668 | const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr; |
7669 | if (FDecl->hasBody(Definition&: Def) && Args.size() != Def->param_size()) { |
7670 | Proto = Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
7671 | if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && Args.size() >= Def->param_size())) |
7672 | Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments) |
7673 | << (Args.size() > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange(); |
7674 | } |
7675 | |
7676 | // If the function we're calling isn't a function prototype, but we have |
7677 | // a function prototype from a prior declaratiom, use that prototype. |
7678 | if (!FDecl->hasPrototype()) |
7679 | Proto = FDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
7680 | } |
7681 | |
7682 | // If we still haven't found a prototype to use but there are arguments to |
7683 | // the call, diagnose this as calling a function without a prototype. |
7684 | // However, if we found a function declaration, check to see if |
7685 | // -Wdeprecated-non-prototype was disabled where the function was declared. |
7686 | // If so, we will silence the diagnostic here on the assumption that this |
7687 | // interface is intentional and the user knows what they're doing. We will |
7688 | // also silence the diagnostic if there is a function declaration but it |
7689 | // was implicitly defined (the user already gets diagnostics about the |
7690 | // creation of the implicit function declaration, so the additional warning |
7691 | // is not helpful). |
7692 | if (!Proto && !Args.empty() && |
7693 | (!FDecl || (!FDecl->isImplicit() && |
7694 | !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_strict_uses_without_prototype, |
7695 | FDecl->getLocation())))) |
7696 | Diag(LParenLoc, diag::warn_strict_uses_without_prototype) |
7697 | << (FDecl != nullptr) << FDecl; |
7698 | |
7699 | // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6). |
7700 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) { |
7701 | Expr *Arg = Args[i]; |
7702 | |
7703 | if (Proto && i < Proto->getNumParams()) { |
7704 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( |
7705 | Context, Type: Proto->getParamType(i), Consumed: Proto->isParamConsumed(I: i)); |
7706 | ExprResult ArgE = |
7707 | PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, EqualLoc: SourceLocation(), Init: Arg); |
7708 | if (ArgE.isInvalid()) |
7709 | return true; |
7710 | |
7711 | Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>(); |
7712 | |
7713 | } else { |
7714 | ExprResult ArgE = DefaultArgumentPromotion(E: Arg); |
7715 | |
7716 | if (ArgE.isInvalid()) |
7717 | return true; |
7718 | |
7719 | Arg = ArgE.getAs<Expr>(); |
7720 | } |
7721 | |
7722 | if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getBeginLoc(), Arg->getType(), |
7723 | diag::err_call_incomplete_argument, Arg)) |
7724 | return ExprError(); |
7725 | |
7726 | TheCall->setArg(Arg: i, ArgExpr: Arg); |
7727 | } |
7728 | TheCall->computeDependence(); |
7729 | } |
7730 | |
7731 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl)) |
7732 | if (Method->isImplicitObjectMemberFunction()) |
7733 | return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) |
7734 | << Fn->getSourceRange() << 0); |
7735 | |
7736 | // Check for sentinels |
7737 | if (NDecl) |
7738 | DiagnoseSentinelCalls(D: NDecl, Loc: LParenLoc, Args); |
7739 | |
7740 | // Warn for unions passing across security boundary (CMSE). |
7741 | if (FuncT != nullptr && FuncT->getCmseNSCallAttr()) { |
7742 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; i++) { |
7743 | if (const auto *RT = |
7744 | dyn_cast<RecordType>(Val: Args[i]->getType().getCanonicalType())) { |
7745 | if (RT->getDecl()->isOrContainsUnion()) |
7746 | Diag(Args[i]->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_cmse_nonsecure_union) |
7747 | << 0 << i; |
7748 | } |
7749 | } |
7750 | } |
7751 | |
7752 | // Do special checking on direct calls to functions. |
7753 | if (FDecl) { |
7754 | if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall, Proto)) |
7755 | return ExprError(); |
7756 | |
7757 | checkFortifiedBuiltinMemoryFunction(FD: FDecl, TheCall); |
7758 | |
7759 | if (BuiltinID) |
7760 | return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FDecl, BuiltinID, TheCall); |
7761 | } else if (NDecl) { |
7762 | if (CheckPointerCall(NDecl, TheCall, Proto)) |
7763 | return ExprError(); |
7764 | } else { |
7765 | if (CheckOtherCall(TheCall, Proto)) |
7766 | return ExprError(); |
7767 | } |
7768 | |
7769 | return CheckForImmediateInvocation(E: MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall), Decl: FDecl); |
7770 | } |
7771 | |
7772 | ExprResult |
7773 | Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty, |
7774 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *InitExpr) { |
7775 | assert(Ty && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type" ); |
7776 | assert(InitExpr && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression" ); |
7777 | |
7778 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
7779 | QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, TInfo: &TInfo); |
7780 | if (!TInfo) |
7781 | TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T: literalType); |
7782 | |
7783 | return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, LiteralExpr: InitExpr); |
7784 | } |
7785 | |
7786 | ExprResult |
7787 | Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
7788 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *LiteralExpr) { |
7789 | QualType literalType = TInfo->getType(); |
7790 | |
7791 | if (literalType->isArrayType()) { |
7792 | if (RequireCompleteSizedType( |
7793 | LParenLoc, Context.getBaseElementType(literalType), |
7794 | diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, |
7795 | SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()))) |
7796 | return ExprError(); |
7797 | if (literalType->isVariableArrayType()) { |
7798 | // C23 6.7.10p4: An entity of variable length array type shall not be |
7799 | // initialized except by an empty initializer. |
7800 | // |
7801 | // The C extension warnings are issued from ParseBraceInitializer() and |
7802 | // do not need to be issued here. However, we continue to issue an error |
7803 | // in the case there are initializers or we are compiling C++. We allow |
7804 | // use of VLAs in C++, but it's not clear we want to allow {} to zero |
7805 | // init a VLA in C++ in all cases (such as with non-trivial constructors). |
7806 | // FIXME: should we allow this construct in C++ when it makes sense to do |
7807 | // so? |
7808 | std::optional<unsigned> NumInits; |
7809 | if (const auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Val: LiteralExpr)) |
7810 | NumInits = ILE->getNumInits(); |
7811 | if ((LangOpts.CPlusPlus || NumInits.value_or(0)) && |
7812 | !tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(TInfo, literalType, LParenLoc, |
7813 | diag::err_variable_object_no_init)) |
7814 | return ExprError(); |
7815 | } |
7816 | } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() && |
7817 | RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType, |
7818 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type, |
7819 | SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()))) |
7820 | return ExprError(); |
7821 | |
7822 | InitializedEntity Entity |
7823 | = InitializedEntity::InitializeCompoundLiteralInit(TSI: TInfo); |
7824 | InitializationKind Kind |
7825 | = InitializationKind::CreateCStyleCast(StartLoc: LParenLoc, |
7826 | TypeRange: SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), |
7827 | /*InitList=*/true); |
7828 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, LiteralExpr); |
7829 | ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(S&: *this, Entity, Kind, Args: LiteralExpr, |
7830 | ResultType: &literalType); |
7831 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
7832 | return ExprError(); |
7833 | LiteralExpr = Result.get(); |
7834 | |
7835 | bool isFileScope = !CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod(); |
7836 | |
7837 | // In C, compound literals are l-values for some reason. |
7838 | // For GCC compatibility, in C++, file-scope array compound literals with |
7839 | // constant initializers are also l-values, and compound literals are |
7840 | // otherwise prvalues. |
7841 | // |
7842 | // (GCC also treats C++ list-initialized file-scope array prvalues with |
7843 | // constant initializers as l-values, but that's non-conforming, so we don't |
7844 | // follow it there.) |
7845 | // |
7846 | // FIXME: It would be better to handle the lvalue cases as materializing and |
7847 | // lifetime-extending a temporary object, but our materialized temporaries |
7848 | // representation only supports lifetime extension from a variable, not "out |
7849 | // of thin air". |
7850 | // FIXME: For C++, we might want to instead lifetime-extend only if a pointer |
7851 | // is bound to the result of applying array-to-pointer decay to the compound |
7852 | // literal. |
7853 | // FIXME: GCC supports compound literals of reference type, which should |
7854 | // obviously have a value kind derived from the kind of reference involved. |
7855 | ExprValueKind VK = |
7856 | (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !(isFileScope && literalType->isArrayType())) |
7857 | ? VK_PRValue |
7858 | : VK_LValue; |
7859 | |
7860 | if (isFileScope) |
7861 | if (auto ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Val: LiteralExpr)) |
7862 | for (unsigned i = 0, j = ILE->getNumInits(); i != j; i++) { |
7863 | Expr *Init = ILE->getInit(Init: i); |
7864 | ILE->setInit(i, ConstantExpr::Create(Context, E: Init)); |
7865 | } |
7866 | |
7867 | auto *E = new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType, |
7868 | VK, LiteralExpr, isFileScope); |
7869 | if (isFileScope) { |
7870 | if (!LiteralExpr->isTypeDependent() && |
7871 | !LiteralExpr->isValueDependent() && |
7872 | !literalType->isDependentType()) // C99 6.5.2.5p3 |
7873 | if (CheckForConstantInitializer(e: LiteralExpr, t: literalType)) |
7874 | return ExprError(); |
7875 | } else if (literalType.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private && |
7876 | literalType.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { |
7877 | // Embedded-C extensions to C99 6.5.2.5: |
7878 | // "If the compound literal occurs inside the body of a function, the |
7879 | // type name shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." |
7880 | Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_compound_literal_with_address_space) |
7881 | << SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()); |
7882 | return ExprError(); |
7883 | } |
7884 | |
7885 | if (!isFileScope && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
7886 | // Compound literals that have automatic storage duration are destroyed at |
7887 | // the end of the scope in C; in C++, they're just temporaries. |
7888 | |
7889 | // Emit diagnostics if it is or contains a C union type that is non-trivial |
7890 | // to destruct. |
7891 | if (E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion()) |
7892 | checkNonTrivialCUnion(QT: E->getType(), Loc: E->getExprLoc(), |
7893 | UseContext: NTCUC_CompoundLiteral, NonTrivialKind: NTCUK_Destruct); |
7894 | |
7895 | // Diagnose jumps that enter or exit the lifetime of the compound literal. |
7896 | if (literalType.isDestructedType()) { |
7897 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); |
7898 | ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(Elt: E); |
7899 | getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
7900 | } |
7901 | } |
7902 | |
7903 | if (E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || |
7904 | E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) |
7905 | checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(Init: E->getInitializer(), |
7906 | Loc: E->getInitializer()->getExprLoc()); |
7907 | |
7908 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(E); |
7909 | } |
7910 | |
7911 | ExprResult |
7912 | Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
7913 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { |
7914 | // Only produce each kind of designated initialization diagnostic once. |
7915 | SourceLocation FirstDesignator; |
7916 | bool DiagnosedArrayDesignator = false; |
7917 | bool DiagnosedNestedDesignator = false; |
7918 | bool DiagnosedMixedDesignator = false; |
7919 | |
7920 | // Check that any designated initializers are syntactically valid in the |
7921 | // current language mode. |
7922 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = InitArgList.size(); I != E; ++I) { |
7923 | if (auto *DIE = dyn_cast<DesignatedInitExpr>(Val: InitArgList[I])) { |
7924 | if (FirstDesignator.isInvalid()) |
7925 | FirstDesignator = DIE->getBeginLoc(); |
7926 | |
7927 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
7928 | break; |
7929 | |
7930 | if (!DiagnosedNestedDesignator && DIE->size() > 1) { |
7931 | DiagnosedNestedDesignator = true; |
7932 | Diag(DIE->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_nested) |
7933 | << DIE->getDesignatorsSourceRange(); |
7934 | } |
7935 | |
7936 | for (auto &Desig : DIE->designators()) { |
7937 | if (!Desig.isFieldDesignator() && !DiagnosedArrayDesignator) { |
7938 | DiagnosedArrayDesignator = true; |
7939 | Diag(Desig.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_array) |
7940 | << Desig.getSourceRange(); |
7941 | } |
7942 | } |
7943 | |
7944 | if (!DiagnosedMixedDesignator && |
7945 | !isa<DesignatedInitExpr>(Val: InitArgList[0])) { |
7946 | DiagnosedMixedDesignator = true; |
7947 | Diag(DIE->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_mixed) |
7948 | << DIE->getSourceRange(); |
7949 | Diag(InitArgList[0]->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_designated_init_mixed) |
7950 | << InitArgList[0]->getSourceRange(); |
7951 | } |
7952 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !DiagnosedMixedDesignator && |
7953 | isa<DesignatedInitExpr>(Val: InitArgList[0])) { |
7954 | DiagnosedMixedDesignator = true; |
7955 | auto *DIE = cast<DesignatedInitExpr>(Val: InitArgList[0]); |
7956 | Diag(DIE->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_designated_init_mixed) |
7957 | << DIE->getSourceRange(); |
7958 | Diag(InitArgList[I]->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_designated_init_mixed) |
7959 | << InitArgList[I]->getSourceRange(); |
7960 | } |
7961 | } |
7962 | |
7963 | if (FirstDesignator.isValid()) { |
7964 | // Only diagnose designated initiaization as a C++20 extension if we didn't |
7965 | // already diagnose use of (non-C++20) C99 designator syntax. |
7966 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !DiagnosedArrayDesignator && |
7967 | !DiagnosedNestedDesignator && !DiagnosedMixedDesignator) { |
7968 | Diag(FirstDesignator, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 |
7969 | ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_designated_init |
7970 | : diag::ext_cxx_designated_init); |
7971 | } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C99) { |
7972 | Diag(FirstDesignator, diag::ext_designated_init); |
7973 | } |
7974 | } |
7975 | |
7976 | return BuildInitList(LBraceLoc, InitArgList, RBraceLoc); |
7977 | } |
7978 | |
7979 | ExprResult |
7980 | Sema::BuildInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
7981 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { |
7982 | // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and |
7983 | // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being initialized. |
7984 | |
7985 | // Immediately handle non-overload placeholders. Overloads can be |
7986 | // resolved contextually, but everything else here can't. |
7987 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = InitArgList.size(); I != E; ++I) { |
7988 | if (InitArgList[I]->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { |
7989 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: InitArgList[I]); |
7990 | |
7991 | // Ignore failures; dropping the entire initializer list because |
7992 | // of one failure would be terrible for indexing/etc. |
7993 | if (result.isInvalid()) continue; |
7994 | |
7995 | InitArgList[I] = result.get(); |
7996 | } |
7997 | } |
7998 | |
7999 | InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitArgList, |
8000 | RBraceLoc); |
8001 | E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now. |
8002 | return E; |
8003 | } |
8004 | |
8005 | /// Do an explicit extend of the given block pointer if we're in ARC. |
8006 | void Sema::maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E) { |
8007 | assert(E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()); |
8008 | assert(E.get()->isPRValue()); |
8009 | |
8010 | // Only do this in an r-value context. |
8011 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) return; |
8012 | |
8013 | E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create( |
8014 | Context, T: E.get()->getType(), Kind: CK_ARCExtendBlockObject, Operand: E.get(), |
8015 | /*base path*/ BasePath: nullptr, Cat: VK_PRValue, FPO: FPOptionsOverride()); |
8016 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); |
8017 | } |
8018 | |
8019 | /// Prepare a conversion of the given expression to an ObjC object |
8020 | /// pointer type. |
8021 | CastKind Sema::PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E) { |
8022 | QualType type = E.get()->getType(); |
8023 | if (type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
8024 | return CK_BitCast; |
8025 | } else if (type->isBlockPointerType()) { |
8026 | maybeExtendBlockObject(E); |
8027 | return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; |
8028 | } else { |
8029 | assert(type->isPointerType()); |
8030 | return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; |
8031 | } |
8032 | } |
8033 | |
8034 | /// Prepares for a scalar cast, performing all the necessary stages |
8035 | /// except the final cast and returning the kind required. |
8036 | CastKind Sema::PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &Src, QualType DestTy) { |
8037 | // Both Src and Dest are scalar types, i.e. arithmetic or pointer. |
8038 | // Also, callers should have filtered out the invalid cases with |
8039 | // pointers. Everything else should be possible. |
8040 | |
8041 | QualType SrcTy = Src.get()->getType(); |
8042 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1: SrcTy, T2: DestTy)) |
8043 | return CK_NoOp; |
8044 | |
8045 | switch (Type::ScalarTypeKind SrcKind = SrcTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { |
8046 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: |
8047 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C" ); |
8048 | |
8049 | case Type::STK_CPointer: |
8050 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: |
8051 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: |
8052 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { |
8053 | case Type::STK_CPointer: { |
8054 | LangAS SrcAS = SrcTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); |
8055 | LangAS DestAS = DestTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); |
8056 | if (SrcAS != DestAS) |
8057 | return CK_AddressSpaceConversion; |
8058 | if (Context.hasCvrSimilarType(T1: SrcTy, T2: DestTy)) |
8059 | return CK_NoOp; |
8060 | return CK_BitCast; |
8061 | } |
8062 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: |
8063 | return (SrcKind == Type::STK_BlockPointer |
8064 | ? CK_BitCast : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast); |
8065 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: |
8066 | if (SrcKind == Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer) |
8067 | return CK_BitCast; |
8068 | if (SrcKind == Type::STK_CPointer) |
8069 | return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; |
8070 | maybeExtendBlockObject(E&: Src); |
8071 | return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; |
8072 | case Type::STK_Bool: |
8073 | return CK_PointerToBoolean; |
8074 | case Type::STK_Integral: |
8075 | return CK_PointerToIntegral; |
8076 | case Type::STK_Floating: |
8077 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: |
8078 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: |
8079 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: |
8080 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: |
8081 | llvm_unreachable("illegal cast from pointer" ); |
8082 | } |
8083 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this" ); |
8084 | |
8085 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: |
8086 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { |
8087 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: |
8088 | return CK_FixedPointCast; |
8089 | case Type::STK_Bool: |
8090 | return CK_FixedPointToBoolean; |
8091 | case Type::STK_Integral: |
8092 | return CK_FixedPointToIntegral; |
8093 | case Type::STK_Floating: |
8094 | return CK_FixedPointToFloating; |
8095 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: |
8096 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: |
8097 | Diag(Src.get()->getExprLoc(), |
8098 | diag::err_unimplemented_conversion_with_fixed_point_type) |
8099 | << DestTy; |
8100 | return CK_IntegralCast; |
8101 | case Type::STK_CPointer: |
8102 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: |
8103 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: |
8104 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: |
8105 | llvm_unreachable("illegal cast to pointer type" ); |
8106 | } |
8107 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this" ); |
8108 | |
8109 | case Type::STK_Bool: // casting from bool is like casting from an integer |
8110 | case Type::STK_Integral: |
8111 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { |
8112 | case Type::STK_CPointer: |
8113 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: |
8114 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: |
8115 | if (Src.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Ctx&: Context, |
8116 | NPC: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) |
8117 | return CK_NullToPointer; |
8118 | return CK_IntegralToPointer; |
8119 | case Type::STK_Bool: |
8120 | return CK_IntegralToBoolean; |
8121 | case Type::STK_Integral: |
8122 | return CK_IntegralCast; |
8123 | case Type::STK_Floating: |
8124 | return CK_IntegralToFloating; |
8125 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: |
8126 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(E: Src.get(), |
8127 | Type: DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), |
8128 | CK: CK_IntegralCast); |
8129 | return CK_IntegralRealToComplex; |
8130 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: |
8131 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(E: Src.get(), |
8132 | Type: DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), |
8133 | CK: CK_IntegralToFloating); |
8134 | return CK_FloatingRealToComplex; |
8135 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: |
8136 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C" ); |
8137 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: |
8138 | return CK_IntegralToFixedPoint; |
8139 | } |
8140 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this" ); |
8141 | |
8142 | case Type::STK_Floating: |
8143 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { |
8144 | case Type::STK_Floating: |
8145 | return CK_FloatingCast; |
8146 | case Type::STK_Bool: |
8147 | return CK_FloatingToBoolean; |
8148 | case Type::STK_Integral: |
8149 | return CK_FloatingToIntegral; |
8150 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: |
8151 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(E: Src.get(), |
8152 | Type: DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), |
8153 | CK: CK_FloatingCast); |
8154 | return CK_FloatingRealToComplex; |
8155 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: |
8156 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(E: Src.get(), |
8157 | Type: DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), |
8158 | CK: CK_FloatingToIntegral); |
8159 | return CK_IntegralRealToComplex; |
8160 | case Type::STK_CPointer: |
8161 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: |
8162 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: |
8163 | llvm_unreachable("valid float->pointer cast?" ); |
8164 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: |
8165 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C" ); |
8166 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: |
8167 | return CK_FloatingToFixedPoint; |
8168 | } |
8169 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this" ); |
8170 | |
8171 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: |
8172 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { |
8173 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: |
8174 | return CK_FloatingComplexCast; |
8175 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: |
8176 | return CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; |
8177 | case Type::STK_Floating: { |
8178 | QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); |
8179 | if (Context.hasSameType(T1: ET, T2: DestTy)) |
8180 | return CK_FloatingComplexToReal; |
8181 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(E: Src.get(), Type: ET, CK: CK_FloatingComplexToReal); |
8182 | return CK_FloatingCast; |
8183 | } |
8184 | case Type::STK_Bool: |
8185 | return CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean; |
8186 | case Type::STK_Integral: |
8187 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(E: Src.get(), |
8188 | Type: SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), |
8189 | CK: CK_FloatingComplexToReal); |
8190 | return CK_FloatingToIntegral; |
8191 | case Type::STK_CPointer: |
8192 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: |
8193 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: |
8194 | llvm_unreachable("valid complex float->pointer cast?" ); |
8195 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: |
8196 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C" ); |
8197 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: |
8198 | Diag(Src.get()->getExprLoc(), |
8199 | diag::err_unimplemented_conversion_with_fixed_point_type) |
8200 | << SrcTy; |
8201 | return CK_IntegralCast; |
8202 | } |
8203 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this" ); |
8204 | |
8205 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: |
8206 | switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) { |
8207 | case Type::STK_FloatingComplex: |
8208 | return CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; |
8209 | case Type::STK_IntegralComplex: |
8210 | return CK_IntegralComplexCast; |
8211 | case Type::STK_Integral: { |
8212 | QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); |
8213 | if (Context.hasSameType(T1: ET, T2: DestTy)) |
8214 | return CK_IntegralComplexToReal; |
8215 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(E: Src.get(), Type: ET, CK: CK_IntegralComplexToReal); |
8216 | return CK_IntegralCast; |
8217 | } |
8218 | case Type::STK_Bool: |
8219 | return CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean; |
8220 | case Type::STK_Floating: |
8221 | Src = ImpCastExprToType(E: Src.get(), |
8222 | Type: SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(), |
8223 | CK: CK_IntegralComplexToReal); |
8224 | return CK_IntegralToFloating; |
8225 | case Type::STK_CPointer: |
8226 | case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer: |
8227 | case Type::STK_BlockPointer: |
8228 | llvm_unreachable("valid complex int->pointer cast?" ); |
8229 | case Type::STK_MemberPointer: |
8230 | llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C" ); |
8231 | case Type::STK_FixedPoint: |
8232 | Diag(Src.get()->getExprLoc(), |
8233 | diag::err_unimplemented_conversion_with_fixed_point_type) |
8234 | << SrcTy; |
8235 | return CK_IntegralCast; |
8236 | } |
8237 | llvm_unreachable("Should have returned before this" ); |
8238 | } |
8239 | |
8240 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled scalar cast" ); |
8241 | } |
8242 | |
8243 | static bool breakDownVectorType(QualType type, uint64_t &len, |
8244 | QualType &eltType) { |
8245 | // Vectors are simple. |
8246 | if (const VectorType *vecType = type->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
8247 | len = vecType->getNumElements(); |
8248 | eltType = vecType->getElementType(); |
8249 | assert(eltType->isScalarType()); |
8250 | return true; |
8251 | } |
8252 | |
8253 | // We allow lax conversion to and from non-vector types, but only if |
8254 | // they're real types (i.e. non-complex, non-pointer scalar types). |
8255 | if (!type->isRealType()) return false; |
8256 | |
8257 | len = 1; |
8258 | eltType = type; |
8259 | return true; |
8260 | } |
8261 | |
8262 | /// Are the two types SVE-bitcast-compatible types? I.e. is bitcasting from the |
8263 | /// first SVE type (e.g. an SVE VLAT) to the second type (e.g. an SVE VLST) |
8264 | /// allowed? |
8265 | /// |
8266 | /// This will also return false if the two given types do not make sense from |
8267 | /// the perspective of SVE bitcasts. |
8268 | bool Sema::isValidSveBitcast(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) { |
8269 | assert(srcTy->isVectorType() || destTy->isVectorType()); |
8270 | |
8271 | auto ValidScalableConversion = [](QualType FirstType, QualType SecondType) { |
8272 | if (!FirstType->isSVESizelessBuiltinType()) |
8273 | return false; |
8274 | |
8275 | const auto *VecTy = SecondType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
8276 | return VecTy && VecTy->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::SveFixedLengthData; |
8277 | }; |
8278 | |
8279 | return ValidScalableConversion(srcTy, destTy) || |
8280 | ValidScalableConversion(destTy, srcTy); |
8281 | } |
8282 | |
8283 | /// Are the two types RVV-bitcast-compatible types? I.e. is bitcasting from the |
8284 | /// first RVV type (e.g. an RVV scalable type) to the second type (e.g. an RVV |
8285 | /// VLS type) allowed? |
8286 | /// |
8287 | /// This will also return false if the two given types do not make sense from |
8288 | /// the perspective of RVV bitcasts. |
8289 | bool Sema::isValidRVVBitcast(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) { |
8290 | assert(srcTy->isVectorType() || destTy->isVectorType()); |
8291 | |
8292 | auto ValidScalableConversion = [](QualType FirstType, QualType SecondType) { |
8293 | if (!FirstType->isRVVSizelessBuiltinType()) |
8294 | return false; |
8295 | |
8296 | const auto *VecTy = SecondType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
8297 | return VecTy && VecTy->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::RVVFixedLengthData; |
8298 | }; |
8299 | |
8300 | return ValidScalableConversion(srcTy, destTy) || |
8301 | ValidScalableConversion(destTy, srcTy); |
8302 | } |
8303 | |
8304 | /// Are the two types matrix types and do they have the same dimensions i.e. |
8305 | /// do they have the same number of rows and the same number of columns? |
8306 | bool Sema::areMatrixTypesOfTheSameDimension(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) { |
8307 | if (!destTy->isMatrixType() || !srcTy->isMatrixType()) |
8308 | return false; |
8309 | |
8310 | const ConstantMatrixType *matSrcType = srcTy->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>(); |
8311 | const ConstantMatrixType *matDestType = destTy->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>(); |
8312 | |
8313 | return matSrcType->getNumRows() == matDestType->getNumRows() && |
8314 | matSrcType->getNumColumns() == matDestType->getNumColumns(); |
8315 | } |
8316 | |
8317 | bool Sema::areVectorTypesSameSize(QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) { |
8318 | assert(DestTy->isVectorType() || SrcTy->isVectorType()); |
8319 | |
8320 | uint64_t SrcLen, DestLen; |
8321 | QualType SrcEltTy, DestEltTy; |
8322 | if (!breakDownVectorType(type: SrcTy, len&: SrcLen, eltType&: SrcEltTy)) |
8323 | return false; |
8324 | if (!breakDownVectorType(type: DestTy, len&: DestLen, eltType&: DestEltTy)) |
8325 | return false; |
8326 | |
8327 | // ASTContext::getTypeSize will return the size rounded up to a |
8328 | // power of 2, so instead of using that, we need to use the raw |
8329 | // element size multiplied by the element count. |
8330 | uint64_t SrcEltSize = Context.getTypeSize(T: SrcEltTy); |
8331 | uint64_t DestEltSize = Context.getTypeSize(T: DestEltTy); |
8332 | |
8333 | return (SrcLen * SrcEltSize == DestLen * DestEltSize); |
8334 | } |
8335 | |
8336 | // This returns true if at least one of the types is an altivec vector. |
8337 | bool Sema::anyAltivecTypes(QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) { |
8338 | assert((DestTy->isVectorType() || SrcTy->isVectorType()) && |
8339 | "expected at least one type to be a vector here" ); |
8340 | |
8341 | bool IsSrcTyAltivec = |
8342 | SrcTy->isVectorType() && ((SrcTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == |
8343 | VectorKind::AltiVecVector) || |
8344 | (SrcTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == |
8345 | VectorKind::AltiVecBool) || |
8346 | (SrcTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == |
8347 | VectorKind::AltiVecPixel)); |
8348 | |
8349 | bool IsDestTyAltivec = DestTy->isVectorType() && |
8350 | ((DestTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == |
8351 | VectorKind::AltiVecVector) || |
8352 | (DestTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == |
8353 | VectorKind::AltiVecBool) || |
8354 | (DestTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == |
8355 | VectorKind::AltiVecPixel)); |
8356 | |
8357 | return (IsSrcTyAltivec || IsDestTyAltivec); |
8358 | } |
8359 | |
8360 | /// Are the two types lax-compatible vector types? That is, given |
8361 | /// that one of them is a vector, do they have equal storage sizes, |
8362 | /// where the storage size is the number of elements times the element |
8363 | /// size? |
8364 | /// |
8365 | /// This will also return false if either of the types is neither a |
8366 | /// vector nor a real type. |
8367 | bool Sema::areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) { |
8368 | assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType()); |
8369 | |
8370 | // Disallow lax conversions between scalars and ExtVectors (these |
8371 | // conversions are allowed for other vector types because common headers |
8372 | // depend on them). Most scalar OP ExtVector cases are handled by the |
8373 | // splat path anyway, which does what we want (convert, not bitcast). |
8374 | // What this rules out for ExtVectors is crazy things like char4*float. |
8375 | if (srcTy->isScalarType() && destTy->isExtVectorType()) return false; |
8376 | if (destTy->isScalarType() && srcTy->isExtVectorType()) return false; |
8377 | |
8378 | return areVectorTypesSameSize(SrcTy: srcTy, DestTy: destTy); |
8379 | } |
8380 | |
8381 | /// Is this a legal conversion between two types, one of which is |
8382 | /// known to be a vector type? |
8383 | bool Sema::isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcTy, QualType destTy) { |
8384 | assert(destTy->isVectorType() || srcTy->isVectorType()); |
8385 | |
8386 | switch (Context.getLangOpts().getLaxVectorConversions()) { |
8387 | case LangOptions::LaxVectorConversionKind::None: |
8388 | return false; |
8389 | |
8390 | case LangOptions::LaxVectorConversionKind::Integer: |
8391 | if (!srcTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { |
8392 | auto *Vec = srcTy->getAs<VectorType>(); |
8393 | if (!Vec || !Vec->getElementType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) |
8394 | return false; |
8395 | } |
8396 | if (!destTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { |
8397 | auto *Vec = destTy->getAs<VectorType>(); |
8398 | if (!Vec || !Vec->getElementType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) |
8399 | return false; |
8400 | } |
8401 | // OK, integer (vector) -> integer (vector) bitcast. |
8402 | break; |
8403 | |
8404 | case LangOptions::LaxVectorConversionKind::All: |
8405 | break; |
8406 | } |
8407 | |
8408 | return areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(srcTy, destTy); |
8409 | } |
8410 | |
8411 | bool Sema::CheckMatrixCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy, |
8412 | CastKind &Kind) { |
8413 | if (SrcTy->isMatrixType() && DestTy->isMatrixType()) { |
8414 | if (!areMatrixTypesOfTheSameDimension(srcTy: SrcTy, destTy: DestTy)) { |
8415 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_matrixes) |
8416 | << DestTy << SrcTy << R; |
8417 | } |
8418 | } else if (SrcTy->isMatrixType()) { |
8419 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), |
8420 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_matrix_and_type) |
8421 | << SrcTy << DestTy << R; |
8422 | } else if (DestTy->isMatrixType()) { |
8423 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), |
8424 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_matrix_and_type) |
8425 | << DestTy << SrcTy << R; |
8426 | } |
8427 | |
8428 | Kind = CK_MatrixCast; |
8429 | return false; |
8430 | } |
8431 | |
8432 | bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, |
8433 | CastKind &Kind) { |
8434 | assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!" ); |
8435 | |
8436 | if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegralType(Ctx: Context)) { |
8437 | if (!areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(Ty, VectorTy)) |
8438 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), |
8439 | Ty->isVectorType() ? |
8440 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors : |
8441 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer) |
8442 | << VectorTy << Ty << R; |
8443 | } else |
8444 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), |
8445 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar) |
8446 | << VectorTy << Ty << R; |
8447 | |
8448 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
8449 | return false; |
8450 | } |
8451 | |
8452 | ExprResult Sema::prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr) { |
8453 | QualType DestElemTy = VectorTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(); |
8454 | |
8455 | if (DestElemTy == SplattedExpr->getType()) |
8456 | return SplattedExpr; |
8457 | |
8458 | assert(DestElemTy->isFloatingType() || |
8459 | DestElemTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()); |
8460 | |
8461 | CastKind CK; |
8462 | if (VectorTy->isExtVectorType() && SplattedExpr->getType()->isBooleanType()) { |
8463 | // OpenCL requires that we convert `true` boolean expressions to -1, but |
8464 | // only when splatting vectors. |
8465 | if (DestElemTy->isFloatingType()) { |
8466 | // To avoid having to have a CK_BooleanToSignedFloating cast kind, we cast |
8467 | // in two steps: boolean to signed integral, then to floating. |
8468 | ExprResult CastExprRes = ImpCastExprToType(E: SplattedExpr, Type: Context.IntTy, |
8469 | CK: CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral); |
8470 | SplattedExpr = CastExprRes.get(); |
8471 | CK = CK_IntegralToFloating; |
8472 | } else { |
8473 | CK = CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral; |
8474 | } |
8475 | } else { |
8476 | ExprResult CastExprRes = SplattedExpr; |
8477 | CK = PrepareScalarCast(Src&: CastExprRes, DestTy: DestElemTy); |
8478 | if (CastExprRes.isInvalid()) |
8479 | return ExprError(); |
8480 | SplattedExpr = CastExprRes.get(); |
8481 | } |
8482 | return ImpCastExprToType(E: SplattedExpr, Type: DestElemTy, CK); |
8483 | } |
8484 | |
8485 | ExprResult Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, |
8486 | Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &Kind) { |
8487 | assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!" ); |
8488 | |
8489 | QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType(); |
8490 | |
8491 | // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to |
8492 | // an ExtVectorType. |
8493 | // In OpenCL, casts between vectors of different types are not allowed. |
8494 | // (See OpenCL 6.2). |
8495 | if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) { |
8496 | if (!areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(srcTy: SrcTy, destTy: DestTy) || |
8497 | (getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
8498 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1: DestTy, T2: SrcTy))) { |
8499 | Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors) |
8500 | << DestTy << SrcTy << R; |
8501 | return ExprError(); |
8502 | } |
8503 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
8504 | return CastExpr; |
8505 | } |
8506 | |
8507 | // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate |
8508 | // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then |
8509 | // splat from elt type to vector. |
8510 | if (SrcTy->isPointerType()) |
8511 | return Diag(R.getBegin(), |
8512 | diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar) |
8513 | << DestTy << SrcTy << R; |
8514 | |
8515 | Kind = CK_VectorSplat; |
8516 | return prepareVectorSplat(VectorTy: DestTy, SplattedExpr: CastExpr); |
8517 | } |
8518 | |
8519 | ExprResult |
8520 | Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8521 | Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, |
8522 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr) { |
8523 | assert(!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != nullptr) && |
8524 | "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr" ); |
8525 | |
8526 | TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo = GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(D, FromTy: CastExpr->getType()); |
8527 | if (D.isInvalidType()) |
8528 | return ExprError(); |
8529 | |
8530 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
8531 | // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). |
8532 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
8533 | } else { |
8534 | // Make sure any TypoExprs have been dealt with. |
8535 | ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E: CastExpr); |
8536 | if (!Res.isUsable()) |
8537 | return ExprError(); |
8538 | CastExpr = Res.get(); |
8539 | } |
8540 | |
8541 | checkUnusedDeclAttributes(D); |
8542 | |
8543 | QualType castType = castTInfo->getType(); |
8544 | Ty = CreateParsedType(T: castType, TInfo: castTInfo); |
8545 | |
8546 | bool isVectorLiteral = false; |
8547 | |
8548 | // Check for an altivec or OpenCL literal, |
8549 | // i.e. all the elements are integer constants. |
8550 | ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(Val: CastExpr); |
8551 | ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Val: CastExpr); |
8552 | if ((getLangOpts().AltiVec || getLangOpts().ZVector || getLangOpts().OpenCL) |
8553 | && castType->isVectorType() && (PE || PLE)) { |
8554 | if (PLE && PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) { |
8555 | Diag(PLE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer); |
8556 | return ExprError(); |
8557 | } |
8558 | if (PE || PLE->getNumExprs() == 1) { |
8559 | Expr *E = (PE ? PE->getSubExpr() : PLE->getExpr(Init: 0)); |
8560 | if (!E->isTypeDependent() && !E->getType()->isVectorType()) |
8561 | isVectorLiteral = true; |
8562 | } |
8563 | else |
8564 | isVectorLiteral = true; |
8565 | } |
8566 | |
8567 | // If this is a vector initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')' |
8568 | // then handle it as such. |
8569 | if (isVectorLiteral) |
8570 | return BuildVectorLiteral(LParenLoc, RParenLoc, E: CastExpr, TInfo: castTInfo); |
8571 | |
8572 | // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially. |
8573 | // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a |
8574 | // sequence of BinOp comma operators. |
8575 | if (isa<ParenListExpr>(Val: CastExpr)) { |
8576 | ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, ME: CastExpr); |
8577 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
8578 | CastExpr = Result.get(); |
8579 | } |
8580 | |
8581 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !castType->isVoidType()) |
8582 | Diag(LParenLoc, diag::warn_old_style_cast) << CastExpr->getSourceRange(); |
8583 | |
8584 | CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(castType, castExpr: CastExpr); |
8585 | |
8586 | CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(castType, castExpr: CastExpr); |
8587 | |
8588 | DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(T: castType.getTypePtr(), E: CastExpr); |
8589 | |
8590 | return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, Ty: castTInfo, RParenLoc, Op: CastExpr); |
8591 | } |
8592 | |
8593 | ExprResult Sema::BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
8594 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, |
8595 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { |
8596 | assert((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) && |
8597 | "Expected paren or paren list expression" ); |
8598 | |
8599 | Expr **exprs; |
8600 | unsigned numExprs; |
8601 | Expr *subExpr; |
8602 | SourceLocation LiteralLParenLoc, LiteralRParenLoc; |
8603 | if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Val: E)) { |
8604 | LiteralLParenLoc = PE->getLParenLoc(); |
8605 | LiteralRParenLoc = PE->getRParenLoc(); |
8606 | exprs = PE->getExprs(); |
8607 | numExprs = PE->getNumExprs(); |
8608 | } else { // isa<ParenExpr> by assertion at function entrance |
8609 | LiteralLParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(Val: E)->getLParen(); |
8610 | LiteralRParenLoc = cast<ParenExpr>(Val: E)->getRParen(); |
8611 | subExpr = cast<ParenExpr>(Val: E)->getSubExpr(); |
8612 | exprs = &subExpr; |
8613 | numExprs = 1; |
8614 | } |
8615 | |
8616 | QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); |
8617 | assert(Ty->isVectorType() && "Expected vector type" ); |
8618 | |
8619 | SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs; |
8620 | const VectorType *VTy = Ty->castAs<VectorType>(); |
8621 | unsigned numElems = VTy->getNumElements(); |
8622 | |
8623 | // '(...)' form of vector initialization in AltiVec: the number of |
8624 | // initializers must be one or must match the size of the vector. |
8625 | // If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will be |
8626 | // replicated to all the components of the vector |
8627 | if (CheckAltivecInitFromScalar(R: E->getSourceRange(), VecTy: Ty, |
8628 | SrcTy: VTy->getElementType())) |
8629 | return ExprError(); |
8630 | if (ShouldSplatAltivecScalarInCast(VecTy: VTy)) { |
8631 | // The number of initializers must be one or must match the size of the |
8632 | // vector. If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will |
8633 | // be replicated to all the components of the vector |
8634 | if (numExprs == 1) { |
8635 | QualType ElemTy = VTy->getElementType(); |
8636 | ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(E: exprs[0]); |
8637 | if (Literal.isInvalid()) |
8638 | return ExprError(); |
8639 | Literal = ImpCastExprToType(E: Literal.get(), Type: ElemTy, |
8640 | CK: PrepareScalarCast(Src&: Literal, DestTy: ElemTy)); |
8641 | return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, Ty: TInfo, RParenLoc, Op: Literal.get()); |
8642 | } |
8643 | else if (numExprs < numElems) { |
8644 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), |
8645 | diag::err_incorrect_number_of_vector_initializers); |
8646 | return ExprError(); |
8647 | } |
8648 | else |
8649 | initExprs.append(in_start: exprs, in_end: exprs + numExprs); |
8650 | } |
8651 | else { |
8652 | // For OpenCL, when the number of initializers is a single value, |
8653 | // it will be replicated to all components of the vector. |
8654 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::Generic && |
8655 | numExprs == 1) { |
8656 | QualType ElemTy = VTy->getElementType(); |
8657 | ExprResult Literal = DefaultLvalueConversion(E: exprs[0]); |
8658 | if (Literal.isInvalid()) |
8659 | return ExprError(); |
8660 | Literal = ImpCastExprToType(E: Literal.get(), Type: ElemTy, |
8661 | CK: PrepareScalarCast(Src&: Literal, DestTy: ElemTy)); |
8662 | return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, Ty: TInfo, RParenLoc, Op: Literal.get()); |
8663 | } |
8664 | |
8665 | initExprs.append(in_start: exprs, in_end: exprs + numExprs); |
8666 | } |
8667 | // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly |
8668 | // braces instead of the original commas. |
8669 | InitListExpr *initE = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LiteralLParenLoc, |
8670 | initExprs, LiteralRParenLoc); |
8671 | initE->setType(Ty); |
8672 | return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, initE); |
8673 | } |
8674 | |
8675 | /// This is not an AltiVec-style cast or or C++ direct-initialization, so turn |
8676 | /// the ParenListExpr into a sequence of comma binary operators. |
8677 | ExprResult |
8678 | Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *OrigExpr) { |
8679 | ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Val: OrigExpr); |
8680 | if (!E) |
8681 | return OrigExpr; |
8682 | |
8683 | ExprResult Result(E->getExpr(Init: 0)); |
8684 | |
8685 | for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i) |
8686 | Result = ActOnBinOp(S, TokLoc: E->getExprLoc(), Kind: tok::comma, LHSExpr: Result.get(), |
8687 | RHSExpr: E->getExpr(Init: i)); |
8688 | |
8689 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
8690 | |
8691 | return ActOnParenExpr(L: E->getLParenLoc(), R: E->getRParenLoc(), E: Result.get()); |
8692 | } |
8693 | |
8694 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, |
8695 | SourceLocation R, |
8696 | MultiExprArg Val) { |
8697 | return ParenListExpr::Create(Ctx: Context, LParenLoc: L, Exprs: Val, RParenLoc: R); |
8698 | } |
8699 | |
8700 | /// Emit a specialized diagnostic when one expression is a null pointer |
8701 | /// constant and the other is not a pointer. Returns true if a diagnostic is |
8702 | /// emitted. |
8703 | bool Sema::DiagnoseConditionalForNull(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr, |
8704 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
8705 | const Expr *NullExpr = LHSExpr; |
8706 | const Expr *NonPointerExpr = RHSExpr; |
8707 | Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind = |
8708 | NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Ctx&: Context, |
8709 | NPC: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull); |
8710 | |
8711 | if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) { |
8712 | NullExpr = RHSExpr; |
8713 | NonPointerExpr = LHSExpr; |
8714 | NullKind = |
8715 | NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Ctx&: Context, |
8716 | NPC: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull); |
8717 | } |
8718 | |
8719 | if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) |
8720 | return false; |
8721 | |
8722 | if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression) |
8723 | return false; |
8724 | |
8725 | if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) { |
8726 | // In this case, check to make sure that we got here from a "NULL" |
8727 | // string in the source code. |
8728 | NullExpr = NullExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
8729 | SourceLocation loc = NullExpr->getExprLoc(); |
8730 | if (!findMacroSpelling(loc, name: "NULL" )) |
8731 | return false; |
8732 | } |
8733 | |
8734 | int DiagType = (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX11_nullptr); |
8735 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_null) |
8736 | << NonPointerExpr->getType() << DiagType |
8737 | << NonPointerExpr->getSourceRange(); |
8738 | return true; |
8739 | } |
8740 | |
8741 | /// Return false if the condition expression is valid, true otherwise. |
8742 | static bool checkCondition(Sema &S, const Expr *Cond, |
8743 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
8744 | QualType CondTy = Cond->getType(); |
8745 | |
8746 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i says the condition cannot be a floating point type. |
8747 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CondTy->isFloatingType()) { |
8748 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat) |
8749 | << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange(); |
8750 | return true; |
8751 | } |
8752 | |
8753 | // C99 6.5.15p2 |
8754 | if (CondTy->isScalarType()) return false; |
8755 | |
8756 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar) |
8757 | << CondTy << Cond->getSourceRange(); |
8758 | return true; |
8759 | } |
8760 | |
8761 | /// Return false if the NullExpr can be promoted to PointerTy, |
8762 | /// true otherwise. |
8763 | static bool checkConditionalNullPointer(Sema &S, ExprResult &NullExpr, |
8764 | QualType PointerTy) { |
8765 | if ((!PointerTy->isAnyPointerType() && !PointerTy->isBlockPointerType()) || |
8766 | !NullExpr.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Ctx&: S.Context, |
8767 | NPC: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) |
8768 | return true; |
8769 | |
8770 | NullExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: NullExpr.get(), Type: PointerTy, CK: CK_NullToPointer); |
8771 | return false; |
8772 | } |
8773 | |
8774 | /// Checks compatibility between two pointers and return the resulting |
8775 | /// type. |
8776 | static QualType checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
8777 | ExprResult &RHS, |
8778 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
8779 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
8780 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); |
8781 | |
8782 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(T1: LHSTy, T2: RHSTy)) { |
8783 | // Two identical pointers types are always compatible. |
8784 | return S.Context.getCommonSugaredType(X: LHSTy, Y: RHSTy); |
8785 | } |
8786 | |
8787 | QualType lhptee, rhptee; |
8788 | |
8789 | // Get the pointee types. |
8790 | bool IsBlockPointer = false; |
8791 | if (const BlockPointerType *LHSBTy = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { |
8792 | lhptee = LHSBTy->getPointeeType(); |
8793 | rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
8794 | IsBlockPointer = true; |
8795 | } else { |
8796 | lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
8797 | rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
8798 | } |
8799 | |
8800 | // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types or to |
8801 | // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is |
8802 | // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the composite |
8803 | // type. |
8804 | |
8805 | // Only CVR-qualifiers exist in the standard, and the differently-qualified |
8806 | // clause doesn't make sense for our extensions. E.g. address space 2 should |
8807 | // be incompatible with address space 3: they may live on different devices or |
8808 | // anything. |
8809 | Qualifiers lhQual = lhptee.getQualifiers(); |
8810 | Qualifiers rhQual = rhptee.getQualifiers(); |
8811 | |
8812 | LangAS ResultAddrSpace = LangAS::Default; |
8813 | LangAS LAddrSpace = lhQual.getAddressSpace(); |
8814 | LangAS RAddrSpace = rhQual.getAddressSpace(); |
8815 | |
8816 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5 - Conversion between pointers to distinct address |
8817 | // spaces is disallowed. |
8818 | if (lhQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other: rhQual)) |
8819 | ResultAddrSpace = LAddrSpace; |
8820 | else if (rhQual.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other: lhQual)) |
8821 | ResultAddrSpace = RAddrSpace; |
8822 | else { |
8823 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers) |
8824 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << 2 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
8825 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
8826 | return QualType(); |
8827 | } |
8828 | |
8829 | unsigned MergedCVRQual = lhQual.getCVRQualifiers() | rhQual.getCVRQualifiers(); |
8830 | auto LHSCastKind = CK_BitCast, RHSCastKind = CK_BitCast; |
8831 | lhQual.removeCVRQualifiers(); |
8832 | rhQual.removeCVRQualifiers(); |
8833 | |
8834 | // OpenCL v2.0 specification doesn't extend compatibility of type qualifiers |
8835 | // (C99 6.7.3) for address spaces. We assume that the check should behave in |
8836 | // the same manner as it's defined for CVR qualifiers, so for OpenCL two |
8837 | // qual types are compatible iff |
8838 | // * corresponded types are compatible |
8839 | // * CVR qualifiers are equal |
8840 | // * address spaces are equal |
8841 | // Thus for conditional operator we merge CVR and address space unqualified |
8842 | // pointees and if there is a composite type we return a pointer to it with |
8843 | // merged qualifiers. |
8844 | LHSCastKind = |
8845 | LAddrSpace == ResultAddrSpace ? CK_BitCast : CK_AddressSpaceConversion; |
8846 | RHSCastKind = |
8847 | RAddrSpace == ResultAddrSpace ? CK_BitCast : CK_AddressSpaceConversion; |
8848 | lhQual.removeAddressSpace(); |
8849 | rhQual.removeAddressSpace(); |
8850 | |
8851 | lhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(T: lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs: lhQual); |
8852 | rhptee = S.Context.getQualifiedType(T: rhptee.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs: rhQual); |
8853 | |
8854 | QualType CompositeTy = S.Context.mergeTypes( |
8855 | lhptee, rhptee, /*OfBlockPointer=*/false, /*Unqualified=*/false, |
8856 | /*BlockReturnType=*/false, /*IsConditionalOperator=*/true); |
8857 | |
8858 | if (CompositeTy.isNull()) { |
8859 | // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good |
8860 | // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick |
8861 | // to get a consistent AST. |
8862 | QualType incompatTy; |
8863 | incompatTy = S.Context.getPointerType( |
8864 | S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(T: S.Context.VoidTy, AddressSpace: ResultAddrSpace)); |
8865 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: incompatTy, CK: LHSCastKind); |
8866 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: incompatTy, CK: RHSCastKind); |
8867 | |
8868 | // FIXME: For OpenCL the warning emission and cast to void* leaves a room |
8869 | // for casts between types with incompatible address space qualifiers. |
8870 | // For the following code the compiler produces casts between global and |
8871 | // local address spaces of the corresponded innermost pointees: |
8872 | // local int *global *a; |
8873 | // global int *global *b; |
8874 | // a = (0 ? a : b); // see C99 6.5.16.1.p1. |
8875 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers) |
8876 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
8877 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
8878 | |
8879 | return incompatTy; |
8880 | } |
8881 | |
8882 | // The pointer types are compatible. |
8883 | // In case of OpenCL ResultTy should have the address space qualifier |
8884 | // which is a superset of address spaces of both the 2nd and the 3rd |
8885 | // operands of the conditional operator. |
8886 | QualType ResultTy = [&, ResultAddrSpace]() { |
8887 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
8888 | Qualifiers CompositeQuals = CompositeTy.getQualifiers(); |
8889 | CompositeQuals.setAddressSpace(ResultAddrSpace); |
8890 | return S.Context |
8891 | .getQualifiedType(T: CompositeTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs: CompositeQuals) |
8892 | .withCVRQualifiers(CVR: MergedCVRQual); |
8893 | } |
8894 | return CompositeTy.withCVRQualifiers(CVR: MergedCVRQual); |
8895 | }(); |
8896 | if (IsBlockPointer) |
8897 | ResultTy = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(T: ResultTy); |
8898 | else |
8899 | ResultTy = S.Context.getPointerType(T: ResultTy); |
8900 | |
8901 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: ResultTy, CK: LHSCastKind); |
8902 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: ResultTy, CK: RHSCastKind); |
8903 | return ResultTy; |
8904 | } |
8905 | |
8906 | /// Return the resulting type when the operands are both block pointers. |
8907 | static QualType checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, |
8908 | ExprResult &LHS, |
8909 | ExprResult &RHS, |
8910 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
8911 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
8912 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); |
8913 | |
8914 | if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) { |
8915 | if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) { |
8916 | QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy); |
8917 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: destType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
8918 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: destType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
8919 | return destType; |
8920 | } |
8921 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) |
8922 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
8923 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
8924 | return QualType(); |
8925 | } |
8926 | |
8927 | // We have 2 block pointer types. |
8928 | return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc); |
8929 | } |
8930 | |
8931 | /// Return the resulting type when the operands are both pointers. |
8932 | static QualType |
8933 | checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
8934 | ExprResult &RHS, |
8935 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
8936 | // get the pointer types |
8937 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
8938 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); |
8939 | |
8940 | // get the "pointed to" types |
8941 | QualType lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
8942 | QualType rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
8943 | |
8944 | // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6) |
8945 | if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { |
8946 | // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6) |
8947 | QualType destPointee |
8948 | = S.Context.getQualifiedType(T: lhptee, Qs: rhptee.getQualifiers()); |
8949 | QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(T: destPointee); |
8950 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. |
8951 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: destType, CK: CK_NoOp); |
8952 | // Promote to void*. |
8953 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: destType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
8954 | return destType; |
8955 | } |
8956 | if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) { |
8957 | QualType destPointee |
8958 | = S.Context.getQualifiedType(T: rhptee, Qs: lhptee.getQualifiers()); |
8959 | QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(T: destPointee); |
8960 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. |
8961 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: destType, CK: CK_NoOp); |
8962 | // Promote to void*. |
8963 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: destType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
8964 | return destType; |
8965 | } |
8966 | |
8967 | return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc); |
8968 | } |
8969 | |
8970 | /// Return false if the first expression is not an integer and the second |
8971 | /// expression is not a pointer, true otherwise. |
8972 | static bool checkPointerIntegerMismatch(Sema &S, ExprResult &Int, |
8973 | Expr* PointerExpr, SourceLocation Loc, |
8974 | bool IsIntFirstExpr) { |
8975 | if (!PointerExpr->getType()->isPointerType() || |
8976 | !Int.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
8977 | return false; |
8978 | |
8979 | Expr *Expr1 = IsIntFirstExpr ? Int.get() : PointerExpr; |
8980 | Expr *Expr2 = IsIntFirstExpr ? PointerExpr : Int.get(); |
8981 | |
8982 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch) |
8983 | << Expr1->getType() << Expr2->getType() |
8984 | << Expr1->getSourceRange() << Expr2->getSourceRange(); |
8985 | Int = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: Int.get(), Type: PointerExpr->getType(), |
8986 | CK: CK_IntegralToPointer); |
8987 | return true; |
8988 | } |
8989 | |
8990 | /// Simple conversion between integer and floating point types. |
8991 | /// |
8992 | /// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the |
8993 | /// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar. |
8994 | /// |
8995 | /// OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i and s6.11.6 together require that the scalar |
8996 | /// types are either integer or floating type. Between the two |
8997 | /// operands, the type with the higher rank is defined as the "result |
8998 | /// type". The other operand needs to be promoted to the same type. No |
8999 | /// other type promotion is allowed. We cannot use |
9000 | /// UsualArithmeticConversions() for this purpose, since it always |
9001 | /// promotes promotable types. |
9002 | static QualType OpenCLArithmeticConversions(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
9003 | ExprResult &RHS, |
9004 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
9005 | LHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: LHS.get()); |
9006 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
9007 | return QualType(); |
9008 | RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: RHS.get()); |
9009 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
9010 | return QualType(); |
9011 | |
9012 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. |
9013 | // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. |
9014 | QualType LHSType = |
9015 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(T: LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); |
9016 | QualType RHSType = |
9017 | S.Context.getCanonicalType(T: RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); |
9018 | |
9019 | if (!LHSType->isIntegerType() && !LHSType->isRealFloatingType()) { |
9020 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float) |
9021 | << LHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9022 | return QualType(); |
9023 | } |
9024 | |
9025 | if (!RHSType->isIntegerType() && !RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) { |
9026 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_int_float) |
9027 | << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9028 | return QualType(); |
9029 | } |
9030 | |
9031 | // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed. |
9032 | if (LHSType == RHSType) |
9033 | return LHSType; |
9034 | |
9035 | // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double). |
9036 | if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) |
9037 | return handleFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, |
9038 | /*IsCompAssign = */ false); |
9039 | |
9040 | // Finally, we have two differing integer types. |
9041 | return handleIntegerConversion<doIntegralCast, doIntegralCast> |
9042 | (S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, /*IsCompAssign = */ false); |
9043 | } |
9044 | |
9045 | /// Convert scalar operands to a vector that matches the |
9046 | /// condition in length. |
9047 | /// |
9048 | /// Used when handling the OpenCL conditional operator where the |
9049 | /// condition is a vector while the other operands are scalar. |
9050 | /// |
9051 | /// We first compute the "result type" for the scalar operands |
9052 | /// according to OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i. Both operands are then converted |
9053 | /// into a vector of that type where the length matches the condition |
9054 | /// vector type. s6.11.6 requires that the element types of the result |
9055 | /// and the condition must have the same number of bits. |
9056 | static QualType |
9057 | OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9058 | QualType CondTy, SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
9059 | QualType ResTy = OpenCLArithmeticConversions(S, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); |
9060 | if (ResTy.isNull()) return QualType(); |
9061 | |
9062 | const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>(); |
9063 | assert(CV); |
9064 | |
9065 | // Determine the vector result type |
9066 | unsigned NumElements = CV->getNumElements(); |
9067 | QualType VectorTy = S.Context.getExtVectorType(VectorType: ResTy, NumElts: NumElements); |
9068 | |
9069 | // Ensure that all types have the same number of bits |
9070 | if (S.Context.getTypeSize(T: CV->getElementType()) |
9071 | != S.Context.getTypeSize(T: ResTy)) { |
9072 | // Since VectorTy is created internally, it does not pretty print |
9073 | // with an OpenCL name. Instead, we just print a description. |
9074 | std::string EleTyName = ResTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString(); |
9075 | SmallString<64> Str; |
9076 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str); |
9077 | OS << "(vector of " << NumElements << " '" << EleTyName << "' values)" ; |
9078 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size) |
9079 | << CondTy << OS.str(); |
9080 | return QualType(); |
9081 | } |
9082 | |
9083 | // Convert operands to the vector result type |
9084 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: VectorTy, CK: CK_VectorSplat); |
9085 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: VectorTy, CK: CK_VectorSplat); |
9086 | |
9087 | return VectorTy; |
9088 | } |
9089 | |
9090 | /// Return false if this is a valid OpenCL condition vector |
9091 | static bool checkOpenCLConditionVector(Sema &S, Expr *Cond, |
9092 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
9093 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 says the elements of the vector must be of |
9094 | // integral type. |
9095 | const VectorType *CondTy = Cond->getType()->getAs<VectorType>(); |
9096 | assert(CondTy); |
9097 | QualType EleTy = CondTy->getElementType(); |
9098 | if (EleTy->isIntegerType()) return false; |
9099 | |
9100 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_nonfloat) |
9101 | << Cond->getType() << Cond->getSourceRange(); |
9102 | return true; |
9103 | } |
9104 | |
9105 | /// Return false if the vector condition type and the vector |
9106 | /// result type are compatible. |
9107 | /// |
9108 | /// OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6 requires that both vector types have the same |
9109 | /// number of elements, and their element types have the same number |
9110 | /// of bits. |
9111 | static bool checkVectorResult(Sema &S, QualType CondTy, QualType VecResTy, |
9112 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
9113 | const VectorType *CV = CondTy->getAs<VectorType>(); |
9114 | const VectorType *RV = VecResTy->getAs<VectorType>(); |
9115 | assert(CV && RV); |
9116 | |
9117 | if (CV->getNumElements() != RV->getNumElements()) { |
9118 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_size) |
9119 | << CondTy << VecResTy; |
9120 | return true; |
9121 | } |
9122 | |
9123 | QualType CVE = CV->getElementType(); |
9124 | QualType RVE = RV->getElementType(); |
9125 | |
9126 | if (S.Context.getTypeSize(T: CVE) != S.Context.getTypeSize(T: RVE)) { |
9127 | S.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size) |
9128 | << CondTy << VecResTy; |
9129 | return true; |
9130 | } |
9131 | |
9132 | return false; |
9133 | } |
9134 | |
9135 | /// Return the resulting type for the conditional operator in |
9136 | /// OpenCL (aka "ternary selection operator", OpenCL v1.1 |
9137 | /// s6.3.i) when the condition is a vector type. |
9138 | static QualType |
9139 | OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(Sema &S, ExprResult &Cond, |
9140 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9141 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
9142 | Cond = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: Cond.get()); |
9143 | if (Cond.isInvalid()) |
9144 | return QualType(); |
9145 | QualType CondTy = Cond.get()->getType(); |
9146 | |
9147 | if (checkOpenCLConditionVector(S, Cond: Cond.get(), QuestionLoc)) |
9148 | return QualType(); |
9149 | |
9150 | // If either operand is a vector then find the vector type of the |
9151 | // result as specified in OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.i. |
9152 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || |
9153 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
9154 | bool IsBoolVecLang = |
9155 | !S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && !S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus; |
9156 | QualType VecResTy = |
9157 | S.CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc: QuestionLoc, |
9158 | /*isCompAssign*/ IsCompAssign: false, |
9159 | /*AllowBothBool*/ true, |
9160 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ AllowBoolConversion: false, |
9161 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ AllowBoolOperation: IsBoolVecLang, |
9162 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); |
9163 | if (VecResTy.isNull()) |
9164 | return QualType(); |
9165 | // The result type must match the condition type as specified in |
9166 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.11.6. |
9167 | if (checkVectorResult(S, CondTy, VecResTy, QuestionLoc)) |
9168 | return QualType(); |
9169 | return VecResTy; |
9170 | } |
9171 | |
9172 | // Both operands are scalar. |
9173 | return OpenCLConvertScalarsToVectors(S, LHS, RHS, CondTy, QuestionLoc); |
9174 | } |
9175 | |
9176 | /// Return true if the Expr is block type |
9177 | static bool checkBlockType(Sema &S, const Expr *E) { |
9178 | if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Val: E)) { |
9179 | QualType Ty = CE->getCallee()->getType(); |
9180 | if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) { |
9181 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_ternary_with_block); |
9182 | return true; |
9183 | } |
9184 | } |
9185 | return false; |
9186 | } |
9187 | |
9188 | /// Note that LHS is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension. |
9189 | /// In that case, LHS = cond. |
9190 | /// C99 6.5.15 |
9191 | QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, |
9192 | ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, |
9193 | ExprObjectKind &OK, |
9194 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
9195 | |
9196 | ExprResult LHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: LHS.get()); |
9197 | if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType(); |
9198 | LHS = LHSResult; |
9199 | |
9200 | ExprResult RHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: RHS.get()); |
9201 | if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType(); |
9202 | RHS = RHSResult; |
9203 | |
9204 | // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker. |
9205 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
9206 | return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(cond&: Cond, lhs&: LHS, rhs&: RHS, VK, OK, questionLoc: QuestionLoc); |
9207 | |
9208 | VK = VK_PRValue; |
9209 | OK = OK_Ordinary; |
9210 | |
9211 | if (Context.isDependenceAllowed() && |
9212 | (Cond.get()->isTypeDependent() || LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || |
9213 | RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())) { |
9214 | assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus); |
9215 | assert((Cond.get()->containsErrors() || LHS.get()->containsErrors() || |
9216 | RHS.get()->containsErrors()) && |
9217 | "should only occur in error-recovery path." ); |
9218 | return Context.DependentTy; |
9219 | } |
9220 | |
9221 | // The OpenCL operator with a vector condition is sufficiently |
9222 | // different to merit its own checker. |
9223 | if ((getLangOpts().OpenCL && Cond.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) || |
9224 | Cond.get()->getType()->isExtVectorType()) |
9225 | return OpenCLCheckVectorConditional(S&: *this, Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); |
9226 | |
9227 | // First, check the condition. |
9228 | Cond = UsualUnaryConversions(E: Cond.get()); |
9229 | if (Cond.isInvalid()) |
9230 | return QualType(); |
9231 | if (checkCondition(S&: *this, Cond: Cond.get(), QuestionLoc)) |
9232 | return QualType(); |
9233 | |
9234 | // Handle vectors. |
9235 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || |
9236 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) |
9237 | return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc: QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/ IsCompAssign: false, |
9238 | /*AllowBothBool*/ true, |
9239 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ AllowBoolConversion: false, |
9240 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ AllowBoolOperation: false, |
9241 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); |
9242 | |
9243 | QualType ResTy = |
9244 | UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, Loc: QuestionLoc, ACK: ACK_Conditional); |
9245 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
9246 | return QualType(); |
9247 | |
9248 | // WebAssembly tables are not allowed as conditional LHS or RHS. |
9249 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
9250 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); |
9251 | if (LHSTy->isWebAssemblyTableType() || RHSTy->isWebAssemblyTableType()) { |
9252 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_wasm_table_conditional_expression) |
9253 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9254 | return QualType(); |
9255 | } |
9256 | |
9257 | // Diagnose attempts to convert between __ibm128, __float128 and long double |
9258 | // where such conversions currently can't be handled. |
9259 | if (unsupportedTypeConversion(S: *this, LHSType: LHSTy, RHSType: RHSTy)) { |
9260 | Diag(QuestionLoc, |
9261 | diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LHSTy << RHSTy |
9262 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9263 | return QualType(); |
9264 | } |
9265 | |
9266 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks cannot be used as expressions of the ternary |
9267 | // selection operator (?:). |
9268 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
9269 | ((int)checkBlockType(S&: *this, E: LHS.get()) | (int)checkBlockType(S&: *this, E: RHS.get()))) { |
9270 | return QualType(); |
9271 | } |
9272 | |
9273 | // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions |
9274 | // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5. |
9275 | if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) { |
9276 | // Disallow invalid arithmetic conversions, such as those between bit- |
9277 | // precise integers types of different sizes, or between a bit-precise |
9278 | // integer and another type. |
9279 | if (ResTy.isNull() && (LHSTy->isBitIntType() || RHSTy->isBitIntType())) { |
9280 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) |
9281 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
9282 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9283 | return QualType(); |
9284 | } |
9285 | |
9286 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: ResTy, CK: PrepareScalarCast(Src&: LHS, DestTy: ResTy)); |
9287 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: ResTy, CK: PrepareScalarCast(Src&: RHS, DestTy: ResTy)); |
9288 | |
9289 | return ResTy; |
9290 | } |
9291 | |
9292 | // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that |
9293 | // type. |
9294 | if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3 |
9295 | if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) |
9296 | if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl()) |
9297 | // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has |
9298 | // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped. |
9299 | return Context.getCommonSugaredType(X: LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType(), |
9300 | Y: RHSTy.getUnqualifiedType()); |
9301 | // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode. |
9302 | } |
9303 | |
9304 | // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type." |
9305 | // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism). |
9306 | if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) { |
9307 | QualType ResTy; |
9308 | if (LHSTy->isVoidType() && RHSTy->isVoidType()) { |
9309 | ResTy = Context.getCommonSugaredType(X: LHSTy, Y: RHSTy); |
9310 | } else if (RHSTy->isVoidType()) { |
9311 | ResTy = RHSTy; |
9312 | Diag(RHS.get()->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void) |
9313 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9314 | } else { |
9315 | ResTy = LHSTy; |
9316 | Diag(LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void) |
9317 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9318 | } |
9319 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: ResTy, CK: CK_ToVoid); |
9320 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: ResTy, CK: CK_ToVoid); |
9321 | return ResTy; |
9322 | } |
9323 | |
9324 | // C23 6.5.15p7: |
9325 | // ... if both the second and third operands have nullptr_t type, the |
9326 | // result also has that type. |
9327 | if (LHSTy->isNullPtrType() && Context.hasSameType(T1: LHSTy, T2: RHSTy)) |
9328 | return ResTy; |
9329 | |
9330 | // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has |
9331 | // the type of the other operand." |
9332 | if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(S&: *this, NullExpr&: RHS, PointerTy: LHSTy)) return LHSTy; |
9333 | if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(S&: *this, NullExpr&: LHS, PointerTy: RHSTy)) return RHSTy; |
9334 | |
9335 | // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here. |
9336 | QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, |
9337 | QuestionLoc); |
9338 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
9339 | return QualType(); |
9340 | if (!compositeType.isNull()) |
9341 | return compositeType; |
9342 | |
9343 | |
9344 | // Handle block pointer types. |
9345 | if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) |
9346 | return checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, |
9347 | Loc: QuestionLoc); |
9348 | |
9349 | // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6). |
9350 | if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) |
9351 | return checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, |
9352 | Loc: QuestionLoc); |
9353 | |
9354 | // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. Note that |
9355 | // null pointers have been filtered out by this point. |
9356 | if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(S&: *this, Int&: LHS, PointerExpr: RHS.get(), Loc: QuestionLoc, |
9357 | /*IsIntFirstExpr=*/true)) |
9358 | return RHSTy; |
9359 | if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(S&: *this, Int&: RHS, PointerExpr: LHS.get(), Loc: QuestionLoc, |
9360 | /*IsIntFirstExpr=*/false)) |
9361 | return LHSTy; |
9362 | |
9363 | // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer |
9364 | // constant and the other is not a pointer type. In this case, the user most |
9365 | // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. |
9366 | if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHSExpr: LHS.get(), RHSExpr: RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) |
9367 | return QualType(); |
9368 | |
9369 | // Finally, if the LHS and RHS types are canonically the same type, we can |
9370 | // use the common sugared type. |
9371 | if (Context.hasSameType(T1: LHSTy, T2: RHSTy)) |
9372 | return Context.getCommonSugaredType(X: LHSTy, Y: RHSTy); |
9373 | |
9374 | // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible. |
9375 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) |
9376 | << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
9377 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9378 | return QualType(); |
9379 | } |
9380 | |
9381 | /// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of |
9382 | /// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions. |
9383 | QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
9384 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { |
9385 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
9386 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); |
9387 | |
9388 | // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result |
9389 | // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the |
9390 | // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields. |
9391 | if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() && |
9392 | (Context.hasSameType(T1: RHSTy, T2: Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) { |
9393 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSTy, CK: CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); |
9394 | return LHSTy; |
9395 | } |
9396 | if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() && |
9397 | (Context.hasSameType(T1: LHSTy, T2: Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) { |
9398 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSTy, CK: CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); |
9399 | return RHSTy; |
9400 | } |
9401 | // And the same for struct objc_object* / id |
9402 | if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() && |
9403 | (Context.hasSameType(T1: RHSTy, T2: Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) { |
9404 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSTy, CK: CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); |
9405 | return LHSTy; |
9406 | } |
9407 | if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() && |
9408 | (Context.hasSameType(T1: LHSTy, T2: Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) { |
9409 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSTy, CK: CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); |
9410 | return RHSTy; |
9411 | } |
9412 | // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL |
9413 | if (Context.isObjCSelType(T: LHSTy) && |
9414 | (Context.hasSameType(T1: RHSTy, T2: Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) { |
9415 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSTy, CK: CK_BitCast); |
9416 | return LHSTy; |
9417 | } |
9418 | if (Context.isObjCSelType(T: RHSTy) && |
9419 | (Context.hasSameType(T1: LHSTy, T2: Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) { |
9420 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSTy, CK: CK_BitCast); |
9421 | return RHSTy; |
9422 | } |
9423 | // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types. |
9424 | if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
9425 | |
9426 | if (Context.getCanonicalType(T: LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(T: RHSTy)) { |
9427 | // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible. |
9428 | return LHSTy; |
9429 | } |
9430 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
9431 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
9432 | QualType compositeType = LHSTy; |
9433 | |
9434 | // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be |
9435 | // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite |
9436 | // type. This allows |
9437 | // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b |
9438 | // where B is a subclass of A. |
9439 | // |
9440 | // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id' |
9441 | // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are |
9442 | // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite |
9443 | // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to. |
9444 | |
9445 | // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'. |
9446 | // It could return the composite type. |
9447 | if (!(compositeType = |
9448 | Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull()) { |
9449 | // Nothing more to do. |
9450 | } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) { |
9451 | compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy; |
9452 | } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT: RHSOPT, RHSOPT: LHSOPT)) { |
9453 | compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy; |
9454 | } else if ((LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || |
9455 | RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) && |
9456 | Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHS: LHSOPT, RHS: RHSOPT, |
9457 | ForCompare: true)) { |
9458 | // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. |
9459 | // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to |
9460 | // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be |
9461 | // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible. |
9462 | compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType(); |
9463 | } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) { |
9464 | compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType(); |
9465 | } else { |
9466 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) |
9467 | << LHSTy << RHSTy |
9468 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9469 | QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType(); |
9470 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: incompatTy, CK: CK_BitCast); |
9471 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: incompatTy, CK: CK_BitCast); |
9472 | return incompatTy; |
9473 | } |
9474 | // The object pointer types are compatible. |
9475 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: compositeType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
9476 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: compositeType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
9477 | return compositeType; |
9478 | } |
9479 | // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *' |
9480 | if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
9481 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { |
9482 | // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *', |
9483 | // so these types are not compatible. |
9484 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy |
9485 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9486 | LHS = RHS = true; |
9487 | return QualType(); |
9488 | } |
9489 | QualType lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
9490 | QualType rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
9491 | QualType destPointee |
9492 | = Context.getQualifiedType(T: lhptee, Qs: rhptee.getQualifiers()); |
9493 | QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(T: destPointee); |
9494 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. |
9495 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: destType, CK: CK_NoOp); |
9496 | // Promote to void*. |
9497 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: destType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
9498 | return destType; |
9499 | } |
9500 | if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) { |
9501 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { |
9502 | // ARC forbids the implicit conversion of object pointers to 'void *', |
9503 | // so these types are not compatible. |
9504 | Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_cond_voidptr_arc) << LHSTy << RHSTy |
9505 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
9506 | LHS = RHS = true; |
9507 | return QualType(); |
9508 | } |
9509 | QualType lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
9510 | QualType rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
9511 | QualType destPointee |
9512 | = Context.getQualifiedType(T: rhptee, Qs: lhptee.getQualifiers()); |
9513 | QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(T: destPointee); |
9514 | // Add qualifiers if necessary. |
9515 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: destType, CK: CK_NoOp); |
9516 | // Promote to void*. |
9517 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: destType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
9518 | return destType; |
9519 | } |
9520 | return QualType(); |
9521 | } |
9522 | |
9523 | /// SuggestParentheses - Emit a note with a fixit hint that wraps |
9524 | /// ParenRange in parentheses. |
9525 | static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc, |
9526 | const PartialDiagnostic &Note, |
9527 | SourceRange ParenRange) { |
9528 | SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc: ParenRange.getEnd()); |
9529 | if (ParenRange.getBegin().isFileID() && ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() && |
9530 | EndLoc.isValid()) { |
9531 | Self.Diag(Loc, PD: Note) |
9532 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertionLoc: ParenRange.getBegin(), Code: "(" ) |
9533 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertionLoc: EndLoc, Code: ")" ); |
9534 | } else { |
9535 | // We can't display the parentheses, so just show the bare note. |
9536 | Self.Diag(Loc, PD: Note) << ParenRange; |
9537 | } |
9538 | } |
9539 | |
9540 | static bool IsArithmeticOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
9541 | return BinaryOperator::isAdditiveOp(Opc) || |
9542 | BinaryOperator::isMultiplicativeOp(Opc) || |
9543 | BinaryOperator::isShiftOp(Opc) || Opc == BO_And || Opc == BO_Or; |
9544 | // This only checks for bitwise-or and bitwise-and, but not bitwise-xor and |
9545 | // not any of the logical operators. Bitwise-xor is commonly used as a |
9546 | // logical-xor because there is no logical-xor operator. The logical |
9547 | // operators, including uses of xor, have a high false positive rate for |
9548 | // precedence warnings. |
9549 | } |
9550 | |
9551 | /// IsArithmeticBinaryExpr - Returns true if E is an arithmetic binary |
9552 | /// expression, either using a built-in or overloaded operator, |
9553 | /// and sets *OpCode to the opcode and *RHSExprs to the right-hand side |
9554 | /// expression. |
9555 | static bool IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(const Expr *E, BinaryOperatorKind *Opcode, |
9556 | const Expr **RHSExprs) { |
9557 | // Don't strip parenthesis: we should not warn if E is in parenthesis. |
9558 | E = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); |
9559 | E = E->IgnoreConversionOperatorSingleStep(); |
9560 | E = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); |
9561 | if (const auto *MTE = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(Val: E)) { |
9562 | E = MTE->getSubExpr(); |
9563 | E = E->IgnoreImpCasts(); |
9564 | } |
9565 | |
9566 | // Built-in binary operator. |
9567 | if (const auto *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: E); |
9568 | OP && IsArithmeticOp(Opc: OP->getOpcode())) { |
9569 | *Opcode = OP->getOpcode(); |
9570 | *RHSExprs = OP->getRHS(); |
9571 | return true; |
9572 | } |
9573 | |
9574 | // Overloaded operator. |
9575 | if (const auto *Call = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Val: E)) { |
9576 | if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2) |
9577 | return false; |
9578 | |
9579 | // Make sure this is really a binary operator that is safe to pass into |
9580 | // BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(), e.g. it's not a subscript op. |
9581 | OverloadedOperatorKind OO = Call->getOperator(); |
9582 | if (OO < OO_Plus || OO > OO_Arrow || |
9583 | OO == OO_PlusPlus || OO == OO_MinusMinus) |
9584 | return false; |
9585 | |
9586 | BinaryOperatorKind OpKind = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(OO); |
9587 | if (IsArithmeticOp(Opc: OpKind)) { |
9588 | *Opcode = OpKind; |
9589 | *RHSExprs = Call->getArg(1); |
9590 | return true; |
9591 | } |
9592 | } |
9593 | |
9594 | return false; |
9595 | } |
9596 | |
9597 | /// ExprLooksBoolean - Returns true if E looks boolean, i.e. it has boolean type |
9598 | /// or is a logical expression such as (x==y) which has int type, but is |
9599 | /// commonly interpreted as boolean. |
9600 | static bool ExprLooksBoolean(const Expr *E) { |
9601 | E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
9602 | |
9603 | if (E->getType()->isBooleanType()) |
9604 | return true; |
9605 | if (const auto *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: E)) |
9606 | return OP->isComparisonOp() || OP->isLogicalOp(); |
9607 | if (const auto *OP = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Val: E)) |
9608 | return OP->getOpcode() == UO_LNot; |
9609 | if (E->getType()->isPointerType()) |
9610 | return true; |
9611 | // FIXME: What about overloaded operator calls returning "unspecified boolean |
9612 | // type"s (commonly pointer-to-members)? |
9613 | |
9614 | return false; |
9615 | } |
9616 | |
9617 | /// DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence - Emit a warning when a conditional operator |
9618 | /// and binary operator are mixed in a way that suggests the programmer assumed |
9619 | /// the conditional operator has higher precedence, for example: |
9620 | /// "int x = a + someBinaryCondition ? 1 : 2". |
9621 | static void DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
9622 | Expr *Condition, const Expr *LHSExpr, |
9623 | const Expr *RHSExpr) { |
9624 | BinaryOperatorKind CondOpcode; |
9625 | const Expr *CondRHS; |
9626 | |
9627 | if (!IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(E: Condition, Opcode: &CondOpcode, RHSExprs: &CondRHS)) |
9628 | return; |
9629 | if (!ExprLooksBoolean(E: CondRHS)) |
9630 | return; |
9631 | |
9632 | // The condition is an arithmetic binary expression, with a right- |
9633 | // hand side that looks boolean, so warn. |
9634 | |
9635 | unsigned DiagID = BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(CondOpcode) |
9636 | ? diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_conditional |
9637 | : diag::warn_precedence_conditional; |
9638 | |
9639 | Self.Diag(Loc: OpLoc, DiagID) |
9640 | << Condition->getSourceRange() |
9641 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Op: CondOpcode); |
9642 | |
9643 | SuggestParentheses( |
9644 | Self, OpLoc, |
9645 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) |
9646 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode), |
9647 | SourceRange(Condition->getBeginLoc(), Condition->getEndLoc())); |
9648 | |
9649 | SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, |
9650 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_first), |
9651 | SourceRange(CondRHS->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc())); |
9652 | } |
9653 | |
9654 | /// Compute the nullability of a conditional expression. |
9655 | static QualType computeConditionalNullability(QualType ResTy, bool IsBin, |
9656 | QualType LHSTy, QualType RHSTy, |
9657 | ASTContext &Ctx) { |
9658 | if (!ResTy->isAnyPointerType()) |
9659 | return ResTy; |
9660 | |
9661 | auto GetNullability = [](QualType Ty) { |
9662 | std::optional<NullabilityKind> Kind = Ty->getNullability(); |
9663 | if (Kind) { |
9664 | // For our purposes, treat _Nullable_result as _Nullable. |
9665 | if (*Kind == NullabilityKind::NullableResult) |
9666 | return NullabilityKind::Nullable; |
9667 | return *Kind; |
9668 | } |
9669 | return NullabilityKind::Unspecified; |
9670 | }; |
9671 | |
9672 | auto LHSKind = GetNullability(LHSTy), RHSKind = GetNullability(RHSTy); |
9673 | NullabilityKind MergedKind; |
9674 | |
9675 | // Compute nullability of a binary conditional expression. |
9676 | if (IsBin) { |
9677 | if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull) |
9678 | MergedKind = NullabilityKind::NonNull; |
9679 | else |
9680 | MergedKind = RHSKind; |
9681 | // Compute nullability of a normal conditional expression. |
9682 | } else { |
9683 | if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::Nullable || |
9684 | RHSKind == NullabilityKind::Nullable) |
9685 | MergedKind = NullabilityKind::Nullable; |
9686 | else if (LHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull) |
9687 | MergedKind = RHSKind; |
9688 | else if (RHSKind == NullabilityKind::NonNull) |
9689 | MergedKind = LHSKind; |
9690 | else |
9691 | MergedKind = NullabilityKind::Unspecified; |
9692 | } |
9693 | |
9694 | // Return if ResTy already has the correct nullability. |
9695 | if (GetNullability(ResTy) == MergedKind) |
9696 | return ResTy; |
9697 | |
9698 | // Strip all nullability from ResTy. |
9699 | while (ResTy->getNullability()) |
9700 | ResTy = ResTy.getSingleStepDesugaredType(Context: Ctx); |
9701 | |
9702 | // Create a new AttributedType with the new nullability kind. |
9703 | auto NewAttr = AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(kind: MergedKind); |
9704 | return Ctx.getAttributedType(attrKind: NewAttr, modifiedType: ResTy, equivalentType: ResTy); |
9705 | } |
9706 | |
9707 | /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null |
9708 | /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. |
9709 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, |
9710 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
9711 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, |
9712 | Expr *RHSExpr) { |
9713 | if (!Context.isDependenceAllowed()) { |
9714 | // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes in the condition because it |
9715 | // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have |
9716 | // been dealt with before checking the operands. |
9717 | ExprResult CondResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E: CondExpr); |
9718 | ExprResult LHSResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E: LHSExpr); |
9719 | ExprResult RHSResult = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E: RHSExpr); |
9720 | |
9721 | if (!CondResult.isUsable()) |
9722 | return ExprError(); |
9723 | |
9724 | if (LHSExpr) { |
9725 | if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) |
9726 | return ExprError(); |
9727 | } |
9728 | |
9729 | if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) |
9730 | return ExprError(); |
9731 | |
9732 | CondExpr = CondResult.get(); |
9733 | LHSExpr = LHSResult.get(); |
9734 | RHSExpr = RHSResult.get(); |
9735 | } |
9736 | |
9737 | // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS |
9738 | // was the condition. |
9739 | OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue = nullptr; |
9740 | Expr *commonExpr = nullptr; |
9741 | if (!LHSExpr) { |
9742 | commonExpr = CondExpr; |
9743 | // Lower out placeholder types first. This is important so that we don't |
9744 | // try to capture a placeholder. This happens in few cases in C++; such |
9745 | // as Objective-C++'s dictionary subscripting syntax. |
9746 | if (commonExpr->hasPlaceholderType()) { |
9747 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: commonExpr); |
9748 | if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); |
9749 | commonExpr = result.get(); |
9750 | } |
9751 | // We usually want to apply unary conversions *before* saving, except |
9752 | // in the special case of a C++ l-value conditional. |
9753 | if (!(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
9754 | && !commonExpr->isTypeDependent() |
9755 | && commonExpr->getValueKind() == RHSExpr->getValueKind() |
9756 | && commonExpr->isGLValue() |
9757 | && commonExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() |
9758 | && RHSExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() |
9759 | && Context.hasSameType(T1: commonExpr->getType(), T2: RHSExpr->getType()))) { |
9760 | ExprResult commonRes = UsualUnaryConversions(E: commonExpr); |
9761 | if (commonRes.isInvalid()) |
9762 | return ExprError(); |
9763 | commonExpr = commonRes.get(); |
9764 | } |
9765 | |
9766 | // If the common expression is a class or array prvalue, materialize it |
9767 | // so that we can safely refer to it multiple times. |
9768 | if (commonExpr->isPRValue() && (commonExpr->getType()->isRecordType() || |
9769 | commonExpr->getType()->isArrayType())) { |
9770 | ExprResult MatExpr = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(E: commonExpr); |
9771 | if (MatExpr.isInvalid()) |
9772 | return ExprError(); |
9773 | commonExpr = MatExpr.get(); |
9774 | } |
9775 | |
9776 | opaqueValue = new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(commonExpr->getExprLoc(), |
9777 | commonExpr->getType(), |
9778 | commonExpr->getValueKind(), |
9779 | commonExpr->getObjectKind(), |
9780 | commonExpr); |
9781 | LHSExpr = CondExpr = opaqueValue; |
9782 | } |
9783 | |
9784 | QualType LHSTy = LHSExpr->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExpr->getType(); |
9785 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue; |
9786 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; |
9787 | ExprResult Cond = CondExpr, LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr; |
9788 | QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, |
9789 | VK, OK, QuestionLoc); |
9790 | if (result.isNull() || Cond.isInvalid() || LHS.isInvalid() || |
9791 | RHS.isInvalid()) |
9792 | return ExprError(); |
9793 | |
9794 | DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(Self&: *this, OpLoc: QuestionLoc, Condition: Cond.get(), LHSExpr: LHS.get(), |
9795 | RHSExpr: RHS.get()); |
9796 | |
9797 | CheckBoolLikeConversion(E: Cond.get(), CC: QuestionLoc); |
9798 | |
9799 | result = computeConditionalNullability(ResTy: result, IsBin: commonExpr, LHSTy, RHSTy, |
9800 | Ctx&: Context); |
9801 | |
9802 | if (!commonExpr) |
9803 | return new (Context) |
9804 | ConditionalOperator(Cond.get(), QuestionLoc, LHS.get(), ColonLoc, |
9805 | RHS.get(), result, VK, OK); |
9806 | |
9807 | return new (Context) BinaryConditionalOperator( |
9808 | commonExpr, opaqueValue, Cond.get(), LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, |
9809 | ColonLoc, result, VK, OK); |
9810 | } |
9811 | |
9812 | // Check that the SME attributes for PSTATE.ZA and PSTATE.SM are compatible. |
9813 | bool Sema::IsInvalidSMECallConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) { |
9814 | unsigned FromAttributes = 0, ToAttributes = 0; |
9815 | if (const auto *FromFn = |
9816 | dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Val: Context.getCanonicalType(T: FromType))) |
9817 | FromAttributes = |
9818 | FromFn->getAArch64SMEAttributes() & FunctionType::SME_AttributeMask; |
9819 | if (const auto *ToFn = |
9820 | dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Val: Context.getCanonicalType(T: ToType))) |
9821 | ToAttributes = |
9822 | ToFn->getAArch64SMEAttributes() & FunctionType::SME_AttributeMask; |
9823 | |
9824 | return FromAttributes != ToAttributes; |
9825 | } |
9826 | |
9827 | // Check if we have a conversion between incompatible cmse function pointer |
9828 | // types, that is, a conversion between a function pointer with the |
9829 | // cmse_nonsecure_call attribute and one without. |
9830 | static bool IsInvalidCmseNSCallConversion(Sema &S, QualType FromType, |
9831 | QualType ToType) { |
9832 | if (const auto *ToFn = |
9833 | dyn_cast<FunctionType>(Val: S.Context.getCanonicalType(T: ToType))) { |
9834 | if (const auto *FromFn = |
9835 | dyn_cast<FunctionType>(Val: S.Context.getCanonicalType(T: FromType))) { |
9836 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFn->getExtInfo(); |
9837 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFn->getExtInfo(); |
9838 | |
9839 | return ToEInfo.getCmseNSCall() != FromEInfo.getCmseNSCall(); |
9840 | } |
9841 | } |
9842 | return false; |
9843 | } |
9844 | |
9845 | // checkPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite |
9846 | // being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this |
9847 | // routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee. |
9848 | // This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3]. |
9849 | // FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment. |
9850 | static Sema::AssignConvertType |
9851 | checkPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType, |
9852 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
9853 | assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!" ); |
9854 | assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!" ); |
9855 | |
9856 | // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level) |
9857 | const Type *lhptee, *rhptee; |
9858 | Qualifiers lhq, rhq; |
9859 | std::tie(args&: lhptee, args&: lhq) = |
9860 | cast<PointerType>(Val&: LHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair(); |
9861 | std::tie(args&: rhptee, args&: rhq) = |
9862 | cast<PointerType>(Val&: RHSType)->getPointeeType().split().asPair(); |
9863 | |
9864 | Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible; |
9865 | |
9866 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints |
9867 | // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the |
9868 | // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right; |
9869 | |
9870 | // As a special case, 'non-__weak A *' -> 'non-__weak const *' is okay. |
9871 | if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime() && |
9872 | lhq.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(other: rhq)) { |
9873 | // Ignore lifetime for further calculation. |
9874 | lhq.removeObjCLifetime(); |
9875 | rhq.removeObjCLifetime(); |
9876 | } |
9877 | |
9878 | if (!lhq.compatiblyIncludes(other: rhq)) { |
9879 | // Treat address-space mismatches as fatal. |
9880 | if (!lhq.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other: rhq)) |
9881 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; |
9882 | |
9883 | // It's okay to add or remove GC or lifetime qualifiers when converting to |
9884 | // and from void*. |
9885 | else if (lhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime() |
9886 | .compatiblyIncludes( |
9887 | other: rhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCLifetime()) |
9888 | && (lhptee->isVoidType() || rhptee->isVoidType())) |
9889 | ; // keep old |
9890 | |
9891 | // Treat lifetime mismatches as fatal. |
9892 | else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) |
9893 | ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; |
9894 | |
9895 | // For GCC/MS compatibility, other qualifier mismatches are treated |
9896 | // as still compatible in C. |
9897 | else ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; |
9898 | } |
9899 | |
9900 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or |
9901 | // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified |
9902 | // version of void... |
9903 | if (lhptee->isVoidType()) { |
9904 | if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) |
9905 | return ConvTy; |
9906 | |
9907 | // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer. |
9908 | assert(rhptee->isFunctionType()); |
9909 | return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer; |
9910 | } |
9911 | |
9912 | if (rhptee->isVoidType()) { |
9913 | if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) |
9914 | return ConvTy; |
9915 | |
9916 | // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer. |
9917 | assert(lhptee->isFunctionType()); |
9918 | return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer; |
9919 | } |
9920 | |
9921 | if (!S.Diags.isIgnored( |
9922 | diag::warn_typecheck_convert_incompatible_function_pointer_strict, |
9923 | Loc) && |
9924 | RHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && LHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && |
9925 | !S.IsFunctionConversion(RHSType, LHSType, RHSType)) |
9926 | return Sema::IncompatibleFunctionPointerStrict; |
9927 | |
9928 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or |
9929 | // unqualified versions of compatible types, ... |
9930 | QualType ltrans = QualType(lhptee, 0), rtrans = QualType(rhptee, 0); |
9931 | if (!S.Context.typesAreCompatible(T1: ltrans, T2: rtrans)) { |
9932 | // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign. |
9933 | // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs |
9934 | // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned. |
9935 | if (lhptee->isCharType()) |
9936 | ltrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy; |
9937 | else if (lhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) |
9938 | ltrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(T: ltrans); |
9939 | |
9940 | if (rhptee->isCharType()) |
9941 | rtrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy; |
9942 | else if (rhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) |
9943 | rtrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(T: rtrans); |
9944 | |
9945 | if (ltrans == rtrans) { |
9946 | // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility |
9947 | // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign |
9948 | // warning can be disabled. |
9949 | if (ConvTy != Sema::Compatible) |
9950 | return ConvTy; |
9951 | |
9952 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign; |
9953 | } |
9954 | |
9955 | // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply |
9956 | // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If |
9957 | // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same |
9958 | // level of indirection, this must be the issue. |
9959 | if (isa<PointerType>(Val: lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(Val: rhptee)) { |
9960 | do { |
9961 | std::tie(args&: lhptee, args&: lhq) = |
9962 | cast<PointerType>(Val: lhptee)->getPointeeType().split().asPair(); |
9963 | std::tie(args&: rhptee, args&: rhq) = |
9964 | cast<PointerType>(Val: rhptee)->getPointeeType().split().asPair(); |
9965 | |
9966 | // Inconsistent address spaces at this point is invalid, even if the |
9967 | // address spaces would be compatible. |
9968 | // FIXME: This doesn't catch address space mismatches for pointers of |
9969 | // different nesting levels, like: |
9970 | // __local int *** a; |
9971 | // int ** b = a; |
9972 | // It's not clear how to actually determine when such pointers are |
9973 | // invalidly incompatible. |
9974 | if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) |
9975 | return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch; |
9976 | |
9977 | } while (isa<PointerType>(Val: lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(Val: rhptee)); |
9978 | |
9979 | if (lhptee == rhptee) |
9980 | return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers; |
9981 | } |
9982 | |
9983 | // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers. |
9984 | if (RHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && LHSType->isFunctionPointerType()) |
9985 | return Sema::IncompatibleFunctionPointer; |
9986 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; |
9987 | } |
9988 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
9989 | S.IsFunctionConversion(FromType: ltrans, ToType: rtrans, ResultTy&: ltrans)) |
9990 | return Sema::IncompatibleFunctionPointer; |
9991 | if (IsInvalidCmseNSCallConversion(S, FromType: ltrans, ToType: rtrans)) |
9992 | return Sema::IncompatibleFunctionPointer; |
9993 | if (S.IsInvalidSMECallConversion(FromType: rtrans, ToType: ltrans)) |
9994 | return Sema::IncompatibleFunctionPointer; |
9995 | return ConvTy; |
9996 | } |
9997 | |
9998 | /// checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two |
9999 | /// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer |
10000 | /// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer |
10001 | // types. |
10002 | static Sema::AssignConvertType |
10003 | checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, |
10004 | QualType RHSType) { |
10005 | assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!" ); |
10006 | assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!" ); |
10007 | |
10008 | QualType lhptee, rhptee; |
10009 | |
10010 | // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level) |
10011 | lhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(Val&: LHSType)->getPointeeType(); |
10012 | rhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(Val&: RHSType)->getPointeeType(); |
10013 | |
10014 | // In C++, the types have to match exactly. |
10015 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
10016 | return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer; |
10017 | |
10018 | Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible; |
10019 | |
10020 | // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical. |
10021 | Qualifiers LQuals = lhptee.getLocalQualifiers(); |
10022 | Qualifiers RQuals = rhptee.getLocalQualifiers(); |
10023 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
10024 | LQuals.removeAddressSpace(); |
10025 | RQuals.removeAddressSpace(); |
10026 | } |
10027 | if (LQuals != RQuals) |
10028 | ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; |
10029 | |
10030 | // FIXME: OpenCL doesn't define the exact compile time semantics for a block |
10031 | // assignment. |
10032 | // The current behavior is similar to C++ lambdas. A block might be |
10033 | // assigned to a variable iff its return type and parameters are compatible |
10034 | // (C99 6.2.7) with the corresponding return type and parameters of the LHS of |
10035 | // an assignment. Presumably it should behave in way that a function pointer |
10036 | // assignment does in C, so for each parameter and return type: |
10037 | // * CVR and address space of LHS should be a superset of CVR and address |
10038 | // space of RHS. |
10039 | // * unqualified types should be compatible. |
10040 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
10041 | if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible( |
10042 | S.Context.getQualifiedType(T: LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs: LQuals), |
10043 | S.Context.getQualifiedType(T: RHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs: RQuals))) |
10044 | return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer; |
10045 | } else if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) |
10046 | return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer; |
10047 | |
10048 | return ConvTy; |
10049 | } |
10050 | |
10051 | /// checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types |
10052 | /// for assignment compatibility. |
10053 | static Sema::AssignConvertType |
10054 | checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, |
10055 | QualType RHSType) { |
10056 | assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS was not canonicalized!" ); |
10057 | assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS was not canonicalized!" ); |
10058 | |
10059 | if (LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) { |
10060 | // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers. |
10061 | if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && !RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() && |
10062 | !RHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) |
10063 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; |
10064 | return Sema::Compatible; |
10065 | } |
10066 | if (RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) { |
10067 | if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && !LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() && |
10068 | !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) |
10069 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; |
10070 | return Sema::Compatible; |
10071 | } |
10072 | QualType lhptee = LHSType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
10073 | QualType rhptee = RHSType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
10074 | |
10075 | if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(other: rhptee) && |
10076 | // make an exception for id<P> |
10077 | !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) |
10078 | return Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers; |
10079 | |
10080 | if (S.Context.typesAreCompatible(T1: LHSType, T2: RHSType)) |
10081 | return Sema::Compatible; |
10082 | if (LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) |
10083 | return Sema::IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId; |
10084 | return Sema::IncompatiblePointer; |
10085 | } |
10086 | |
10087 | Sema::AssignConvertType |
10088 | Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, |
10089 | QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) { |
10090 | // Fake up an opaque expression. We don't actually care about what |
10091 | // cast operations are required, so if CheckAssignmentConstraints |
10092 | // adds casts to this they'll be wasted, but fortunately that doesn't |
10093 | // usually happen on valid code. |
10094 | OpaqueValueExpr RHSExpr(Loc, RHSType, VK_PRValue); |
10095 | ExprResult RHSPtr = &RHSExpr; |
10096 | CastKind K; |
10097 | |
10098 | return CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS&: RHSPtr, Kind&: K, /*ConvertRHS=*/false); |
10099 | } |
10100 | |
10101 | /// This helper function returns true if QT is a vector type that has element |
10102 | /// type ElementType. |
10103 | static bool isVector(QualType QT, QualType ElementType) { |
10104 | if (const VectorType *VT = QT->getAs<VectorType>()) |
10105 | return VT->getElementType().getCanonicalType() == ElementType; |
10106 | return false; |
10107 | } |
10108 | |
10109 | /// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently |
10110 | /// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking |
10111 | /// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings: |
10112 | /// |
10113 | /// int a, *pint; |
10114 | /// short *pshort; |
10115 | /// struct foo *pfoo; |
10116 | /// |
10117 | /// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type |
10118 | /// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast |
10119 | /// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast |
10120 | /// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type |
10121 | /// |
10122 | /// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the |
10123 | /// C99 spec dictates. |
10124 | /// |
10125 | /// Sets 'Kind' for any result kind except Incompatible. |
10126 | Sema::AssignConvertType |
10127 | Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, |
10128 | CastKind &Kind, bool ConvertRHS) { |
10129 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); |
10130 | QualType OrigLHSType = LHSType; |
10131 | |
10132 | // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing |
10133 | // them. |
10134 | LHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(T: LHSType).getUnqualifiedType(); |
10135 | RHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(T: RHSType).getUnqualifiedType(); |
10136 | |
10137 | // Common case: no conversion required. |
10138 | if (LHSType == RHSType) { |
10139 | Kind = CK_NoOp; |
10140 | return Compatible; |
10141 | } |
10142 | |
10143 | // If the LHS has an __auto_type, there are no additional type constraints |
10144 | // to be worried about. |
10145 | if (const auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(Val&: LHSType)) { |
10146 | if (AT->isGNUAutoType()) { |
10147 | Kind = CK_NoOp; |
10148 | return Compatible; |
10149 | } |
10150 | } |
10151 | |
10152 | // If we have an atomic type, try a non-atomic assignment, then just add an |
10153 | // atomic qualification step. |
10154 | if (const AtomicType *AtomicTy = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(Val&: LHSType)) { |
10155 | Sema::AssignConvertType result = |
10156 | CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType: AtomicTy->getValueType(), RHS, Kind); |
10157 | if (result != Compatible) |
10158 | return result; |
10159 | if (Kind != CK_NoOp && ConvertRHS) |
10160 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: AtomicTy->getValueType(), CK: Kind); |
10161 | Kind = CK_NonAtomicToAtomic; |
10162 | return Compatible; |
10163 | } |
10164 | |
10165 | // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a |
10166 | // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C, |
10167 | // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case, |
10168 | // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the |
10169 | // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting |
10170 | // LHSType so that the resulting expression does not have reference |
10171 | // type. |
10172 | if (const ReferenceType *LHSTypeRef = LHSType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { |
10173 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(T1: LHSTypeRef->getPointeeType(), T2: RHSType)) { |
10174 | Kind = CK_LValueBitCast; |
10175 | return Compatible; |
10176 | } |
10177 | return Incompatible; |
10178 | } |
10179 | |
10180 | // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type |
10181 | // to the same ExtVector type. |
10182 | if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) { |
10183 | if (RHSType->isExtVectorType()) |
10184 | return Incompatible; |
10185 | if (RHSType->isArithmeticType()) { |
10186 | // CK_VectorSplat does T -> vector T, so first cast to the element type. |
10187 | if (ConvertRHS) |
10188 | RHS = prepareVectorSplat(VectorTy: LHSType, SplattedExpr: RHS.get()); |
10189 | Kind = CK_VectorSplat; |
10190 | return Compatible; |
10191 | } |
10192 | } |
10193 | |
10194 | // Conversions to or from vector type. |
10195 | if (LHSType->isVectorType() || RHSType->isVectorType()) { |
10196 | if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) { |
10197 | // Allow assignments of an AltiVec vector type to an equivalent GCC |
10198 | // vector type and vice versa |
10199 | if (Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FirstVec: LHSType, SecondVec: RHSType)) { |
10200 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10201 | return Compatible; |
10202 | } |
10203 | |
10204 | // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both |
10205 | // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast; |
10206 | // no bits are changed but the result type is different. |
10207 | if (isLaxVectorConversion(srcTy: RHSType, destTy: LHSType)) { |
10208 | // The default for lax vector conversions with Altivec vectors will |
10209 | // change, so if we are converting between vector types where |
10210 | // at least one is an Altivec vector, emit a warning. |
10211 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC() && |
10212 | anyAltivecTypes(RHSType, LHSType) && |
10213 | !Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(RHSType, LHSType)) |
10214 | Diag(RHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_lax_vec_conv_all) |
10215 | << RHSType << LHSType; |
10216 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10217 | return IncompatibleVectors; |
10218 | } |
10219 | } |
10220 | |
10221 | // When the RHS comes from another lax conversion (e.g. binops between |
10222 | // scalars and vectors) the result is canonicalized as a vector. When the |
10223 | // LHS is also a vector, the lax is allowed by the condition above. Handle |
10224 | // the case where LHS is a scalar. |
10225 | if (LHSType->isScalarType()) { |
10226 | const VectorType *VecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
10227 | if (VecType && VecType->getNumElements() == 1 && |
10228 | isLaxVectorConversion(srcTy: RHSType, destTy: LHSType)) { |
10229 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC() && |
10230 | (VecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::AltiVecVector || |
10231 | VecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::AltiVecBool || |
10232 | VecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::AltiVecPixel)) |
10233 | Diag(RHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_lax_vec_conv_all) |
10234 | << RHSType << LHSType; |
10235 | ExprResult *VecExpr = &RHS; |
10236 | *VecExpr = ImpCastExprToType(E: VecExpr->get(), Type: LHSType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
10237 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10238 | return Compatible; |
10239 | } |
10240 | } |
10241 | |
10242 | // Allow assignments between fixed-length and sizeless SVE vectors. |
10243 | if ((LHSType->isSVESizelessBuiltinType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) || |
10244 | (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isSVESizelessBuiltinType())) |
10245 | if (Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(FirstType: LHSType, SecondType: RHSType) || |
10246 | Context.areLaxCompatibleSveTypes(FirstType: LHSType, SecondType: RHSType)) { |
10247 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10248 | return Compatible; |
10249 | } |
10250 | |
10251 | // Allow assignments between fixed-length and sizeless RVV vectors. |
10252 | if ((LHSType->isRVVSizelessBuiltinType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) || |
10253 | (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isRVVSizelessBuiltinType())) { |
10254 | if (Context.areCompatibleRVVTypes(FirstType: LHSType, SecondType: RHSType) || |
10255 | Context.areLaxCompatibleRVVTypes(FirstType: LHSType, SecondType: RHSType)) { |
10256 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10257 | return Compatible; |
10258 | } |
10259 | } |
10260 | |
10261 | return Incompatible; |
10262 | } |
10263 | |
10264 | // Diagnose attempts to convert between __ibm128, __float128 and long double |
10265 | // where such conversions currently can't be handled. |
10266 | if (unsupportedTypeConversion(S: *this, LHSType, RHSType)) |
10267 | return Incompatible; |
10268 | |
10269 | // Disallow assigning a _Complex to a real type in C++ mode since it simply |
10270 | // discards the imaginary part. |
10271 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && RHSType->getAs<ComplexType>() && |
10272 | !LHSType->getAs<ComplexType>()) |
10273 | return Incompatible; |
10274 | |
10275 | // Arithmetic conversions. |
10276 | if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType() && |
10277 | !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHSType->isEnumeralType())) { |
10278 | if (ConvertRHS) |
10279 | Kind = PrepareScalarCast(Src&: RHS, DestTy: LHSType); |
10280 | return Compatible; |
10281 | } |
10282 | |
10283 | // Conversions to normal pointers. |
10284 | if (const PointerType *LHSPointer = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Val&: LHSType)) { |
10285 | // U* -> T* |
10286 | if (isa<PointerType>(Val: RHSType)) { |
10287 | LangAS AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); |
10288 | LangAS AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); |
10289 | if (AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR) |
10290 | Kind = CK_AddressSpaceConversion; |
10291 | else if (Context.hasCvrSimilarType(T1: RHSType, T2: LHSType)) |
10292 | Kind = CK_NoOp; |
10293 | else |
10294 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10295 | return checkPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType, |
10296 | RHS.get()->getBeginLoc()); |
10297 | } |
10298 | |
10299 | // int -> T* |
10300 | if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) { |
10301 | Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null? |
10302 | return IntToPointer; |
10303 | } |
10304 | |
10305 | // C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers, |
10306 | // with two exceptions: |
10307 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(Val: RHSType)) { |
10308 | // - conversions to void* |
10309 | if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { |
10310 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10311 | return Compatible; |
10312 | } |
10313 | |
10314 | // - conversions from 'Class' to the redefinition type |
10315 | if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && |
10316 | Context.hasSameType(T1: LHSType, |
10317 | T2: Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) { |
10318 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10319 | return Compatible; |
10320 | } |
10321 | |
10322 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10323 | return IncompatiblePointer; |
10324 | } |
10325 | |
10326 | // U^ -> void* |
10327 | if (RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) { |
10328 | if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { |
10329 | LangAS AddrSpaceL = LHSPointer->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace(); |
10330 | LangAS AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() |
10331 | ->getPointeeType() |
10332 | .getAddressSpace(); |
10333 | Kind = |
10334 | AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast; |
10335 | return Compatible; |
10336 | } |
10337 | } |
10338 | |
10339 | return Incompatible; |
10340 | } |
10341 | |
10342 | // Conversions to block pointers. |
10343 | if (isa<BlockPointerType>(Val: LHSType)) { |
10344 | // U^ -> T^ |
10345 | if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { |
10346 | LangAS AddrSpaceL = LHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() |
10347 | ->getPointeeType() |
10348 | .getAddressSpace(); |
10349 | LangAS AddrSpaceR = RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() |
10350 | ->getPointeeType() |
10351 | .getAddressSpace(); |
10352 | Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast; |
10353 | return checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(S&: *this, LHSType, RHSType); |
10354 | } |
10355 | |
10356 | // int or null -> T^ |
10357 | if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) { |
10358 | Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null |
10359 | return IntToBlockPointer; |
10360 | } |
10361 | |
10362 | // id -> T^ |
10363 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC && RHSType->isObjCIdType()) { |
10364 | Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast; |
10365 | return Compatible; |
10366 | } |
10367 | |
10368 | // void* -> T^ |
10369 | if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) |
10370 | if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { |
10371 | Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast; |
10372 | return Compatible; |
10373 | } |
10374 | |
10375 | return Incompatible; |
10376 | } |
10377 | |
10378 | // Conversions to Objective-C pointers. |
10379 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(Val: LHSType)) { |
10380 | // A* -> B* |
10381 | if (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
10382 | Kind = CK_BitCast; |
10383 | Sema::AssignConvertType result = |
10384 | checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(S&: *this, LHSType, RHSType); |
10385 | if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && |
10386 | result == Compatible && |
10387 | !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(castType: OrigLHSType, ExprType: RHSType)) |
10388 | result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef; |
10389 | return result; |
10390 | } |
10391 | |
10392 | // int or null -> A* |
10393 | if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) { |
10394 | Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null |
10395 | return IntToPointer; |
10396 | } |
10397 | |
10398 | // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers, |
10399 | // with two exceptions: |
10400 | if (isa<PointerType>(Val: RHSType)) { |
10401 | Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast; |
10402 | |
10403 | // - conversions from 'void*' |
10404 | if (RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) { |
10405 | return Compatible; |
10406 | } |
10407 | |
10408 | // - conversions to 'Class' from its redefinition type |
10409 | if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && |
10410 | Context.hasSameType(T1: RHSType, |
10411 | T2: Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) { |
10412 | return Compatible; |
10413 | } |
10414 | |
10415 | return IncompatiblePointer; |
10416 | } |
10417 | |
10418 | // Only under strict condition T^ is compatible with an Objective-C pointer. |
10419 | if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType() && |
10420 | LHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ctx&: Context)) { |
10421 | if (ConvertRHS) |
10422 | maybeExtendBlockObject(E&: RHS); |
10423 | Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast; |
10424 | return Compatible; |
10425 | } |
10426 | |
10427 | return Incompatible; |
10428 | } |
10429 | |
10430 | // Conversion to nullptr_t (C23 only) |
10431 | if (getLangOpts().C23 && LHSType->isNullPtrType() && |
10432 | RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Ctx&: Context, |
10433 | NPC: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
10434 | // null -> nullptr_t |
10435 | Kind = CK_NullToPointer; |
10436 | return Compatible; |
10437 | } |
10438 | |
10439 | // Conversions from pointers that are not covered by the above. |
10440 | if (isa<PointerType>(Val: RHSType)) { |
10441 | // T* -> _Bool |
10442 | if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) { |
10443 | Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean; |
10444 | return Compatible; |
10445 | } |
10446 | |
10447 | // T* -> int |
10448 | if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) { |
10449 | Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral; |
10450 | return PointerToInt; |
10451 | } |
10452 | |
10453 | return Incompatible; |
10454 | } |
10455 | |
10456 | // Conversions from Objective-C pointers that are not covered by the above. |
10457 | if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(Val: RHSType)) { |
10458 | // T* -> _Bool |
10459 | if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) { |
10460 | Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean; |
10461 | return Compatible; |
10462 | } |
10463 | |
10464 | // T* -> int |
10465 | if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) { |
10466 | Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral; |
10467 | return PointerToInt; |
10468 | } |
10469 | |
10470 | return Incompatible; |
10471 | } |
10472 | |
10473 | // struct A -> struct B |
10474 | if (isa<TagType>(Val: LHSType) && isa<TagType>(Val: RHSType)) { |
10475 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(T1: LHSType, T2: RHSType)) { |
10476 | Kind = CK_NoOp; |
10477 | return Compatible; |
10478 | } |
10479 | } |
10480 | |
10481 | if (LHSType->isSamplerT() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) { |
10482 | Kind = CK_IntToOCLSampler; |
10483 | return Compatible; |
10484 | } |
10485 | |
10486 | return Incompatible; |
10487 | } |
10488 | |
10489 | /// Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is |
10490 | /// used to initialize the transparent union. |
10491 | static void ConstructTransparentUnion(Sema &S, ASTContext &C, |
10492 | ExprResult &EResult, QualType UnionType, |
10493 | FieldDecl *Field) { |
10494 | // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member |
10495 | // of the transparent union. |
10496 | Expr *E = EResult.get(); |
10497 | InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(), |
10498 | E, SourceLocation()); |
10499 | Initializer->setType(UnionType); |
10500 | Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field); |
10501 | |
10502 | // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent |
10503 | // union type from this initializer list. |
10504 | TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T: UnionType); |
10505 | EResult = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType, |
10506 | VK_PRValue, Initializer, false); |
10507 | } |
10508 | |
10509 | Sema::AssignConvertType |
10510 | Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, |
10511 | ExprResult &RHS) { |
10512 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); |
10513 | |
10514 | // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential |
10515 | // transparent_union GCC extension. |
10516 | const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType(); |
10517 | if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) |
10518 | return Incompatible; |
10519 | |
10520 | // The field to initialize within the transparent union. |
10521 | RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); |
10522 | FieldDecl *InitField = nullptr; |
10523 | // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields. |
10524 | for (auto *it : UD->fields()) { |
10525 | if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) { |
10526 | // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow: |
10527 | // 1) void pointer |
10528 | // 2) null pointer constant |
10529 | if (RHSType->isPointerType()) |
10530 | if (RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) { |
10531 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), CK_BitCast); |
10532 | InitField = it; |
10533 | break; |
10534 | } |
10535 | |
10536 | if (RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, |
10537 | Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
10538 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), |
10539 | CK_NullToPointer); |
10540 | InitField = it; |
10541 | break; |
10542 | } |
10543 | } |
10544 | |
10545 | CastKind Kind; |
10546 | if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), RHS, Kind) |
10547 | == Compatible) { |
10548 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), it->getType(), Kind); |
10549 | InitField = it; |
10550 | break; |
10551 | } |
10552 | } |
10553 | |
10554 | if (!InitField) |
10555 | return Incompatible; |
10556 | |
10557 | ConstructTransparentUnion(S&: *this, C&: Context, EResult&: RHS, UnionType: ArgType, Field: InitField); |
10558 | return Compatible; |
10559 | } |
10560 | |
10561 | Sema::AssignConvertType |
10562 | Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &CallerRHS, |
10563 | bool Diagnose, |
10564 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited, |
10565 | bool ConvertRHS) { |
10566 | // We need to be able to tell the caller whether we diagnosed a problem, if |
10567 | // they ask us to issue diagnostics. |
10568 | assert((ConvertRHS || !Diagnose) && "can't indicate whether we diagnosed" ); |
10569 | |
10570 | // If ConvertRHS is false, we want to leave the caller's RHS untouched. Sadly, |
10571 | // we can't avoid *all* modifications at the moment, so we need some somewhere |
10572 | // to put the updated value. |
10573 | ExprResult LocalRHS = CallerRHS; |
10574 | ExprResult &RHS = ConvertRHS ? CallerRHS : LocalRHS; |
10575 | |
10576 | if (const auto *LHSPtrType = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
10577 | if (const auto *RHSPtrType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
10578 | if (RHSPtrType->getPointeeType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref) && |
10579 | !LHSPtrType->getPointeeType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref)) { |
10580 | Diag(RHS.get()->getExprLoc(), |
10581 | diag::warn_noderef_to_dereferenceable_pointer) |
10582 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
10583 | } |
10584 | } |
10585 | } |
10586 | |
10587 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
10588 | if (!LHSType->isRecordType() && !LHSType->isAtomicType()) { |
10589 | // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the |
10590 | // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the |
10591 | // cv-unqualified type of the left operand. |
10592 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); |
10593 | if (Diagnose) { |
10594 | RHS = PerformImplicitConversion(From: RHS.get(), ToType: LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), |
10595 | Action: AA_Assigning); |
10596 | } else { |
10597 | ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = |
10598 | TryImplicitConversion(From: RHS.get(), ToType: LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), |
10599 | /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false, |
10600 | AllowExplicit: AllowedExplicit::None, |
10601 | /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, |
10602 | /*CStyle=*/false, |
10603 | /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false); |
10604 | if (ICS.isFailure()) |
10605 | return Incompatible; |
10606 | RHS = PerformImplicitConversion(From: RHS.get(), ToType: LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(), |
10607 | ICS, Action: AA_Assigning); |
10608 | } |
10609 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
10610 | return Incompatible; |
10611 | Sema::AssignConvertType result = Compatible; |
10612 | if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && |
10613 | !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(castType: LHSType, ExprType: RHSType)) |
10614 | result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef; |
10615 | return result; |
10616 | } |
10617 | |
10618 | // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C |
10619 | // structures. |
10620 | // FIXME: We also fall through for atomics; not sure what should |
10621 | // happen there, though. |
10622 | } else if (RHS.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) { |
10623 | // As a set of extensions to C, we support overloading on functions. These |
10624 | // functions need to be resolved here. |
10625 | DeclAccessPair DAP; |
10626 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction( |
10627 | AddressOfExpr: RHS.get(), TargetType: LHSType, /*Complain=*/false, Found&: DAP)) |
10628 | RHS = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(E: RHS.get(), FoundDecl: DAP, Fn: FD); |
10629 | else |
10630 | return Incompatible; |
10631 | } |
10632 | |
10633 | // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper |
10634 | // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all |
10635 | // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary |
10636 | // expressions that suppress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof). This needs |
10637 | // to happen before we check for null pointer conversions because C does not |
10638 | // undergo the same implicit conversions as C++ does above (by the calls to |
10639 | // TryImplicitConversion() and PerformImplicitConversion()) which insert the |
10640 | // lvalue to rvalue cast before checking for null pointer constraints. This |
10641 | // addresses code like: nullptr_t val; int *ptr; ptr = val; |
10642 | // |
10643 | // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5. |
10644 | if (!LHSType->isReferenceType()) { |
10645 | // FIXME: We potentially allocate here even if ConvertRHS is false. |
10646 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: RHS.get(), Diagnose); |
10647 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
10648 | return Incompatible; |
10649 | } |
10650 | |
10651 | // The constraints are expressed in terms of the atomic, qualified, or |
10652 | // unqualified type of the LHS. |
10653 | QualType LHSTypeAfterConversion = LHSType.getAtomicUnqualifiedType(); |
10654 | |
10655 | // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is |
10656 | // a null pointer constant <C23>or its type is nullptr_t;</C23>. |
10657 | if ((LHSTypeAfterConversion->isPointerType() || |
10658 | LHSTypeAfterConversion->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
10659 | LHSTypeAfterConversion->isBlockPointerType()) && |
10660 | ((getLangOpts().C23 && RHS.get()->getType()->isNullPtrType()) || |
10661 | RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Ctx&: Context, |
10662 | NPC: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))) { |
10663 | if (Diagnose || ConvertRHS) { |
10664 | CastKind Kind; |
10665 | CXXCastPath Path; |
10666 | CheckPointerConversion(From: RHS.get(), ToType: LHSType, Kind, BasePath&: Path, |
10667 | /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false, Diagnose); |
10668 | if (ConvertRHS) |
10669 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, CK: Kind, VK: VK_PRValue, BasePath: &Path); |
10670 | } |
10671 | return Compatible; |
10672 | } |
10673 | // C23 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand has type atomic, qualified, or |
10674 | // unqualified bool, and the right operand is a pointer or its type is |
10675 | // nullptr_t. |
10676 | if (getLangOpts().C23 && LHSType->isBooleanType() && |
10677 | RHS.get()->getType()->isNullPtrType()) { |
10678 | // NB: T* -> _Bool is handled in CheckAssignmentConstraints, this only |
10679 | // only handles nullptr -> _Bool due to needing an extra conversion |
10680 | // step. |
10681 | // We model this by converting from nullptr -> void * and then let the |
10682 | // conversion from void * -> _Bool happen naturally. |
10683 | if (Diagnose || ConvertRHS) { |
10684 | CastKind Kind; |
10685 | CXXCastPath Path; |
10686 | CheckPointerConversion(From: RHS.get(), ToType: Context.VoidPtrTy, Kind, BasePath&: Path, |
10687 | /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false, Diagnose); |
10688 | if (ConvertRHS) |
10689 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: Context.VoidPtrTy, CK: Kind, VK: VK_PRValue, |
10690 | BasePath: &Path); |
10691 | } |
10692 | } |
10693 | |
10694 | // OpenCL queue_t type assignment. |
10695 | if (LHSType->isQueueT() && RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant( |
10696 | Ctx&: Context, NPC: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
10697 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, CK: CK_NullToPointer); |
10698 | return Compatible; |
10699 | } |
10700 | |
10701 | CastKind Kind; |
10702 | Sema::AssignConvertType result = |
10703 | CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS, Kind, ConvertRHS); |
10704 | |
10705 | // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the |
10706 | // type of the assignment expression. |
10707 | // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference, |
10708 | // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C. |
10709 | // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression |
10710 | // does not have reference type. |
10711 | if (result != Incompatible && RHS.get()->getType() != LHSType) { |
10712 | QualType Ty = LHSType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
10713 | Expr *E = RHS.get(); |
10714 | |
10715 | // Check for various Objective-C errors. If we are not reporting |
10716 | // diagnostics and just checking for errors, e.g., during overload |
10717 | // resolution, return Incompatible to indicate the failure. |
10718 | if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && |
10719 | CheckObjCConversion(castRange: SourceRange(), castType: Ty, op&: E, CCK: CCK_ImplicitConversion, |
10720 | Diagnose, DiagnoseCFAudited) != ACR_okay) { |
10721 | if (!Diagnose) |
10722 | return Incompatible; |
10723 | } |
10724 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC && |
10725 | (CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(Loc: E->getBeginLoc(), DestType: LHSType, |
10726 | SrcType: E->getType(), SrcExpr&: E, Diagnose) || |
10727 | CheckConversionToObjCLiteral(DstType: LHSType, SrcExpr&: E, Diagnose))) { |
10728 | if (!Diagnose) |
10729 | return Incompatible; |
10730 | // Replace the expression with a corrected version and continue so we |
10731 | // can find further errors. |
10732 | RHS = E; |
10733 | return Compatible; |
10734 | } |
10735 | |
10736 | if (ConvertRHS) |
10737 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, Type: Ty, CK: Kind); |
10738 | } |
10739 | |
10740 | return result; |
10741 | } |
10742 | |
10743 | namespace { |
10744 | /// The original operand to an operator, prior to the application of the usual |
10745 | /// arithmetic conversions and converting the arguments of a builtin operator |
10746 | /// candidate. |
10747 | struct OriginalOperand { |
10748 | explicit OriginalOperand(Expr *Op) : Orig(Op), Conversion(nullptr) { |
10749 | if (auto *MTE = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(Val: Op)) |
10750 | Op = MTE->getSubExpr(); |
10751 | if (auto *BTE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Val: Op)) |
10752 | Op = BTE->getSubExpr(); |
10753 | if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Val: Op)) { |
10754 | Orig = ICE->getSubExprAsWritten(); |
10755 | Conversion = ICE->getConversionFunction(); |
10756 | } |
10757 | } |
10758 | |
10759 | QualType getType() const { return Orig->getType(); } |
10760 | |
10761 | Expr *Orig; |
10762 | NamedDecl *Conversion; |
10763 | }; |
10764 | } |
10765 | |
10766 | QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
10767 | ExprResult &RHS) { |
10768 | OriginalOperand OrigLHS(LHS.get()), OrigRHS(RHS.get()); |
10769 | |
10770 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands) |
10771 | << OrigLHS.getType() << OrigRHS.getType() |
10772 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
10773 | |
10774 | // If a user-defined conversion was applied to either of the operands prior |
10775 | // to applying the built-in operator rules, tell the user about it. |
10776 | if (OrigLHS.Conversion) { |
10777 | Diag(OrigLHS.Conversion->getLocation(), |
10778 | diag::note_typecheck_invalid_operands_converted) |
10779 | << 0 << LHS.get()->getType(); |
10780 | } |
10781 | if (OrigRHS.Conversion) { |
10782 | Diag(OrigRHS.Conversion->getLocation(), |
10783 | diag::note_typecheck_invalid_operands_converted) |
10784 | << 1 << RHS.get()->getType(); |
10785 | } |
10786 | |
10787 | return QualType(); |
10788 | } |
10789 | |
10790 | // Diagnose cases where a scalar was implicitly converted to a vector and |
10791 | // diagnose the underlying types. Otherwise, diagnose the error |
10792 | // as invalid vector logical operands for non-C++ cases. |
10793 | QualType Sema::InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
10794 | ExprResult &RHS) { |
10795 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(); |
10796 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(); |
10797 | |
10798 | bool LHSNatVec = LHSType->isVectorType(); |
10799 | bool RHSNatVec = RHSType->isVectorType(); |
10800 | |
10801 | if (!(LHSNatVec && RHSNatVec)) { |
10802 | Expr *Vector = LHSNatVec ? LHS.get() : RHS.get(); |
10803 | Expr *NonVector = !LHSNatVec ? LHS.get() : RHS.get(); |
10804 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_logical_vector_expr_gnu_cpp_restrict) |
10805 | << 0 << Vector->getType() << NonVector->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType() |
10806 | << Vector->getSourceRange(); |
10807 | return QualType(); |
10808 | } |
10809 | |
10810 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_logical_vector_expr_gnu_cpp_restrict) |
10811 | << 1 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
10812 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
10813 | |
10814 | return QualType(); |
10815 | } |
10816 | |
10817 | /// Try to convert a value of non-vector type to a vector type by converting |
10818 | /// the type to the element type of the vector and then performing a splat. |
10819 | /// If the language is OpenCL, we only use conversions that promote scalar |
10820 | /// rank; for C, Obj-C, and C++ we allow any real scalar conversion except |
10821 | /// for float->int. |
10822 | /// |
10823 | /// OpenCL V2.0 6.2.6.p2: |
10824 | /// An error shall occur if any scalar operand type has greater rank |
10825 | /// than the type of the vector element. |
10826 | /// |
10827 | /// \param scalar - if non-null, actually perform the conversions |
10828 | /// \return true if the operation fails (but without diagnosing the failure) |
10829 | static bool tryVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *scalar, |
10830 | QualType scalarTy, |
10831 | QualType vectorEltTy, |
10832 | QualType vectorTy, |
10833 | unsigned &DiagID) { |
10834 | // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it, |
10835 | // if necessary. |
10836 | CastKind scalarCast = CK_NoOp; |
10837 | |
10838 | if (vectorEltTy->isIntegralType(Ctx: S.Context)) { |
10839 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && (scalarTy->isRealFloatingType() || |
10840 | (scalarTy->isIntegerType() && |
10841 | S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHS: vectorEltTy, RHS: scalarTy) < 0))) { |
10842 | DiagID = diag::err_opencl_scalar_type_rank_greater_than_vector_type; |
10843 | return true; |
10844 | } |
10845 | if (!scalarTy->isIntegralType(Ctx: S.Context)) |
10846 | return true; |
10847 | scalarCast = CK_IntegralCast; |
10848 | } else if (vectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) { |
10849 | if (scalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) { |
10850 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
10851 | S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHS: vectorEltTy, RHS: scalarTy) < 0) { |
10852 | DiagID = diag::err_opencl_scalar_type_rank_greater_than_vector_type; |
10853 | return true; |
10854 | } |
10855 | scalarCast = CK_FloatingCast; |
10856 | } |
10857 | else if (scalarTy->isIntegralType(Ctx: S.Context)) |
10858 | scalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating; |
10859 | else |
10860 | return true; |
10861 | } else { |
10862 | return true; |
10863 | } |
10864 | |
10865 | // Adjust scalar if desired. |
10866 | if (scalar) { |
10867 | if (scalarCast != CK_NoOp) |
10868 | *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: scalar->get(), Type: vectorEltTy, CK: scalarCast); |
10869 | *scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: scalar->get(), Type: vectorTy, CK: CK_VectorSplat); |
10870 | } |
10871 | return false; |
10872 | } |
10873 | |
10874 | /// Convert vector E to a vector with the same number of elements but different |
10875 | /// element type. |
10876 | static ExprResult convertVector(Expr *E, QualType ElementType, Sema &S) { |
10877 | const auto *VecTy = E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>(); |
10878 | assert(VecTy && "Expression E must be a vector" ); |
10879 | QualType NewVecTy = |
10880 | VecTy->isExtVectorType() |
10881 | ? S.Context.getExtVectorType(VectorType: ElementType, NumElts: VecTy->getNumElements()) |
10882 | : S.Context.getVectorType(VectorType: ElementType, NumElts: VecTy->getNumElements(), |
10883 | VecKind: VecTy->getVectorKind()); |
10884 | |
10885 | // Look through the implicit cast. Return the subexpression if its type is |
10886 | // NewVecTy. |
10887 | if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Val: E)) |
10888 | if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType() == NewVecTy) |
10889 | return ICE->getSubExpr(); |
10890 | |
10891 | auto Cast = ElementType->isIntegerType() ? CK_IntegralCast : CK_FloatingCast; |
10892 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(E, Type: NewVecTy, CK: Cast); |
10893 | } |
10894 | |
10895 | /// Test if a (constant) integer Int can be casted to another integer type |
10896 | /// IntTy without losing precision. |
10897 | static bool canConvertIntToOtherIntTy(Sema &S, ExprResult *Int, |
10898 | QualType OtherIntTy) { |
10899 | QualType IntTy = Int->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
10900 | |
10901 | // Reject cases where the value of the Int is unknown as that would |
10902 | // possibly cause truncation, but accept cases where the scalar can be |
10903 | // demoted without loss of precision. |
10904 | Expr::EvalResult EVResult; |
10905 | bool CstInt = Int->get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result&: EVResult, Ctx: S.Context); |
10906 | int Order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHS: OtherIntTy, RHS: IntTy); |
10907 | bool IntSigned = IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(); |
10908 | bool OtherIntSigned = OtherIntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(); |
10909 | |
10910 | if (CstInt) { |
10911 | // If the scalar is constant and is of a higher order and has more active |
10912 | // bits that the vector element type, reject it. |
10913 | llvm::APSInt Result = EVResult.Val.getInt(); |
10914 | unsigned NumBits = IntSigned |
10915 | ? (Result.isNegative() ? Result.getSignificantBits() |
10916 | : Result.getActiveBits()) |
10917 | : Result.getActiveBits(); |
10918 | if (Order < 0 && S.Context.getIntWidth(T: OtherIntTy) < NumBits) |
10919 | return true; |
10920 | |
10921 | // If the signedness of the scalar type and the vector element type |
10922 | // differs and the number of bits is greater than that of the vector |
10923 | // element reject it. |
10924 | return (IntSigned != OtherIntSigned && |
10925 | NumBits > S.Context.getIntWidth(T: OtherIntTy)); |
10926 | } |
10927 | |
10928 | // Reject cases where the value of the scalar is not constant and it's |
10929 | // order is greater than that of the vector element type. |
10930 | return (Order < 0); |
10931 | } |
10932 | |
10933 | /// Test if a (constant) integer Int can be casted to floating point type |
10934 | /// FloatTy without losing precision. |
10935 | static bool canConvertIntTyToFloatTy(Sema &S, ExprResult *Int, |
10936 | QualType FloatTy) { |
10937 | QualType IntTy = Int->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
10938 | |
10939 | // Determine if the integer constant can be expressed as a floating point |
10940 | // number of the appropriate type. |
10941 | Expr::EvalResult EVResult; |
10942 | bool CstInt = Int->get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result&: EVResult, Ctx: S.Context); |
10943 | |
10944 | uint64_t Bits = 0; |
10945 | if (CstInt) { |
10946 | // Reject constants that would be truncated if they were converted to |
10947 | // the floating point type. Test by simple to/from conversion. |
10948 | // FIXME: Ideally the conversion to an APFloat and from an APFloat |
10949 | // could be avoided if there was a convertFromAPInt method |
10950 | // which could signal back if implicit truncation occurred. |
10951 | llvm::APSInt Result = EVResult.Val.getInt(); |
10952 | llvm::APFloat Float(S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(T: FloatTy)); |
10953 | Float.convertFromAPInt(Input: Result, IsSigned: IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(), |
10954 | RM: llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero); |
10955 | llvm::APSInt ConvertBack(S.Context.getIntWidth(T: IntTy), |
10956 | !IntTy->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()); |
10957 | bool Ignored = false; |
10958 | Float.convertToInteger(Result&: ConvertBack, RM: llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, |
10959 | IsExact: &Ignored); |
10960 | if (Result != ConvertBack) |
10961 | return true; |
10962 | } else { |
10963 | // Reject types that cannot be fully encoded into the mantissa of |
10964 | // the float. |
10965 | Bits = S.Context.getTypeSize(T: IntTy); |
10966 | unsigned FloatPrec = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision( |
10967 | S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(T: FloatTy)); |
10968 | if (Bits > FloatPrec) |
10969 | return true; |
10970 | } |
10971 | |
10972 | return false; |
10973 | } |
10974 | |
10975 | /// Attempt to convert and splat Scalar into a vector whose types matches |
10976 | /// Vector following GCC conversion rules. The rule is that implicit |
10977 | /// conversion can occur when Scalar can be casted to match Vector's element |
10978 | /// type without causing truncation of Scalar. |
10979 | static bool tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(Sema &S, ExprResult *Scalar, |
10980 | ExprResult *Vector) { |
10981 | QualType ScalarTy = Scalar->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
10982 | QualType VectorTy = Vector->get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
10983 | QualType VectorEltTy; |
10984 | |
10985 | if (const auto *VT = VectorTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
10986 | assert(!isa<ExtVectorType>(VT) && |
10987 | "ExtVectorTypes should not be handled here!" ); |
10988 | VectorEltTy = VT->getElementType(); |
10989 | } else if (VectorTy->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) { |
10990 | VectorEltTy = |
10991 | VectorTy->castAs<BuiltinType>()->getSveEltType(S.getASTContext()); |
10992 | } else { |
10993 | llvm_unreachable("Only Fixed-Length and SVE Vector types are handled here" ); |
10994 | } |
10995 | |
10996 | // Reject cases where the vector element type or the scalar element type are |
10997 | // not integral or floating point types. |
10998 | if (!VectorEltTy->isArithmeticType() || !ScalarTy->isArithmeticType()) |
10999 | return true; |
11000 | |
11001 | // The conversion to apply to the scalar before splatting it, |
11002 | // if necessary. |
11003 | CastKind ScalarCast = CK_NoOp; |
11004 | |
11005 | // Accept cases where the vector elements are integers and the scalar is |
11006 | // an integer. |
11007 | // FIXME: Notionally if the scalar was a floating point value with a precise |
11008 | // integral representation, we could cast it to an appropriate integer |
11009 | // type and then perform the rest of the checks here. GCC will perform |
11010 | // this conversion in some cases as determined by the input language. |
11011 | // We should accept it on a language independent basis. |
11012 | if (VectorEltTy->isIntegralType(Ctx: S.Context) && |
11013 | ScalarTy->isIntegralType(Ctx: S.Context) && |
11014 | S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHS: VectorEltTy, RHS: ScalarTy)) { |
11015 | |
11016 | if (canConvertIntToOtherIntTy(S, Int: Scalar, OtherIntTy: VectorEltTy)) |
11017 | return true; |
11018 | |
11019 | ScalarCast = CK_IntegralCast; |
11020 | } else if (VectorEltTy->isIntegralType(Ctx: S.Context) && |
11021 | ScalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) { |
11022 | if (S.Context.getTypeSize(T: VectorEltTy) == S.Context.getTypeSize(T: ScalarTy)) |
11023 | ScalarCast = CK_FloatingToIntegral; |
11024 | else |
11025 | return true; |
11026 | } else if (VectorEltTy->isRealFloatingType()) { |
11027 | if (ScalarTy->isRealFloatingType()) { |
11028 | |
11029 | // Reject cases where the scalar type is not a constant and has a higher |
11030 | // Order than the vector element type. |
11031 | llvm::APFloat Result(0.0); |
11032 | |
11033 | // Determine whether this is a constant scalar. In the event that the |
11034 | // value is dependent (and thus cannot be evaluated by the constant |
11035 | // evaluator), skip the evaluation. This will then diagnose once the |
11036 | // expression is instantiated. |
11037 | bool CstScalar = Scalar->get()->isValueDependent() || |
11038 | Scalar->get()->EvaluateAsFloat(Result, Ctx: S.Context); |
11039 | int Order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHS: VectorEltTy, RHS: ScalarTy); |
11040 | if (!CstScalar && Order < 0) |
11041 | return true; |
11042 | |
11043 | // If the scalar cannot be safely casted to the vector element type, |
11044 | // reject it. |
11045 | if (CstScalar) { |
11046 | bool Truncated = false; |
11047 | Result.convert(ToSemantics: S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(T: VectorEltTy), |
11048 | RM: llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, losesInfo: &Truncated); |
11049 | if (Truncated) |
11050 | return true; |
11051 | } |
11052 | |
11053 | ScalarCast = CK_FloatingCast; |
11054 | } else if (ScalarTy->isIntegralType(Ctx: S.Context)) { |
11055 | if (canConvertIntTyToFloatTy(S, Int: Scalar, FloatTy: VectorEltTy)) |
11056 | return true; |
11057 | |
11058 | ScalarCast = CK_IntegralToFloating; |
11059 | } else |
11060 | return true; |
11061 | } else if (ScalarTy->isEnumeralType()) |
11062 | return true; |
11063 | |
11064 | // Adjust scalar if desired. |
11065 | if (ScalarCast != CK_NoOp) |
11066 | *Scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: Scalar->get(), Type: VectorEltTy, CK: ScalarCast); |
11067 | *Scalar = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: Scalar->get(), Type: VectorTy, CK: CK_VectorSplat); |
11068 | return false; |
11069 | } |
11070 | |
11071 | QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11072 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
11073 | bool AllowBothBool, |
11074 | bool AllowBoolConversions, |
11075 | bool AllowBoolOperation, |
11076 | bool ReportInvalid) { |
11077 | if (!IsCompAssign) { |
11078 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: LHS.get()); |
11079 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
11080 | return QualType(); |
11081 | } |
11082 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: RHS.get()); |
11083 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
11084 | return QualType(); |
11085 | |
11086 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. |
11087 | // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. |
11088 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
11089 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
11090 | |
11091 | const VectorType *LHSVecType = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
11092 | const VectorType *RHSVecType = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
11093 | assert(LHSVecType || RHSVecType); |
11094 | |
11095 | // AltiVec-style "vector bool op vector bool" combinations are allowed |
11096 | // for some operators but not others. |
11097 | if (!AllowBothBool && LHSVecType && |
11098 | LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::AltiVecBool && RHSVecType && |
11099 | RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::AltiVecBool) |
11100 | return ReportInvalid ? InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS) : QualType(); |
11101 | |
11102 | // This operation may not be performed on boolean vectors. |
11103 | if (!AllowBoolOperation && |
11104 | (LHSType->isExtVectorBoolType() || RHSType->isExtVectorBoolType())) |
11105 | return ReportInvalid ? InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS) : QualType(); |
11106 | |
11107 | // If the vector types are identical, return. |
11108 | if (Context.hasSameType(T1: LHSType, T2: RHSType)) |
11109 | return Context.getCommonSugaredType(X: LHSType, Y: RHSType); |
11110 | |
11111 | // If we have compatible AltiVec and GCC vector types, use the AltiVec type. |
11112 | if (LHSVecType && RHSVecType && |
11113 | Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FirstVec: LHSType, SecondVec: RHSType)) { |
11114 | if (isa<ExtVectorType>(Val: LHSVecType)) { |
11115 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
11116 | return LHSType; |
11117 | } |
11118 | |
11119 | if (!IsCompAssign) |
11120 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
11121 | return RHSType; |
11122 | } |
11123 | |
11124 | // AllowBoolConversions says that bool and non-bool AltiVec vectors |
11125 | // can be mixed, with the result being the non-bool type. The non-bool |
11126 | // operand must have integer element type. |
11127 | if (AllowBoolConversions && LHSVecType && RHSVecType && |
11128 | LHSVecType->getNumElements() == RHSVecType->getNumElements() && |
11129 | (Context.getTypeSize(T: LHSVecType->getElementType()) == |
11130 | Context.getTypeSize(T: RHSVecType->getElementType()))) { |
11131 | if (LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::AltiVecVector && |
11132 | LHSVecType->getElementType()->isIntegerType() && |
11133 | RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::AltiVecBool) { |
11134 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
11135 | return LHSType; |
11136 | } |
11137 | if (!IsCompAssign && |
11138 | LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::AltiVecBool && |
11139 | RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::AltiVecVector && |
11140 | RHSVecType->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) { |
11141 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
11142 | return RHSType; |
11143 | } |
11144 | } |
11145 | |
11146 | // Expressions containing fixed-length and sizeless SVE/RVV vectors are |
11147 | // invalid since the ambiguity can affect the ABI. |
11148 | auto IsSveRVVConversion = [](QualType FirstType, QualType SecondType, |
11149 | unsigned &SVEorRVV) { |
11150 | const VectorType *VecType = SecondType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
11151 | SVEorRVV = 0; |
11152 | if (FirstType->isSizelessBuiltinType() && VecType) { |
11153 | if (VecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::SveFixedLengthData || |
11154 | VecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::SveFixedLengthPredicate) |
11155 | return true; |
11156 | if (VecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::RVVFixedLengthData || |
11157 | VecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::RVVFixedLengthMask) { |
11158 | SVEorRVV = 1; |
11159 | return true; |
11160 | } |
11161 | } |
11162 | |
11163 | return false; |
11164 | }; |
11165 | |
11166 | unsigned SVEorRVV; |
11167 | if (IsSveRVVConversion(LHSType, RHSType, SVEorRVV) || |
11168 | IsSveRVVConversion(RHSType, LHSType, SVEorRVV)) { |
11169 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sve_rvv_ambiguous) |
11170 | << SVEorRVV << LHSType << RHSType; |
11171 | return QualType(); |
11172 | } |
11173 | |
11174 | // Expressions containing GNU and SVE or RVV (fixed or sizeless) vectors are |
11175 | // invalid since the ambiguity can affect the ABI. |
11176 | auto IsSveRVVGnuConversion = [](QualType FirstType, QualType SecondType, |
11177 | unsigned &SVEorRVV) { |
11178 | const VectorType *FirstVecType = FirstType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
11179 | const VectorType *SecondVecType = SecondType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
11180 | |
11181 | SVEorRVV = 0; |
11182 | if (FirstVecType && SecondVecType) { |
11183 | if (FirstVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::Generic) { |
11184 | if (SecondVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::SveFixedLengthData || |
11185 | SecondVecType->getVectorKind() == |
11186 | VectorKind::SveFixedLengthPredicate) |
11187 | return true; |
11188 | if (SecondVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::RVVFixedLengthData || |
11189 | SecondVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::RVVFixedLengthMask) { |
11190 | SVEorRVV = 1; |
11191 | return true; |
11192 | } |
11193 | } |
11194 | return false; |
11195 | } |
11196 | |
11197 | if (SecondVecType && |
11198 | SecondVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::Generic) { |
11199 | if (FirstType->isSVESizelessBuiltinType()) |
11200 | return true; |
11201 | if (FirstType->isRVVSizelessBuiltinType()) { |
11202 | SVEorRVV = 1; |
11203 | return true; |
11204 | } |
11205 | } |
11206 | |
11207 | return false; |
11208 | }; |
11209 | |
11210 | if (IsSveRVVGnuConversion(LHSType, RHSType, SVEorRVV) || |
11211 | IsSveRVVGnuConversion(RHSType, LHSType, SVEorRVV)) { |
11212 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sve_rvv_gnu_ambiguous) |
11213 | << SVEorRVV << LHSType << RHSType; |
11214 | return QualType(); |
11215 | } |
11216 | |
11217 | // If there's a vector type and a scalar, try to convert the scalar to |
11218 | // the vector element type and splat. |
11219 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable; |
11220 | if (!RHSVecType) { |
11221 | if (isa<ExtVectorType>(Val: LHSVecType)) { |
11222 | if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(S&: *this, scalar: &RHS, scalarTy: RHSType, |
11223 | vectorEltTy: LHSVecType->getElementType(), vectorTy: LHSType, |
11224 | DiagID)) |
11225 | return LHSType; |
11226 | } else { |
11227 | if (!tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(S&: *this, Scalar: &RHS, Vector: &LHS)) |
11228 | return LHSType; |
11229 | } |
11230 | } |
11231 | if (!LHSVecType) { |
11232 | if (isa<ExtVectorType>(Val: RHSVecType)) { |
11233 | if (!tryVectorConvertAndSplat(S&: *this, scalar: (IsCompAssign ? nullptr : &LHS), |
11234 | scalarTy: LHSType, vectorEltTy: RHSVecType->getElementType(), |
11235 | vectorTy: RHSType, DiagID)) |
11236 | return RHSType; |
11237 | } else { |
11238 | if (LHS.get()->isLValue() || |
11239 | !tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(S&: *this, Scalar: &LHS, Vector: &RHS)) |
11240 | return RHSType; |
11241 | } |
11242 | } |
11243 | |
11244 | // FIXME: The code below also handles conversion between vectors and |
11245 | // non-scalars, we should break this down into fine grained specific checks |
11246 | // and emit proper diagnostics. |
11247 | QualType VecType = LHSVecType ? LHSType : RHSType; |
11248 | const VectorType *VT = LHSVecType ? LHSVecType : RHSVecType; |
11249 | QualType OtherType = LHSVecType ? RHSType : LHSType; |
11250 | ExprResult *OtherExpr = LHSVecType ? &RHS : &LHS; |
11251 | if (isLaxVectorConversion(srcTy: OtherType, destTy: VecType)) { |
11252 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC() && |
11253 | anyAltivecTypes(RHSType, LHSType) && |
11254 | !Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(RHSType, LHSType)) |
11255 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated_lax_vec_conv_all) << RHSType << LHSType; |
11256 | // If we're allowing lax vector conversions, only the total (data) size |
11257 | // needs to be the same. For non compound assignment, if one of the types is |
11258 | // scalar, the result is always the vector type. |
11259 | if (!IsCompAssign) { |
11260 | *OtherExpr = ImpCastExprToType(E: OtherExpr->get(), Type: VecType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
11261 | return VecType; |
11262 | // In a compound assignment, lhs += rhs, 'lhs' is a lvalue src, forbidding |
11263 | // any implicit cast. Here, the 'rhs' should be implicit casted to 'lhs' |
11264 | // type. Note that this is already done by non-compound assignments in |
11265 | // CheckAssignmentConstraints. If it's a scalar type, only bitcast for |
11266 | // <1 x T> -> T. The result is also a vector type. |
11267 | } else if (OtherType->isExtVectorType() || OtherType->isVectorType() || |
11268 | (OtherType->isScalarType() && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) { |
11269 | ExprResult *RHSExpr = &RHS; |
11270 | *RHSExpr = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHSExpr->get(), Type: LHSType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
11271 | return VecType; |
11272 | } |
11273 | } |
11274 | |
11275 | // Okay, the expression is invalid. |
11276 | |
11277 | // If there's a non-vector, non-real operand, diagnose that. |
11278 | if ((!RHSVecType && !RHSType->isRealType()) || |
11279 | (!LHSVecType && !LHSType->isRealType())) { |
11280 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_non_scalar) |
11281 | << LHSType << RHSType |
11282 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
11283 | return QualType(); |
11284 | } |
11285 | |
11286 | // OpenCL V1.1 6.2.6.p1: |
11287 | // If the operands are of more than one vector type, then an error shall |
11288 | // occur. Implicit conversions between vector types are not permitted, per |
11289 | // section 6.2.1. |
11290 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
11291 | RHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(Val: RHSVecType) && |
11292 | LHSVecType && isa<ExtVectorType>(Val: LHSVecType)) { |
11293 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_implicit_vector_conversion) << LHSType |
11294 | << RHSType; |
11295 | return QualType(); |
11296 | } |
11297 | |
11298 | |
11299 | // If there is a vector type that is not a ExtVector and a scalar, we reach |
11300 | // this point if scalar could not be converted to the vector's element type |
11301 | // without truncation. |
11302 | if ((RHSVecType && !isa<ExtVectorType>(Val: RHSVecType)) || |
11303 | (LHSVecType && !isa<ExtVectorType>(Val: LHSVecType))) { |
11304 | QualType Scalar = LHSVecType ? RHSType : LHSType; |
11305 | QualType Vector = LHSVecType ? LHSType : RHSType; |
11306 | unsigned ScalarOrVector = LHSVecType && RHSVecType ? 1 : 0; |
11307 | Diag(Loc, |
11308 | diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_implict_truncation) |
11309 | << ScalarOrVector << Scalar << Vector; |
11310 | |
11311 | return QualType(); |
11312 | } |
11313 | |
11314 | // Otherwise, use the generic diagnostic. |
11315 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) |
11316 | << LHSType << RHSType |
11317 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
11318 | return QualType(); |
11319 | } |
11320 | |
11321 | QualType Sema::CheckSizelessVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11322 | SourceLocation Loc, |
11323 | bool IsCompAssign, |
11324 | ArithConvKind OperationKind) { |
11325 | if (!IsCompAssign) { |
11326 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: LHS.get()); |
11327 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
11328 | return QualType(); |
11329 | } |
11330 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: RHS.get()); |
11331 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
11332 | return QualType(); |
11333 | |
11334 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
11335 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
11336 | |
11337 | const BuiltinType *LHSBuiltinTy = LHSType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
11338 | const BuiltinType *RHSBuiltinTy = RHSType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
11339 | |
11340 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands; |
11341 | if ((OperationKind == ACK_Arithmetic) && |
11342 | ((LHSBuiltinTy && LHSBuiltinTy->isSVEBool()) || |
11343 | (RHSBuiltinTy && RHSBuiltinTy->isSVEBool()))) { |
11344 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
11345 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
11346 | return QualType(); |
11347 | } |
11348 | |
11349 | if (Context.hasSameType(T1: LHSType, T2: RHSType)) |
11350 | return LHSType; |
11351 | |
11352 | if (LHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType() && !RHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) { |
11353 | if (!tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(S&: *this, Scalar: &RHS, Vector: &LHS)) |
11354 | return LHSType; |
11355 | } |
11356 | if (RHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType() && !LHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) { |
11357 | if (LHS.get()->isLValue() || |
11358 | !tryGCCVectorConvertAndSplat(S&: *this, Scalar: &LHS, Vector: &RHS)) |
11359 | return RHSType; |
11360 | } |
11361 | |
11362 | if ((!LHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType() && !LHSType->isRealType()) || |
11363 | (!RHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType() && !RHSType->isRealType())) { |
11364 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_non_scalar) |
11365 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
11366 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
11367 | return QualType(); |
11368 | } |
11369 | |
11370 | if (LHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType() && RHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType() && |
11371 | Context.getBuiltinVectorTypeInfo(VecTy: LHSBuiltinTy).EC != |
11372 | Context.getBuiltinVectorTypeInfo(VecTy: RHSBuiltinTy).EC) { |
11373 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_lengths_not_equal) |
11374 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
11375 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
11376 | return QualType(); |
11377 | } |
11378 | |
11379 | if (LHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType() || RHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) { |
11380 | QualType Scalar = LHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType() ? RHSType : LHSType; |
11381 | QualType Vector = LHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType() ? LHSType : RHSType; |
11382 | bool ScalarOrVector = |
11383 | LHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType() && RHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType(); |
11384 | |
11385 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable_implict_truncation) |
11386 | << ScalarOrVector << Scalar << Vector; |
11387 | |
11388 | return QualType(); |
11389 | } |
11390 | |
11391 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
11392 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
11393 | return QualType(); |
11394 | } |
11395 | |
11396 | // checkArithmeticNull - Detect when a NULL constant is used improperly in an |
11397 | // expression. These are mainly cases where the null pointer is used as an |
11398 | // integer instead of a pointer. |
11399 | static void checkArithmeticNull(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11400 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompare) { |
11401 | // The canonical way to check for a GNU null is with isNullPointerConstant, |
11402 | // but we use a bit of a hack here for speed; this is a relatively |
11403 | // hot path, and isNullPointerConstant is slow. |
11404 | bool LHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(Val: LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); |
11405 | bool RHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(Val: RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); |
11406 | |
11407 | QualType NonNullType = LHSNull ? RHS.get()->getType() : LHS.get()->getType(); |
11408 | |
11409 | // Avoid analyzing cases where the result will either be invalid (and |
11410 | // diagnosed as such) or entirely valid and not something to warn about. |
11411 | if ((!LHSNull && !RHSNull) || NonNullType->isBlockPointerType() || |
11412 | NonNullType->isMemberPointerType() || NonNullType->isFunctionType()) |
11413 | return; |
11414 | |
11415 | // Comparison operations would not make sense with a null pointer no matter |
11416 | // what the other expression is. |
11417 | if (!IsCompare) { |
11418 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_arithmetic_operation) |
11419 | << (LHSNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()) |
11420 | << (RHSNull ? RHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange()); |
11421 | return; |
11422 | } |
11423 | |
11424 | // The rest of the operations only make sense with a null pointer |
11425 | // if the other expression is a pointer. |
11426 | if (LHSNull == RHSNull || NonNullType->isAnyPointerType() || |
11427 | NonNullType->canDecayToPointerType()) |
11428 | return; |
11429 | |
11430 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_comparison_operation) |
11431 | << LHSNull /* LHS is NULL */ << NonNullType |
11432 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
11433 | } |
11434 | |
11435 | static void DiagnoseDivisionSizeofPointerOrArray(Sema &S, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
11436 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
11437 | const auto *LUE = dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(Val: LHS); |
11438 | const auto *RUE = dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(Val: RHS); |
11439 | if (!LUE || !RUE) |
11440 | return; |
11441 | if (LUE->getKind() != UETT_SizeOf || LUE->isArgumentType() || |
11442 | RUE->getKind() != UETT_SizeOf) |
11443 | return; |
11444 | |
11445 | const Expr *LHSArg = LUE->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParens(); |
11446 | QualType LHSTy = LHSArg->getType(); |
11447 | QualType RHSTy; |
11448 | |
11449 | if (RUE->isArgumentType()) |
11450 | RHSTy = RUE->getArgumentType().getNonReferenceType(); |
11451 | else |
11452 | RHSTy = RUE->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParens()->getType(); |
11453 | |
11454 | if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && !RHSTy->isPointerType()) { |
11455 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1: LHSTy->getPointeeType(), T2: RHSTy)) |
11456 | return; |
11457 | |
11458 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_division_sizeof_ptr) << LHS << LHS->getSourceRange(); |
11459 | if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: LHSArg)) { |
11460 | if (const ValueDecl *LHSArgDecl = DRE->getDecl()) |
11461 | S.Diag(LHSArgDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_pointer_declared_here) |
11462 | << LHSArgDecl; |
11463 | } |
11464 | } else if (const auto *ArrayTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(T: LHSTy)) { |
11465 | QualType ArrayElemTy = ArrayTy->getElementType(); |
11466 | if (ArrayElemTy != S.Context.getBaseElementType(VAT: ArrayTy) || |
11467 | ArrayElemTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType() || |
11468 | RHSTy->isReferenceType() || ArrayElemTy->isCharType() || |
11469 | S.Context.getTypeSize(T: ArrayElemTy) == S.Context.getTypeSize(T: RHSTy)) |
11470 | return; |
11471 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_division_sizeof_array) |
11472 | << LHSArg->getSourceRange() << ArrayElemTy << RHSTy; |
11473 | if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: LHSArg)) { |
11474 | if (const ValueDecl *LHSArgDecl = DRE->getDecl()) |
11475 | S.Diag(LHSArgDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_array_declared_here) |
11476 | << LHSArgDecl; |
11477 | } |
11478 | |
11479 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_precedence_silence) << RHS; |
11480 | } |
11481 | } |
11482 | |
11483 | static void DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, |
11484 | ExprResult &RHS, |
11485 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsDiv) { |
11486 | // Check for division/remainder by zero. |
11487 | Expr::EvalResult RHSValue; |
11488 | if (!RHS.get()->isValueDependent() && |
11489 | RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(RHSValue, S.Context) && |
11490 | RHSValue.Val.getInt() == 0) |
11491 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), |
11492 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_division_by_zero) |
11493 | << IsDiv << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); |
11494 | } |
11495 | |
11496 | QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11497 | SourceLocation Loc, |
11498 | bool IsCompAssign, bool IsDiv) { |
11499 | checkArithmeticNull(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); |
11500 | |
11501 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
11502 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); |
11503 | if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType()) |
11504 | return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, |
11505 | /*AllowBothBool*/ getLangOpts().AltiVec, |
11506 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ false, |
11507 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ AllowBoolOperation: false, |
11508 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); |
11509 | if (LHSTy->isSveVLSBuiltinType() || RHSTy->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) |
11510 | return CheckSizelessVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, |
11511 | OperationKind: ACK_Arithmetic); |
11512 | if (!IsDiv && |
11513 | (LHSTy->isConstantMatrixType() || RHSTy->isConstantMatrixType())) |
11514 | return CheckMatrixMultiplyOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); |
11515 | // For division, only matrix-by-scalar is supported. Other combinations with |
11516 | // matrix types are invalid. |
11517 | if (IsDiv && LHSTy->isConstantMatrixType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) |
11518 | return CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); |
11519 | |
11520 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( |
11521 | LHS, RHS, Loc, ACK: IsCompAssign ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic); |
11522 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
11523 | return QualType(); |
11524 | |
11525 | |
11526 | if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isArithmeticType()) |
11527 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
11528 | if (IsDiv) { |
11529 | DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsDiv); |
11530 | DiagnoseDivisionSizeofPointerOrArray(S&: *this, LHS: LHS.get(), RHS: RHS.get(), Loc); |
11531 | } |
11532 | return compType; |
11533 | } |
11534 | |
11535 | QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands( |
11536 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) { |
11537 | checkArithmeticNull(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); |
11538 | |
11539 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || |
11540 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
11541 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() && |
11542 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation()) |
11543 | return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, |
11544 | /*AllowBothBool*/ getLangOpts().AltiVec, |
11545 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ false, |
11546 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ AllowBoolOperation: false, |
11547 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); |
11548 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
11549 | } |
11550 | |
11551 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isSveVLSBuiltinType() || |
11552 | RHS.get()->getType()->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) { |
11553 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() && |
11554 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation()) |
11555 | return CheckSizelessVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, |
11556 | OperationKind: ACK_Arithmetic); |
11557 | |
11558 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
11559 | } |
11560 | |
11561 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( |
11562 | LHS, RHS, Loc, ACK: IsCompAssign ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic); |
11563 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
11564 | return QualType(); |
11565 | |
11566 | if (compType.isNull() || !compType->isIntegerType()) |
11567 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
11568 | DiagnoseBadDivideOrRemainderValues(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsDiv: false /* IsDiv */); |
11569 | return compType; |
11570 | } |
11571 | |
11572 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two void pointers. |
11573 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11574 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
11575 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
11576 | ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type |
11577 | : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) |
11578 | << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() |
11579 | << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); |
11580 | } |
11581 | |
11582 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a void pointer. |
11583 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11584 | Expr *Pointer) { |
11585 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
11586 | ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type |
11587 | : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) |
11588 | << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getSourceRange(); |
11589 | } |
11590 | |
11591 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a null pointer. |
11592 | /// |
11593 | /// If \p IsGNUIdiom is true, the operation is using the 'p = (i8*)nullptr + n' |
11594 | /// idiom, which we recognize as a GNU extension. |
11595 | /// |
11596 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnNullPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11597 | Expr *Pointer, bool IsGNUIdiom) { |
11598 | if (IsGNUIdiom) |
11599 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_gnu_null_ptr_arith) |
11600 | << Pointer->getSourceRange(); |
11601 | else |
11602 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_pointer_arith_null_ptr) |
11603 | << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus << Pointer->getSourceRange(); |
11604 | } |
11605 | |
11606 | /// Diagnose invalid subraction on a null pointer. |
11607 | /// |
11608 | static void diagnoseSubtractionOnNullPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11609 | Expr *Pointer, bool BothNull) { |
11610 | // Null - null is valid in C++ [expr.add]p7 |
11611 | if (BothNull && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
11612 | return; |
11613 | |
11614 | // Is this s a macro from a system header? |
11615 | if (S.Diags.getSuppressSystemWarnings() && S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(loc: Loc)) |
11616 | return; |
11617 | |
11618 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, Pointer, |
11619 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_pointer_sub_null_ptr) |
11620 | << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
11621 | << Pointer->getSourceRange()); |
11622 | } |
11623 | |
11624 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two function pointers. |
11625 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11626 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) { |
11627 | assert(LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType()); |
11628 | assert(RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType()); |
11629 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
11630 | ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type |
11631 | : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) |
11632 | << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHS->getType()->getPointeeType() |
11633 | // We only show the second type if it differs from the first. |
11634 | << (unsigned)!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS->getType(), |
11635 | RHS->getType()) |
11636 | << RHS->getType()->getPointeeType() |
11637 | << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange(); |
11638 | } |
11639 | |
11640 | /// Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a function pointer. |
11641 | static void diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11642 | Expr *Pointer) { |
11643 | assert(Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType()); |
11644 | S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
11645 | ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type |
11646 | : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith) |
11647 | << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getType()->getPointeeType() |
11648 | << 0 /* one pointer, so only one type */ |
11649 | << Pointer->getSourceRange(); |
11650 | } |
11651 | |
11652 | /// Emit error if Operand is incomplete pointer type |
11653 | /// |
11654 | /// \returns True if pointer has incomplete type |
11655 | static bool checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11656 | Expr *Operand) { |
11657 | QualType ResType = Operand->getType(); |
11658 | if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>()) |
11659 | ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType(); |
11660 | |
11661 | assert(ResType->isAnyPointerType() && !ResType->isDependentType()); |
11662 | QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType(); |
11663 | return S.RequireCompleteSizedType( |
11664 | Loc, PointeeTy, |
11665 | diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, |
11666 | Operand->getSourceRange()); |
11667 | } |
11668 | |
11669 | /// Check the validity of an arithmetic pointer operand. |
11670 | /// |
11671 | /// If the operand has pointer type, this code will check for pointer types |
11672 | /// which are invalid in arithmetic operations. These will be diagnosed |
11673 | /// appropriately, including whether or not the use is supported as an |
11674 | /// extension. |
11675 | /// |
11676 | /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension). |
11677 | static bool checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11678 | Expr *Operand) { |
11679 | QualType ResType = Operand->getType(); |
11680 | if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>()) |
11681 | ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType(); |
11682 | |
11683 | if (!ResType->isAnyPointerType()) return true; |
11684 | |
11685 | QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType(); |
11686 | if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) { |
11687 | diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, Pointer: Operand); |
11688 | return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; |
11689 | } |
11690 | if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) { |
11691 | diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, Pointer: Operand); |
11692 | return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; |
11693 | } |
11694 | |
11695 | if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, Operand)) return false; |
11696 | |
11697 | return true; |
11698 | } |
11699 | |
11700 | /// Check the validity of a binary arithmetic operation w.r.t. pointer |
11701 | /// operands. |
11702 | /// |
11703 | /// This routine will diagnose any invalid arithmetic on pointer operands much |
11704 | /// like \see checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand. However, it has special logic |
11705 | /// for emitting a single diagnostic even for operations where both LHS and RHS |
11706 | /// are (potentially problematic) pointers. |
11707 | /// |
11708 | /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension). |
11709 | static bool checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11710 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
11711 | bool isLHSPointer = LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType(); |
11712 | bool isRHSPointer = RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType(); |
11713 | if (!isLHSPointer && !isRHSPointer) return true; |
11714 | |
11715 | QualType LHSPointeeTy, RHSPointeeTy; |
11716 | if (isLHSPointer) LHSPointeeTy = LHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType(); |
11717 | if (isRHSPointer) RHSPointeeTy = RHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType(); |
11718 | |
11719 | // if both are pointers check if operation is valid wrt address spaces |
11720 | if (isLHSPointer && isRHSPointer) { |
11721 | if (!LHSPointeeTy.isAddressSpaceOverlapping(T: RHSPointeeTy)) { |
11722 | S.Diag(Loc, |
11723 | diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers) |
11724 | << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << 1 /*arithmetic op*/ |
11725 | << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); |
11726 | return false; |
11727 | } |
11728 | } |
11729 | |
11730 | // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types. |
11731 | bool isLHSVoidPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isVoidType(); |
11732 | bool isRHSVoidPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isVoidType(); |
11733 | if (isLHSVoidPtr || isRHSVoidPtr) { |
11734 | if (!isRHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, Pointer: LHSExpr); |
11735 | else if (!isLHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, Pointer: RHSExpr); |
11736 | else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
11737 | |
11738 | return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; |
11739 | } |
11740 | |
11741 | bool isLHSFuncPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType(); |
11742 | bool isRHSFuncPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType(); |
11743 | if (isLHSFuncPtr || isRHSFuncPtr) { |
11744 | if (!isRHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, Pointer: LHSExpr); |
11745 | else if (!isLHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, |
11746 | Pointer: RHSExpr); |
11747 | else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(S, Loc, LHS: LHSExpr, RHS: RHSExpr); |
11748 | |
11749 | return !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; |
11750 | } |
11751 | |
11752 | if (isLHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, Operand: LHSExpr)) |
11753 | return false; |
11754 | if (isRHSPointer && checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, Operand: RHSExpr)) |
11755 | return false; |
11756 | |
11757 | return true; |
11758 | } |
11759 | |
11760 | /// diagnoseStringPlusInt - Emit a warning when adding an integer to a string |
11761 | /// literal. |
11762 | static void diagnoseStringPlusInt(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
11763 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
11764 | StringLiteral* StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Val: LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()); |
11765 | Expr* IndexExpr = RHSExpr; |
11766 | if (!StrExpr) { |
11767 | StrExpr = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Val: RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()); |
11768 | IndexExpr = LHSExpr; |
11769 | } |
11770 | |
11771 | bool IsStringPlusInt = StrExpr && |
11772 | IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType(); |
11773 | if (!IsStringPlusInt || IndexExpr->isValueDependent()) |
11774 | return; |
11775 | |
11776 | SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); |
11777 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_int) |
11778 | << DiagRange << IndexExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(); |
11779 | |
11780 | // Only print a fixit for "str" + int, not for int + "str". |
11781 | if (IndexExpr == RHSExpr) { |
11782 | SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc: RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); |
11783 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence) |
11784 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), "&" ) |
11785 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[" ) |
11786 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]" ); |
11787 | } else |
11788 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence); |
11789 | } |
11790 | |
11791 | /// Emit a warning when adding a char literal to a string. |
11792 | static void diagnoseStringPlusChar(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
11793 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
11794 | const Expr *StringRefExpr = LHSExpr; |
11795 | const CharacterLiteral *CharExpr = |
11796 | dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(Val: RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()); |
11797 | |
11798 | if (!CharExpr) { |
11799 | CharExpr = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(Val: LHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts()); |
11800 | StringRefExpr = RHSExpr; |
11801 | } |
11802 | |
11803 | if (!CharExpr || !StringRefExpr) |
11804 | return; |
11805 | |
11806 | const QualType StringType = StringRefExpr->getType(); |
11807 | |
11808 | // Return if not a PointerType. |
11809 | if (!StringType->isAnyPointerType()) |
11810 | return; |
11811 | |
11812 | // Return if not a CharacterType. |
11813 | if (!StringType->getPointeeType()->isAnyCharacterType()) |
11814 | return; |
11815 | |
11816 | ASTContext &Ctx = Self.getASTContext(); |
11817 | SourceRange DiagRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); |
11818 | |
11819 | const QualType CharType = CharExpr->getType(); |
11820 | if (!CharType->isAnyCharacterType() && |
11821 | CharType->isIntegerType() && |
11822 | llvm::isUIntN(N: Ctx.getCharWidth(), x: CharExpr->getValue())) { |
11823 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char) |
11824 | << DiagRange << Ctx.CharTy; |
11825 | } else { |
11826 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_string_plus_char) |
11827 | << DiagRange << CharExpr->getType(); |
11828 | } |
11829 | |
11830 | // Only print a fixit for str + char, not for char + str. |
11831 | if (isa<CharacterLiteral>(Val: RHSExpr->IgnoreImpCasts())) { |
11832 | SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc: RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); |
11833 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence) |
11834 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), "&" ) |
11835 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OpLoc), "[" ) |
11836 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, "]" ); |
11837 | } else { |
11838 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_string_plus_scalar_silence); |
11839 | } |
11840 | } |
11841 | |
11842 | /// Emit error when two pointers are incompatible. |
11843 | static void diagnosePointerIncompatibility(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
11844 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
11845 | assert(LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType()); |
11846 | assert(RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType()); |
11847 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible) |
11848 | << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() |
11849 | << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); |
11850 | } |
11851 | |
11852 | // C99 6.5.6 |
11853 | QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11854 | SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
11855 | QualType* CompLHSTy) { |
11856 | checkArithmeticNull(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); |
11857 | |
11858 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || |
11859 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
11860 | QualType compType = |
11861 | CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign: CompLHSTy, |
11862 | /*AllowBothBool*/ getLangOpts().AltiVec, |
11863 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ getLangOpts().ZVector, |
11864 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ AllowBoolOperation: false, |
11865 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); |
11866 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; |
11867 | return compType; |
11868 | } |
11869 | |
11870 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isSveVLSBuiltinType() || |
11871 | RHS.get()->getType()->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) { |
11872 | QualType compType = |
11873 | CheckSizelessVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign: CompLHSTy, OperationKind: ACK_Arithmetic); |
11874 | if (CompLHSTy) |
11875 | *CompLHSTy = compType; |
11876 | return compType; |
11877 | } |
11878 | |
11879 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType() || |
11880 | RHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType()) { |
11881 | QualType compType = |
11882 | CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign: CompLHSTy); |
11883 | if (CompLHSTy) |
11884 | *CompLHSTy = compType; |
11885 | return compType; |
11886 | } |
11887 | |
11888 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( |
11889 | LHS, RHS, Loc, ACK: CompLHSTy ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic); |
11890 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
11891 | return QualType(); |
11892 | |
11893 | // Diagnose "string literal" '+' int and string '+' "char literal". |
11894 | if (Opc == BO_Add) { |
11895 | diagnoseStringPlusInt(Self&: *this, OpLoc: Loc, LHSExpr: LHS.get(), RHSExpr: RHS.get()); |
11896 | diagnoseStringPlusChar(Self&: *this, OpLoc: Loc, LHSExpr: LHS.get(), RHSExpr: RHS.get()); |
11897 | } |
11898 | |
11899 | // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic). |
11900 | if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) { |
11901 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; |
11902 | return compType; |
11903 | } |
11904 | |
11905 | // Type-checking. Ultimately the pointer's going to be in PExp; |
11906 | // note that we bias towards the LHS being the pointer. |
11907 | Expr *PExp = LHS.get(), *IExp = RHS.get(); |
11908 | |
11909 | bool isObjCPointer; |
11910 | if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) { |
11911 | isObjCPointer = false; |
11912 | } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
11913 | isObjCPointer = true; |
11914 | } else { |
11915 | std::swap(a&: PExp, b&: IExp); |
11916 | if (PExp->getType()->isPointerType()) { |
11917 | isObjCPointer = false; |
11918 | } else if (PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
11919 | isObjCPointer = true; |
11920 | } else { |
11921 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
11922 | } |
11923 | } |
11924 | assert(PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()); |
11925 | |
11926 | if (!IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
11927 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
11928 | |
11929 | // Adding to a null pointer results in undefined behavior. |
11930 | if (PExp->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant( |
11931 | Ctx&: Context, NPC: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) { |
11932 | // In C++ adding zero to a null pointer is defined. |
11933 | Expr::EvalResult KnownVal; |
11934 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || |
11935 | (!IExp->isValueDependent() && |
11936 | (!IExp->EvaluateAsInt(Result&: KnownVal, Ctx: Context) || |
11937 | KnownVal.Val.getInt() != 0))) { |
11938 | // Check the conditions to see if this is the 'p = nullptr + n' idiom. |
11939 | bool IsGNUIdiom = BinaryOperator::isNullPointerArithmeticExtension( |
11940 | Ctx&: Context, Opc: BO_Add, LHS: PExp, RHS: IExp); |
11941 | diagnoseArithmeticOnNullPointer(S&: *this, Loc, Pointer: PExp, IsGNUIdiom); |
11942 | } |
11943 | } |
11944 | |
11945 | if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(S&: *this, Loc, Operand: PExp)) |
11946 | return QualType(); |
11947 | |
11948 | if (isObjCPointer && checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(S&: *this, opLoc: Loc, op: PExp)) |
11949 | return QualType(); |
11950 | |
11951 | // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic |
11952 | CheckArrayAccess(BaseExpr: PExp, IndexExpr: IExp); |
11953 | |
11954 | if (CompLHSTy) { |
11955 | QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(E: LHS.get()); |
11956 | if (LHSTy.isNull()) { |
11957 | LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
11958 | if (Context.isPromotableIntegerType(T: LHSTy)) |
11959 | LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(PromotableType: LHSTy); |
11960 | } |
11961 | *CompLHSTy = LHSTy; |
11962 | } |
11963 | |
11964 | return PExp->getType(); |
11965 | } |
11966 | |
11967 | // C99 6.5.6 |
11968 | QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
11969 | SourceLocation Loc, |
11970 | QualType* CompLHSTy) { |
11971 | checkArithmeticNull(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); |
11972 | |
11973 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || |
11974 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
11975 | QualType compType = |
11976 | CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign: CompLHSTy, |
11977 | /*AllowBothBool*/ getLangOpts().AltiVec, |
11978 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ getLangOpts().ZVector, |
11979 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ AllowBoolOperation: false, |
11980 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); |
11981 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; |
11982 | return compType; |
11983 | } |
11984 | |
11985 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isSveVLSBuiltinType() || |
11986 | RHS.get()->getType()->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) { |
11987 | QualType compType = |
11988 | CheckSizelessVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign: CompLHSTy, OperationKind: ACK_Arithmetic); |
11989 | if (CompLHSTy) |
11990 | *CompLHSTy = compType; |
11991 | return compType; |
11992 | } |
11993 | |
11994 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType() || |
11995 | RHS.get()->getType()->isConstantMatrixType()) { |
11996 | QualType compType = |
11997 | CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign: CompLHSTy); |
11998 | if (CompLHSTy) |
11999 | *CompLHSTy = compType; |
12000 | return compType; |
12001 | } |
12002 | |
12003 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( |
12004 | LHS, RHS, Loc, ACK: CompLHSTy ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_Arithmetic); |
12005 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
12006 | return QualType(); |
12007 | |
12008 | // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3. |
12009 | |
12010 | // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic). |
12011 | if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isArithmeticType()) { |
12012 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType; |
12013 | return compType; |
12014 | } |
12015 | |
12016 | // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr. |
12017 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) { |
12018 | QualType lpointee = LHS.get()->getType()->getPointeeType(); |
12019 | |
12020 | // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts. |
12021 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
12022 | checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(S&: *this, opLoc: Loc, op: LHS.get())) |
12023 | return QualType(); |
12024 | |
12025 | // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type. |
12026 | if (RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) { |
12027 | // Subtracting from a null pointer should produce a warning. |
12028 | // The last argument to the diagnose call says this doesn't match the |
12029 | // GNU int-to-pointer idiom. |
12030 | if (LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(Ctx&: Context, |
12031 | NPC: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) { |
12032 | // In C++ adding zero to a null pointer is defined. |
12033 | Expr::EvalResult KnownVal; |
12034 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || |
12035 | (!RHS.get()->isValueDependent() && |
12036 | (!RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result&: KnownVal, Ctx: Context) || |
12037 | KnownVal.Val.getInt() != 0))) { |
12038 | diagnoseArithmeticOnNullPointer(S&: *this, Loc, Pointer: LHS.get(), IsGNUIdiom: false); |
12039 | } |
12040 | } |
12041 | |
12042 | if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(S&: *this, Loc, Operand: LHS.get())) |
12043 | return QualType(); |
12044 | |
12045 | // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic |
12046 | CheckArrayAccess(BaseExpr: LHS.get(), IndexExpr: RHS.get(), /*ArraySubscriptExpr*/ASE: nullptr, |
12047 | /*AllowOnePastEnd*/true, /*IndexNegated*/true); |
12048 | |
12049 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
12050 | return LHS.get()->getType(); |
12051 | } |
12052 | |
12053 | // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions. |
12054 | if (const PointerType *RHSPTy |
12055 | = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
12056 | QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType(); |
12057 | |
12058 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
12059 | // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add] |
12060 | if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1: lpointee, T2: rpointee)) { |
12061 | diagnosePointerIncompatibility(S&: *this, Loc, LHSExpr: LHS.get(), RHSExpr: RHS.get()); |
12062 | } |
12063 | } else { |
12064 | // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3 |
12065 | if (!Context.typesAreCompatible( |
12066 | T1: Context.getCanonicalType(T: lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(), |
12067 | T2: Context.getCanonicalType(T: rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) { |
12068 | diagnosePointerIncompatibility(S&: *this, Loc, LHSExpr: LHS.get(), RHSExpr: RHS.get()); |
12069 | return QualType(); |
12070 | } |
12071 | } |
12072 | |
12073 | if (!checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(S&: *this, Loc, |
12074 | LHSExpr: LHS.get(), RHSExpr: RHS.get())) |
12075 | return QualType(); |
12076 | |
12077 | bool LHSIsNullPtr = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant( |
12078 | Ctx&: Context, NPC: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull); |
12079 | bool RHSIsNullPtr = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant( |
12080 | Ctx&: Context, NPC: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull); |
12081 | |
12082 | // Subtracting nullptr or from nullptr is suspect |
12083 | if (LHSIsNullPtr) |
12084 | diagnoseSubtractionOnNullPointer(S&: *this, Loc, Pointer: LHS.get(), BothNull: RHSIsNullPtr); |
12085 | if (RHSIsNullPtr) |
12086 | diagnoseSubtractionOnNullPointer(S&: *this, Loc, Pointer: RHS.get(), BothNull: LHSIsNullPtr); |
12087 | |
12088 | // The pointee type may have zero size. As an extension, a structure or |
12089 | // union may have zero size or an array may have zero length. In this |
12090 | // case subtraction does not make sense. |
12091 | if (!rpointee->isVoidType() && !rpointee->isFunctionType()) { |
12092 | CharUnits ElementSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T: rpointee); |
12093 | if (ElementSize.isZero()) { |
12094 | Diag(Loc,diag::warn_sub_ptr_zero_size_types) |
12095 | << rpointee.getUnqualifiedType() |
12096 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12097 | } |
12098 | } |
12099 | |
12100 | if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
12101 | return Context.getPointerDiffType(); |
12102 | } |
12103 | } |
12104 | |
12105 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12106 | } |
12107 | |
12108 | static bool isScopedEnumerationType(QualType T) { |
12109 | if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) |
12110 | return ET->getDecl()->isScoped(); |
12111 | return false; |
12112 | } |
12113 | |
12114 | static void DiagnoseBadShiftValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
12115 | SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
12116 | QualType LHSType) { |
12117 | // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS (more defined), |
12118 | // so skip remaining warnings as we don't want to modify values within Sema. |
12119 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL) |
12120 | return; |
12121 | |
12122 | // Check right/shifter operand |
12123 | Expr::EvalResult RHSResult; |
12124 | if (RHS.get()->isValueDependent() || |
12125 | !RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result&: RHSResult, Ctx: S.Context)) |
12126 | return; |
12127 | llvm::APSInt Right = RHSResult.Val.getInt(); |
12128 | |
12129 | if (Right.isNegative()) { |
12130 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), |
12131 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_negative) |
12132 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); |
12133 | return; |
12134 | } |
12135 | |
12136 | QualType LHSExprType = LHS.get()->getType(); |
12137 | uint64_t LeftSize = S.Context.getTypeSize(T: LHSExprType); |
12138 | if (LHSExprType->isBitIntType()) |
12139 | LeftSize = S.Context.getIntWidth(T: LHSExprType); |
12140 | else if (LHSExprType->isFixedPointType()) { |
12141 | auto FXSema = S.Context.getFixedPointSemantics(Ty: LHSExprType); |
12142 | LeftSize = FXSema.getWidth() - (unsigned)FXSema.hasUnsignedPadding(); |
12143 | } |
12144 | if (Right.uge(RHS: LeftSize)) { |
12145 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), |
12146 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) |
12147 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); |
12148 | return; |
12149 | } |
12150 | |
12151 | // FIXME: We probably need to handle fixed point types specially here. |
12152 | if (Opc != BO_Shl || LHSExprType->isFixedPointType()) |
12153 | return; |
12154 | |
12155 | // When left shifting an ICE which is signed, we can check for overflow which |
12156 | // according to C++ standards prior to C++2a has undefined behavior |
12157 | // ([expr.shift] 5.8/2). Unsigned integers have defined behavior modulo one |
12158 | // more than the maximum value representable in the result type, so never |
12159 | // warn for those. (FIXME: Unsigned left-shift overflow in a constant |
12160 | // expression is still probably a bug.) |
12161 | Expr::EvalResult LHSResult; |
12162 | if (LHS.get()->isValueDependent() || |
12163 | LHSType->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() || |
12164 | !LHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result&: LHSResult, Ctx: S.Context)) |
12165 | return; |
12166 | llvm::APSInt Left = LHSResult.Val.getInt(); |
12167 | |
12168 | // Don't warn if signed overflow is defined, then all the rest of the |
12169 | // diagnostics will not be triggered because the behavior is defined. |
12170 | // Also don't warn in C++20 mode (and newer), as signed left shifts |
12171 | // always wrap and never overflow. |
12172 | if (S.getLangOpts().isSignedOverflowDefined() || S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) |
12173 | return; |
12174 | |
12175 | // If LHS does not have a non-negative value then, the |
12176 | // behavior is undefined before C++2a. Warn about it. |
12177 | if (Left.isNegative()) { |
12178 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, LHS.get(), |
12179 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_lhs_negative) |
12180 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()); |
12181 | return; |
12182 | } |
12183 | |
12184 | llvm::APInt ResultBits = |
12185 | static_cast<llvm::APInt &>(Right) + Left.getSignificantBits(); |
12186 | if (ResultBits.ule(RHS: LeftSize)) |
12187 | return; |
12188 | llvm::APSInt Result = Left.extend(width: ResultBits.getLimitedValue()); |
12189 | Result = Result.shl(ShiftAmt: Right); |
12190 | |
12191 | // Print the bit representation of the signed integer as an unsigned |
12192 | // hexadecimal number. |
12193 | SmallString<40> HexResult; |
12194 | Result.toString(Str&: HexResult, Radix: 16, /*Signed =*/false, /*Literal =*/formatAsCLiteral: true); |
12195 | |
12196 | // If we are only missing a sign bit, this is less likely to result in actual |
12197 | // bugs -- if the result is cast back to an unsigned type, it will have the |
12198 | // expected value. Thus we place this behind a different warning that can be |
12199 | // turned off separately if needed. |
12200 | if (ResultBits - 1 == LeftSize) { |
12201 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_sets_sign_bit) |
12202 | << HexResult << LHSType |
12203 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12204 | return; |
12205 | } |
12206 | |
12207 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_gt_typewidth) |
12208 | << HexResult.str() << Result.getSignificantBits() << LHSType |
12209 | << Left.getBitWidth() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
12210 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12211 | } |
12212 | |
12213 | /// Return the resulting type when a vector is shifted |
12214 | /// by a scalar or vector shift amount. |
12215 | static QualType checkVectorShift(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
12216 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) { |
12217 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says RHS can be a vector only if LHS is a vector. |
12218 | if ((S.LangOpts.OpenCL || S.LangOpts.ZVector) && |
12219 | !LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
12220 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_shift_rhs_only_vector) |
12221 | << RHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getType() |
12222 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12223 | return QualType(); |
12224 | } |
12225 | |
12226 | if (!IsCompAssign) { |
12227 | LHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(E: LHS.get()); |
12228 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); |
12229 | } |
12230 | |
12231 | RHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(E: RHS.get()); |
12232 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); |
12233 | |
12234 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); |
12235 | // Note that LHS might be a scalar because the routine calls not only in |
12236 | // OpenCL case. |
12237 | const VectorType *LHSVecTy = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
12238 | QualType LHSEleType = LHSVecTy ? LHSVecTy->getElementType() : LHSType; |
12239 | |
12240 | // Note that RHS might not be a vector. |
12241 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); |
12242 | const VectorType *RHSVecTy = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>(); |
12243 | QualType RHSEleType = RHSVecTy ? RHSVecTy->getElementType() : RHSType; |
12244 | |
12245 | // Do not allow shifts for boolean vectors. |
12246 | if ((LHSVecTy && LHSVecTy->isExtVectorBoolType()) || |
12247 | (RHSVecTy && RHSVecTy->isExtVectorBoolType())) { |
12248 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands) |
12249 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() |
12250 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12251 | return QualType(); |
12252 | } |
12253 | |
12254 | // The operands need to be integers. |
12255 | if (!LHSEleType->isIntegerType()) { |
12256 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int) |
12257 | << LHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12258 | return QualType(); |
12259 | } |
12260 | |
12261 | if (!RHSEleType->isIntegerType()) { |
12262 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int) |
12263 | << RHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12264 | return QualType(); |
12265 | } |
12266 | |
12267 | if (!LHSVecTy) { |
12268 | assert(RHSVecTy); |
12269 | if (IsCompAssign) |
12270 | return RHSType; |
12271 | if (LHSEleType != RHSEleType) { |
12272 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(),Type: RHSEleType, CK: CK_IntegralCast); |
12273 | LHSEleType = RHSEleType; |
12274 | } |
12275 | QualType VecTy = |
12276 | S.Context.getExtVectorType(VectorType: LHSEleType, NumElts: RHSVecTy->getNumElements()); |
12277 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: VecTy, CK: CK_VectorSplat); |
12278 | LHSType = VecTy; |
12279 | } else if (RHSVecTy) { |
12280 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.j says that for vector types, the operators |
12281 | // are applied component-wise. So if RHS is a vector, then ensure |
12282 | // that the number of elements is the same as LHS... |
12283 | if (RHSVecTy->getNumElements() != LHSVecTy->getNumElements()) { |
12284 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_lengths_not_equal) |
12285 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() |
12286 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12287 | return QualType(); |
12288 | } |
12289 | if (!S.LangOpts.OpenCL && !S.LangOpts.ZVector) { |
12290 | const BuiltinType *LHSBT = LHSEleType->getAs<clang::BuiltinType>(); |
12291 | const BuiltinType *RHSBT = RHSEleType->getAs<clang::BuiltinType>(); |
12292 | if (LHSBT != RHSBT && |
12293 | S.Context.getTypeSize(LHSBT) != S.Context.getTypeSize(RHSBT)) { |
12294 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_typecheck_vector_element_sizes_not_equal) |
12295 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() |
12296 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12297 | } |
12298 | } |
12299 | } else { |
12300 | // ...else expand RHS to match the number of elements in LHS. |
12301 | QualType VecTy = |
12302 | S.Context.getExtVectorType(VectorType: RHSEleType, NumElts: LHSVecTy->getNumElements()); |
12303 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: VecTy, CK: CK_VectorSplat); |
12304 | } |
12305 | |
12306 | return LHSType; |
12307 | } |
12308 | |
12309 | static QualType checkSizelessVectorShift(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
12310 | ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
12311 | bool IsCompAssign) { |
12312 | if (!IsCompAssign) { |
12313 | LHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(E: LHS.get()); |
12314 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
12315 | return QualType(); |
12316 | } |
12317 | |
12318 | RHS = S.UsualUnaryConversions(E: RHS.get()); |
12319 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
12320 | return QualType(); |
12321 | |
12322 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); |
12323 | const BuiltinType *LHSBuiltinTy = LHSType->castAs<BuiltinType>(); |
12324 | QualType LHSEleType = LHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType() |
12325 | ? LHSBuiltinTy->getSveEltType(S.getASTContext()) |
12326 | : LHSType; |
12327 | |
12328 | // Note that RHS might not be a vector |
12329 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); |
12330 | const BuiltinType *RHSBuiltinTy = RHSType->castAs<BuiltinType>(); |
12331 | QualType RHSEleType = RHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType() |
12332 | ? RHSBuiltinTy->getSveEltType(S.getASTContext()) |
12333 | : RHSType; |
12334 | |
12335 | if ((LHSBuiltinTy && LHSBuiltinTy->isSVEBool()) || |
12336 | (RHSBuiltinTy && RHSBuiltinTy->isSVEBool())) { |
12337 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands) |
12338 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12339 | return QualType(); |
12340 | } |
12341 | |
12342 | if (!LHSEleType->isIntegerType()) { |
12343 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int) |
12344 | << LHS.get()->getType() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12345 | return QualType(); |
12346 | } |
12347 | |
12348 | if (!RHSEleType->isIntegerType()) { |
12349 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_expect_int) |
12350 | << RHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12351 | return QualType(); |
12352 | } |
12353 | |
12354 | if (LHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType() && RHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType() && |
12355 | (S.Context.getBuiltinVectorTypeInfo(VecTy: LHSBuiltinTy).EC != |
12356 | S.Context.getBuiltinVectorTypeInfo(VecTy: RHSBuiltinTy).EC)) { |
12357 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands) |
12358 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
12359 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12360 | return QualType(); |
12361 | } |
12362 | |
12363 | if (!LHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) { |
12364 | assert(RHSType->isSveVLSBuiltinType()); |
12365 | if (IsCompAssign) |
12366 | return RHSType; |
12367 | if (LHSEleType != RHSEleType) { |
12368 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSEleType, CK: clang::CK_IntegralCast); |
12369 | LHSEleType = RHSEleType; |
12370 | } |
12371 | const llvm::ElementCount VecSize = |
12372 | S.Context.getBuiltinVectorTypeInfo(VecTy: RHSBuiltinTy).EC; |
12373 | QualType VecTy = |
12374 | S.Context.getScalableVectorType(EltTy: LHSEleType, NumElts: VecSize.getKnownMinValue()); |
12375 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: VecTy, CK: clang::CK_VectorSplat); |
12376 | LHSType = VecTy; |
12377 | } else if (RHSBuiltinTy && RHSBuiltinTy->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) { |
12378 | if (S.Context.getTypeSize(RHSBuiltinTy) != |
12379 | S.Context.getTypeSize(LHSBuiltinTy)) { |
12380 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_lengths_not_equal) |
12381 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
12382 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12383 | return QualType(); |
12384 | } |
12385 | } else { |
12386 | const llvm::ElementCount VecSize = |
12387 | S.Context.getBuiltinVectorTypeInfo(VecTy: LHSBuiltinTy).EC; |
12388 | if (LHSEleType != RHSEleType) { |
12389 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSEleType, CK: clang::CK_IntegralCast); |
12390 | RHSEleType = LHSEleType; |
12391 | } |
12392 | QualType VecTy = |
12393 | S.Context.getScalableVectorType(EltTy: RHSEleType, NumElts: VecSize.getKnownMinValue()); |
12394 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: VecTy, CK: CK_VectorSplat); |
12395 | } |
12396 | |
12397 | return LHSType; |
12398 | } |
12399 | |
12400 | // C99 6.5.7 |
12401 | QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
12402 | SourceLocation Loc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
12403 | bool IsCompAssign) { |
12404 | checkArithmeticNull(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); |
12405 | |
12406 | // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type. |
12407 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || |
12408 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
12409 | if (LangOpts.ZVector) { |
12410 | // The shift operators for the z vector extensions work basically |
12411 | // like general shifts, except that neither the LHS nor the RHS is |
12412 | // allowed to be a "vector bool". |
12413 | if (auto LHSVecType = LHS.get()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) |
12414 | if (LHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::AltiVecBool) |
12415 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12416 | if (auto RHSVecType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) |
12417 | if (RHSVecType->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::AltiVecBool) |
12418 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12419 | } |
12420 | return checkVectorShift(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); |
12421 | } |
12422 | |
12423 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isSveVLSBuiltinType() || |
12424 | RHS.get()->getType()->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) |
12425 | return checkSizelessVectorShift(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); |
12426 | |
12427 | // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer |
12428 | // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3 |
12429 | |
12430 | // For the LHS, do usual unary conversions, but then reset them away |
12431 | // if this is a compound assignment. |
12432 | ExprResult OldLHS = LHS; |
12433 | LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(E: LHS.get()); |
12434 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
12435 | return QualType(); |
12436 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); |
12437 | if (IsCompAssign) LHS = OldLHS; |
12438 | |
12439 | // The RHS is simpler. |
12440 | RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(E: RHS.get()); |
12441 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
12442 | return QualType(); |
12443 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); |
12444 | |
12445 | // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type. |
12446 | // Embedded-C 4.1.6.2.2: The LHS may also be fixed-point. |
12447 | if ((!LHSType->isFixedPointOrIntegerType() && |
12448 | !LHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation()) || |
12449 | !RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation()) |
12450 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12451 | |
12452 | // C++0x: Don't allow scoped enums. FIXME: Use something better than |
12453 | // hasIntegerRepresentation() above instead of this. |
12454 | if (isScopedEnumerationType(T: LHSType) || |
12455 | isScopedEnumerationType(T: RHSType)) { |
12456 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12457 | } |
12458 | DiagnoseBadShiftValues(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc, LHSType); |
12459 | |
12460 | // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand." |
12461 | return LHSType; |
12462 | } |
12463 | |
12464 | /// Diagnose bad pointer comparisons. |
12465 | static void diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
12466 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
12467 | bool IsError) { |
12468 | S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers |
12469 | : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers) |
12470 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() |
12471 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12472 | } |
12473 | |
12474 | /// Returns false if the pointers are converted to a composite type, |
12475 | /// true otherwise. |
12476 | static bool convertPointersToCompositeType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
12477 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS) { |
12478 | // C++ [expr.rel]p2: |
12479 | // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification |
12480 | // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on |
12481 | // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring |
12482 | // them to their composite pointer type. [...] |
12483 | // |
12484 | // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality |
12485 | // comparisons of pointers. |
12486 | |
12487 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); |
12488 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); |
12489 | assert(LHSType->isPointerType() || RHSType->isPointerType() || |
12490 | LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType()); |
12491 | |
12492 | QualType T = S.FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1&: LHS, E2&: RHS); |
12493 | if (T.isNull()) { |
12494 | if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() || LHSType->isMemberPointerType()) && |
12495 | (RHSType->isAnyPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType())) |
12496 | diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(S, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/IsError: true); |
12497 | else |
12498 | S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12499 | return true; |
12500 | } |
12501 | |
12502 | return false; |
12503 | } |
12504 | |
12505 | static void diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
12506 | ExprResult &LHS, |
12507 | ExprResult &RHS, |
12508 | bool IsError) { |
12509 | S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void |
12510 | : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void) |
12511 | << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() |
12512 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
12513 | } |
12514 | |
12515 | static bool isObjCObjectLiteral(ExprResult &E) { |
12516 | switch (E.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getStmtClass()) { |
12517 | case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass: |
12518 | case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass: |
12519 | case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass: |
12520 | case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: |
12521 | return true; |
12522 | default: |
12523 | // Note that ObjCBoolLiteral is NOT an object literal! |
12524 | return false; |
12525 | } |
12526 | } |
12527 | |
12528 | static bool hasIsEqualMethod(Sema &S, const Expr *LHS, const Expr *RHS) { |
12529 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *Type = |
12530 | LHS->getType()->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
12531 | |
12532 | // If this is not actually an Objective-C object, bail out. |
12533 | if (!Type) |
12534 | return false; |
12535 | |
12536 | // Get the LHS object's interface type. |
12537 | QualType InterfaceType = Type->getPointeeType(); |
12538 | |
12539 | // If the RHS isn't an Objective-C object, bail out. |
12540 | if (!RHS->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) |
12541 | return false; |
12542 | |
12543 | // Try to find the -isEqual: method. |
12544 | Selector IsEqualSel = S.NSAPIObj->getIsEqualSelector(); |
12545 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method = S.LookupMethodInObjectType(Sel: IsEqualSel, |
12546 | Ty: InterfaceType, |
12547 | /*IsInstance=*/true); |
12548 | if (!Method) { |
12549 | if (Type->isObjCIdType()) { |
12550 | // For 'id', just check the global pool. |
12551 | Method = S.LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Sel: IsEqualSel, R: SourceRange(), |
12552 | /*receiverId=*/receiverIdOrClass: true); |
12553 | } else { |
12554 | // Check protocols. |
12555 | Method = S.LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Sel: IsEqualSel, OPT: Type, |
12556 | /*IsInstance=*/true); |
12557 | } |
12558 | } |
12559 | |
12560 | if (!Method) |
12561 | return false; |
12562 | |
12563 | QualType T = Method->parameters()[0]->getType(); |
12564 | if (!T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) |
12565 | return false; |
12566 | |
12567 | QualType R = Method->getReturnType(); |
12568 | if (!R->isScalarType()) |
12569 | return false; |
12570 | |
12571 | return true; |
12572 | } |
12573 | |
12574 | Sema::ObjCLiteralKind Sema::CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE) { |
12575 | FromE = FromE->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
12576 | switch (FromE->getStmtClass()) { |
12577 | default: |
12578 | break; |
12579 | case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass: |
12580 | // "string literal" |
12581 | return LK_String; |
12582 | case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass: |
12583 | // "array literal" |
12584 | return LK_Array; |
12585 | case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass: |
12586 | // "dictionary literal" |
12587 | return LK_Dictionary; |
12588 | case Stmt::BlockExprClass: |
12589 | return LK_Block; |
12590 | case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass: { |
12591 | Expr *Inner = cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(Val: FromE)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens(); |
12592 | switch (Inner->getStmtClass()) { |
12593 | case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: |
12594 | case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass: |
12595 | case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass: |
12596 | case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass: |
12597 | case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass: |
12598 | // "numeric literal" |
12599 | return LK_Numeric; |
12600 | case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: { |
12601 | CastKind CK = cast<CastExpr>(Val: Inner)->getCastKind(); |
12602 | // Boolean literals can be represented by implicit casts. |
12603 | if (CK == CK_IntegralToBoolean || CK == CK_IntegralCast) |
12604 | return LK_Numeric; |
12605 | break; |
12606 | } |
12607 | default: |
12608 | break; |
12609 | } |
12610 | return LK_Boxed; |
12611 | } |
12612 | } |
12613 | return LK_None; |
12614 | } |
12615 | |
12616 | static void diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
12617 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
12618 | BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc){ |
12619 | Expr *Literal; |
12620 | Expr *Other; |
12621 | if (isObjCObjectLiteral(E&: LHS)) { |
12622 | Literal = LHS.get(); |
12623 | Other = RHS.get(); |
12624 | } else { |
12625 | Literal = RHS.get(); |
12626 | Other = LHS.get(); |
12627 | } |
12628 | |
12629 | // Don't warn on comparisons against nil. |
12630 | Other = Other->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
12631 | if (Other->isNullPointerConstant(Ctx&: S.getASTContext(), |
12632 | NPC: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) |
12633 | return; |
12634 | |
12635 | // This should be kept in sync with warn_objc_literal_comparison. |
12636 | // LK_String should always be after the other literals, since it has its own |
12637 | // warning flag. |
12638 | Sema::ObjCLiteralKind LiteralKind = S.CheckLiteralKind(FromE: Literal); |
12639 | assert(LiteralKind != Sema::LK_Block); |
12640 | if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_None) { |
12641 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown Objective-C object literal kind" ); |
12642 | } |
12643 | |
12644 | if (LiteralKind == Sema::LK_String) |
12645 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_string_literal_comparison) |
12646 | << Literal->getSourceRange(); |
12647 | else |
12648 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_objc_literal_comparison) |
12649 | << LiteralKind << Literal->getSourceRange(); |
12650 | |
12651 | if (BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc) && |
12652 | hasIsEqualMethod(S, LHS: LHS.get(), RHS: RHS.get())) { |
12653 | SourceLocation Start = LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(); |
12654 | SourceLocation End = S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc: RHS.get()->getEndLoc()); |
12655 | CharSourceRange OpRange = |
12656 | CharSourceRange::getCharRange(B: Loc, E: S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)); |
12657 | |
12658 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_objc_literal_comparison_isequal) |
12659 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Start, Opc == BO_EQ ? "[" : "![" ) |
12660 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpRange, " isEqual:" ) |
12661 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(End, "]" ); |
12662 | } |
12663 | } |
12664 | |
12665 | /// Warns on !x < y, !x & y where !(x < y), !(x & y) was probably intended. |
12666 | static void diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
12667 | ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
12668 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
12669 | // Check that left hand side is !something. |
12670 | UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Val: LHS.get()->IgnoreImpCasts()); |
12671 | if (!UO || UO->getOpcode() != UO_LNot) return; |
12672 | |
12673 | // Only check if the right hand side is non-bool arithmetic type. |
12674 | if (RHS.get()->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) return; |
12675 | |
12676 | // Make sure that the something in !something is not bool. |
12677 | Expr *SubExpr = UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImpCasts(); |
12678 | if (SubExpr->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) return; |
12679 | |
12680 | // Emit warning. |
12681 | bool IsBitwiseOp = Opc == BO_And || Opc == BO_Or || Opc == BO_Xor; |
12682 | S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_not_on_lhs_of_check) |
12683 | << Loc << IsBitwiseOp; |
12684 | |
12685 | // First note suggest !(x < y) |
12686 | SourceLocation FirstOpen = SubExpr->getBeginLoc(); |
12687 | SourceLocation FirstClose = RHS.get()->getEndLoc(); |
12688 | FirstClose = S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc: FirstClose); |
12689 | if (FirstClose.isInvalid()) |
12690 | FirstOpen = SourceLocation(); |
12691 | S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_fix) |
12692 | << IsBitwiseOp |
12693 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstOpen, "(" ) |
12694 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FirstClose, ")" ); |
12695 | |
12696 | // Second note suggests (!x) < y |
12697 | SourceLocation SecondOpen = LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(); |
12698 | SourceLocation SecondClose = LHS.get()->getEndLoc(); |
12699 | SecondClose = S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc: SecondClose); |
12700 | if (SecondClose.isInvalid()) |
12701 | SecondOpen = SourceLocation(); |
12702 | S.Diag(UO->getOperatorLoc(), diag::note_logical_not_silence_with_parens) |
12703 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondOpen, "(" ) |
12704 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondClose, ")" ); |
12705 | } |
12706 | |
12707 | // Returns true if E refers to a non-weak array. |
12708 | static bool checkForArray(const Expr *E) { |
12709 | const ValueDecl *D = nullptr; |
12710 | if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E)) { |
12711 | D = DR->getDecl(); |
12712 | } else if (const MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Val: E)) { |
12713 | if (Mem->isImplicitAccess()) |
12714 | D = Mem->getMemberDecl(); |
12715 | } |
12716 | if (!D) |
12717 | return false; |
12718 | return D->getType()->isArrayType() && !D->isWeak(); |
12719 | } |
12720 | |
12721 | /// Diagnose some forms of syntactically-obvious tautological comparison. |
12722 | static void diagnoseTautologicalComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
12723 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
12724 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
12725 | Expr *LHSStripped = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
12726 | Expr *RHSStripped = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
12727 | |
12728 | QualType LHSType = LHS->getType(); |
12729 | QualType RHSType = RHS->getType(); |
12730 | if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() || |
12731 | (LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && !BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc)) || |
12732 | S.inTemplateInstantiation()) |
12733 | return; |
12734 | |
12735 | // WebAssembly Tables cannot be compared, therefore shouldn't emit |
12736 | // Tautological diagnostics. |
12737 | if (LHSType->isWebAssemblyTableType() || RHSType->isWebAssemblyTableType()) |
12738 | return; |
12739 | |
12740 | // Comparisons between two array types are ill-formed for operator<=>, so |
12741 | // we shouldn't emit any additional warnings about it. |
12742 | if (Opc == BO_Cmp && LHSType->isArrayType() && RHSType->isArrayType()) |
12743 | return; |
12744 | |
12745 | // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form |
12746 | // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and |
12747 | // often indicate logic errors in the program. |
12748 | // |
12749 | // NOTE: Don't warn about comparison expressions resulting from macro |
12750 | // expansion. Also don't warn about comparisons which are only self |
12751 | // comparisons within a template instantiation. The warnings should catch |
12752 | // obvious cases in the definition of the template anyways. The idea is to |
12753 | // warn when the typed comparison operator will always evaluate to the same |
12754 | // result. |
12755 | |
12756 | // Used for indexing into %select in warn_comparison_always |
12757 | enum { |
12758 | AlwaysConstant, |
12759 | AlwaysTrue, |
12760 | AlwaysFalse, |
12761 | AlwaysEqual, // std::strong_ordering::equal from operator<=> |
12762 | }; |
12763 | |
12764 | // C++2a [depr.array.comp]: |
12765 | // Equality and relational comparisons ([expr.eq], [expr.rel]) between two |
12766 | // operands of array type are deprecated. |
12767 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && LHSStripped->getType()->isArrayType() && |
12768 | RHSStripped->getType()->isArrayType()) { |
12769 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_depr_array_comparison) |
12770 | << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange() |
12771 | << LHSStripped->getType() << RHSStripped->getType(); |
12772 | // Carry on to produce the tautological comparison warning, if this |
12773 | // expression is potentially-evaluated, we can resolve the array to a |
12774 | // non-weak declaration, and so on. |
12775 | } |
12776 | |
12777 | if (!LHS->getBeginLoc().isMacroID() && !RHS->getBeginLoc().isMacroID()) { |
12778 | if (Expr::isSameComparisonOperand(E1: LHS, E2: RHS)) { |
12779 | unsigned Result; |
12780 | switch (Opc) { |
12781 | case BO_EQ: |
12782 | case BO_LE: |
12783 | case BO_GE: |
12784 | Result = AlwaysTrue; |
12785 | break; |
12786 | case BO_NE: |
12787 | case BO_LT: |
12788 | case BO_GT: |
12789 | Result = AlwaysFalse; |
12790 | break; |
12791 | case BO_Cmp: |
12792 | Result = AlwaysEqual; |
12793 | break; |
12794 | default: |
12795 | Result = AlwaysConstant; |
12796 | break; |
12797 | } |
12798 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, |
12799 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always) |
12800 | << 0 /*self-comparison*/ |
12801 | << Result); |
12802 | } else if (checkForArray(E: LHSStripped) && checkForArray(E: RHSStripped)) { |
12803 | // What is it always going to evaluate to? |
12804 | unsigned Result; |
12805 | switch (Opc) { |
12806 | case BO_EQ: // e.g. array1 == array2 |
12807 | Result = AlwaysFalse; |
12808 | break; |
12809 | case BO_NE: // e.g. array1 != array2 |
12810 | Result = AlwaysTrue; |
12811 | break; |
12812 | default: // e.g. array1 <= array2 |
12813 | // The best we can say is 'a constant' |
12814 | Result = AlwaysConstant; |
12815 | break; |
12816 | } |
12817 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, |
12818 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always) |
12819 | << 1 /*array comparison*/ |
12820 | << Result); |
12821 | } |
12822 | } |
12823 | |
12824 | if (isa<CastExpr>(Val: LHSStripped)) |
12825 | LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
12826 | if (isa<CastExpr>(Val: RHSStripped)) |
12827 | RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
12828 | |
12829 | // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other |
12830 | // operand is null); the user probably wants string comparison function. |
12831 | Expr *LiteralString = nullptr; |
12832 | Expr *LiteralStringStripped = nullptr; |
12833 | if ((isa<StringLiteral>(Val: LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(Val: LHSStripped)) && |
12834 | !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Ctx&: S.Context, |
12835 | NPC: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
12836 | LiteralString = LHS; |
12837 | LiteralStringStripped = LHSStripped; |
12838 | } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(Val: RHSStripped) || |
12839 | isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(Val: RHSStripped)) && |
12840 | !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Ctx&: S.Context, |
12841 | NPC: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { |
12842 | LiteralString = RHS; |
12843 | LiteralStringStripped = RHSStripped; |
12844 | } |
12845 | |
12846 | if (LiteralString) { |
12847 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, nullptr, |
12848 | S.PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare) |
12849 | << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LiteralStringStripped) |
12850 | << LiteralString->getSourceRange()); |
12851 | } |
12852 | } |
12853 | |
12854 | static ImplicitConversionKind castKindToImplicitConversionKind(CastKind CK) { |
12855 | switch (CK) { |
12856 | default: { |
12857 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
12858 | llvm::errs() << "unhandled cast kind: " << CastExpr::getCastKindName(CK) |
12859 | << "\n" ; |
12860 | #endif |
12861 | llvm_unreachable("unhandled cast kind" ); |
12862 | } |
12863 | case CK_UserDefinedConversion: |
12864 | return ICK_Identity; |
12865 | case CK_LValueToRValue: |
12866 | return ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue; |
12867 | case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: |
12868 | return ICK_Array_To_Pointer; |
12869 | case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay: |
12870 | return ICK_Function_To_Pointer; |
12871 | case CK_IntegralCast: |
12872 | return ICK_Integral_Conversion; |
12873 | case CK_FloatingCast: |
12874 | return ICK_Floating_Conversion; |
12875 | case CK_IntegralToFloating: |
12876 | case CK_FloatingToIntegral: |
12877 | return ICK_Floating_Integral; |
12878 | case CK_IntegralComplexCast: |
12879 | case CK_FloatingComplexCast: |
12880 | case CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex: |
12881 | case CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex: |
12882 | return ICK_Complex_Conversion; |
12883 | case CK_FloatingComplexToReal: |
12884 | case CK_FloatingRealToComplex: |
12885 | case CK_IntegralComplexToReal: |
12886 | case CK_IntegralRealToComplex: |
12887 | return ICK_Complex_Real; |
12888 | } |
12889 | } |
12890 | |
12891 | static bool checkThreeWayNarrowingConversion(Sema &S, QualType ToType, Expr *E, |
12892 | QualType FromType, |
12893 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
12894 | // Check for a narrowing implicit conversion. |
12895 | StandardConversionSequence SCS; |
12896 | SCS.setAsIdentityConversion(); |
12897 | SCS.setToType(Idx: 0, T: FromType); |
12898 | SCS.setToType(Idx: 1, T: ToType); |
12899 | if (const auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Val: E)) |
12900 | SCS.Second = castKindToImplicitConversionKind(ICE->getCastKind()); |
12901 | |
12902 | APValue PreNarrowingValue; |
12903 | QualType PreNarrowingType; |
12904 | switch (SCS.getNarrowingKind(Context&: S.Context, Converted: E, ConstantValue&: PreNarrowingValue, |
12905 | ConstantType&: PreNarrowingType, |
12906 | /*IgnoreFloatToIntegralConversion*/ true)) { |
12907 | case NK_Dependent_Narrowing: |
12908 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, but the expression is |
12909 | // value-dependent so we can't tell whether it's actually narrowing. |
12910 | case NK_Not_Narrowing: |
12911 | return false; |
12912 | |
12913 | case NK_Constant_Narrowing: |
12914 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant |
12915 | // expression. |
12916 | S.Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_spaceship_argument_narrowing) |
12917 | << /*Constant*/ 1 |
12918 | << PreNarrowingValue.getAsString(S.Context, PreNarrowingType) << ToType; |
12919 | return true; |
12920 | |
12921 | case NK_Variable_Narrowing: |
12922 | // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant |
12923 | // expression. |
12924 | case NK_Type_Narrowing: |
12925 | S.Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_spaceship_argument_narrowing) |
12926 | << /*Constant*/ 0 << FromType << ToType; |
12927 | // TODO: It's not a constant expression, but what if the user intended it |
12928 | // to be? Can we produce notes to help them figure out why it isn't? |
12929 | return true; |
12930 | } |
12931 | llvm_unreachable("unhandled case in switch" ); |
12932 | } |
12933 | |
12934 | static QualType checkArithmeticOrEnumeralThreeWayCompare(Sema &S, |
12935 | ExprResult &LHS, |
12936 | ExprResult &RHS, |
12937 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
12938 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); |
12939 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); |
12940 | // Dig out the original argument type and expression before implicit casts |
12941 | // were applied. These are the types/expressions we need to check the |
12942 | // [expr.spaceship] requirements against. |
12943 | ExprResult LHSStripped = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
12944 | ExprResult RHSStripped = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
12945 | QualType LHSStrippedType = LHSStripped.get()->getType(); |
12946 | QualType RHSStrippedType = RHSStripped.get()->getType(); |
12947 | |
12948 | // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p3: If one of the operands is of type bool and the |
12949 | // other is not, the program is ill-formed. |
12950 | if (LHSStrippedType->isBooleanType() != RHSStrippedType->isBooleanType()) { |
12951 | S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS&: LHSStripped, RHS&: RHSStripped); |
12952 | return QualType(); |
12953 | } |
12954 | |
12955 | // FIXME: Consider combining this with checkEnumArithmeticConversions. |
12956 | int = (int)LHSStrippedType->isEnumeralType() + |
12957 | RHSStrippedType->isEnumeralType(); |
12958 | if (NumEnumArgs == 1) { |
12959 | bool LHSIsEnum = LHSStrippedType->isEnumeralType(); |
12960 | QualType OtherTy = LHSIsEnum ? RHSStrippedType : LHSStrippedType; |
12961 | if (OtherTy->hasFloatingRepresentation()) { |
12962 | S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS&: LHSStripped, RHS&: RHSStripped); |
12963 | return QualType(); |
12964 | } |
12965 | } |
12966 | if (NumEnumArgs == 2) { |
12967 | // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p5: If both operands have the same enumeration |
12968 | // type E, the operator yields the result of converting the operands |
12969 | // to the underlying type of E and applying <=> to the converted operands. |
12970 | if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1: LHSStrippedType, T2: RHSStrippedType)) { |
12971 | S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12972 | return QualType(); |
12973 | } |
12974 | QualType IntType = |
12975 | LHSStrippedType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
12976 | assert(IntType->isArithmeticType()); |
12977 | |
12978 | // We can't use `CK_IntegralCast` when the underlying type is 'bool', so we |
12979 | // promote the boolean type, and all other promotable integer types, to |
12980 | // avoid this. |
12981 | if (S.Context.isPromotableIntegerType(T: IntType)) |
12982 | IntType = S.Context.getPromotedIntegerType(PromotableType: IntType); |
12983 | |
12984 | LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: IntType, CK: CK_IntegralCast); |
12985 | RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: IntType, CK: CK_IntegralCast); |
12986 | LHSType = RHSType = IntType; |
12987 | } |
12988 | |
12989 | // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p4: If both operands have arithmetic types, the |
12990 | // usual arithmetic conversions are applied to the operands. |
12991 | QualType Type = |
12992 | S.UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, Loc, ACK: Sema::ACK_Comparison); |
12993 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
12994 | return QualType(); |
12995 | if (Type.isNull()) |
12996 | return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
12997 | |
12998 | std::optional<ComparisonCategoryType> CCT = |
12999 | getComparisonCategoryForBuiltinCmp(T: Type); |
13000 | if (!CCT) |
13001 | return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13002 | |
13003 | bool HasNarrowing = checkThreeWayNarrowingConversion( |
13004 | S, Type, LHS.get(), LHSType, LHS.get()->getBeginLoc()); |
13005 | HasNarrowing |= checkThreeWayNarrowingConversion(S, Type, RHS.get(), RHSType, |
13006 | RHS.get()->getBeginLoc()); |
13007 | if (HasNarrowing) |
13008 | return QualType(); |
13009 | |
13010 | assert(!Type.isNull() && "composite type for <=> has not been set" ); |
13011 | |
13012 | return S.CheckComparisonCategoryType( |
13013 | Kind: *CCT, Loc, Usage: Sema::ComparisonCategoryUsage::OperatorInExpression); |
13014 | } |
13015 | |
13016 | static QualType checkArithmeticOrEnumeralCompare(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, |
13017 | ExprResult &RHS, |
13018 | SourceLocation Loc, |
13019 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
13020 | if (Opc == BO_Cmp) |
13021 | return checkArithmeticOrEnumeralThreeWayCompare(S, LHS, RHS, Loc); |
13022 | |
13023 | // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4 |
13024 | QualType Type = |
13025 | S.UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, Loc, ACK: Sema::ACK_Comparison); |
13026 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
13027 | return QualType(); |
13028 | if (Type.isNull()) |
13029 | return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13030 | assert(Type->isArithmeticType() || Type->isEnumeralType()); |
13031 | |
13032 | if (Type->isAnyComplexType() && BinaryOperator::isRelationalOp(Opc)) |
13033 | return S.InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13034 | |
13035 | // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. |
13036 | if (Type->hasFloatingRepresentation()) |
13037 | S.CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS: LHS.get(), RHS: RHS.get(), Opcode: Opc); |
13038 | |
13039 | // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C. |
13040 | return S.Context.getLogicalOperationType(); |
13041 | } |
13042 | |
13043 | void Sema::CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(ExprResult &E, ExprResult &NullE) { |
13044 | if (!NullE.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) |
13045 | return; |
13046 | int NullValue = PP.isMacroDefined(Id: "NULL" ) ? 0 : 1; |
13047 | if (!E.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && |
13048 | E.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Ctx&: Context, |
13049 | NPC: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) == |
13050 | Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression) { |
13051 | if (const auto *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(Val: E.get())) { |
13052 | if (CL->getValue() == 0) |
13053 | Diag(E.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_compare) |
13054 | << NullValue |
13055 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(E.get()->getExprLoc(), |
13056 | NullValue ? "NULL" : "(void *)0" ); |
13057 | } else if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(Val: E.get())) { |
13058 | TypeSourceInfo *TI = CE->getTypeInfoAsWritten(); |
13059 | QualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(T: TI->getType()).getUnqualifiedType(); |
13060 | if (T == Context.CharTy) |
13061 | Diag(E.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_compare) |
13062 | << NullValue |
13063 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(E.get()->getExprLoc(), |
13064 | NullValue ? "NULL" : "(void *)0" ); |
13065 | } |
13066 | } |
13067 | } |
13068 | |
13069 | // C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel] |
13070 | QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
13071 | SourceLocation Loc, |
13072 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
13073 | bool IsRelational = BinaryOperator::isRelationalOp(Opc); |
13074 | bool IsThreeWay = Opc == BO_Cmp; |
13075 | bool IsOrdered = IsRelational || IsThreeWay; |
13076 | auto IsAnyPointerType = [](ExprResult E) { |
13077 | QualType Ty = E.get()->getType(); |
13078 | return Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType(); |
13079 | }; |
13080 | |
13081 | // C++2a [expr.spaceship]p6: If at least one of the operands is of pointer |
13082 | // type, array-to-pointer, ..., conversions are performed on both operands to |
13083 | // bring them to their composite type. |
13084 | // Otherwise, all comparisons expect an rvalue, so convert to rvalue before |
13085 | // any type-related checks. |
13086 | if (!IsThreeWay || IsAnyPointerType(LHS) || IsAnyPointerType(RHS)) { |
13087 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: LHS.get()); |
13088 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
13089 | return QualType(); |
13090 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: RHS.get()); |
13091 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
13092 | return QualType(); |
13093 | } else { |
13094 | LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(E: LHS.get()); |
13095 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
13096 | return QualType(); |
13097 | RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(E: RHS.get()); |
13098 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
13099 | return QualType(); |
13100 | } |
13101 | |
13102 | checkArithmeticNull(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/true); |
13103 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opc)) { |
13104 | CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(E&: LHS, NullE&: RHS); |
13105 | CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(E&: RHS, NullE&: LHS); |
13106 | } |
13107 | |
13108 | // Handle vector comparisons separately. |
13109 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || |
13110 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) |
13111 | return CheckVectorCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc); |
13112 | |
13113 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isSveVLSBuiltinType() || |
13114 | RHS.get()->getType()->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) |
13115 | return CheckSizelessVectorCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc); |
13116 | |
13117 | diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc); |
13118 | diagnoseTautologicalComparison(S&: *this, Loc, LHS: LHS.get(), RHS: RHS.get(), Opc); |
13119 | |
13120 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); |
13121 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); |
13122 | if ((LHSType->isArithmeticType() || LHSType->isEnumeralType()) && |
13123 | (RHSType->isArithmeticType() || RHSType->isEnumeralType())) |
13124 | return checkArithmeticOrEnumeralCompare(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc); |
13125 | |
13126 | if ((LHSType->isPointerType() && |
13127 | LHSType->getPointeeType().isWebAssemblyReferenceType()) || |
13128 | (RHSType->isPointerType() && |
13129 | RHSType->getPointeeType().isWebAssemblyReferenceType())) |
13130 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13131 | |
13132 | const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind LHSNullKind = |
13133 | LHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Ctx&: Context, NPC: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); |
13134 | const Expr::NullPointerConstantKind RHSNullKind = |
13135 | RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Ctx&: Context, NPC: Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull); |
13136 | bool LHSIsNull = LHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull; |
13137 | bool RHSIsNull = RHSNullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull; |
13138 | |
13139 | auto computeResultTy = [&]() { |
13140 | if (Opc != BO_Cmp) |
13141 | return Context.getLogicalOperationType(); |
13142 | assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus); |
13143 | assert(Context.hasSameType(LHS.get()->getType(), RHS.get()->getType())); |
13144 | |
13145 | QualType CompositeTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
13146 | assert(!CompositeTy->isReferenceType()); |
13147 | |
13148 | std::optional<ComparisonCategoryType> CCT = |
13149 | getComparisonCategoryForBuiltinCmp(T: CompositeTy); |
13150 | if (!CCT) |
13151 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13152 | |
13153 | if (CompositeTy->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull != RHSIsNull) { |
13154 | // P0946R0: Comparisons between a null pointer constant and an object |
13155 | // pointer result in std::strong_equality, which is ill-formed under |
13156 | // P1959R0. |
13157 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_three_way_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero) |
13158 | << (LHSIsNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
13159 | : RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); |
13160 | return QualType(); |
13161 | } |
13162 | |
13163 | return CheckComparisonCategoryType( |
13164 | Kind: *CCT, Loc, Usage: ComparisonCategoryUsage::OperatorInExpression); |
13165 | }; |
13166 | |
13167 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSIsNull != RHSIsNull) { |
13168 | bool IsEquality = Opc == BO_EQ; |
13169 | if (RHSIsNull) |
13170 | DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(E: LHS.get(), NullType: RHSNullKind, IsEqual: IsEquality, |
13171 | Range: RHS.get()->getSourceRange()); |
13172 | else |
13173 | DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(E: RHS.get(), NullType: LHSNullKind, IsEqual: IsEquality, |
13174 | Range: LHS.get()->getSourceRange()); |
13175 | } |
13176 | |
13177 | if (IsOrdered && LHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && |
13178 | RHSType->isFunctionPointerType()) { |
13179 | // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers |
13180 | bool IsError = Opc == BO_Cmp; |
13181 | auto DiagID = |
13182 | IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers |
13183 | : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
13184 | ? diag::warn_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers |
13185 | : diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers; |
13186 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
13187 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
13188 | if (IsError) |
13189 | return QualType(); |
13190 | } |
13191 | |
13192 | if ((LHSType->isIntegerType() && !LHSIsNull) || |
13193 | (RHSType->isIntegerType() && !RHSIsNull)) { |
13194 | // Skip normal pointer conversion checks in this case; we have better |
13195 | // diagnostics for this below. |
13196 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
13197 | // Equality comparison of a function pointer to a void pointer is invalid, |
13198 | // but we allow it as an extension. |
13199 | // FIXME: If we really want to allow this, should it be part of composite |
13200 | // pointer type computation so it works in conditionals too? |
13201 | if (!IsOrdered && |
13202 | ((LHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) || |
13203 | (RHSType->isFunctionPointerType() && LHSType->isVoidPointerType()))) { |
13204 | // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison. |
13205 | // In a SFINAE context, we treat this as a hard error to maintain |
13206 | // conformance with the C++ standard. |
13207 | diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison( |
13208 | S&: *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/ IsError: (bool)isSFINAEContext()); |
13209 | |
13210 | if (isSFINAEContext()) |
13211 | return QualType(); |
13212 | |
13213 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
13214 | return computeResultTy(); |
13215 | } |
13216 | |
13217 | // C++ [expr.eq]p2: |
13218 | // If at least one operand is a pointer [...] bring them to their |
13219 | // composite pointer type. |
13220 | // C++ [expr.spaceship]p6 |
13221 | // If at least one of the operands is of pointer type, [...] bring them |
13222 | // to their composite pointer type. |
13223 | // C++ [expr.rel]p2: |
13224 | // If both operands are pointers, [...] bring them to their composite |
13225 | // pointer type. |
13226 | // For <=>, the only valid non-pointer types are arrays and functions, and |
13227 | // we already decayed those, so this is really the same as the relational |
13228 | // comparison rule. |
13229 | if ((int)LHSType->isPointerType() + (int)RHSType->isPointerType() >= |
13230 | (IsOrdered ? 2 : 1) && |
13231 | (!LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount || !(LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
13232 | RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))) { |
13233 | if (convertPointersToCompositeType(S&: *this, Loc, LHS, RHS)) |
13234 | return QualType(); |
13235 | return computeResultTy(); |
13236 | } |
13237 | } else if (LHSType->isPointerType() && |
13238 | RHSType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2 |
13239 | // All of the following pointer-related warnings are GCC extensions, except |
13240 | // when handling null pointer constants. |
13241 | QualType LCanPointeeTy = |
13242 | LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType(); |
13243 | QualType RCanPointeeTy = |
13244 | RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType(); |
13245 | |
13246 | // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2 |
13247 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(T1: LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(), |
13248 | T2: RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) { |
13249 | if (IsRelational) { |
13250 | // Pointers both need to point to complete or incomplete types |
13251 | if ((LCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType() != |
13252 | RCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType()) && |
13253 | !getLangOpts().C11) { |
13254 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_compare_complete_incomplete_pointers) |
13255 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
13256 | << LHSType << RHSType << LCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType() |
13257 | << RCanPointeeTy->isIncompleteType(); |
13258 | } |
13259 | } |
13260 | } else if (!IsRelational && |
13261 | (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) { |
13262 | // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer |
13263 | if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) |
13264 | && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) |
13265 | diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(S&: *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, |
13266 | /*isError*/IsError: false); |
13267 | } else { |
13268 | // Invalid |
13269 | diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(S&: *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/IsError: false); |
13270 | } |
13271 | if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) { |
13272 | // Treat NULL constant as a special case in OpenCL. |
13273 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { |
13274 | if (!LCanPointeeTy.isAddressSpaceOverlapping(T: RCanPointeeTy)) { |
13275 | Diag(Loc, |
13276 | diag::err_typecheck_op_on_nonoverlapping_address_space_pointers) |
13277 | << LHSType << RHSType << 0 /* comparison */ |
13278 | << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
13279 | } |
13280 | } |
13281 | LangAS AddrSpaceL = LCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace(); |
13282 | LangAS AddrSpaceR = RCanPointeeTy.getAddressSpace(); |
13283 | CastKind Kind = AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion |
13284 | : CK_BitCast; |
13285 | if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) |
13286 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSType, CK: Kind); |
13287 | else |
13288 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, CK: Kind); |
13289 | } |
13290 | return computeResultTy(); |
13291 | } |
13292 | |
13293 | |
13294 | // C++ [expr.eq]p4: |
13295 | // Two operands of type std::nullptr_t or one operand of type |
13296 | // std::nullptr_t and the other a null pointer constant compare |
13297 | // equal. |
13298 | // C23 6.5.9p5: |
13299 | // If both operands have type nullptr_t or one operand has type nullptr_t |
13300 | // and the other is a null pointer constant, they compare equal if the |
13301 | // former is a null pointer. |
13302 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSIsNull && RHSIsNull) { |
13303 | if (LHSType->isNullPtrType()) { |
13304 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, CK: CK_NullToPointer); |
13305 | return computeResultTy(); |
13306 | } |
13307 | if (RHSType->isNullPtrType()) { |
13308 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSType, CK: CK_NullToPointer); |
13309 | return computeResultTy(); |
13310 | } |
13311 | } |
13312 | |
13313 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsOrdered && (LHSIsNull || RHSIsNull)) { |
13314 | // C23 6.5.9p6: |
13315 | // Otherwise, at least one operand is a pointer. If one is a pointer and |
13316 | // the other is a null pointer constant or has type nullptr_t, they |
13317 | // compare equal |
13318 | if (LHSIsNull && RHSType->isPointerType()) { |
13319 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSType, CK: CK_NullToPointer); |
13320 | return computeResultTy(); |
13321 | } |
13322 | if (RHSIsNull && LHSType->isPointerType()) { |
13323 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, CK: CK_NullToPointer); |
13324 | return computeResultTy(); |
13325 | } |
13326 | } |
13327 | |
13328 | // Comparison of Objective-C pointers and block pointers against nullptr_t. |
13329 | // These aren't covered by the composite pointer type rules. |
13330 | if (!IsOrdered && RHSType->isNullPtrType() && |
13331 | (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || LHSType->isBlockPointerType())) { |
13332 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, CK: CK_NullToPointer); |
13333 | return computeResultTy(); |
13334 | } |
13335 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSType->isNullPtrType() && |
13336 | (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || RHSType->isBlockPointerType())) { |
13337 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSType, CK: CK_NullToPointer); |
13338 | return computeResultTy(); |
13339 | } |
13340 | |
13341 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
13342 | if (IsRelational && |
13343 | ((LHSType->isNullPtrType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) || |
13344 | (RHSType->isNullPtrType() && LHSType->isPointerType()))) { |
13345 | // HACK: Relational comparison of nullptr_t against a pointer type is |
13346 | // invalid per DR583, but we allow it within std::less<> and friends, |
13347 | // since otherwise common uses of it break. |
13348 | // FIXME: Consider removing this hack once LWG fixes std::less<> and |
13349 | // friends to have std::nullptr_t overload candidates. |
13350 | DeclContext *DC = CurContext; |
13351 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Val: DC)) |
13352 | DC = DC->getParent(); |
13353 | if (auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Val: DC)) { |
13354 | if (CTSD->isInStdNamespace() && |
13355 | llvm::StringSwitch<bool>(CTSD->getName()) |
13356 | .Cases(S0: "less" , S1: "less_equal" , S2: "greater" , S3: "greater_equal" , Value: true) |
13357 | .Default(Value: false)) { |
13358 | if (RHSType->isNullPtrType()) |
13359 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, CK: CK_NullToPointer); |
13360 | else |
13361 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSType, CK: CK_NullToPointer); |
13362 | return computeResultTy(); |
13363 | } |
13364 | } |
13365 | } |
13366 | |
13367 | // C++ [expr.eq]p2: |
13368 | // If at least one operand is a pointer to member, [...] bring them to |
13369 | // their composite pointer type. |
13370 | if (!IsOrdered && |
13371 | (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isMemberPointerType())) { |
13372 | if (convertPointersToCompositeType(S&: *this, Loc, LHS, RHS)) |
13373 | return QualType(); |
13374 | else |
13375 | return computeResultTy(); |
13376 | } |
13377 | } |
13378 | |
13379 | // Handle block pointer types. |
13380 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && |
13381 | RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { |
13382 | QualType lpointee = LHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
13383 | QualType rpointee = RHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
13384 | |
13385 | if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && |
13386 | !Context.typesAreCompatible(T1: lpointee, T2: rpointee)) { |
13387 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks) |
13388 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
13389 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
13390 | } |
13391 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
13392 | return computeResultTy(); |
13393 | } |
13394 | |
13395 | // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants. |
13396 | if (!IsOrdered |
13397 | && ((LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) |
13398 | || (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()))) { |
13399 | if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { |
13400 | if (!((RHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->castAs<PointerType>() |
13401 | ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) |
13402 | || (LHSType->isPointerType() && LHSType->castAs<PointerType>() |
13403 | ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()))) |
13404 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks) |
13405 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
13406 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
13407 | } |
13408 | if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) |
13409 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSType, |
13410 | CK: RHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast |
13411 | : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast); |
13412 | else |
13413 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, |
13414 | CK: LHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast |
13415 | : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast); |
13416 | return computeResultTy(); |
13417 | } |
13418 | |
13419 | if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
13420 | RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
13421 | const PointerType *LPT = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>(); |
13422 | const PointerType *RPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>(); |
13423 | if (LPT || RPT) { |
13424 | bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? LPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false; |
13425 | bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? RPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false; |
13426 | |
13427 | if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid && |
13428 | !Context.typesAreCompatible(T1: LHSType, T2: RHSType)) { |
13429 | diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(S&: *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, |
13430 | /*isError*/IsError: false); |
13431 | } |
13432 | // FIXME: If LPtrToVoid, we should presumably convert the LHS rather than |
13433 | // the RHS, but we have test coverage for this behavior. |
13434 | // FIXME: Consider using convertPointersToCompositeType in C++. |
13435 | if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) { |
13436 | Expr *E = LHS.get(); |
13437 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) |
13438 | CheckObjCConversion(castRange: SourceRange(), castType: RHSType, op&: E, |
13439 | CCK: CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
13440 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, Type: RHSType, |
13441 | CK: RPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); |
13442 | } |
13443 | else { |
13444 | Expr *E = RHS.get(); |
13445 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) |
13446 | CheckObjCConversion(castRange: SourceRange(), castType: LHSType, op&: E, CCK: CCK_ImplicitConversion, |
13447 | /*Diagnose=*/true, |
13448 | /*DiagnoseCFAudited=*/false, Opc); |
13449 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E, Type: LHSType, |
13450 | CK: LPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast); |
13451 | } |
13452 | return computeResultTy(); |
13453 | } |
13454 | if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
13455 | RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
13456 | if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(LHS: LHSType, RHS: RHSType)) |
13457 | diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(S&: *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, |
13458 | /*isError*/IsError: false); |
13459 | if (isObjCObjectLiteral(E&: LHS) || isObjCObjectLiteral(E&: RHS)) |
13460 | diagnoseObjCLiteralComparison(S&: *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, Opc); |
13461 | |
13462 | if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) |
13463 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
13464 | else |
13465 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, CK: CK_BitCast); |
13466 | return computeResultTy(); |
13467 | } |
13468 | |
13469 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && |
13470 | RHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ctx&: Context)) { |
13471 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSType, |
13472 | CK: CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast); |
13473 | return computeResultTy(); |
13474 | } else if (!IsOrdered && |
13475 | LHSType->isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ctx&: Context) && |
13476 | RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { |
13477 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, |
13478 | CK: CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast); |
13479 | return computeResultTy(); |
13480 | } |
13481 | } |
13482 | if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) || |
13483 | (LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isAnyPointerType())) { |
13484 | unsigned DiagID = 0; |
13485 | bool isError = false; |
13486 | if (LangOpts.DebuggerSupport) { |
13487 | // Under a debugger, allow the comparison of pointers to integers, |
13488 | // since users tend to want to compare addresses. |
13489 | } else if ((LHSIsNull && LHSType->isIntegerType()) || |
13490 | (RHSIsNull && RHSType->isIntegerType())) { |
13491 | if (IsOrdered) { |
13492 | isError = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; |
13493 | DiagID = |
13494 | isError ? diag::err_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero |
13495 | : diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero; |
13496 | } |
13497 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
13498 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer; |
13499 | isError = true; |
13500 | } else if (IsOrdered) |
13501 | DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer; |
13502 | else |
13503 | DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer; |
13504 | |
13505 | if (DiagID) { |
13506 | Diag(Loc, DiagID) |
13507 | << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() |
13508 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); |
13509 | if (isError) |
13510 | return QualType(); |
13511 | } |
13512 | |
13513 | if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) |
13514 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSType, |
13515 | CK: LHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer); |
13516 | else |
13517 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, |
13518 | CK: RHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer); |
13519 | return computeResultTy(); |
13520 | } |
13521 | |
13522 | // Handle block pointers. |
13523 | if (!IsOrdered && RHSIsNull |
13524 | && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) { |
13525 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, CK: CK_NullToPointer); |
13526 | return computeResultTy(); |
13527 | } |
13528 | if (!IsOrdered && LHSIsNull |
13529 | && LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) { |
13530 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSType, CK: CK_NullToPointer); |
13531 | return computeResultTy(); |
13532 | } |
13533 | |
13534 | if (getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() >= 200) { |
13535 | if (LHSType->isClkEventT() && RHSType->isClkEventT()) { |
13536 | return computeResultTy(); |
13537 | } |
13538 | |
13539 | if (LHSType->isQueueT() && RHSType->isQueueT()) { |
13540 | return computeResultTy(); |
13541 | } |
13542 | |
13543 | if (LHSIsNull && RHSType->isQueueT()) { |
13544 | LHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Type: RHSType, CK: CK_NullToPointer); |
13545 | return computeResultTy(); |
13546 | } |
13547 | |
13548 | if (LHSType->isQueueT() && RHSIsNull) { |
13549 | RHS = ImpCastExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Type: LHSType, CK: CK_NullToPointer); |
13550 | return computeResultTy(); |
13551 | } |
13552 | } |
13553 | |
13554 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13555 | } |
13556 | |
13557 | // Return a signed ext_vector_type that is of identical size and number of |
13558 | // elements. For floating point vectors, return an integer type of identical |
13559 | // size and number of elements. In the non ext_vector_type case, search from |
13560 | // the largest type to the smallest type to avoid cases where long long == long, |
13561 | // where long gets picked over long long. |
13562 | QualType Sema::GetSignedVectorType(QualType V) { |
13563 | const VectorType *VTy = V->castAs<VectorType>(); |
13564 | unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(T: VTy->getElementType()); |
13565 | |
13566 | if (isa<ExtVectorType>(Val: VTy)) { |
13567 | if (VTy->isExtVectorBoolType()) |
13568 | return Context.getExtVectorType(VectorType: Context.BoolTy, NumElts: VTy->getNumElements()); |
13569 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy)) |
13570 | return Context.getExtVectorType(VectorType: Context.CharTy, NumElts: VTy->getNumElements()); |
13571 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy)) |
13572 | return Context.getExtVectorType(VectorType: Context.ShortTy, NumElts: VTy->getNumElements()); |
13573 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy)) |
13574 | return Context.getExtVectorType(VectorType: Context.IntTy, NumElts: VTy->getNumElements()); |
13575 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.Int128Ty)) |
13576 | return Context.getExtVectorType(VectorType: Context.Int128Ty, NumElts: VTy->getNumElements()); |
13577 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy)) |
13578 | return Context.getExtVectorType(VectorType: Context.LongTy, NumElts: VTy->getNumElements()); |
13579 | assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) && |
13580 | "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare" ); |
13581 | return Context.getExtVectorType(VectorType: Context.LongLongTy, NumElts: VTy->getNumElements()); |
13582 | } |
13583 | |
13584 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.Int128Ty)) |
13585 | return Context.getVectorType(VectorType: Context.Int128Ty, NumElts: VTy->getNumElements(), |
13586 | VecKind: VectorKind::Generic); |
13587 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy)) |
13588 | return Context.getVectorType(VectorType: Context.LongLongTy, NumElts: VTy->getNumElements(), |
13589 | VecKind: VectorKind::Generic); |
13590 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy)) |
13591 | return Context.getVectorType(VectorType: Context.LongTy, NumElts: VTy->getNumElements(), |
13592 | VecKind: VectorKind::Generic); |
13593 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy)) |
13594 | return Context.getVectorType(VectorType: Context.IntTy, NumElts: VTy->getNumElements(), |
13595 | VecKind: VectorKind::Generic); |
13596 | if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.ShortTy)) |
13597 | return Context.getVectorType(VectorType: Context.ShortTy, NumElts: VTy->getNumElements(), |
13598 | VecKind: VectorKind::Generic); |
13599 | assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy) && |
13600 | "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare" ); |
13601 | return Context.getVectorType(VectorType: Context.CharTy, NumElts: VTy->getNumElements(), |
13602 | VecKind: VectorKind::Generic); |
13603 | } |
13604 | |
13605 | QualType Sema::GetSignedSizelessVectorType(QualType V) { |
13606 | const BuiltinType *VTy = V->castAs<BuiltinType>(); |
13607 | assert(VTy->isSizelessBuiltinType() && "expected sizeless type" ); |
13608 | |
13609 | const QualType ETy = V->getSveEltType(Ctx: Context); |
13610 | const auto TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(T: ETy); |
13611 | |
13612 | const QualType IntTy = Context.getIntTypeForBitwidth(DestWidth: TypeSize, Signed: true); |
13613 | const llvm::ElementCount VecSize = Context.getBuiltinVectorTypeInfo(VecTy: VTy).EC; |
13614 | return Context.getScalableVectorType(EltTy: IntTy, NumElts: VecSize.getKnownMinValue()); |
13615 | } |
13616 | |
13617 | /// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that |
13618 | /// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result, |
13619 | /// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer |
13620 | /// types. |
13621 | QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
13622 | SourceLocation Loc, |
13623 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
13624 | if (Opc == BO_Cmp) { |
13625 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_three_way_vector_comparison); |
13626 | return QualType(); |
13627 | } |
13628 | |
13629 | // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width, |
13630 | // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type. |
13631 | QualType vType = |
13632 | CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompAssign*/ IsCompAssign: false, |
13633 | /*AllowBothBool*/ true, |
13634 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ getLangOpts().ZVector, |
13635 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ AllowBoolOperation: true, |
13636 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); |
13637 | if (vType.isNull()) |
13638 | return vType; |
13639 | |
13640 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); |
13641 | |
13642 | // Determine the return type of a vector compare. By default clang will return |
13643 | // a scalar for all vector compares except vector bool and vector pixel. |
13644 | // With the gcc compiler we will always return a vector type and with the xl |
13645 | // compiler we will always return a scalar type. This switch allows choosing |
13646 | // which behavior is prefered. |
13647 | if (getLangOpts().AltiVec) { |
13648 | switch (getLangOpts().getAltivecSrcCompat()) { |
13649 | case LangOptions::AltivecSrcCompatKind::Mixed: |
13650 | // If AltiVec, the comparison results in a numeric type, i.e. |
13651 | // bool for C++, int for C |
13652 | if (vType->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == |
13653 | VectorKind::AltiVecVector) |
13654 | return Context.getLogicalOperationType(); |
13655 | else |
13656 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated_altivec_src_compat); |
13657 | break; |
13658 | case LangOptions::AltivecSrcCompatKind::GCC: |
13659 | // For GCC we always return the vector type. |
13660 | break; |
13661 | case LangOptions::AltivecSrcCompatKind::XL: |
13662 | return Context.getLogicalOperationType(); |
13663 | break; |
13664 | } |
13665 | } |
13666 | |
13667 | // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form |
13668 | // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and |
13669 | // often indicate logic errors in the program. |
13670 | diagnoseTautologicalComparison(S&: *this, Loc, LHS: LHS.get(), RHS: RHS.get(), Opc); |
13671 | |
13672 | // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. |
13673 | if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) { |
13674 | assert(RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation()); |
13675 | CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS: LHS.get(), RHS: RHS.get(), Opcode: Opc); |
13676 | } |
13677 | |
13678 | // Return a signed type for the vector. |
13679 | return GetSignedVectorType(V: vType); |
13680 | } |
13681 | |
13682 | QualType Sema::CheckSizelessVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, |
13683 | ExprResult &RHS, |
13684 | SourceLocation Loc, |
13685 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
13686 | if (Opc == BO_Cmp) { |
13687 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_three_way_vector_comparison); |
13688 | return QualType(); |
13689 | } |
13690 | |
13691 | // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width, |
13692 | // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type. |
13693 | QualType vType = CheckSizelessVectorOperands( |
13694 | LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompAssign*/ IsCompAssign: false, OperationKind: ACK_Comparison); |
13695 | |
13696 | if (vType.isNull()) |
13697 | return vType; |
13698 | |
13699 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); |
13700 | |
13701 | // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form |
13702 | // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and |
13703 | // often indicate logic errors in the program. |
13704 | diagnoseTautologicalComparison(S&: *this, Loc, LHS: LHS.get(), RHS: RHS.get(), Opc); |
13705 | |
13706 | // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==. |
13707 | if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) { |
13708 | assert(RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation()); |
13709 | CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS: LHS.get(), RHS: RHS.get(), Opcode: Opc); |
13710 | } |
13711 | |
13712 | const BuiltinType *LHSBuiltinTy = LHSType->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
13713 | const BuiltinType *RHSBuiltinTy = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
13714 | |
13715 | if (LHSBuiltinTy && RHSBuiltinTy && LHSBuiltinTy->isSVEBool() && |
13716 | RHSBuiltinTy->isSVEBool()) |
13717 | return LHSType; |
13718 | |
13719 | // Return a signed type for the vector. |
13720 | return GetSignedSizelessVectorType(V: vType); |
13721 | } |
13722 | |
13723 | static void diagnoseXorMisusedAsPow(Sema &S, const ExprResult &XorLHS, |
13724 | const ExprResult &XorRHS, |
13725 | const SourceLocation Loc) { |
13726 | // Do not diagnose macros. |
13727 | if (Loc.isMacroID()) |
13728 | return; |
13729 | |
13730 | // Do not diagnose if both LHS and RHS are macros. |
13731 | if (XorLHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID() && |
13732 | XorRHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) |
13733 | return; |
13734 | |
13735 | bool Negative = false; |
13736 | bool ExplicitPlus = false; |
13737 | const auto *LHSInt = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Val: XorLHS.get()); |
13738 | const auto *RHSInt = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Val: XorRHS.get()); |
13739 | |
13740 | if (!LHSInt) |
13741 | return; |
13742 | if (!RHSInt) { |
13743 | // Check negative literals. |
13744 | if (const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Val: XorRHS.get())) { |
13745 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc = UO->getOpcode(); |
13746 | if (Opc != UO_Minus && Opc != UO_Plus) |
13747 | return; |
13748 | RHSInt = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Val: UO->getSubExpr()); |
13749 | if (!RHSInt) |
13750 | return; |
13751 | Negative = (Opc == UO_Minus); |
13752 | ExplicitPlus = !Negative; |
13753 | } else { |
13754 | return; |
13755 | } |
13756 | } |
13757 | |
13758 | const llvm::APInt &LeftSideValue = LHSInt->getValue(); |
13759 | llvm::APInt RightSideValue = RHSInt->getValue(); |
13760 | if (LeftSideValue != 2 && LeftSideValue != 10) |
13761 | return; |
13762 | |
13763 | if (LeftSideValue.getBitWidth() != RightSideValue.getBitWidth()) |
13764 | return; |
13765 | |
13766 | CharSourceRange ExprRange = CharSourceRange::getCharRange( |
13767 | B: LHSInt->getBeginLoc(), E: S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc: RHSInt->getLocation())); |
13768 | llvm::StringRef ExprStr = |
13769 | Lexer::getSourceText(Range: ExprRange, SM: S.getSourceManager(), LangOpts: S.getLangOpts()); |
13770 | |
13771 | CharSourceRange XorRange = |
13772 | CharSourceRange::getCharRange(B: Loc, E: S.getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)); |
13773 | llvm::StringRef XorStr = |
13774 | Lexer::getSourceText(Range: XorRange, SM: S.getSourceManager(), LangOpts: S.getLangOpts()); |
13775 | // Do not diagnose if xor keyword/macro is used. |
13776 | if (XorStr == "xor" ) |
13777 | return; |
13778 | |
13779 | std::string LHSStr = std::string(Lexer::getSourceText( |
13780 | Range: CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(LHSInt->getSourceRange()), |
13781 | SM: S.getSourceManager(), LangOpts: S.getLangOpts())); |
13782 | std::string RHSStr = std::string(Lexer::getSourceText( |
13783 | Range: CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(RHSInt->getSourceRange()), |
13784 | SM: S.getSourceManager(), LangOpts: S.getLangOpts())); |
13785 | |
13786 | if (Negative) { |
13787 | RightSideValue = -RightSideValue; |
13788 | RHSStr = "-" + RHSStr; |
13789 | } else if (ExplicitPlus) { |
13790 | RHSStr = "+" + RHSStr; |
13791 | } |
13792 | |
13793 | StringRef LHSStrRef = LHSStr; |
13794 | StringRef RHSStrRef = RHSStr; |
13795 | // Do not diagnose literals with digit separators, binary, hexadecimal, octal |
13796 | // literals. |
13797 | if (LHSStrRef.starts_with(Prefix: "0b" ) || LHSStrRef.starts_with(Prefix: "0B" ) || |
13798 | RHSStrRef.starts_with(Prefix: "0b" ) || RHSStrRef.starts_with(Prefix: "0B" ) || |
13799 | LHSStrRef.starts_with(Prefix: "0x" ) || LHSStrRef.starts_with(Prefix: "0X" ) || |
13800 | RHSStrRef.starts_with(Prefix: "0x" ) || RHSStrRef.starts_with(Prefix: "0X" ) || |
13801 | (LHSStrRef.size() > 1 && LHSStrRef.starts_with(Prefix: "0" )) || |
13802 | (RHSStrRef.size() > 1 && RHSStrRef.starts_with(Prefix: "0" )) || |
13803 | LHSStrRef.contains(C: '\'') || RHSStrRef.contains(C: '\'')) |
13804 | return; |
13805 | |
13806 | bool SuggestXor = |
13807 | S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || S.getPreprocessor().isMacroDefined(Id: "xor" ); |
13808 | const llvm::APInt XorValue = LeftSideValue ^ RightSideValue; |
13809 | int64_t RightSideIntValue = RightSideValue.getSExtValue(); |
13810 | if (LeftSideValue == 2 && RightSideIntValue >= 0) { |
13811 | std::string SuggestedExpr = "1 << " + RHSStr; |
13812 | bool Overflow = false; |
13813 | llvm::APInt One = (LeftSideValue - 1); |
13814 | llvm::APInt PowValue = One.sshl_ov(Amt: RightSideValue, Overflow); |
13815 | if (Overflow) { |
13816 | if (RightSideIntValue < 64) |
13817 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow_base) |
13818 | << ExprStr << toString(XorValue, 10, true) << ("1LL << " + RHSStr) |
13819 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ExprRange, "1LL << " + RHSStr); |
13820 | else if (RightSideIntValue == 64) |
13821 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow) |
13822 | << ExprStr << toString(XorValue, 10, true); |
13823 | else |
13824 | return; |
13825 | } else { |
13826 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow_base_extra) |
13827 | << ExprStr << toString(XorValue, 10, true) << SuggestedExpr |
13828 | << toString(PowValue, 10, true) |
13829 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( |
13830 | ExprRange, (RightSideIntValue == 0) ? "1" : SuggestedExpr); |
13831 | } |
13832 | |
13833 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_xor_used_as_pow_silence) |
13834 | << ("0x2 ^ " + RHSStr) << SuggestXor; |
13835 | } else if (LeftSideValue == 10) { |
13836 | std::string SuggestedValue = "1e" + std::to_string(val: RightSideIntValue); |
13837 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_xor_used_as_pow_base) |
13838 | << ExprStr << toString(XorValue, 10, true) << SuggestedValue |
13839 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ExprRange, SuggestedValue); |
13840 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_xor_used_as_pow_silence) |
13841 | << ("0xA ^ " + RHSStr) << SuggestXor; |
13842 | } |
13843 | } |
13844 | |
13845 | QualType Sema::CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
13846 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
13847 | // Ensure that either both operands are of the same vector type, or |
13848 | // one operand is of a vector type and the other is of its element type. |
13849 | QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign: false, |
13850 | /*AllowBothBool*/ true, |
13851 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ false, |
13852 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ AllowBoolOperation: false, |
13853 | /*ReportInvalid*/ false); |
13854 | if (vType.isNull()) |
13855 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13856 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
13857 | getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() < 120 && |
13858 | vType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) |
13859 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13860 | // FIXME: The check for C++ here is for GCC compatibility. GCC rejects the |
13861 | // usage of the logical operators && and || with vectors in C. This |
13862 | // check could be notionally dropped. |
13863 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
13864 | !(isa<ExtVectorType>(Val: vType->getAs<VectorType>()))) |
13865 | return InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13866 | |
13867 | return GetSignedVectorType(V: LHS.get()->getType()); |
13868 | } |
13869 | |
13870 | QualType Sema::CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
13871 | SourceLocation Loc, |
13872 | bool IsCompAssign) { |
13873 | if (!IsCompAssign) { |
13874 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: LHS.get()); |
13875 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
13876 | return QualType(); |
13877 | } |
13878 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: RHS.get()); |
13879 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
13880 | return QualType(); |
13881 | |
13882 | // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers. |
13883 | // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent. |
13884 | QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
13885 | QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
13886 | |
13887 | const MatrixType *LHSMatType = LHSType->getAs<MatrixType>(); |
13888 | const MatrixType *RHSMatType = RHSType->getAs<MatrixType>(); |
13889 | assert((LHSMatType || RHSMatType) && "At least one operand must be a matrix" ); |
13890 | |
13891 | if (Context.hasSameType(T1: LHSType, T2: RHSType)) |
13892 | return Context.getCommonSugaredType(X: LHSType, Y: RHSType); |
13893 | |
13894 | // Type conversion may change LHS/RHS. Keep copies to the original results, in |
13895 | // case we have to return InvalidOperands. |
13896 | ExprResult OriginalLHS = LHS; |
13897 | ExprResult OriginalRHS = RHS; |
13898 | if (LHSMatType && !RHSMatType) { |
13899 | RHS = tryConvertExprToType(E: RHS.get(), Ty: LHSMatType->getElementType()); |
13900 | if (!RHS.isInvalid()) |
13901 | return LHSType; |
13902 | |
13903 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS&: OriginalLHS, RHS&: OriginalRHS); |
13904 | } |
13905 | |
13906 | if (!LHSMatType && RHSMatType) { |
13907 | LHS = tryConvertExprToType(E: LHS.get(), Ty: RHSMatType->getElementType()); |
13908 | if (!LHS.isInvalid()) |
13909 | return RHSType; |
13910 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS&: OriginalLHS, RHS&: OriginalRHS); |
13911 | } |
13912 | |
13913 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13914 | } |
13915 | |
13916 | QualType Sema::CheckMatrixMultiplyOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
13917 | SourceLocation Loc, |
13918 | bool IsCompAssign) { |
13919 | if (!IsCompAssign) { |
13920 | LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: LHS.get()); |
13921 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
13922 | return QualType(); |
13923 | } |
13924 | RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: RHS.get()); |
13925 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
13926 | return QualType(); |
13927 | |
13928 | auto *LHSMatType = LHS.get()->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>(); |
13929 | auto *RHSMatType = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>(); |
13930 | assert((LHSMatType || RHSMatType) && "At least one operand must be a matrix" ); |
13931 | |
13932 | if (LHSMatType && RHSMatType) { |
13933 | if (LHSMatType->getNumColumns() != RHSMatType->getNumRows()) |
13934 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13935 | |
13936 | if (Context.hasSameType(LHSMatType, RHSMatType)) |
13937 | return Context.getCommonSugaredType( |
13938 | X: LHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType(), |
13939 | Y: RHS.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); |
13940 | |
13941 | QualType LHSELTy = LHSMatType->getElementType(), |
13942 | RHSELTy = RHSMatType->getElementType(); |
13943 | if (!Context.hasSameType(T1: LHSELTy, T2: RHSELTy)) |
13944 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13945 | |
13946 | return Context.getConstantMatrixType( |
13947 | ElementType: Context.getCommonSugaredType(X: LHSELTy, Y: RHSELTy), |
13948 | NumRows: LHSMatType->getNumRows(), NumColumns: RHSMatType->getNumColumns()); |
13949 | } |
13950 | return CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign); |
13951 | } |
13952 | |
13953 | static bool isLegalBoolVectorBinaryOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
13954 | switch (Opc) { |
13955 | default: |
13956 | return false; |
13957 | case BO_And: |
13958 | case BO_AndAssign: |
13959 | case BO_Or: |
13960 | case BO_OrAssign: |
13961 | case BO_Xor: |
13962 | case BO_XorAssign: |
13963 | return true; |
13964 | } |
13965 | } |
13966 | |
13967 | inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
13968 | SourceLocation Loc, |
13969 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
13970 | checkArithmeticNull(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*IsCompare=*/false); |
13971 | |
13972 | bool IsCompAssign = |
13973 | Opc == BO_AndAssign || Opc == BO_OrAssign || Opc == BO_XorAssign; |
13974 | |
13975 | bool LegalBoolVecOperator = isLegalBoolVectorBinaryOp(Opc); |
13976 | |
13977 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || |
13978 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) { |
13979 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() && |
13980 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation()) |
13981 | return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, |
13982 | /*AllowBothBool*/ true, |
13983 | /*AllowBoolConversions*/ getLangOpts().ZVector, |
13984 | /*AllowBooleanOperation*/ AllowBoolOperation: LegalBoolVecOperator, |
13985 | /*ReportInvalid*/ true); |
13986 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13987 | } |
13988 | |
13989 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isSveVLSBuiltinType() || |
13990 | RHS.get()->getType()->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) { |
13991 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() && |
13992 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation()) |
13993 | return CheckSizelessVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, |
13994 | OperationKind: ACK_BitwiseOp); |
13995 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
13996 | } |
13997 | |
13998 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isSveVLSBuiltinType() || |
13999 | RHS.get()->getType()->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) { |
14000 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() && |
14001 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation()) |
14002 | return CheckSizelessVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign, |
14003 | OperationKind: ACK_BitwiseOp); |
14004 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
14005 | } |
14006 | |
14007 | if (Opc == BO_And) |
14008 | diagnoseLogicalNotOnLHSofCheck(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc); |
14009 | |
14010 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation() || |
14011 | RHS.get()->getType()->hasFloatingRepresentation()) |
14012 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
14013 | |
14014 | ExprResult LHSResult = LHS, RHSResult = RHS; |
14015 | QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions( |
14016 | LHS&: LHSResult, RHS&: RHSResult, Loc, ACK: IsCompAssign ? ACK_CompAssign : ACK_BitwiseOp); |
14017 | if (LHSResult.isInvalid() || RHSResult.isInvalid()) |
14018 | return QualType(); |
14019 | LHS = LHSResult.get(); |
14020 | RHS = RHSResult.get(); |
14021 | |
14022 | if (Opc == BO_Xor) |
14023 | diagnoseXorMisusedAsPow(S&: *this, XorLHS: LHS, XorRHS: RHS, Loc); |
14024 | |
14025 | if (!compType.isNull() && compType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) |
14026 | return compType; |
14027 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
14028 | } |
14029 | |
14030 | // C99 6.5.[13,14] |
14031 | inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
14032 | SourceLocation Loc, |
14033 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
14034 | // Check vector operands differently. |
14035 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || |
14036 | RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) |
14037 | return CheckVectorLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc); |
14038 | |
14039 | bool EnumConstantInBoolContext = false; |
14040 | for (const ExprResult &HS : {LHS, RHS}) { |
14041 | if (const auto *DREHS = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: HS.get())) { |
14042 | const auto *ECDHS = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Val: DREHS->getDecl()); |
14043 | if (ECDHS && ECDHS->getInitVal() != 0 && ECDHS->getInitVal() != 1) |
14044 | EnumConstantInBoolContext = true; |
14045 | } |
14046 | } |
14047 | |
14048 | if (EnumConstantInBoolContext) |
14049 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_enum_constant_in_bool_context); |
14050 | |
14051 | // WebAssembly tables can't be used with logical operators. |
14052 | QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType(); |
14053 | QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType(); |
14054 | const auto *LHSATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Val&: LHSTy); |
14055 | const auto *RHSATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Val&: RHSTy); |
14056 | if ((LHSATy && LHSATy->getElementType().isWebAssemblyReferenceType()) || |
14057 | (RHSATy && RHSATy->getElementType().isWebAssemblyReferenceType())) { |
14058 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
14059 | } |
14060 | |
14061 | // Diagnose cases where the user write a logical and/or but probably meant a |
14062 | // bitwise one. We do this when the LHS is a non-bool integer and the RHS |
14063 | // is a constant. |
14064 | if (!EnumConstantInBoolContext && LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && |
14065 | !LHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() && |
14066 | RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && !RHS.get()->isValueDependent() && |
14067 | // Don't warn in macros or template instantiations. |
14068 | !Loc.isMacroID() && !inTemplateInstantiation()) { |
14069 | // If the RHS can be constant folded, and if it constant folds to something |
14070 | // that isn't 0 or 1 (which indicate a potential logical operation that |
14071 | // happened to fold to true/false) then warn. |
14072 | // Parens on the RHS are ignored. |
14073 | Expr::EvalResult EVResult; |
14074 | if (RHS.get()->EvaluateAsInt(Result&: EVResult, Ctx: Context)) { |
14075 | llvm::APSInt Result = EVResult.Val.getInt(); |
14076 | if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !RHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() && |
14077 | !RHS.get()->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) || |
14078 | (Result != 0 && Result != 1)) { |
14079 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise) |
14080 | << RHS.get()->getSourceRange() << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&&" : "||" ); |
14081 | // Suggest replacing the logical operator with the bitwise version |
14082 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_change_operator) |
14083 | << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|" ) |
14084 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( |
14085 | SourceRange(Loc, getLocForEndOfToken(Loc)), |
14086 | Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|" ); |
14087 | if (Opc == BO_LAnd) |
14088 | // Suggest replacing "Foo() && kNonZero" with "Foo()" |
14089 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_remove_constant) |
14090 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( |
14091 | SourceRange(getLocForEndOfToken(LHS.get()->getEndLoc()), |
14092 | RHS.get()->getEndLoc())); |
14093 | } |
14094 | } |
14095 | } |
14096 | |
14097 | if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
14098 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.g: The logical operators and (&&), or (||) do |
14099 | // not operate on the built-in scalar and vector float types. |
14100 | if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
14101 | Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) { |
14102 | if (LHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType() || |
14103 | RHS.get()->getType()->isFloatingType()) |
14104 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
14105 | } |
14106 | |
14107 | LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(E: LHS.get()); |
14108 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
14109 | return QualType(); |
14110 | |
14111 | RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(E: RHS.get()); |
14112 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
14113 | return QualType(); |
14114 | |
14115 | if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType() || |
14116 | !RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType()) |
14117 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
14118 | |
14119 | return Context.IntTy; |
14120 | } |
14121 | |
14122 | // The following is safe because we only use this method for |
14123 | // non-overloadable operands. |
14124 | |
14125 | // C++ [expr.log.and]p1 |
14126 | // C++ [expr.log.or]p1 |
14127 | // The operands are both contextually converted to type bool. |
14128 | ExprResult LHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(From: LHS.get()); |
14129 | if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) |
14130 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
14131 | LHS = LHSRes; |
14132 | |
14133 | ExprResult RHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(From: RHS.get()); |
14134 | if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) |
14135 | return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS); |
14136 | RHS = RHSRes; |
14137 | |
14138 | // C++ [expr.log.and]p2 |
14139 | // C++ [expr.log.or]p2 |
14140 | // The result is a bool. |
14141 | return Context.BoolTy; |
14142 | } |
14143 | |
14144 | static bool IsReadonlyMessage(Expr *E, Sema &S) { |
14145 | const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Val: E); |
14146 | if (!ME) return false; |
14147 | if (!isa<FieldDecl>(Val: ME->getMemberDecl())) return false; |
14148 | ObjCMessageExpr *Base = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>( |
14149 | Val: ME->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); |
14150 | if (!Base) return false; |
14151 | return Base->getMethodDecl() != nullptr; |
14152 | } |
14153 | |
14154 | /// Is the given expression (which must be 'const') a reference to a |
14155 | /// variable which was originally non-const, but which has become |
14156 | /// 'const' due to being captured within a block? |
14157 | enum NonConstCaptureKind { NCCK_None, NCCK_Block, NCCK_Lambda }; |
14158 | static NonConstCaptureKind isReferenceToNonConstCapture(Sema &S, Expr *E) { |
14159 | assert(E->isLValue() && E->getType().isConstQualified()); |
14160 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); |
14161 | |
14162 | // Must be a reference to a declaration from an enclosing scope. |
14163 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E); |
14164 | if (!DRE) return NCCK_None; |
14165 | if (!DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) return NCCK_None; |
14166 | |
14167 | // The declaration must be a variable which is not declared 'const'. |
14168 | VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Val: DRE->getDecl()); |
14169 | if (!var) return NCCK_None; |
14170 | if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) return NCCK_None; |
14171 | assert(var->hasLocalStorage() && "capture added 'const' to non-local?" ); |
14172 | |
14173 | // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda. |
14174 | DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext, *Prev = nullptr; |
14175 | // Decide whether the first capture was for a block or a lambda. |
14176 | while (DC) { |
14177 | // For init-capture, it is possible that the variable belongs to the |
14178 | // template pattern of the current context. |
14179 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: DC)) |
14180 | if (var->isInitCapture() && |
14181 | FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern() == var->getDeclContext()) |
14182 | break; |
14183 | if (DC == var->getDeclContext()) |
14184 | break; |
14185 | Prev = DC; |
14186 | DC = DC->getParent(); |
14187 | } |
14188 | // Unless we have an init-capture, we've gone one step too far. |
14189 | if (!var->isInitCapture()) |
14190 | DC = Prev; |
14191 | return (isa<BlockDecl>(Val: DC) ? NCCK_Block : NCCK_Lambda); |
14192 | } |
14193 | |
14194 | static bool IsTypeModifiable(QualType Ty, bool IsDereference) { |
14195 | Ty = Ty.getNonReferenceType(); |
14196 | if (IsDereference && Ty->isPointerType()) |
14197 | Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); |
14198 | return !Ty.isConstQualified(); |
14199 | } |
14200 | |
14201 | // Update err_typecheck_assign_const and note_typecheck_assign_const |
14202 | // when this enum is changed. |
14203 | enum { |
14204 | ConstFunction, |
14205 | ConstVariable, |
14206 | ConstMember, |
14207 | ConstMethod, |
14208 | NestedConstMember, |
14209 | ConstUnknown, // Keep as last element |
14210 | }; |
14211 | |
14212 | /// Emit the "read-only variable not assignable" error and print notes to give |
14213 | /// more information about why the variable is not assignable, such as pointing |
14214 | /// to the declaration of a const variable, showing that a method is const, or |
14215 | /// that the function is returning a const reference. |
14216 | static void DiagnoseConstAssignment(Sema &S, const Expr *E, |
14217 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
14218 | SourceRange ExprRange = E->getSourceRange(); |
14219 | |
14220 | // Only emit one error on the first const found. All other consts will emit |
14221 | // a note to the error. |
14222 | bool DiagnosticEmitted = false; |
14223 | |
14224 | // Track if the current expression is the result of a dereference, and if the |
14225 | // next checked expression is the result of a dereference. |
14226 | bool IsDereference = false; |
14227 | bool NextIsDereference = false; |
14228 | |
14229 | // Loop to process MemberExpr chains. |
14230 | while (true) { |
14231 | IsDereference = NextIsDereference; |
14232 | |
14233 | E = E->IgnoreImplicit()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
14234 | if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Val: E)) { |
14235 | NextIsDereference = ME->isArrow(); |
14236 | const ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl(); |
14237 | if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Val: VD)) { |
14238 | // Mutable fields can be modified even if the class is const. |
14239 | if (Field->isMutable()) { |
14240 | assert(DiagnosticEmitted && "Expected diagnostic not emitted." ); |
14241 | break; |
14242 | } |
14243 | |
14244 | if (!IsTypeModifiable(Field->getType(), IsDereference)) { |
14245 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { |
14246 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) |
14247 | << ExprRange << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field |
14248 | << Field->getType(); |
14249 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; |
14250 | } |
14251 | S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) |
14252 | << ConstMember << false /*static*/ << Field << Field->getType() |
14253 | << Field->getSourceRange(); |
14254 | } |
14255 | E = ME->getBase(); |
14256 | continue; |
14257 | } else if (const VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Val: VD)) { |
14258 | if (VDecl->getType().isConstQualified()) { |
14259 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { |
14260 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) |
14261 | << ExprRange << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl |
14262 | << VDecl->getType(); |
14263 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; |
14264 | } |
14265 | S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) |
14266 | << ConstMember << true /*static*/ << VDecl << VDecl->getType() |
14267 | << VDecl->getSourceRange(); |
14268 | } |
14269 | // Static fields do not inherit constness from parents. |
14270 | break; |
14271 | } |
14272 | break; // End MemberExpr |
14273 | } else if (const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = |
14274 | dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Val: E)) { |
14275 | E = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
14276 | continue; |
14277 | } else if (const ExtVectorElementExpr *EVE = |
14278 | dyn_cast<ExtVectorElementExpr>(Val: E)) { |
14279 | E = EVE->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
14280 | continue; |
14281 | } |
14282 | break; |
14283 | } |
14284 | |
14285 | if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Val: E)) { |
14286 | // Function calls |
14287 | const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee(); |
14288 | if (FD && !IsTypeModifiable(Ty: FD->getReturnType(), IsDereference)) { |
14289 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { |
14290 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange |
14291 | << ConstFunction << FD; |
14292 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; |
14293 | } |
14294 | S.Diag(FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(), |
14295 | diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) |
14296 | << ConstFunction << FD << FD->getReturnType() |
14297 | << FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); |
14298 | } |
14299 | } else if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E)) { |
14300 | // Point to variable declaration. |
14301 | if (const ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl()) { |
14302 | if (!IsTypeModifiable(Ty: VD->getType(), IsDereference)) { |
14303 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { |
14304 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) |
14305 | << ExprRange << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType(); |
14306 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; |
14307 | } |
14308 | S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) |
14309 | << ConstVariable << VD << VD->getType() << VD->getSourceRange(); |
14310 | } |
14311 | } |
14312 | } else if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(Val: E)) { |
14313 | if (const DeclContext *DC = S.getFunctionLevelDeclContext()) { |
14314 | if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: DC)) { |
14315 | if (MD->isConst()) { |
14316 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { |
14317 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange |
14318 | << ConstMethod << MD; |
14319 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; |
14320 | } |
14321 | S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) |
14322 | << ConstMethod << MD << MD->getSourceRange(); |
14323 | } |
14324 | } |
14325 | } |
14326 | } |
14327 | |
14328 | if (DiagnosticEmitted) |
14329 | return; |
14330 | |
14331 | // Can't determine a more specific message, so display the generic error. |
14332 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) << ExprRange << ConstUnknown; |
14333 | } |
14334 | |
14335 | enum OriginalExprKind { |
14336 | OEK_Variable, |
14337 | OEK_Member, |
14338 | OEK_LValue |
14339 | }; |
14340 | |
14341 | static void DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(Sema &S, const ValueDecl *VD, |
14342 | const RecordType *Ty, |
14343 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
14344 | OriginalExprKind OEK, |
14345 | bool &DiagnosticEmitted) { |
14346 | std::vector<const RecordType *> RecordTypeList; |
14347 | RecordTypeList.push_back(x: Ty); |
14348 | unsigned NextToCheckIndex = 0; |
14349 | // We walk the record hierarchy breadth-first to ensure that we print |
14350 | // diagnostics in field nesting order. |
14351 | while (RecordTypeList.size() > NextToCheckIndex) { |
14352 | bool IsNested = NextToCheckIndex > 0; |
14353 | for (const FieldDecl *Field : |
14354 | RecordTypeList[NextToCheckIndex]->getDecl()->fields()) { |
14355 | // First, check every field for constness. |
14356 | QualType FieldTy = Field->getType(); |
14357 | if (FieldTy.isConstQualified()) { |
14358 | if (!DiagnosticEmitted) { |
14359 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_assign_const) |
14360 | << Range << NestedConstMember << OEK << VD |
14361 | << IsNested << Field; |
14362 | DiagnosticEmitted = true; |
14363 | } |
14364 | S.Diag(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_typecheck_assign_const) |
14365 | << NestedConstMember << IsNested << Field |
14366 | << FieldTy << Field->getSourceRange(); |
14367 | } |
14368 | |
14369 | // Then we append it to the list to check next in order. |
14370 | FieldTy = FieldTy.getCanonicalType(); |
14371 | if (const auto *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
14372 | if (!llvm::is_contained(RecordTypeList, FieldRecTy)) |
14373 | RecordTypeList.push_back(FieldRecTy); |
14374 | } |
14375 | } |
14376 | ++NextToCheckIndex; |
14377 | } |
14378 | } |
14379 | |
14380 | /// Emit an error for the case where a record we are trying to assign to has a |
14381 | /// const-qualified field somewhere in its hierarchy. |
14382 | static void DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(Sema &S, const Expr *E, |
14383 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
14384 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); |
14385 | assert(Ty->isRecordType() && "lvalue was not record?" ); |
14386 | SourceRange Range = E->getSourceRange(); |
14387 | const RecordType *RTy = Ty.getCanonicalType()->getAs<RecordType>(); |
14388 | bool DiagEmitted = false; |
14389 | |
14390 | if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Val: E)) |
14391 | DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, VD: ME->getMemberDecl(), Ty: RTy, Loc, |
14392 | Range, OEK: OEK_Member, DiagnosticEmitted&: DiagEmitted); |
14393 | else if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E)) |
14394 | DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, VD: DRE->getDecl(), Ty: RTy, Loc, |
14395 | Range, OEK: OEK_Variable, DiagnosticEmitted&: DiagEmitted); |
14396 | else |
14397 | DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, VD: nullptr, Ty: RTy, Loc, |
14398 | Range, OEK: OEK_LValue, DiagnosticEmitted&: DiagEmitted); |
14399 | if (!DiagEmitted) |
14400 | DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc); |
14401 | } |
14402 | |
14403 | /// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not, |
14404 | /// emit an error and return true. If so, return false. |
14405 | static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) { |
14406 | assert(!E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject)); |
14407 | |
14408 | S.CheckShadowingDeclModification(E, Loc); |
14409 | |
14410 | SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc; |
14411 | Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(Ctx&: S.Context, |
14412 | Loc: &Loc); |
14413 | if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary && IsReadonlyMessage(E, S)) |
14414 | IsLV = Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression; |
14415 | if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid) |
14416 | return false; |
14417 | |
14418 | unsigned DiagID = 0; |
14419 | bool NeedType = false; |
14420 | switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2 |
14421 | case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: |
14422 | // Use a specialized diagnostic when we're assigning to an object |
14423 | // from an enclosing function or block. |
14424 | if (NonConstCaptureKind NCCK = isReferenceToNonConstCapture(S, E)) { |
14425 | if (NCCK == NCCK_Block) |
14426 | DiagID = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue; |
14427 | else |
14428 | DiagID = diag::err_lambda_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue; |
14429 | break; |
14430 | } |
14431 | |
14432 | // In ARC, use some specialized diagnostics for occasions where we |
14433 | // infer 'const'. These are always pseudo-strong variables. |
14434 | if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { |
14435 | DeclRefExpr *declRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E->IgnoreParenCasts()); |
14436 | if (declRef && isa<VarDecl>(Val: declRef->getDecl())) { |
14437 | VarDecl *var = cast<VarDecl>(Val: declRef->getDecl()); |
14438 | |
14439 | // Use the normal diagnostic if it's pseudo-__strong but the |
14440 | // user actually wrote 'const'. |
14441 | if (var->isARCPseudoStrong() && |
14442 | (!var->getTypeSourceInfo() || |
14443 | !var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType().isConstQualified())) { |
14444 | // There are three pseudo-strong cases: |
14445 | // - self |
14446 | ObjCMethodDecl *method = S.getCurMethodDecl(); |
14447 | if (method && var == method->getSelfDecl()) { |
14448 | DiagID = method->isClassMethod() |
14449 | ? diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self_class_method |
14450 | : diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_self; |
14451 | |
14452 | // - Objective-C externally_retained attribute. |
14453 | } else if (var->hasAttr<ObjCExternallyRetainedAttr>() || |
14454 | isa<ParmVarDecl>(var)) { |
14455 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_arc_assign_externally_retained; |
14456 | |
14457 | // - fast enumeration variables |
14458 | } else { |
14459 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_arr_assign_enumeration; |
14460 | } |
14461 | |
14462 | SourceRange Assign; |
14463 | if (Loc != OrigLoc) |
14464 | Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc); |
14465 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; |
14466 | // We need to preserve the AST regardless, so migration tool |
14467 | // can do its job. |
14468 | return false; |
14469 | } |
14470 | } |
14471 | } |
14472 | |
14473 | // If none of the special cases above are triggered, then this is a |
14474 | // simple const assignment. |
14475 | if (DiagID == 0) { |
14476 | DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc); |
14477 | return true; |
14478 | } |
14479 | |
14480 | break; |
14481 | case Expr::MLV_ConstAddrSpace: |
14482 | DiagnoseConstAssignment(S, E, Loc); |
14483 | return true; |
14484 | case Expr::MLV_ConstQualifiedField: |
14485 | DiagnoseRecursiveConstFields(S, E, Loc); |
14486 | return true; |
14487 | case Expr::MLV_ArrayType: |
14488 | case Expr::MLV_ArrayTemporary: |
14489 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue; |
14490 | NeedType = true; |
14491 | break; |
14492 | case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType: |
14493 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue; |
14494 | NeedType = true; |
14495 | break; |
14496 | case Expr::MLV_LValueCast: |
14497 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported; |
14498 | break; |
14499 | case Expr::MLV_Valid: |
14500 | llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid" ); |
14501 | case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression: |
14502 | case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction: |
14503 | case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary: |
14504 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue; |
14505 | break; |
14506 | case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType: |
14507 | case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType: |
14508 | return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(), |
14509 | diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue, E); |
14510 | case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents: |
14511 | DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue; |
14512 | break; |
14513 | case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty: |
14514 | llvm_unreachable("readonly properties should be processed differently" ); |
14515 | case Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression: |
14516 | DiagID = diag::err_readonly_message_assignment; |
14517 | break; |
14518 | case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting: |
14519 | DiagID = diag::err_no_subobject_property_setting; |
14520 | break; |
14521 | } |
14522 | |
14523 | SourceRange Assign; |
14524 | if (Loc != OrigLoc) |
14525 | Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc); |
14526 | if (NeedType) |
14527 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; |
14528 | else |
14529 | S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign; |
14530 | return true; |
14531 | } |
14532 | |
14533 | static void CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, |
14534 | SourceLocation Loc, |
14535 | Sema &Sema) { |
14536 | if (Sema.inTemplateInstantiation()) |
14537 | return; |
14538 | if (Sema.isUnevaluatedContext()) |
14539 | return; |
14540 | if (Loc.isInvalid() || Loc.isMacroID()) |
14541 | return; |
14542 | if (LHSExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID() || RHSExpr->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) |
14543 | return; |
14544 | |
14545 | // C / C++ fields |
14546 | MemberExpr *ML = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Val: LHSExpr); |
14547 | MemberExpr *MR = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Val: RHSExpr); |
14548 | if (ML && MR) { |
14549 | if (!(isa<CXXThisExpr>(Val: ML->getBase()) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(Val: MR->getBase()))) |
14550 | return; |
14551 | const ValueDecl *LHSDecl = |
14552 | cast<ValueDecl>(ML->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); |
14553 | const ValueDecl *RHSDecl = |
14554 | cast<ValueDecl>(MR->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); |
14555 | if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl) |
14556 | return; |
14557 | if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified()) |
14558 | return; |
14559 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
14560 | if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified()) |
14561 | return; |
14562 | |
14563 | Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 0; |
14564 | } |
14565 | |
14566 | // Objective-C instance variables |
14567 | ObjCIvarRefExpr *OL = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Val: LHSExpr); |
14568 | ObjCIvarRefExpr *OR = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Val: RHSExpr); |
14569 | if (OL && OR && OL->getDecl() == OR->getDecl()) { |
14570 | DeclRefExpr *RL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: OL->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts()); |
14571 | DeclRefExpr *RR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: OR->getBase()->IgnoreImpCasts()); |
14572 | if (RL && RR && RL->getDecl() == RR->getDecl()) |
14573 | Sema.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_identity_field_assign) << 1; |
14574 | } |
14575 | } |
14576 | |
14577 | // C99 6.5.16.1 |
14578 | QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, |
14579 | SourceLocation Loc, |
14580 | QualType CompoundType, |
14581 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc) { |
14582 | assert(!LHSExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::PseudoObject)); |
14583 | |
14584 | // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not. |
14585 | if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(E: LHSExpr, Loc, S&: *this)) |
14586 | return QualType(); |
14587 | |
14588 | QualType LHSType = LHSExpr->getType(); |
14589 | QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS.get()->getType() : |
14590 | CompoundType; |
14591 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1 p2: |
14592 | // The half data type can only be used to declare a pointer to a buffer that |
14593 | // contains half values |
14594 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
14595 | !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption(Ext: "cl_khr_fp16" , LO: getLangOpts()) && |
14596 | LHSType->isHalfType()) { |
14597 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_half_load_store) << 1 |
14598 | << LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
14599 | return QualType(); |
14600 | } |
14601 | |
14602 | // WebAssembly tables can't be used on RHS of an assignment expression. |
14603 | if (RHSType->isWebAssemblyTableType()) { |
14604 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_wasm_table_art) << 0; |
14605 | return QualType(); |
14606 | } |
14607 | |
14608 | AssignConvertType ConvTy; |
14609 | if (CompoundType.isNull()) { |
14610 | Expr *RHSCheck = RHS.get(); |
14611 | |
14612 | CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(LHSExpr, RHSExpr: RHSCheck, Loc, Sema&: *this); |
14613 | |
14614 | QualType LHSTy(LHSType); |
14615 | ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType: LHSTy, CallerRHS&: RHS); |
14616 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
14617 | return QualType(); |
14618 | // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types. |
14619 | if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer && |
14620 | ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(Ty: LHSType) && |
14621 | RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) || |
14622 | (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(Ty: RHSType) && |
14623 | LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))) |
14624 | ConvTy = Compatible; |
14625 | |
14626 | if (ConvTy == Compatible && |
14627 | LHSType->isObjCObjectType()) |
14628 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_objc_object_assignment) |
14629 | << LHSType; |
14630 | |
14631 | // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are |
14632 | // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4" |
14633 | // instead of "x += 4". |
14634 | if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Val: RHSCheck)) |
14635 | RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr(); |
14636 | if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Val: RHSCheck)) { |
14637 | if ((UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus) && |
14638 | Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() && |
14639 | // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent. |
14640 | Loc.getLocWithOffset(Offset: 1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() && |
14641 | // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the |
14642 | // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1". |
14643 | Loc.getLocWithOffset(Offset: 2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getBeginLoc() && |
14644 | UO->getSubExpr()->getBeginLoc().isFileID()) { |
14645 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign) |
14646 | << (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ? "+" : "-" ) |
14647 | << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc()); |
14648 | } |
14649 | } |
14650 | |
14651 | if (ConvTy == Compatible) { |
14652 | if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { |
14653 | // Warn about retain cycles where a block captures the LHS, but |
14654 | // not if the LHS is a simple variable into which the block is |
14655 | // being stored...unless that variable can be captured by reference! |
14656 | const Expr *InnerLHS = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
14657 | const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: InnerLHS); |
14658 | if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl()->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) |
14659 | checkRetainCycles(receiver: LHSExpr, argument: RHS.get()); |
14660 | } |
14661 | |
14662 | if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || |
14663 | LHSType.isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) { |
14664 | // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. |
14665 | // Although this code can still have problems: |
14666 | // id x = self.weakProp; |
14667 | // id y = self.weakProp; |
14668 | // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate |
14669 | // paths through the function. This should be revisited if |
14670 | // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. |
14671 | // For ObjCWeak only, we do not warn if the assign is to a non-weak |
14672 | // variable, which will be valid for the current autorelease scope. |
14673 | if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, |
14674 | RHS.get()->getBeginLoc())) |
14675 | getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(E: RHS.get()); |
14676 | |
14677 | } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount || getLangOpts().ObjCWeak) { |
14678 | checkUnsafeExprAssigns(Loc, LHS: LHSExpr, RHS: RHS.get()); |
14679 | } |
14680 | } |
14681 | } else { |
14682 | // Compound assignment "x += y" |
14683 | ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(Loc, LHSType, RHSType); |
14684 | } |
14685 | |
14686 | if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, DstType: LHSType, SrcType: RHSType, |
14687 | SrcExpr: RHS.get(), Action: AA_Assigning)) |
14688 | return QualType(); |
14689 | |
14690 | CheckForNullPointerDereference(S&: *this, E: LHSExpr); |
14691 | |
14692 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && LHSType.isVolatileQualified()) { |
14693 | if (CompoundType.isNull()) { |
14694 | // C++2a [expr.ass]p5: |
14695 | // A simple-assignment whose left operand is of a volatile-qualified |
14696 | // type is deprecated unless the assignment is either a discarded-value |
14697 | // expression or an unevaluated operand |
14698 | ExprEvalContexts.back().VolatileAssignmentLHSs.push_back(Elt: LHSExpr); |
14699 | } |
14700 | } |
14701 | |
14702 | // C11 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the |
14703 | // left operand would have after lvalue conversion. |
14704 | // C11 6.3.2.1p2: ...this is called lvalue conversion. If the lvalue has |
14705 | // qualified type, the value has the unqualified version of the type of the |
14706 | // lvalue; additionally, if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the |
14707 | // non-atomic version of the type of the lvalue. |
14708 | // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left |
14709 | // operand. |
14710 | return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? LHSType : LHSType.getAtomicUnqualifiedType(); |
14711 | } |
14712 | |
14713 | // Scenarios to ignore if expression E is: |
14714 | // 1. an explicit cast expression into void |
14715 | // 2. a function call expression that returns void |
14716 | static bool IgnoreCommaOperand(const Expr *E, const ASTContext &Context) { |
14717 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); |
14718 | |
14719 | if (const CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(Val: E)) { |
14720 | if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_ToVoid) { |
14721 | return true; |
14722 | } |
14723 | |
14724 | // static_cast<void> on a dependent type will not show up as CK_ToVoid. |
14725 | if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_Dependent && E->getType()->isVoidType() && |
14726 | CE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isDependentType()) { |
14727 | return true; |
14728 | } |
14729 | } |
14730 | |
14731 | if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Val: E)) |
14732 | return CE->getCallReturnType(Ctx: Context)->isVoidType(); |
14733 | return false; |
14734 | } |
14735 | |
14736 | // Look for instances where it is likely the comma operator is confused with |
14737 | // another operator. There is an explicit list of acceptable expressions for |
14738 | // the left hand side of the comma operator, otherwise emit a warning. |
14739 | void Sema::DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc) { |
14740 | // No warnings in macros |
14741 | if (Loc.isMacroID()) |
14742 | return; |
14743 | |
14744 | // Don't warn in template instantiations. |
14745 | if (inTemplateInstantiation()) |
14746 | return; |
14747 | |
14748 | // Scope isn't fine-grained enough to explicitly list the specific cases, so |
14749 | // instead, skip more than needed, then call back into here with the |
14750 | // CommaVisitor in SemaStmt.cpp. |
14751 | // The listed locations are the initialization and increment portions |
14752 | // of a for loop. The additional checks are on the condition of |
14753 | // if statements, do/while loops, and for loops. |
14754 | // Differences in scope flags for C89 mode requires the extra logic. |
14755 | const unsigned ForIncrementFlags = |
14756 | getLangOpts().C99 || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
14757 | ? Scope::ControlScope | Scope::ContinueScope | Scope::BreakScope |
14758 | : Scope::ContinueScope | Scope::BreakScope; |
14759 | const unsigned ForInitFlags = Scope::ControlScope | Scope::DeclScope; |
14760 | const unsigned ScopeFlags = getCurScope()->getFlags(); |
14761 | if ((ScopeFlags & ForIncrementFlags) == ForIncrementFlags || |
14762 | (ScopeFlags & ForInitFlags) == ForInitFlags) |
14763 | return; |
14764 | |
14765 | // If there are multiple comma operators used together, get the RHS of the |
14766 | // of the comma operator as the LHS. |
14767 | while (const BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: LHS)) { |
14768 | if (BO->getOpcode() != BO_Comma) |
14769 | break; |
14770 | LHS = BO->getRHS(); |
14771 | } |
14772 | |
14773 | // Only allow some expressions on LHS to not warn. |
14774 | if (IgnoreCommaOperand(E: LHS, Context)) |
14775 | return; |
14776 | |
14777 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comma_operator); |
14778 | Diag(LHS->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_cast_to_void) |
14779 | << LHS->getSourceRange() |
14780 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS->getBeginLoc(), |
14781 | LangOpts.CPlusPlus ? "static_cast<void>(" |
14782 | : "(void)(" ) |
14783 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(LHS->getEndLoc()), |
14784 | ")" ); |
14785 | } |
14786 | |
14787 | // C99 6.5.17 |
14788 | static QualType CheckCommaOperands(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
14789 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
14790 | LHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: LHS.get()); |
14791 | RHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: RHS.get()); |
14792 | if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
14793 | return QualType(); |
14794 | |
14795 | // C's comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1) on both its |
14796 | // operands, but not unary promotions. |
14797 | // C++'s comma does not do any conversions at all (C++ [expr.comma]p1). |
14798 | |
14799 | // So we treat the LHS as a ignored value, and in C++ we allow the |
14800 | // containing site to determine what should be done with the RHS. |
14801 | LHS = S.IgnoredValueConversions(E: LHS.get()); |
14802 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
14803 | return QualType(); |
14804 | |
14805 | S.DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(LHS.get(), diag::warn_unused_comma_left_operand); |
14806 | |
14807 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
14808 | RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: RHS.get()); |
14809 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
14810 | return QualType(); |
14811 | if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isVoidType()) |
14812 | S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, RHS.get()->getType(), |
14813 | diag::err_incomplete_type); |
14814 | } |
14815 | |
14816 | if (!S.getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_comma_operator, Loc)) |
14817 | S.DiagnoseCommaOperator(LHS: LHS.get(), Loc); |
14818 | |
14819 | return RHS.get()->getType(); |
14820 | } |
14821 | |
14822 | /// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine |
14823 | /// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions. |
14824 | static QualType CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, |
14825 | ExprValueKind &VK, |
14826 | ExprObjectKind &OK, |
14827 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
14828 | bool IsInc, bool IsPrefix) { |
14829 | if (Op->isTypeDependent()) |
14830 | return S.Context.DependentTy; |
14831 | |
14832 | QualType ResType = Op->getType(); |
14833 | // Atomic types can be used for increment / decrement where the non-atomic |
14834 | // versions can, so ignore the _Atomic() specifier for the purpose of |
14835 | // checking. |
14836 | if (const AtomicType *ResAtomicType = ResType->getAs<AtomicType>()) |
14837 | ResType = ResAtomicType->getValueType(); |
14838 | |
14839 | assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression" ); |
14840 | |
14841 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) { |
14842 | // Decrement of bool is not allowed. |
14843 | if (!IsInc) { |
14844 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange(); |
14845 | return QualType(); |
14846 | } |
14847 | // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated. |
14848 | S.Diag(OpLoc, S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_increment_bool |
14849 | : diag::warn_increment_bool) |
14850 | << Op->getSourceRange(); |
14851 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && ResType->isEnumeralType()) { |
14852 | // Error on enum increments and decrements in C++ mode |
14853 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_increment_decrement_enum) << IsInc << ResType; |
14854 | return QualType(); |
14855 | } else if (ResType->isRealType()) { |
14856 | // OK! |
14857 | } else if (ResType->isPointerType()) { |
14858 | // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2 |
14859 | if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(S, Loc: OpLoc, Operand: Op)) |
14860 | return QualType(); |
14861 | } else if (ResType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
14862 | // On modern runtimes, ObjC pointer arithmetic is forbidden. |
14863 | // Otherwise, we just need a complete type. |
14864 | if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc: OpLoc, Operand: Op) || |
14865 | checkArithmeticOnObjCPointer(S, opLoc: OpLoc, op: Op)) |
14866 | return QualType(); |
14867 | } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) { |
14868 | // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension. |
14869 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex) |
14870 | << ResType << Op->getSourceRange(); |
14871 | } else if (ResType->isPlaceholderType()) { |
14872 | ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: Op); |
14873 | if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType(); |
14874 | return CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(S, Op: PR.get(), VK, OK, OpLoc, |
14875 | IsInc, IsPrefix); |
14876 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().AltiVec && ResType->isVectorType()) { |
14877 | // OK! ( C/C++ Language Extensions for CBEA(Version 2.6) 10.3 ) |
14878 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().ZVector && ResType->isVectorType() && |
14879 | (ResType->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() != |
14880 | VectorKind::AltiVecBool)) { |
14881 | // The z vector extensions allow ++ and -- for non-bool vectors. |
14882 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && ResType->isVectorType() && |
14883 | ResType->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType()->isIntegerType()) { |
14884 | // OpenCL V1.2 6.3 says dec/inc ops operate on integer vector types. |
14885 | } else { |
14886 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement) |
14887 | << ResType << int(IsInc) << Op->getSourceRange(); |
14888 | return QualType(); |
14889 | } |
14890 | // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type. |
14891 | // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue. |
14892 | if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(E: Op, Loc: OpLoc, S)) |
14893 | return QualType(); |
14894 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && ResType.isVolatileQualified()) { |
14895 | // C++2a [expr.pre.inc]p1, [expr.post.inc]p1: |
14896 | // An operand with volatile-qualified type is deprecated |
14897 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_deprecated_increment_decrement_volatile) |
14898 | << IsInc << ResType; |
14899 | } |
14900 | // In C++, a prefix increment is the same type as the operand. Otherwise |
14901 | // (in C or with postfix), the increment is the unqualified type of the |
14902 | // operand. |
14903 | if (IsPrefix && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
14904 | VK = VK_LValue; |
14905 | OK = Op->getObjectKind(); |
14906 | return ResType; |
14907 | } else { |
14908 | VK = VK_PRValue; |
14909 | return ResType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
14910 | } |
14911 | } |
14912 | |
14913 | |
14914 | /// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand(). |
14915 | /// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions |
14916 | /// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to |
14917 | /// handle cases when the expression references a function designator |
14918 | /// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples: |
14919 | /// - &(x) => x |
14920 | /// - &*****f => f for f a function designator. |
14921 | /// - &s.xx => s |
14922 | /// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array |
14923 | /// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array |
14924 | /// - &"123"[2] -> 0 |
14925 | /// - & __real__ x -> x |
14926 | /// |
14927 | /// FIXME: We don't recurse to the RHS of a comma, nor handle pointers to |
14928 | /// members. |
14929 | static ValueDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) { |
14930 | switch (E->getStmtClass()) { |
14931 | case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: |
14932 | return cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E)->getDecl(); |
14933 | case Stmt::MemberExprClass: |
14934 | // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from |
14935 | // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is |
14936 | // irrelevant. |
14937 | if (cast<MemberExpr>(Val: E)->isArrow()) |
14938 | return nullptr; |
14939 | // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base |
14940 | return getPrimaryDecl(E: cast<MemberExpr>(Val: E)->getBase()); |
14941 | case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { |
14942 | // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit |
14943 | // promotion of register arrays earlier. |
14944 | Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Val: E)->getBase(); |
14945 | if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Val: Base)) { |
14946 | if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType()) |
14947 | return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr()); |
14948 | } |
14949 | return nullptr; |
14950 | } |
14951 | case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: { |
14952 | UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(Val: E); |
14953 | |
14954 | switch(UO->getOpcode()) { |
14955 | case UO_Real: |
14956 | case UO_Imag: |
14957 | case UO_Extension: |
14958 | return getPrimaryDecl(E: UO->getSubExpr()); |
14959 | default: |
14960 | return nullptr; |
14961 | } |
14962 | } |
14963 | case Stmt::ParenExprClass: |
14964 | return getPrimaryDecl(E: cast<ParenExpr>(Val: E)->getSubExpr()); |
14965 | case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: |
14966 | // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about |
14967 | // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter. |
14968 | return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Val: E)->getSubExpr()); |
14969 | case Stmt::CXXUuidofExprClass: |
14970 | return cast<CXXUuidofExpr>(Val: E)->getGuidDecl(); |
14971 | default: |
14972 | return nullptr; |
14973 | } |
14974 | } |
14975 | |
14976 | namespace { |
14977 | enum { |
14978 | AO_Bit_Field = 0, |
14979 | AO_Vector_Element = 1, |
14980 | AO_Property_Expansion = 2, |
14981 | AO_Register_Variable = 3, |
14982 | AO_Matrix_Element = 4, |
14983 | AO_No_Error = 5 |
14984 | }; |
14985 | } |
14986 | /// Diagnose invalid operand for address of operations. |
14987 | /// |
14988 | /// \param Type The type of operand which cannot have its address taken. |
14989 | static void diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
14990 | Expr *E, unsigned Type) { |
14991 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) << Type << E->getSourceRange(); |
14992 | } |
14993 | |
14994 | bool Sema::CheckUseOfCXXMethodAsAddressOfOperand(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
14995 | const Expr *Op, |
14996 | const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { |
14997 | const auto *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: Op->IgnoreParens()); |
14998 | |
14999 | if (Op != DRE) |
15000 | return Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_parens_pointer_member_function) |
15001 | << Op->getSourceRange(); |
15002 | |
15003 | // Taking the address of a dtor is illegal per C++ [class.dtor]p2. |
15004 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) |
15005 | return Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_addrof_dtor) |
15006 | << DRE->getSourceRange(); |
15007 | |
15008 | if (DRE->getQualifier()) |
15009 | return false; |
15010 | |
15011 | if (MD->getParent()->getName().empty()) |
15012 | return Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function) |
15013 | << DRE->getSourceRange(); |
15014 | |
15015 | SmallString<32> Str; |
15016 | StringRef Qual = (MD->getParent()->getName() + "::" ).toStringRef(Str); |
15017 | return Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function) |
15018 | << DRE->getSourceRange() |
15019 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DRE->getSourceRange().getBegin(), Qual); |
15020 | } |
15021 | |
15022 | /// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function |
15023 | /// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the |
15024 | /// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field. |
15025 | /// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the & |
15026 | /// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue. |
15027 | /// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case |
15028 | /// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type. |
15029 | QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &OrigOp, SourceLocation OpLoc) { |
15030 | if (const BuiltinType *PTy = OrigOp.get()->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()){ |
15031 | if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) { |
15032 | Expr *E = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens(); |
15033 | if (!isa<OverloadExpr>(Val: E)) { |
15034 | assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf); |
15035 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof_addrof_function) |
15036 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); |
15037 | return QualType(); |
15038 | } |
15039 | |
15040 | OverloadExpr *Ovl = cast<OverloadExpr>(Val: E); |
15041 | if (isa<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(Val: Ovl)) |
15042 | if (!ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(ovl: Ovl)) { |
15043 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) |
15044 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); |
15045 | return QualType(); |
15046 | } |
15047 | |
15048 | return Context.OverloadTy; |
15049 | } |
15050 | |
15051 | if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny) |
15052 | return Context.UnknownAnyTy; |
15053 | |
15054 | if (PTy->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember) { |
15055 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) |
15056 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); |
15057 | return QualType(); |
15058 | } |
15059 | |
15060 | OrigOp = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: OrigOp.get()); |
15061 | if (OrigOp.isInvalid()) return QualType(); |
15062 | } |
15063 | |
15064 | if (OrigOp.get()->isTypeDependent()) |
15065 | return Context.DependentTy; |
15066 | |
15067 | assert(!OrigOp.get()->hasPlaceholderType()); |
15068 | |
15069 | // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks |
15070 | Expr *op = OrigOp.get()->IgnoreParens(); |
15071 | |
15072 | // In OpenCL captures for blocks called as lambda functions |
15073 | // are located in the private address space. Blocks used in |
15074 | // enqueue_kernel can be located in a different address space |
15075 | // depending on a vendor implementation. Thus preventing |
15076 | // taking an address of the capture to avoid invalid AS casts. |
15077 | if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { |
15078 | auto* VarRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: op); |
15079 | if (VarRef && VarRef->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) { |
15080 | Diag(op->getExprLoc(), diag::err_opencl_taking_address_capture); |
15081 | return QualType(); |
15082 | } |
15083 | } |
15084 | |
15085 | if (getLangOpts().C99) { |
15086 | // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules. |
15087 | if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Val: op)) { |
15088 | if (uOp->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) |
15089 | // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result |
15090 | // (assuming the deref expression is valid). |
15091 | return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType(); |
15092 | } |
15093 | // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript |
15094 | // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway. |
15095 | } |
15096 | ValueDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(E: op); |
15097 | |
15098 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Val: dcl)) |
15099 | if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(Function: FD, /*Complain=*/true, |
15100 | Loc: op->getBeginLoc())) |
15101 | return QualType(); |
15102 | |
15103 | Expr::LValueClassification lval = op->ClassifyLValue(Ctx&: Context); |
15104 | unsigned AddressOfError = AO_No_Error; |
15105 | |
15106 | if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary || lval == Expr::LV_ArrayTemporary) { |
15107 | bool sfinae = (bool)isSFINAEContext(); |
15108 | Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext() ? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_temporary |
15109 | : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_temporary) |
15110 | << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange(); |
15111 | if (sfinae) |
15112 | return QualType(); |
15113 | // Materialize the temporary as an lvalue so that we can take its address. |
15114 | OrigOp = op = |
15115 | CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(T: op->getType(), Temporary: OrigOp.get(), BoundToLvalueReference: true); |
15116 | } else if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(Val: op)) { |
15117 | return Context.getPointerType(T: op->getType()); |
15118 | } else if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction) { |
15119 | // If it's an instance method, make a member pointer. |
15120 | // The expression must have exactly the form &A::foo. |
15121 | |
15122 | // If the underlying expression isn't a decl ref, give up. |
15123 | if (!isa<DeclRefExpr>(Val: op)) { |
15124 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function) |
15125 | << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); |
15126 | return QualType(); |
15127 | } |
15128 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: op); |
15129 | CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: DRE->getDecl()); |
15130 | |
15131 | CheckUseOfCXXMethodAsAddressOfOperand(OpLoc, Op: OrigOp.get(), MD); |
15132 | |
15133 | QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType( |
15134 | T: op->getType(), Cls: Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr()); |
15135 | // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now. |
15136 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) |
15137 | (void)isCompleteType(Loc: OpLoc, T: MPTy); |
15138 | return MPTy; |
15139 | } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) { |
15140 | // C99 6.5.3.2p1 |
15141 | // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator |
15142 | if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) { |
15143 | // Use a special diagnostic for loads from property references. |
15144 | if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(Val: op)) { |
15145 | AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion; |
15146 | } else { |
15147 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof) |
15148 | << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange(); |
15149 | return QualType(); |
15150 | } |
15151 | } else if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: op)) { |
15152 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: DRE->getDecl())) |
15153 | CheckUseOfCXXMethodAsAddressOfOperand(OpLoc, Op: OrigOp.get(), MD); |
15154 | } |
15155 | |
15156 | } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1 |
15157 | // The operand cannot be a bit-field |
15158 | AddressOfError = AO_Bit_Field; |
15159 | } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_VectorComponent) { |
15160 | // The operand cannot be an element of a vector |
15161 | AddressOfError = AO_Vector_Element; |
15162 | } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_MatrixComponent) { |
15163 | // The operand cannot be an element of a matrix. |
15164 | AddressOfError = AO_Matrix_Element; |
15165 | } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1 |
15166 | // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared |
15167 | // with the register storage-class specifier. |
15168 | if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Val: dcl)) { |
15169 | // in C++ it is not error to take address of a register |
15170 | // variable (c++03 7.1.1P3) |
15171 | if (vd->getStorageClass() == SC_Register && |
15172 | !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
15173 | AddressOfError = AO_Register_Variable; |
15174 | } |
15175 | } else if (isa<MSPropertyDecl>(Val: dcl)) { |
15176 | AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion; |
15177 | } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Val: dcl)) { |
15178 | return Context.OverloadTy; |
15179 | } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(Val: dcl) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(Val: dcl)) { |
15180 | // Okay: we can take the address of a field. |
15181 | // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit |
15182 | // scope qualifier for the class. |
15183 | if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(Val: op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: op)->getQualifier()) { |
15184 | DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext(); |
15185 | if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) { |
15186 | if (dcl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { |
15187 | Diag(OpLoc, |
15188 | diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type) |
15189 | << dcl->getDeclName() << dcl->getType(); |
15190 | return QualType(); |
15191 | } |
15192 | |
15193 | while (cast<RecordDecl>(Val: Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) |
15194 | Ctx = Ctx->getParent(); |
15195 | |
15196 | QualType MPTy = Context.getMemberPointerType( |
15197 | T: op->getType(), |
15198 | Cls: Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Val: Ctx)).getTypePtr()); |
15199 | // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now. |
15200 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) |
15201 | (void)isCompleteType(Loc: OpLoc, T: MPTy); |
15202 | return MPTy; |
15203 | } |
15204 | } |
15205 | } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl, NonTypeTemplateParmDecl, BindingDecl, |
15206 | MSGuidDecl, UnnamedGlobalConstantDecl>(Val: dcl)) |
15207 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown/unexpected decl type" ); |
15208 | } |
15209 | |
15210 | if (AddressOfError != AO_No_Error) { |
15211 | diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(S&: *this, Loc: OpLoc, E: op, Type: AddressOfError); |
15212 | return QualType(); |
15213 | } |
15214 | |
15215 | if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) { |
15216 | // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we |
15217 | // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid. |
15218 | // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;". |
15219 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange(); |
15220 | } |
15221 | |
15222 | // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type". |
15223 | if (op->getType()->isObjCObjectType()) |
15224 | return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(OIT: op->getType()); |
15225 | |
15226 | // Cannot take the address of WebAssembly references or tables. |
15227 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWasm()) { |
15228 | QualType OpTy = op->getType(); |
15229 | if (OpTy.isWebAssemblyReferenceType()) { |
15230 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_wasm_ca_reference) |
15231 | << 1 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); |
15232 | return QualType(); |
15233 | } |
15234 | if (OpTy->isWebAssemblyTableType()) { |
15235 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_wasm_table_pr) |
15236 | << 1 << OrigOp.get()->getSourceRange(); |
15237 | return QualType(); |
15238 | } |
15239 | } |
15240 | |
15241 | CheckAddressOfPackedMember(rhs: op); |
15242 | |
15243 | return Context.getPointerType(T: op->getType()); |
15244 | } |
15245 | |
15246 | static void RecordModifiableNonNullParam(Sema &S, const Expr *Exp) { |
15247 | const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: Exp); |
15248 | if (!DRE) |
15249 | return; |
15250 | const Decl *D = DRE->getDecl(); |
15251 | if (!D) |
15252 | return; |
15253 | const ParmVarDecl *Param = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(Val: D); |
15254 | if (!Param) |
15255 | return; |
15256 | if (const FunctionDecl* FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Param->getDeclContext())) |
15257 | if (!FD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() && !Param->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>()) |
15258 | return; |
15259 | if (FunctionScopeInfo *FD = S.getCurFunction()) |
15260 | FD->ModifiedNonNullParams.insert(Ptr: Param); |
15261 | } |
15262 | |
15263 | /// CheckIndirectionOperand - Type check unary indirection (prefix '*'). |
15264 | static QualType CheckIndirectionOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, ExprValueKind &VK, |
15265 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
15266 | bool IsAfterAmp = false) { |
15267 | if (Op->isTypeDependent()) |
15268 | return S.Context.DependentTy; |
15269 | |
15270 | ExprResult ConvResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(E: Op); |
15271 | if (ConvResult.isInvalid()) |
15272 | return QualType(); |
15273 | Op = ConvResult.get(); |
15274 | QualType OpTy = Op->getType(); |
15275 | QualType Result; |
15276 | |
15277 | if (isa<CXXReinterpretCastExpr>(Val: Op)) { |
15278 | QualType OpOrigType = Op->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType(); |
15279 | S.CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(SrcType: OpOrigType, DestType: OpTy, /*IsDereference*/true, |
15280 | Range: Op->getSourceRange()); |
15281 | } |
15282 | |
15283 | if (const PointerType *PT = OpTy->getAs<PointerType>()) |
15284 | { |
15285 | Result = PT->getPointeeType(); |
15286 | } |
15287 | else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = |
15288 | OpTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
15289 | Result = OPT->getPointeeType(); |
15290 | else { |
15291 | ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: Op); |
15292 | if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType(); |
15293 | if (PR.get() != Op) |
15294 | return CheckIndirectionOperand(S, Op: PR.get(), VK, OpLoc); |
15295 | } |
15296 | |
15297 | if (Result.isNull()) { |
15298 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer) |
15299 | << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange(); |
15300 | return QualType(); |
15301 | } |
15302 | |
15303 | if (Result->isVoidType()) { |
15304 | // C++ [expr.unary.op]p1: |
15305 | // [...] the expression to which [the unary * operator] is applied shall |
15306 | // be a pointer to an object type, or a pointer to a function type |
15307 | LangOptions LO = S.getLangOpts(); |
15308 | if (LO.CPlusPlus) |
15309 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_through_void_pointer_cpp) |
15310 | << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange(); |
15311 | else if (!(LO.C99 && IsAfterAmp) && !S.isUnevaluatedContext()) |
15312 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_indirection_through_void_pointer) |
15313 | << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange(); |
15314 | } |
15315 | |
15316 | // Dereferences are usually l-values... |
15317 | VK = VK_LValue; |
15318 | |
15319 | // ...except that certain expressions are never l-values in C. |
15320 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Result.isCForbiddenLValueType()) |
15321 | VK = VK_PRValue; |
15322 | |
15323 | return Result; |
15324 | } |
15325 | |
15326 | BinaryOperatorKind Sema::ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind) { |
15327 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc; |
15328 | switch (Kind) { |
15329 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!" ); |
15330 | case tok::periodstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemD; break; |
15331 | case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemI; break; |
15332 | case tok::star: Opc = BO_Mul; break; |
15333 | case tok::slash: Opc = BO_Div; break; |
15334 | case tok::percent: Opc = BO_Rem; break; |
15335 | case tok::plus: Opc = BO_Add; break; |
15336 | case tok::minus: Opc = BO_Sub; break; |
15337 | case tok::lessless: Opc = BO_Shl; break; |
15338 | case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BO_Shr; break; |
15339 | case tok::lessequal: Opc = BO_LE; break; |
15340 | case tok::less: Opc = BO_LT; break; |
15341 | case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BO_GE; break; |
15342 | case tok::greater: Opc = BO_GT; break; |
15343 | case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BO_NE; break; |
15344 | case tok::equalequal: Opc = BO_EQ; break; |
15345 | case tok::spaceship: Opc = BO_Cmp; break; |
15346 | case tok::amp: Opc = BO_And; break; |
15347 | case tok::caret: Opc = BO_Xor; break; |
15348 | case tok::pipe: Opc = BO_Or; break; |
15349 | case tok::ampamp: Opc = BO_LAnd; break; |
15350 | case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BO_LOr; break; |
15351 | case tok::equal: Opc = BO_Assign; break; |
15352 | case tok::starequal: Opc = BO_MulAssign; break; |
15353 | case tok::slashequal: Opc = BO_DivAssign; break; |
15354 | case tok::percentequal: Opc = BO_RemAssign; break; |
15355 | case tok::plusequal: Opc = BO_AddAssign; break; |
15356 | case tok::minusequal: Opc = BO_SubAssign; break; |
15357 | case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BO_ShlAssign; break; |
15358 | case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BO_ShrAssign; break; |
15359 | case tok::ampequal: Opc = BO_AndAssign; break; |
15360 | case tok::caretequal: Opc = BO_XorAssign; break; |
15361 | case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BO_OrAssign; break; |
15362 | case tok::comma: Opc = BO_Comma; break; |
15363 | } |
15364 | return Opc; |
15365 | } |
15366 | |
15367 | static inline UnaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode( |
15368 | tok::TokenKind Kind) { |
15369 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc; |
15370 | switch (Kind) { |
15371 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!" ); |
15372 | case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PreInc; break; |
15373 | case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PreDec; break; |
15374 | case tok::amp: Opc = UO_AddrOf; break; |
15375 | case tok::star: Opc = UO_Deref; break; |
15376 | case tok::plus: Opc = UO_Plus; break; |
15377 | case tok::minus: Opc = UO_Minus; break; |
15378 | case tok::tilde: Opc = UO_Not; break; |
15379 | case tok::exclaim: Opc = UO_LNot; break; |
15380 | case tok::kw___real: Opc = UO_Real; break; |
15381 | case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UO_Imag; break; |
15382 | case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UO_Extension; break; |
15383 | } |
15384 | return Opc; |
15385 | } |
15386 | |
15387 | const FieldDecl * |
15388 | Sema::getSelfAssignmentClassMemberCandidate(const ValueDecl *SelfAssigned) { |
15389 | // Explore the case for adding 'this->' to the LHS of a self assignment, very |
15390 | // common for setters. |
15391 | // struct A { |
15392 | // int X; |
15393 | // -void setX(int X) { X = X; } |
15394 | // +void setX(int X) { this->X = X; } |
15395 | // }; |
15396 | |
15397 | // Only consider parameters for self assignment fixes. |
15398 | if (!isa<ParmVarDecl>(Val: SelfAssigned)) |
15399 | return nullptr; |
15400 | const auto *Method = |
15401 | dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: getCurFunctionDecl(AllowLambda: true)); |
15402 | if (!Method) |
15403 | return nullptr; |
15404 | |
15405 | const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent(); |
15406 | // In theory this is fixable if the lambda explicitly captures this, but |
15407 | // that's added complexity that's rarely going to be used. |
15408 | if (Parent->isLambda()) |
15409 | return nullptr; |
15410 | |
15411 | // FIXME: Use an actual Lookup operation instead of just traversing fields |
15412 | // in order to get base class fields. |
15413 | auto Field = |
15414 | llvm::find_if(Parent->fields(), |
15415 | [Name(SelfAssigned->getDeclName())](const FieldDecl *F) { |
15416 | return F->getDeclName() == Name; |
15417 | }); |
15418 | return (Field != Parent->field_end()) ? *Field : nullptr; |
15419 | } |
15420 | |
15421 | /// DiagnoseSelfAssignment - Emits a warning if a value is assigned to itself. |
15422 | /// This warning suppressed in the event of macro expansions. |
15423 | static void DiagnoseSelfAssignment(Sema &S, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, |
15424 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsBuiltin) { |
15425 | if (S.inTemplateInstantiation()) |
15426 | return; |
15427 | if (S.isUnevaluatedContext()) |
15428 | return; |
15429 | if (OpLoc.isInvalid() || OpLoc.isMacroID()) |
15430 | return; |
15431 | LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
15432 | RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
15433 | const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: LHSExpr); |
15434 | const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: RHSExpr); |
15435 | if (!LHSDeclRef || !RHSDeclRef || |
15436 | LHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID() || |
15437 | RHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID()) |
15438 | return; |
15439 | const ValueDecl *LHSDecl = |
15440 | cast<ValueDecl>(LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); |
15441 | const ValueDecl *RHSDecl = |
15442 | cast<ValueDecl>(RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); |
15443 | if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl) |
15444 | return; |
15445 | if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified()) |
15446 | return; |
15447 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
15448 | if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified()) |
15449 | return; |
15450 | |
15451 | auto Diag = S.Diag(OpLoc, IsBuiltin ? diag::warn_self_assignment_builtin |
15452 | : diag::warn_self_assignment_overloaded) |
15453 | << LHSDeclRef->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() |
15454 | << RHSExpr->getSourceRange(); |
15455 | if (const FieldDecl *SelfAssignField = |
15456 | S.getSelfAssignmentClassMemberCandidate(SelfAssigned: RHSDecl)) |
15457 | Diag << 1 << SelfAssignField |
15458 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertionLoc: LHSDeclRef->getBeginLoc(), Code: "this->" ); |
15459 | else |
15460 | Diag << 0; |
15461 | } |
15462 | |
15463 | /// Check if a bitwise-& is performed on an Objective-C pointer. This |
15464 | /// is usually indicative of introspection within the Objective-C pointer. |
15465 | static void checkObjCPointerIntrospection(Sema &S, ExprResult &L, ExprResult &R, |
15466 | SourceLocation OpLoc) { |
15467 | if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjC) |
15468 | return; |
15469 | |
15470 | const Expr *ObjCPointerExpr = nullptr, *OtherExpr = nullptr; |
15471 | const Expr *LHS = L.get(); |
15472 | const Expr *RHS = R.get(); |
15473 | |
15474 | if (LHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
15475 | ObjCPointerExpr = LHS; |
15476 | OtherExpr = RHS; |
15477 | } |
15478 | else if (RHS->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
15479 | ObjCPointerExpr = RHS; |
15480 | OtherExpr = LHS; |
15481 | } |
15482 | |
15483 | // This warning is deliberately made very specific to reduce false |
15484 | // positives with logic that uses '&' for hashing. This logic mainly |
15485 | // looks for code trying to introspect into tagged pointers, which |
15486 | // code should generally never do. |
15487 | if (ObjCPointerExpr && isa<IntegerLiteral>(Val: OtherExpr->IgnoreParenCasts())) { |
15488 | unsigned Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking; |
15489 | // Determine if we are introspecting the result of performSelectorXXX. |
15490 | const Expr *Ex = ObjCPointerExpr->IgnoreParenCasts(); |
15491 | // Special case messages to -performSelector and friends, which |
15492 | // can return non-pointer values boxed in a pointer value. |
15493 | // Some clients may wish to silence warnings in this subcase. |
15494 | if (const ObjCMessageExpr *ME = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Val: Ex)) { |
15495 | Selector S = ME->getSelector(); |
15496 | StringRef SelArg0 = S.getNameForSlot(argIndex: 0); |
15497 | if (SelArg0.starts_with("performSelector" )) |
15498 | Diag = diag::warn_objc_pointer_masking_performSelector; |
15499 | } |
15500 | |
15501 | S.Diag(Loc: OpLoc, DiagID: Diag) |
15502 | << ObjCPointerExpr->getSourceRange(); |
15503 | } |
15504 | } |
15505 | |
15506 | static NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { |
15507 | if (!E) |
15508 | return nullptr; |
15509 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E)) |
15510 | return DRE->getDecl(); |
15511 | if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Val: E)) |
15512 | return ME->getMemberDecl(); |
15513 | if (auto *IRE = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Val: E)) |
15514 | return IRE->getDecl(); |
15515 | return nullptr; |
15516 | } |
15517 | |
15518 | // This helper function promotes a binary operator's operands (which are of a |
15519 | // half vector type) to a vector of floats and then truncates the result to |
15520 | // a vector of either half or short. |
15521 | static ExprResult convertHalfVecBinOp(Sema &S, ExprResult LHS, ExprResult RHS, |
15522 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType ResultTy, |
15523 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
15524 | bool IsCompAssign, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
15525 | FPOptionsOverride FPFeatures) { |
15526 | auto &Context = S.getASTContext(); |
15527 | assert((isVector(ResultTy, Context.HalfTy) || |
15528 | isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy)) && |
15529 | "Result must be a vector of half or short" ); |
15530 | assert(isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && |
15531 | isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) && |
15532 | "both operands expected to be a half vector" ); |
15533 | |
15534 | RHS = convertVector(RHS.get(), Context.FloatTy, S); |
15535 | QualType BinOpResTy = RHS.get()->getType(); |
15536 | |
15537 | // If Opc is a comparison, ResultType is a vector of shorts. In that case, |
15538 | // change BinOpResTy to a vector of ints. |
15539 | if (isVector(ResultTy, Context.ShortTy)) |
15540 | BinOpResTy = S.GetSignedVectorType(V: BinOpResTy); |
15541 | |
15542 | if (IsCompAssign) |
15543 | return CompoundAssignOperator::Create(C: Context, lhs: LHS.get(), rhs: RHS.get(), opc: Opc, |
15544 | ResTy: ResultTy, VK, OK, opLoc: OpLoc, FPFeatures, |
15545 | CompLHSType: BinOpResTy, CompResultType: BinOpResTy); |
15546 | |
15547 | LHS = convertVector(LHS.get(), Context.FloatTy, S); |
15548 | auto *BO = BinaryOperator::Create(C: Context, lhs: LHS.get(), rhs: RHS.get(), opc: Opc, |
15549 | ResTy: BinOpResTy, VK, OK, opLoc: OpLoc, FPFeatures); |
15550 | return convertVector(BO, ResultTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType(), S); |
15551 | } |
15552 | |
15553 | static std::pair<ExprResult, ExprResult> |
15554 | CorrectDelayedTyposInBinOp(Sema &S, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, |
15555 | Expr *RHSExpr) { |
15556 | ExprResult LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr; |
15557 | if (!S.Context.isDependenceAllowed()) { |
15558 | // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it |
15559 | // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have |
15560 | // been dealt with before checking the operands. |
15561 | LHS = S.CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER: LHS); |
15562 | RHS = S.CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( |
15563 | RHS, /*InitDecl=*/nullptr, /*RecoverUncorrectedTypos=*/false, |
15564 | [Opc, LHS](Expr *E) { |
15565 | if (Opc != BO_Assign) |
15566 | return ExprResult(E); |
15567 | // Avoid correcting the RHS to the same Expr as the LHS. |
15568 | Decl *D = getDeclFromExpr(E); |
15569 | return (D && D == getDeclFromExpr(LHS.get())) ? ExprError() : E; |
15570 | }); |
15571 | } |
15572 | return std::make_pair(x&: LHS, y&: RHS); |
15573 | } |
15574 | |
15575 | /// Returns true if conversion between vectors of halfs and vectors of floats |
15576 | /// is needed. |
15577 | static bool needsConversionOfHalfVec(bool OpRequiresConversion, ASTContext &Ctx, |
15578 | Expr *E0, Expr *E1 = nullptr) { |
15579 | if (!OpRequiresConversion || Ctx.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType || |
15580 | Ctx.getTargetInfo().useFP16ConversionIntrinsics()) |
15581 | return false; |
15582 | |
15583 | auto HasVectorOfHalfType = [&Ctx](Expr *E) { |
15584 | QualType Ty = E->IgnoreImplicit()->getType(); |
15585 | |
15586 | // Don't promote half precision neon vectors like float16x4_t in arm_neon.h |
15587 | // to vectors of floats. Although the element type of the vectors is __fp16, |
15588 | // the vectors shouldn't be treated as storage-only types. See the |
15589 | // discussion here: https://reviews.llvm.org/rG825235c140e7 |
15590 | if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
15591 | if (VT->getVectorKind() == VectorKind::Neon) |
15592 | return false; |
15593 | return VT->getElementType().getCanonicalType() == Ctx.HalfTy; |
15594 | } |
15595 | return false; |
15596 | }; |
15597 | |
15598 | return HasVectorOfHalfType(E0) && (!E1 || HasVectorOfHalfType(E1)); |
15599 | } |
15600 | |
15601 | /// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with |
15602 | /// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports |
15603 | /// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators. |
15604 | ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
15605 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
15606 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
15607 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isa<InitListExpr>(Val: RHSExpr)) { |
15608 | // The syntax only allows initializer lists on the RHS of assignment, |
15609 | // so we don't need to worry about accepting invalid code for |
15610 | // non-assignment operators. |
15611 | // C++11 5.17p9: |
15612 | // The meaning of x = {v} [...] is that of x = T(v) [...]. The meaning |
15613 | // of x = {} is x = T(). |
15614 | InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( |
15615 | RHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); |
15616 | InitializedEntity Entity = |
15617 | InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Type: LHSExpr->getType()); |
15618 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, RHSExpr); |
15619 | ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(S&: *this, Entity, Kind, Args: RHSExpr); |
15620 | if (Init.isInvalid()) |
15621 | return Init; |
15622 | RHSExpr = Init.get(); |
15623 | } |
15624 | |
15625 | ExprResult LHS = LHSExpr, RHS = RHSExpr; |
15626 | QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator. |
15627 | // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators |
15628 | QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation |
15629 | QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result |
15630 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue; |
15631 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; |
15632 | bool ConvertHalfVec = false; |
15633 | |
15634 | std::tie(args&: LHS, args&: RHS) = CorrectDelayedTyposInBinOp(S&: *this, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
15635 | if (!LHS.isUsable() || !RHS.isUsable()) |
15636 | return ExprError(); |
15637 | |
15638 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
15639 | QualType LHSTy = LHSExpr->getType(); |
15640 | QualType RHSTy = RHSExpr->getType(); |
15641 | // OpenCLC v2.0 s6.13.11.1 allows atomic variables to be initialized by |
15642 | // the ATOMIC_VAR_INIT macro. |
15643 | if (LHSTy->isAtomicType() || RHSTy->isAtomicType()) { |
15644 | SourceRange SR(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); |
15645 | if (BO_Assign == Opc) |
15646 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_opencl_atomic_init) << 0 << SR; |
15647 | else |
15648 | ResultTy = InvalidOperands(Loc: OpLoc, LHS, RHS); |
15649 | return ExprError(); |
15650 | } |
15651 | |
15652 | // OpenCL special types - image, sampler, pipe, and blocks are to be used |
15653 | // only with a builtin functions and therefore should be disallowed here. |
15654 | if (LHSTy->isImageType() || RHSTy->isImageType() || |
15655 | LHSTy->isSamplerT() || RHSTy->isSamplerT() || |
15656 | LHSTy->isPipeType() || RHSTy->isPipeType() || |
15657 | LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) { |
15658 | ResultTy = InvalidOperands(Loc: OpLoc, LHS, RHS); |
15659 | return ExprError(); |
15660 | } |
15661 | } |
15662 | |
15663 | checkTypeSupport(Ty: LHSExpr->getType(), Loc: OpLoc, /*ValueDecl*/ D: nullptr); |
15664 | checkTypeSupport(Ty: RHSExpr->getType(), Loc: OpLoc, /*ValueDecl*/ D: nullptr); |
15665 | |
15666 | switch (Opc) { |
15667 | case BO_Assign: |
15668 | ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHSExpr: LHS.get(), RHS, Loc: OpLoc, CompoundType: QualType(), Opc); |
15669 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
15670 | LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) { |
15671 | VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); |
15672 | OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind(); |
15673 | } |
15674 | if (!ResultTy.isNull()) { |
15675 | DiagnoseSelfAssignment(S&: *this, LHSExpr: LHS.get(), RHSExpr: RHS.get(), OpLoc, IsBuiltin: true); |
15676 | DiagnoseSelfMove(LHSExpr: LHS.get(), RHSExpr: RHS.get(), OpLoc); |
15677 | |
15678 | // Avoid copying a block to the heap if the block is assigned to a local |
15679 | // auto variable that is declared in the same scope as the block. This |
15680 | // optimization is unsafe if the local variable is declared in an outer |
15681 | // scope. For example: |
15682 | // |
15683 | // BlockTy b; |
15684 | // { |
15685 | // b = ^{...}; |
15686 | // } |
15687 | // // It is unsafe to invoke the block here if it wasn't copied to the |
15688 | // // heap. |
15689 | // b(); |
15690 | |
15691 | if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(Val: RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) |
15692 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: LHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) |
15693 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Val: DRE->getDecl())) |
15694 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && getCurScope()->isDeclScope(VD)) |
15695 | BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap(); |
15696 | |
15697 | if (LHS.get()->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) |
15698 | checkNonTrivialCUnion(QT: LHS.get()->getType(), Loc: LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), |
15699 | UseContext: NTCUC_Assignment, NonTrivialKind: NTCUK_Copy); |
15700 | } |
15701 | RecordModifiableNonNullParam(S&: *this, Exp: LHS.get()); |
15702 | break; |
15703 | case BO_PtrMemD: |
15704 | case BO_PtrMemI: |
15705 | ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(LHS, RHS, VK, OpLoc, |
15706 | isIndirect: Opc == BO_PtrMemI); |
15707 | break; |
15708 | case BO_Mul: |
15709 | case BO_Div: |
15710 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15711 | ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc: OpLoc, IsCompAssign: false, |
15712 | IsDiv: Opc == BO_Div); |
15713 | break; |
15714 | case BO_Rem: |
15715 | ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc: OpLoc); |
15716 | break; |
15717 | case BO_Add: |
15718 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15719 | ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc: OpLoc, Opc); |
15720 | break; |
15721 | case BO_Sub: |
15722 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15723 | ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc: OpLoc); |
15724 | break; |
15725 | case BO_Shl: |
15726 | case BO_Shr: |
15727 | ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc: OpLoc, Opc); |
15728 | break; |
15729 | case BO_LE: |
15730 | case BO_LT: |
15731 | case BO_GE: |
15732 | case BO_GT: |
15733 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15734 | ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc: OpLoc, Opc); |
15735 | break; |
15736 | case BO_EQ: |
15737 | case BO_NE: |
15738 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15739 | ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc: OpLoc, Opc); |
15740 | break; |
15741 | case BO_Cmp: |
15742 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15743 | ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc: OpLoc, Opc); |
15744 | assert(ResultTy.isNull() || ResultTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()); |
15745 | break; |
15746 | case BO_And: |
15747 | checkObjCPointerIntrospection(S&: *this, L&: LHS, R&: RHS, OpLoc); |
15748 | [[fallthrough]]; |
15749 | case BO_Xor: |
15750 | case BO_Or: |
15751 | ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc: OpLoc, Opc); |
15752 | break; |
15753 | case BO_LAnd: |
15754 | case BO_LOr: |
15755 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15756 | ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc: OpLoc, Opc); |
15757 | break; |
15758 | case BO_MulAssign: |
15759 | case BO_DivAssign: |
15760 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15761 | CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc: OpLoc, IsCompAssign: true, |
15762 | IsDiv: Opc == BO_DivAssign); |
15763 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; |
15764 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) |
15765 | ResultTy = |
15766 | CheckAssignmentOperands(LHSExpr: LHS.get(), RHS, Loc: OpLoc, CompoundType: CompResultTy, Opc); |
15767 | break; |
15768 | case BO_RemAssign: |
15769 | CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc: OpLoc, IsCompAssign: true); |
15770 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; |
15771 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) |
15772 | ResultTy = |
15773 | CheckAssignmentOperands(LHSExpr: LHS.get(), RHS, Loc: OpLoc, CompoundType: CompResultTy, Opc); |
15774 | break; |
15775 | case BO_AddAssign: |
15776 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15777 | CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc: OpLoc, Opc, CompLHSTy: &CompLHSTy); |
15778 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) |
15779 | ResultTy = |
15780 | CheckAssignmentOperands(LHSExpr: LHS.get(), RHS, Loc: OpLoc, CompoundType: CompResultTy, Opc); |
15781 | break; |
15782 | case BO_SubAssign: |
15783 | ConvertHalfVec = true; |
15784 | CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc: OpLoc, CompLHSTy: &CompLHSTy); |
15785 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) |
15786 | ResultTy = |
15787 | CheckAssignmentOperands(LHSExpr: LHS.get(), RHS, Loc: OpLoc, CompoundType: CompResultTy, Opc); |
15788 | break; |
15789 | case BO_ShlAssign: |
15790 | case BO_ShrAssign: |
15791 | CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc: OpLoc, Opc, IsCompAssign: true); |
15792 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; |
15793 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) |
15794 | ResultTy = |
15795 | CheckAssignmentOperands(LHSExpr: LHS.get(), RHS, Loc: OpLoc, CompoundType: CompResultTy, Opc); |
15796 | break; |
15797 | case BO_AndAssign: |
15798 | case BO_OrAssign: // fallthrough |
15799 | DiagnoseSelfAssignment(S&: *this, LHSExpr: LHS.get(), RHSExpr: RHS.get(), OpLoc, IsBuiltin: true); |
15800 | [[fallthrough]]; |
15801 | case BO_XorAssign: |
15802 | CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc: OpLoc, Opc); |
15803 | CompLHSTy = CompResultTy; |
15804 | if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid()) |
15805 | ResultTy = |
15806 | CheckAssignmentOperands(LHSExpr: LHS.get(), RHS, Loc: OpLoc, CompoundType: CompResultTy, Opc); |
15807 | break; |
15808 | case BO_Comma: |
15809 | ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, Loc: OpLoc); |
15810 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !RHS.isInvalid()) { |
15811 | VK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); |
15812 | OK = RHS.get()->getObjectKind(); |
15813 | } |
15814 | break; |
15815 | } |
15816 | if (ResultTy.isNull() || LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) |
15817 | return ExprError(); |
15818 | |
15819 | // Some of the binary operations require promoting operands of half vector to |
15820 | // float vectors and truncating the result back to half vector. For now, we do |
15821 | // this only when HalfArgsAndReturn is set (that is, when the target is arm or |
15822 | // arm64). |
15823 | assert( |
15824 | (Opc == BO_Comma || isVector(RHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy) == |
15825 | isVector(LHS.get()->getType(), Context.HalfTy)) && |
15826 | "both sides are half vectors or neither sides are" ); |
15827 | ConvertHalfVec = |
15828 | needsConversionOfHalfVec(OpRequiresConversion: ConvertHalfVec, Ctx&: Context, E0: LHS.get(), E1: RHS.get()); |
15829 | |
15830 | // Check for array bounds violations for both sides of the BinaryOperator |
15831 | CheckArrayAccess(E: LHS.get()); |
15832 | CheckArrayAccess(E: RHS.get()); |
15833 | |
15834 | if (const ObjCIsaExpr *OISA = dyn_cast<ObjCIsaExpr>(Val: LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts())) { |
15835 | NamedDecl *ObjectSetClass = LookupSingleName(S: TUScope, |
15836 | Name: &Context.Idents.get(Name: "object_setClass" ), |
15837 | Loc: SourceLocation(), NameKind: LookupOrdinaryName); |
15838 | if (ObjectSetClass && isa<ObjCIsaExpr>(Val: LHS.get())) { |
15839 | SourceLocation RHSLocEnd = getLocForEndOfToken(Loc: RHS.get()->getEndLoc()); |
15840 | Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign) |
15841 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(), |
15842 | "object_setClass(" ) |
15843 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(OISA->getOpLoc(), OpLoc), |
15844 | "," ) |
15845 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(RHSLocEnd, ")" ); |
15846 | } |
15847 | else |
15848 | Diag(LHS.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_objc_isa_assign); |
15849 | } |
15850 | else if (const ObjCIvarRefExpr *OIRE = |
15851 | dyn_cast<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(Val: LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts())) |
15852 | DiagnoseDirectIsaAccess(S&: *this, OIRE, AssignLoc: OpLoc, RHS: RHS.get()); |
15853 | |
15854 | // Opc is not a compound assignment if CompResultTy is null. |
15855 | if (CompResultTy.isNull()) { |
15856 | if (ConvertHalfVec) |
15857 | return convertHalfVecBinOp(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, IsCompAssign: false, |
15858 | OpLoc, FPFeatures: CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
15859 | return BinaryOperator::Create(C: Context, lhs: LHS.get(), rhs: RHS.get(), opc: Opc, ResTy: ResultTy, |
15860 | VK, OK, opLoc: OpLoc, FPFeatures: CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
15861 | } |
15862 | |
15863 | // Handle compound assignments. |
15864 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != |
15865 | OK_ObjCProperty) { |
15866 | VK = VK_LValue; |
15867 | OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind(); |
15868 | } |
15869 | |
15870 | // The LHS is not converted to the result type for fixed-point compound |
15871 | // assignment as the common type is computed on demand. Reset the CompLHSTy |
15872 | // to the LHS type we would have gotten after unary conversions. |
15873 | if (CompResultTy->isFixedPointType()) |
15874 | CompLHSTy = UsualUnaryConversions(E: LHS.get()).get()->getType(); |
15875 | |
15876 | if (ConvertHalfVec) |
15877 | return convertHalfVecBinOp(S&: *this, LHS, RHS, Opc, ResultTy, VK, OK, IsCompAssign: true, |
15878 | OpLoc, FPFeatures: CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
15879 | |
15880 | return CompoundAssignOperator::Create( |
15881 | C: Context, lhs: LHS.get(), rhs: RHS.get(), opc: Opc, ResTy: ResultTy, VK, OK, opLoc: OpLoc, |
15882 | FPFeatures: CurFPFeatureOverrides(), CompLHSType: CompLHSTy, CompResultType: CompResultTy); |
15883 | } |
15884 | |
15885 | /// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison |
15886 | /// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that |
15887 | /// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of |
15888 | /// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1". |
15889 | static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
15890 | SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr, |
15891 | Expr *RHSExpr) { |
15892 | BinaryOperator *LHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: LHSExpr); |
15893 | BinaryOperator *RHSBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: RHSExpr); |
15894 | |
15895 | // Check that one of the sides is a comparison operator and the other isn't. |
15896 | bool isLeftComp = LHSBO && LHSBO->isComparisonOp(); |
15897 | bool isRightComp = RHSBO && RHSBO->isComparisonOp(); |
15898 | if (isLeftComp == isRightComp) |
15899 | return; |
15900 | |
15901 | // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops. |
15902 | // Don't diagnose this. |
15903 | bool isLeftBitwise = LHSBO && LHSBO->isBitwiseOp(); |
15904 | bool isRightBitwise = RHSBO && RHSBO->isBitwiseOp(); |
15905 | if (isLeftBitwise || isRightBitwise) |
15906 | return; |
15907 | |
15908 | SourceRange DiagRange = isLeftComp |
15909 | ? SourceRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), OpLoc) |
15910 | : SourceRange(OpLoc, RHSExpr->getEndLoc()); |
15911 | StringRef OpStr = isLeftComp ? LHSBO->getOpcodeStr() : RHSBO->getOpcodeStr(); |
15912 | SourceRange ParensRange = |
15913 | isLeftComp |
15914 | ? SourceRange(LHSBO->getRHS()->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc()) |
15915 | : SourceRange(LHSExpr->getBeginLoc(), RHSBO->getLHS()->getEndLoc()); |
15916 | |
15917 | Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel) |
15918 | << DiagRange << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << OpStr; |
15919 | SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, |
15920 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << OpStr, |
15921 | (isLeftComp ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr)->getSourceRange()); |
15922 | SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc, |
15923 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first) |
15924 | << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), |
15925 | ParensRange); |
15926 | } |
15927 | |
15928 | /// It accepts a '&&' expr that is inside a '||' one. |
15929 | /// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&&' expression |
15930 | /// in parentheses. |
15931 | static void |
15932 | EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
15933 | BinaryOperator *Bop) { |
15934 | assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd); |
15935 | Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_and_in_logical_or) |
15936 | << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc; |
15937 | SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(), |
15938 | Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) |
15939 | << Bop->getOpcodeStr(), |
15940 | Bop->getSourceRange()); |
15941 | } |
15942 | |
15943 | /// Look for '&&' in the left hand of a '||' expr. |
15944 | static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
15945 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
15946 | if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: LHSExpr)) { |
15947 | if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) { |
15948 | // If it's "string_literal && a || b" don't warn since the precedence |
15949 | // doesn't matter. |
15950 | if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Val: Bop->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) |
15951 | return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Self&: S, OpLoc, Bop); |
15952 | } else if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) { |
15953 | if (BinaryOperator *RBop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: Bop->getRHS())) { |
15954 | // If it's "a || b && string_literal || c" we didn't warn earlier for |
15955 | // "a || b && string_literal", but warn now. |
15956 | if (RBop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd && |
15957 | isa<StringLiteral>(Val: RBop->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) |
15958 | return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Self&: S, OpLoc, Bop: RBop); |
15959 | } |
15960 | } |
15961 | } |
15962 | } |
15963 | |
15964 | /// Look for '&&' in the right hand of a '||' expr. |
15965 | static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
15966 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
15967 | if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: RHSExpr)) { |
15968 | if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) { |
15969 | // If it's "a || b && string_literal" don't warn since the precedence |
15970 | // doesn't matter. |
15971 | if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Val: Bop->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) |
15972 | return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Self&: S, OpLoc, Bop); |
15973 | } |
15974 | } |
15975 | } |
15976 | |
15977 | /// Look for bitwise op in the left or right hand of a bitwise op with |
15978 | /// lower precedence and emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps |
15979 | /// the '&' expression in parentheses. |
15980 | static void DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(Sema &S, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
15981 | SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *SubExpr) { |
15982 | if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: SubExpr)) { |
15983 | if (Bop->isBitwiseOp() && Bop->getOpcode() < Opc) { |
15984 | S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_bitwise_op_in_bitwise_op) |
15985 | << Bop->getOpcodeStr() << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc) |
15986 | << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc; |
15987 | SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(), |
15988 | S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) |
15989 | << Bop->getOpcodeStr(), |
15990 | Bop->getSourceRange()); |
15991 | } |
15992 | } |
15993 | } |
15994 | |
15995 | static void DiagnoseAdditionInShift(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
15996 | Expr *SubExpr, StringRef Shift) { |
15997 | if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: SubExpr)) { |
15998 | if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Add || Bop->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) { |
15999 | StringRef Op = Bop->getOpcodeStr(); |
16000 | S.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_addition_in_bitshift) |
16001 | << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc << Shift << Op; |
16002 | SuggestParentheses(S, Bop->getOperatorLoc(), |
16003 | S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) << Op, |
16004 | Bop->getSourceRange()); |
16005 | } |
16006 | } |
16007 | } |
16008 | |
16009 | static void DiagnoseShiftCompare(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
16010 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
16011 | CXXOperatorCallExpr *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Val: LHSExpr); |
16012 | if (!OCE) |
16013 | return; |
16014 | |
16015 | FunctionDecl *FD = OCE->getDirectCallee(); |
16016 | if (!FD || !FD->isOverloadedOperator()) |
16017 | return; |
16018 | |
16019 | OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = FD->getOverloadedOperator(); |
16020 | if (Kind != OO_LessLess && Kind != OO_GreaterGreater) |
16021 | return; |
16022 | |
16023 | S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_overloaded_shift_in_comparison) |
16024 | << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange() |
16025 | << (Kind == OO_LessLess); |
16026 | SuggestParentheses(S, OCE->getOperatorLoc(), |
16027 | S.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_silence) |
16028 | << (Kind == OO_LessLess ? "<<" : ">>" ), |
16029 | OCE->getSourceRange()); |
16030 | SuggestParentheses( |
16031 | S, OpLoc, S.PDiag(diag::note_evaluate_comparison_first), |
16032 | SourceRange(OCE->getArg(1)->getBeginLoc(), RHSExpr->getEndLoc())); |
16033 | } |
16034 | |
16035 | /// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky |
16036 | /// precedence. |
16037 | static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
16038 | SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr, |
16039 | Expr *RHSExpr){ |
16040 | // Diagnose "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3". |
16041 | if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc)) |
16042 | DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
16043 | |
16044 | // Diagnose "arg1 & arg2 | arg3" |
16045 | if ((Opc == BO_Or || Opc == BO_Xor) && |
16046 | !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) { |
16047 | DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(S&: Self, Opc, OpLoc, SubExpr: LHSExpr); |
16048 | DiagnoseBitwiseOpInBitwiseOp(S&: Self, Opc, OpLoc, SubExpr: RHSExpr); |
16049 | } |
16050 | |
16051 | // Warn about arg1 || arg2 && arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does. |
16052 | // We don't warn for 'assert(a || b && "bad")' since this is safe. |
16053 | if (Opc == BO_LOr && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) { |
16054 | DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(S&: Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
16055 | DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(S&: Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
16056 | } |
16057 | |
16058 | if ((Opc == BO_Shl && LHSExpr->getType()->isIntegralType(Ctx: Self.getASTContext())) |
16059 | || Opc == BO_Shr) { |
16060 | StringRef Shift = BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Op: Opc); |
16061 | DiagnoseAdditionInShift(S&: Self, OpLoc, SubExpr: LHSExpr, Shift); |
16062 | DiagnoseAdditionInShift(S&: Self, OpLoc, SubExpr: RHSExpr, Shift); |
16063 | } |
16064 | |
16065 | // Warn on overloaded shift operators and comparisons, such as: |
16066 | // cout << 5 == 4; |
16067 | if (BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(Opc)) |
16068 | DiagnoseShiftCompare(S&: Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
16069 | } |
16070 | |
16071 | // Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. |
16072 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, |
16073 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
16074 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
16075 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind); |
16076 | assert(LHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression" ); |
16077 | assert(RHSExpr && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression" ); |
16078 | |
16079 | // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0" |
16080 | DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Self&: *this, Opc, OpLoc: TokLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
16081 | |
16082 | return BuildBinOp(S, OpLoc: TokLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
16083 | } |
16084 | |
16085 | void Sema::LookupBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
16086 | UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) { |
16087 | OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); |
16088 | if (OverOp != OO_None && OverOp != OO_Equal) |
16089 | LookupOverloadedOperatorName(Op: OverOp, S, Functions); |
16090 | |
16091 | // In C++20 onwards, we may have a second operator to look up. |
16092 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) { |
16093 | if (OverloadedOperatorKind = getRewrittenOverloadedOperator(Kind: OverOp)) |
16094 | LookupOverloadedOperatorName(Op: ExtraOp, S, Functions); |
16095 | } |
16096 | } |
16097 | |
16098 | /// Build an overloaded binary operator expression in the given scope. |
16099 | static ExprResult BuildOverloadedBinOp(Sema &S, Scope *Sc, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
16100 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
16101 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) { |
16102 | switch (Opc) { |
16103 | case BO_Assign: |
16104 | // In the non-overloaded case, we warn about self-assignment (x = x) for |
16105 | // both simple assignment and certain compound assignments where algebra |
16106 | // tells us the operation yields a constant result. When the operator is |
16107 | // overloaded, we can't do the latter because we don't want to assume that |
16108 | // those algebraic identities still apply; for example, a path-building |
16109 | // library might use operator/= to append paths. But it's still reasonable |
16110 | // to assume that simple assignment is just moving/copying values around |
16111 | // and so self-assignment is likely a bug. |
16112 | DiagnoseSelfAssignment(S, LHSExpr: LHS, RHSExpr: RHS, OpLoc, IsBuiltin: false); |
16113 | [[fallthrough]]; |
16114 | case BO_DivAssign: |
16115 | case BO_RemAssign: |
16116 | case BO_SubAssign: |
16117 | case BO_AndAssign: |
16118 | case BO_OrAssign: |
16119 | case BO_XorAssign: |
16120 | CheckIdentityFieldAssignment(LHSExpr: LHS, RHSExpr: RHS, Loc: OpLoc, Sema&: S); |
16121 | break; |
16122 | default: |
16123 | break; |
16124 | } |
16125 | |
16126 | // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this point. |
16127 | UnresolvedSet<16> Functions; |
16128 | S.LookupBinOp(S: Sc, OpLoc, Opc, Functions); |
16129 | |
16130 | // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent) |
16131 | // binary operation. |
16132 | return S.CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Fns: Functions, LHS, RHS); |
16133 | } |
16134 | |
16135 | ExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
16136 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
16137 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) { |
16138 | ExprResult LHS, RHS; |
16139 | std::tie(args&: LHS, args&: RHS) = CorrectDelayedTyposInBinOp(S&: *this, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
16140 | if (!LHS.isUsable() || !RHS.isUsable()) |
16141 | return ExprError(); |
16142 | LHSExpr = LHS.get(); |
16143 | RHSExpr = RHS.get(); |
16144 | |
16145 | // We want to end up calling one of checkPseudoObjectAssignment |
16146 | // (if the LHS is a pseudo-object), BuildOverloadedBinOp (if |
16147 | // both expressions are overloadable or either is type-dependent), |
16148 | // or CreateBuiltinBinOp (in any other case). We also want to get |
16149 | // any placeholder types out of the way. |
16150 | |
16151 | // Handle pseudo-objects in the LHS. |
16152 | if (const BuiltinType *pty = LHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { |
16153 | // Assignments with a pseudo-object l-value need special analysis. |
16154 | if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject && |
16155 | BinaryOperator::isAssignmentOp(Opc)) |
16156 | return checkPseudoObjectAssignment(S, OpLoc, Opcode: Opc, LHS: LHSExpr, RHS: RHSExpr); |
16157 | |
16158 | // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable. |
16159 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) { |
16160 | // We can't actually test that if we still have a placeholder, |
16161 | // though. Fortunately, none of the exceptions we see in that |
16162 | // code below are valid when the LHS is an overload set. Note |
16163 | // that an overload set can be dependently-typed, but it never |
16164 | // instantiates to having an overloadable type. |
16165 | ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: RHSExpr); |
16166 | if (resolvedRHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
16167 | RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get(); |
16168 | |
16169 | if (RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || |
16170 | RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()) |
16171 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(S&: *this, Sc: S, OpLoc, Opc, LHS: LHSExpr, RHS: RHSExpr); |
16172 | } |
16173 | |
16174 | // If we're instantiating "a.x < b" or "A::x < b" and 'x' names a function |
16175 | // template, diagnose the missing 'template' keyword instead of diagnosing |
16176 | // an invalid use of a bound member function. |
16177 | // |
16178 | // Note that "A::x < b" might be valid if 'b' has an overloadable type due |
16179 | // to C++1z [over.over]/1.4, but we already checked for that case above. |
16180 | if (Opc == BO_LT && inTemplateInstantiation() && |
16181 | (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember || |
16182 | pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload)) { |
16183 | auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Val: LHSExpr); |
16184 | if (OE && !OE->hasTemplateKeyword() && !OE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() && |
16185 | llvm::any_of(Range: OE->decls(), P: [](NamedDecl *ND) { |
16186 | return isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Val: ND); |
16187 | })) { |
16188 | Diag(OE->getQualifier() ? OE->getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc() |
16189 | : OE->getNameLoc(), |
16190 | diag::err_template_kw_missing) |
16191 | << OE->getName().getAsString() << "" ; |
16192 | return ExprError(); |
16193 | } |
16194 | } |
16195 | |
16196 | ExprResult LHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: LHSExpr); |
16197 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
16198 | LHSExpr = LHS.get(); |
16199 | } |
16200 | |
16201 | // Handle pseudo-objects in the RHS. |
16202 | if (const BuiltinType *pty = RHSExpr->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { |
16203 | // An overload in the RHS can potentially be resolved by the type |
16204 | // being assigned to. |
16205 | if (Opc == BO_Assign && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) { |
16206 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
16207 | (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || |
16208 | LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType())) |
16209 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(S&: *this, Sc: S, OpLoc, Opc, LHS: LHSExpr, RHS: RHSExpr); |
16210 | |
16211 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
16212 | } |
16213 | |
16214 | // Don't resolve overloads if the other type is overloadable. |
16215 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload && |
16216 | LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()) |
16217 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(S&: *this, Sc: S, OpLoc, Opc, LHS: LHSExpr, RHS: RHSExpr); |
16218 | |
16219 | ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: RHSExpr); |
16220 | if (!resolvedRHS.isUsable()) return ExprError(); |
16221 | RHSExpr = resolvedRHS.get(); |
16222 | } |
16223 | |
16224 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
16225 | // If either expression is type-dependent, always build an |
16226 | // overloaded op. |
16227 | if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent()) |
16228 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(S&: *this, Sc: S, OpLoc, Opc, LHS: LHSExpr, RHS: RHSExpr); |
16229 | |
16230 | // Otherwise, build an overloaded op if either expression has an |
16231 | // overloadable type. |
16232 | if (LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType() || |
16233 | RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType()) |
16234 | return BuildOverloadedBinOp(S&: *this, Sc: S, OpLoc, Opc, LHS: LHSExpr, RHS: RHSExpr); |
16235 | } |
16236 | |
16237 | if (getLangOpts().RecoveryAST && |
16238 | (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent())) { |
16239 | assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus); |
16240 | assert((LHSExpr->containsErrors() || RHSExpr->containsErrors()) && |
16241 | "Should only occur in error-recovery path." ); |
16242 | if (BinaryOperator::isCompoundAssignmentOp(Opc)) |
16243 | // C [6.15.16] p3: |
16244 | // An assignment expression has the value of the left operand after the |
16245 | // assignment, but is not an lvalue. |
16246 | return CompoundAssignOperator::Create( |
16247 | C: Context, lhs: LHSExpr, rhs: RHSExpr, opc: Opc, |
16248 | ResTy: LHSExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType(), VK: VK_PRValue, OK: OK_Ordinary, |
16249 | opLoc: OpLoc, FPFeatures: CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
16250 | QualType ResultType; |
16251 | switch (Opc) { |
16252 | case BO_Assign: |
16253 | ResultType = LHSExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
16254 | break; |
16255 | case BO_LT: |
16256 | case BO_GT: |
16257 | case BO_LE: |
16258 | case BO_GE: |
16259 | case BO_EQ: |
16260 | case BO_NE: |
16261 | case BO_LAnd: |
16262 | case BO_LOr: |
16263 | // These operators have a fixed result type regardless of operands. |
16264 | ResultType = Context.IntTy; |
16265 | break; |
16266 | case BO_Comma: |
16267 | ResultType = RHSExpr->getType(); |
16268 | break; |
16269 | default: |
16270 | ResultType = Context.DependentTy; |
16271 | break; |
16272 | } |
16273 | return BinaryOperator::Create(C: Context, lhs: LHSExpr, rhs: RHSExpr, opc: Opc, ResTy: ResultType, |
16274 | VK: VK_PRValue, OK: OK_Ordinary, opLoc: OpLoc, |
16275 | FPFeatures: CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
16276 | } |
16277 | |
16278 | // Build a built-in binary operation. |
16279 | return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr); |
16280 | } |
16281 | |
16282 | static bool isOverflowingIntegerType(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T) { |
16283 | if (T.isNull() || T->isDependentType()) |
16284 | return false; |
16285 | |
16286 | if (!Ctx.isPromotableIntegerType(T)) |
16287 | return true; |
16288 | |
16289 | return Ctx.getIntWidth(T) >= Ctx.getIntWidth(T: Ctx.IntTy); |
16290 | } |
16291 | |
16292 | ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
16293 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *InputExpr, |
16294 | bool IsAfterAmp) { |
16295 | ExprResult Input = InputExpr; |
16296 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue; |
16297 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; |
16298 | QualType resultType; |
16299 | bool CanOverflow = false; |
16300 | |
16301 | bool ConvertHalfVec = false; |
16302 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
16303 | QualType Ty = InputExpr->getType(); |
16304 | // The only legal unary operation for atomics is '&'. |
16305 | if ((Opc != UO_AddrOf && Ty->isAtomicType()) || |
16306 | // OpenCL special types - image, sampler, pipe, and blocks are to be used |
16307 | // only with a builtin functions and therefore should be disallowed here. |
16308 | (Ty->isImageType() || Ty->isSamplerT() || Ty->isPipeType() |
16309 | || Ty->isBlockPointerType())) { |
16310 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
16311 | << InputExpr->getType() |
16312 | << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); |
16313 | } |
16314 | } |
16315 | |
16316 | if (getLangOpts().HLSL && OpLoc.isValid()) { |
16317 | if (Opc == UO_AddrOf) |
16318 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_hlsl_operator_unsupported) << 0); |
16319 | if (Opc == UO_Deref) |
16320 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_hlsl_operator_unsupported) << 1); |
16321 | } |
16322 | |
16323 | switch (Opc) { |
16324 | case UO_PreInc: |
16325 | case UO_PreDec: |
16326 | case UO_PostInc: |
16327 | case UO_PostDec: |
16328 | resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(S&: *this, Op: Input.get(), VK, OK, |
16329 | OpLoc, |
16330 | IsInc: Opc == UO_PreInc || |
16331 | Opc == UO_PostInc, |
16332 | IsPrefix: Opc == UO_PreInc || |
16333 | Opc == UO_PreDec); |
16334 | CanOverflow = isOverflowingIntegerType(Ctx&: Context, T: resultType); |
16335 | break; |
16336 | case UO_AddrOf: |
16337 | resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(OrigOp&: Input, OpLoc); |
16338 | CheckAddressOfNoDeref(E: InputExpr); |
16339 | RecordModifiableNonNullParam(S&: *this, Exp: InputExpr); |
16340 | break; |
16341 | case UO_Deref: { |
16342 | Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: Input.get()); |
16343 | if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
16344 | resultType = |
16345 | CheckIndirectionOperand(S&: *this, Op: Input.get(), VK, OpLoc, IsAfterAmp); |
16346 | break; |
16347 | } |
16348 | case UO_Plus: |
16349 | case UO_Minus: |
16350 | CanOverflow = Opc == UO_Minus && |
16351 | isOverflowingIntegerType(Ctx&: Context, T: Input.get()->getType()); |
16352 | Input = UsualUnaryConversions(E: Input.get()); |
16353 | if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
16354 | // Unary plus and minus require promoting an operand of half vector to a |
16355 | // float vector and truncating the result back to a half vector. For now, we |
16356 | // do this only when HalfArgsAndReturns is set (that is, when the target is |
16357 | // arm or arm64). |
16358 | ConvertHalfVec = needsConversionOfHalfVec(OpRequiresConversion: true, Ctx&: Context, E0: Input.get()); |
16359 | |
16360 | // If the operand is a half vector, promote it to a float vector. |
16361 | if (ConvertHalfVec) |
16362 | Input = convertVector(Input.get(), Context.FloatTy, *this); |
16363 | resultType = Input.get()->getType(); |
16364 | if (resultType->isDependentType()) |
16365 | break; |
16366 | if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1 |
16367 | break; |
16368 | else if (resultType->isVectorType() && |
16369 | // The z vector extensions don't allow + or - with bool vectors. |
16370 | (!Context.getLangOpts().ZVector || |
16371 | resultType->castAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() != |
16372 | VectorKind::AltiVecBool)) |
16373 | break; |
16374 | else if (resultType->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) // SVE vectors allow + and - |
16375 | break; |
16376 | else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6 |
16377 | Opc == UO_Plus && |
16378 | resultType->isPointerType()) |
16379 | break; |
16380 | |
16381 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
16382 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); |
16383 | |
16384 | case UO_Not: // bitwise complement |
16385 | Input = UsualUnaryConversions(E: Input.get()); |
16386 | if (Input.isInvalid()) |
16387 | return ExprError(); |
16388 | resultType = Input.get()->getType(); |
16389 | if (resultType->isDependentType()) |
16390 | break; |
16391 | // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension. |
16392 | if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType()) |
16393 | // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation. |
16394 | Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex) |
16395 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange(); |
16396 | else if (resultType->hasIntegerRepresentation()) |
16397 | break; |
16398 | else if (resultType->isExtVectorType() && Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
16399 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.3.f: The bitwise operator not (~) does not operate |
16400 | // on vector float types. |
16401 | QualType T = resultType->castAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType(); |
16402 | if (!T->isIntegerType()) |
16403 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
16404 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); |
16405 | } else { |
16406 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
16407 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); |
16408 | } |
16409 | break; |
16410 | |
16411 | case UO_LNot: // logical negation |
16412 | // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5). |
16413 | Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E: Input.get()); |
16414 | if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
16415 | resultType = Input.get()->getType(); |
16416 | |
16417 | // Though we still have to promote half FP to float... |
16418 | if (resultType->isHalfType() && !Context.getLangOpts().NativeHalfType) { |
16419 | Input = ImpCastExprToType(E: Input.get(), Type: Context.FloatTy, CK: CK_FloatingCast).get(); |
16420 | resultType = Context.FloatTy; |
16421 | } |
16422 | |
16423 | // WebAsembly tables can't be used in unary expressions. |
16424 | if (resultType->isPointerType() && |
16425 | resultType->getPointeeType().isWebAssemblyReferenceType()) { |
16426 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
16427 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); |
16428 | } |
16429 | |
16430 | if (resultType->isDependentType()) |
16431 | break; |
16432 | if (resultType->isScalarType() && !isScopedEnumerationType(T: resultType)) { |
16433 | // C99 6.5.3.3p1: ok, fallthrough; |
16434 | if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
16435 | // C++03 [expr.unary.op]p8, C++0x [expr.unary.op]p9: |
16436 | // operand contextually converted to bool. |
16437 | Input = ImpCastExprToType(E: Input.get(), Type: Context.BoolTy, |
16438 | CK: ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(ScalarTy: resultType)); |
16439 | } else if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
16440 | Context.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120) { |
16441 | // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not |
16442 | // operate on scalar float types. |
16443 | if (!resultType->isIntegerType() && !resultType->isPointerType()) |
16444 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
16445 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); |
16446 | } |
16447 | } else if (resultType->isExtVectorType()) { |
16448 | if (Context.getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
16449 | Context.getLangOpts().getOpenCLCompatibleVersion() < 120) { |
16450 | // OpenCL v1.1 6.3.h: The logical operator not (!) does not |
16451 | // operate on vector float types. |
16452 | QualType T = resultType->castAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType(); |
16453 | if (!T->isIntegerType()) |
16454 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
16455 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); |
16456 | } |
16457 | // Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type. |
16458 | resultType = GetSignedVectorType(V: resultType); |
16459 | break; |
16460 | } else if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && resultType->isVectorType()) { |
16461 | const VectorType *VTy = resultType->castAs<VectorType>(); |
16462 | if (VTy->getVectorKind() != VectorKind::Generic) |
16463 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
16464 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); |
16465 | |
16466 | // Vector logical not returns the signed variant of the operand type. |
16467 | resultType = GetSignedVectorType(V: resultType); |
16468 | break; |
16469 | } else { |
16470 | return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr) |
16471 | << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange()); |
16472 | } |
16473 | |
16474 | // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5. |
16475 | // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8 |
16476 | resultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); |
16477 | break; |
16478 | case UO_Real: |
16479 | case UO_Imag: |
16480 | resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(S&: *this, V&: Input, Loc: OpLoc, IsReal: Opc == UO_Real); |
16481 | // _Real maps ordinary l-values into ordinary l-values. _Imag maps ordinary |
16482 | // complex l-values to ordinary l-values and all other values to r-values. |
16483 | if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
16484 | if (Opc == UO_Real || Input.get()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) { |
16485 | if (Input.get()->isGLValue() && |
16486 | Input.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary) |
16487 | VK = Input.get()->getValueKind(); |
16488 | } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
16489 | // In C, a volatile scalar is read by __imag. In C++, it is not. |
16490 | Input = DefaultLvalueConversion(E: Input.get()); |
16491 | } |
16492 | break; |
16493 | case UO_Extension: |
16494 | resultType = Input.get()->getType(); |
16495 | VK = Input.get()->getValueKind(); |
16496 | OK = Input.get()->getObjectKind(); |
16497 | break; |
16498 | case UO_Coawait: |
16499 | // It's unnecessary to represent the pass-through operator co_await in the |
16500 | // AST; just return the input expression instead. |
16501 | assert(!Input.get()->getType()->isDependentType() && |
16502 | "the co_await expression must be non-dependant before " |
16503 | "building operator co_await" ); |
16504 | return Input; |
16505 | } |
16506 | if (resultType.isNull() || Input.isInvalid()) |
16507 | return ExprError(); |
16508 | |
16509 | // Check for array bounds violations in the operand of the UnaryOperator, |
16510 | // except for the '*' and '&' operators that have to be handled specially |
16511 | // by CheckArrayAccess (as there are special cases like &array[arraysize] |
16512 | // that are explicitly defined as valid by the standard). |
16513 | if (Opc != UO_AddrOf && Opc != UO_Deref) |
16514 | CheckArrayAccess(E: Input.get()); |
16515 | |
16516 | auto *UO = |
16517 | UnaryOperator::Create(C: Context, input: Input.get(), opc: Opc, type: resultType, VK, OK, |
16518 | l: OpLoc, CanOverflow, FPFeatures: CurFPFeatureOverrides()); |
16519 | |
16520 | if (Opc == UO_Deref && UO->getType()->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref) && |
16521 | !isa<ArrayType>(UO->getType().getDesugaredType(Context)) && |
16522 | !isUnevaluatedContext()) |
16523 | ExprEvalContexts.back().PossibleDerefs.insert(UO); |
16524 | |
16525 | // Convert the result back to a half vector. |
16526 | if (ConvertHalfVec) |
16527 | return convertVector(UO, Context.HalfTy, *this); |
16528 | return UO; |
16529 | } |
16530 | |
16531 | /// Determine whether the given expression is a qualified member |
16532 | /// access expression, of a form that could be turned into a pointer to member |
16533 | /// with the address-of operator. |
16534 | bool Sema::isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E) { |
16535 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E)) { |
16536 | if (!DRE->getQualifier()) |
16537 | return false; |
16538 | |
16539 | ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl(); |
16540 | if (!VD->isCXXClassMember()) |
16541 | return false; |
16542 | |
16543 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(Val: VD) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(Val: VD)) |
16544 | return true; |
16545 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: VD)) |
16546 | return Method->isImplicitObjectMemberFunction(); |
16547 | |
16548 | return false; |
16549 | } |
16550 | |
16551 | if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Val: E)) { |
16552 | if (!ULE->getQualifier()) |
16553 | return false; |
16554 | |
16555 | for (NamedDecl *D : ULE->decls()) { |
16556 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { |
16557 | if (Method->isImplicitObjectMemberFunction()) |
16558 | return true; |
16559 | } else { |
16560 | // Overload set does not contain methods. |
16561 | break; |
16562 | } |
16563 | } |
16564 | |
16565 | return false; |
16566 | } |
16567 | |
16568 | return false; |
16569 | } |
16570 | |
16571 | ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
16572 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input, |
16573 | bool IsAfterAmp) { |
16574 | // First things first: handle placeholders so that the |
16575 | // overloaded-operator check considers the right type. |
16576 | if (const BuiltinType *pty = Input->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) { |
16577 | // Increment and decrement of pseudo-object references. |
16578 | if (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::PseudoObject && |
16579 | UnaryOperator::isIncrementDecrementOp(Op: Opc)) |
16580 | return checkPseudoObjectIncDec(S, OpLoc, Opcode: Opc, Op: Input); |
16581 | |
16582 | // extension is always a builtin operator. |
16583 | if (Opc == UO_Extension) |
16584 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, InputExpr: Input); |
16585 | |
16586 | // & gets special logic for several kinds of placeholder. |
16587 | // The builtin code knows what to do. |
16588 | if (Opc == UO_AddrOf && |
16589 | (pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload || |
16590 | pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::UnknownAny || |
16591 | pty->getKind() == BuiltinType::BoundMember)) |
16592 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, InputExpr: Input); |
16593 | |
16594 | // Anything else needs to be handled now. |
16595 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E: Input); |
16596 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
16597 | Input = Result.get(); |
16598 | } |
16599 | |
16600 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() && |
16601 | UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc) != OO_None && |
16602 | !(Opc == UO_AddrOf && isQualifiedMemberAccess(E: Input))) { |
16603 | // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this point. |
16604 | UnresolvedSet<16> Functions; |
16605 | OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc); |
16606 | if (S && OverOp != OO_None) |
16607 | LookupOverloadedOperatorName(Op: OverOp, S, Functions); |
16608 | |
16609 | return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Fns: Functions, input: Input); |
16610 | } |
16611 | |
16612 | return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, InputExpr: Input, IsAfterAmp); |
16613 | } |
16614 | |
16615 | // Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. |
16616 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Op, |
16617 | Expr *Input, bool IsAfterAmp) { |
16618 | return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc: ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Kind: Op), Input, |
16619 | IsAfterAmp); |
16620 | } |
16621 | |
16622 | /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". |
16623 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, |
16624 | LabelDecl *TheDecl) { |
16625 | TheDecl->markUsed(Context); |
16626 | // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'. |
16627 | auto *Res = new (Context) AddrLabelExpr( |
16628 | OpLoc, LabLoc, TheDecl, Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)); |
16629 | |
16630 | if (getCurFunction()) |
16631 | getCurFunction()->AddrLabels.push_back(Elt: Res); |
16632 | |
16633 | return Res; |
16634 | } |
16635 | |
16636 | void Sema::ActOnStartStmtExpr() { |
16637 | PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext: ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); |
16638 | // Make sure we diagnose jumping into a statement expression. |
16639 | setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
16640 | } |
16641 | |
16642 | void Sema::ActOnStmtExprError() { |
16643 | // Note that function is also called by TreeTransform when leaving a |
16644 | // StmtExpr scope without rebuilding anything. |
16645 | |
16646 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
16647 | PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
16648 | } |
16649 | |
16650 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, |
16651 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { |
16652 | return BuildStmtExpr(LPLoc, SubStmt, RPLoc, TemplateDepth: getTemplateDepth(S)); |
16653 | } |
16654 | |
16655 | ExprResult Sema::BuildStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, |
16656 | SourceLocation RPLoc, unsigned TemplateDepth) { |
16657 | assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!" ); |
16658 | CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(Val: SubStmt); |
16659 | |
16660 | if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) |
16661 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
16662 | assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && |
16663 | "cleanups within StmtExpr not correctly bound!" ); |
16664 | PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
16665 | |
16666 | // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for |
16667 | // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently. |
16668 | // More semantic analysis is needed. |
16669 | |
16670 | // If there are sub-stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one |
16671 | // as the type of the stmtexpr. |
16672 | QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy; |
16673 | bool StmtExprMayBindToTemp = false; |
16674 | if (!Compound->body_empty()) { |
16675 | // For GCC compatibility we get the last Stmt excluding trailing NullStmts. |
16676 | if (const auto *LastStmt = |
16677 | dyn_cast<ValueStmt>(Val: Compound->getStmtExprResult())) { |
16678 | if (const Expr *Value = LastStmt->getExprStmt()) { |
16679 | StmtExprMayBindToTemp = true; |
16680 | Ty = Value->getType(); |
16681 | } |
16682 | } |
16683 | } |
16684 | |
16685 | // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement |
16686 | // expressions are not lvalues. |
16687 | Expr *ResStmtExpr = |
16688 | new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc, TemplateDepth); |
16689 | if (StmtExprMayBindToTemp) |
16690 | return MaybeBindToTemporary(E: ResStmtExpr); |
16691 | return ResStmtExpr; |
16692 | } |
16693 | |
16694 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnStmtExprResult(ExprResult ER) { |
16695 | if (ER.isInvalid()) |
16696 | return ExprError(); |
16697 | |
16698 | // Do function/array conversion on the last expression, but not |
16699 | // lvalue-to-rvalue. However, initialize an unqualified type. |
16700 | ER = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E: ER.get()); |
16701 | if (ER.isInvalid()) |
16702 | return ExprError(); |
16703 | Expr *E = ER.get(); |
16704 | |
16705 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) |
16706 | return E; |
16707 | |
16708 | // In ARC, if the final expression ends in a consume, splice |
16709 | // the consume out and bind it later. In the alternate case |
16710 | // (when dealing with a retainable type), the result |
16711 | // initialization will create a produce. In both cases the |
16712 | // result will be +1, and we'll need to balance that out with |
16713 | // a bind. |
16714 | auto *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Val: E); |
16715 | if (Cast && Cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) |
16716 | return Cast->getSubExpr(); |
16717 | |
16718 | // FIXME: Provide a better location for the initialization. |
16719 | return PerformCopyInitialization( |
16720 | Entity: InitializedEntity::InitializeStmtExprResult( |
16721 | ReturnLoc: E->getBeginLoc(), Type: E->getType().getUnqualifiedType()), |
16722 | EqualLoc: SourceLocation(), Init: E); |
16723 | } |
16724 | |
16725 | ExprResult Sema::BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
16726 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
16727 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
16728 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { |
16729 | QualType ArgTy = TInfo->getType(); |
16730 | bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType(); |
16731 | SourceRange TypeRange = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); |
16732 | |
16733 | // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first |
16734 | // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents |
16735 | // a struct/union/class. |
16736 | if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType()) |
16737 | return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) |
16738 | << ArgTy << TypeRange); |
16739 | |
16740 | // Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable |
16741 | // with an incomplete type would be ill-formed. |
16742 | if (!Dependent |
16743 | && RequireCompleteType(BuiltinLoc, ArgTy, |
16744 | diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type, TypeRange)) |
16745 | return ExprError(); |
16746 | |
16747 | bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false; |
16748 | QualType CurrentType = ArgTy; |
16749 | SmallVector<OffsetOfNode, 4> Comps; |
16750 | SmallVector<Expr*, 4> Exprs; |
16751 | for (const OffsetOfComponent &OC : Components) { |
16752 | if (OC.isBrackets) { |
16753 | // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements? |
16754 | if (!CurrentType->isDependentType()) { |
16755 | const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(T: CurrentType); |
16756 | if(!AT) |
16757 | return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type) |
16758 | << CurrentType); |
16759 | CurrentType = AT->getElementType(); |
16760 | } else |
16761 | CurrentType = Context.DependentTy; |
16762 | |
16763 | ExprResult IdxRval = DefaultLvalueConversion(E: static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E)); |
16764 | if (IdxRval.isInvalid()) |
16765 | return ExprError(); |
16766 | Expr *Idx = IdxRval.get(); |
16767 | |
16768 | // The expression must be an integral expression. |
16769 | // FIXME: An integral constant expression? |
16770 | if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->isValueDependent() && |
16771 | !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
16772 | return ExprError( |
16773 | Diag(Idx->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer) |
16774 | << Idx->getSourceRange()); |
16775 | |
16776 | // Record this array index. |
16777 | Comps.push_back(Elt: OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Exprs.size(), OC.LocEnd)); |
16778 | Exprs.push_back(Elt: Idx); |
16779 | continue; |
16780 | } |
16781 | |
16782 | // Offset of a field. |
16783 | if (CurrentType->isDependentType()) { |
16784 | // We have the offset of a field, but we can't look into the dependent |
16785 | // type. Just record the identifier of the field. |
16786 | Comps.push_back(Elt: OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocEnd)); |
16787 | CurrentType = Context.DependentTy; |
16788 | continue; |
16789 | } |
16790 | |
16791 | // We need to have a complete type to look into. |
16792 | if (RequireCompleteType(OC.LocStart, CurrentType, |
16793 | diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type)) |
16794 | return ExprError(); |
16795 | |
16796 | // Look for the designated field. |
16797 | const RecordType *RC = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>(); |
16798 | if (!RC) |
16799 | return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) |
16800 | << CurrentType); |
16801 | RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl(); |
16802 | |
16803 | // C++ [lib.support.types]p5: |
16804 | // The macro offsetof accepts a restricted set of type arguments in this |
16805 | // International Standard. type shall be a POD structure or a POD union |
16806 | // (clause 9). |
16807 | // C++11 [support.types]p4: |
16808 | // If type is not a standard-layout class (Clause 9), the results are |
16809 | // undefined. |
16810 | if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Val: RD)) { |
16811 | bool IsSafe = LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? CRD->isStandardLayout() : CRD->isPOD(); |
16812 | unsigned DiagID = |
16813 | LangOpts.CPlusPlus11? diag::ext_offsetof_non_standardlayout_type |
16814 | : diag::ext_offsetof_non_pod_type; |
16815 | |
16816 | if (!IsSafe && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD && !isUnevaluatedContext()) { |
16817 | Diag(Loc: BuiltinLoc, DiagID) |
16818 | << SourceRange(Components[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd) << CurrentType; |
16819 | DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true; |
16820 | } |
16821 | } |
16822 | |
16823 | // Look for the field. |
16824 | LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName); |
16825 | LookupQualifiedName(R, RD); |
16826 | FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>(); |
16827 | IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectMemberDecl = nullptr; |
16828 | if (!MemberDecl) { |
16829 | if ((IndirectMemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<IndirectFieldDecl>())) |
16830 | MemberDecl = IndirectMemberDecl->getAnonField(); |
16831 | } |
16832 | |
16833 | if (!MemberDecl) { |
16834 | // Lookup could be ambiguous when looking up a placeholder variable |
16835 | // __builtin_offsetof(S, _). |
16836 | // In that case we would already have emitted a diagnostic |
16837 | if (!R.isAmbiguous()) |
16838 | Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member) |
16839 | << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd); |
16840 | return ExprError(); |
16841 | } |
16842 | |
16843 | // C99 7.17p3: |
16844 | // (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.) |
16845 | // |
16846 | // We diagnose this as an error. |
16847 | if (MemberDecl->isBitField()) { |
16848 | Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield) |
16849 | << MemberDecl->getDeclName() |
16850 | << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); |
16851 | Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl); |
16852 | return ExprError(); |
16853 | } |
16854 | |
16855 | RecordDecl *Parent = MemberDecl->getParent(); |
16856 | if (IndirectMemberDecl) |
16857 | Parent = cast<RecordDecl>(IndirectMemberDecl->getDeclContext()); |
16858 | |
16859 | // If the member was found in a base class, introduce OffsetOfNodes for |
16860 | // the base class indirections. |
16861 | CXXBasePaths Paths; |
16862 | if (IsDerivedFrom(Loc: OC.LocStart, Derived: CurrentType, Base: Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent), |
16863 | Paths)) { |
16864 | if (Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) { |
16865 | Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_field_of_virtual_base) |
16866 | << MemberDecl->getDeclName() |
16867 | << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc); |
16868 | return ExprError(); |
16869 | } |
16870 | |
16871 | CXXBasePath &Path = Paths.front(); |
16872 | for (const CXXBasePathElement &B : Path) |
16873 | Comps.push_back(Elt: OffsetOfNode(B.Base)); |
16874 | } |
16875 | |
16876 | if (IndirectMemberDecl) { |
16877 | for (auto *FI : IndirectMemberDecl->chain()) { |
16878 | assert(isa<FieldDecl>(FI)); |
16879 | Comps.push_back(Elt: OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, |
16880 | cast<FieldDecl>(Val: FI), OC.LocEnd)); |
16881 | } |
16882 | } else |
16883 | Comps.push_back(Elt: OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd)); |
16884 | |
16885 | CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType(); |
16886 | } |
16887 | |
16888 | return OffsetOfExpr::Create(C: Context, type: Context.getSizeType(), OperatorLoc: BuiltinLoc, tsi: TInfo, |
16889 | comps: Comps, exprs: Exprs, RParenLoc); |
16890 | } |
16891 | |
16892 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, |
16893 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
16894 | SourceLocation TypeLoc, |
16895 | ParsedType ParsedArgTy, |
16896 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
16897 | SourceLocation RParenLoc) { |
16898 | |
16899 | TypeSourceInfo *ArgTInfo; |
16900 | QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(Ty: ParsedArgTy, TInfo: &ArgTInfo); |
16901 | if (ArgTy.isNull()) |
16902 | return ExprError(); |
16903 | |
16904 | if (!ArgTInfo) |
16905 | ArgTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T: ArgTy, Loc: TypeLoc); |
16906 | |
16907 | return BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(BuiltinLoc, TInfo: ArgTInfo, Components, RParenLoc); |
16908 | } |
16909 | |
16910 | |
16911 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
16912 | Expr *CondExpr, |
16913 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, |
16914 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { |
16915 | assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)" ); |
16916 | |
16917 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue; |
16918 | ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary; |
16919 | QualType resType; |
16920 | bool CondIsTrue = false; |
16921 | if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) { |
16922 | resType = Context.DependentTy; |
16923 | } else { |
16924 | // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression. |
16925 | llvm::APSInt condEval(32); |
16926 | ExprResult CondICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression( |
16927 | CondExpr, &condEval, diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant); |
16928 | if (CondICE.isInvalid()) |
16929 | return ExprError(); |
16930 | CondExpr = CondICE.get(); |
16931 | CondIsTrue = condEval.getZExtValue(); |
16932 | |
16933 | // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LHSExpr. |
16934 | Expr *ActiveExpr = CondIsTrue ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr; |
16935 | |
16936 | resType = ActiveExpr->getType(); |
16937 | VK = ActiveExpr->getValueKind(); |
16938 | OK = ActiveExpr->getObjectKind(); |
16939 | } |
16940 | |
16941 | return new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr, |
16942 | resType, VK, OK, RPLoc, CondIsTrue); |
16943 | } |
16944 | |
16945 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
16946 | // Clang Extensions. |
16947 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
16948 | |
16949 | /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started. |
16950 | void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) { |
16951 | BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(C&: Context, DC: CurContext, L: CaretLoc); |
16952 | |
16953 | if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { |
16954 | MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; |
16955 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl; |
16956 | std::tie(args&: MCtx, args&: ManglingContextDecl) = |
16957 | getCurrentMangleNumberContext(DC: Block->getDeclContext()); |
16958 | if (MCtx) { |
16959 | unsigned ManglingNumber = MCtx->getManglingNumber(BD: Block); |
16960 | Block->setBlockMangling(Number: ManglingNumber, Ctx: ManglingContextDecl); |
16961 | } |
16962 | } |
16963 | |
16964 | PushBlockScope(BlockScope: CurScope, Block); |
16965 | CurContext->addDecl(Block); |
16966 | if (CurScope) |
16967 | PushDeclContext(CurScope, Block); |
16968 | else |
16969 | CurContext = Block; |
16970 | |
16971 | getCurBlock()->HasImplicitReturnType = true; |
16972 | |
16973 | // Enter a new evaluation context to insulate the block from any |
16974 | // cleanups from the enclosing full-expression. |
16975 | PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
16976 | NewContext: ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); |
16977 | } |
16978 | |
16979 | void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, |
16980 | Scope *CurScope) { |
16981 | assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == nullptr && |
16982 | "block-id should have no identifier!" ); |
16983 | assert(ParamInfo.getContext() == DeclaratorContext::BlockLiteral); |
16984 | BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock(); |
16985 | |
16986 | TypeSourceInfo *Sig = GetTypeForDeclarator(D&: ParamInfo); |
16987 | QualType T = Sig->getType(); |
16988 | |
16989 | // FIXME: We should allow unexpanded parameter packs here, but that would, |
16990 | // in turn, make the block expression contain unexpanded parameter packs. |
16991 | if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Loc: CaretLoc, T: Sig, UPPC: UPPC_Block)) { |
16992 | // Drop the parameters. |
16993 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
16994 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; |
16995 | EPI.TypeQuals.addConst(); |
16996 | T = Context.getFunctionType(ResultTy: Context.DependentTy, Args: std::nullopt, EPI); |
16997 | Sig = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); |
16998 | } |
16999 | |
17000 | // GetTypeForDeclarator always produces a function type for a block |
17001 | // literal signature. Furthermore, it is always a FunctionProtoType |
17002 | // unless the function was written with a typedef. |
17003 | assert(T->isFunctionType() && |
17004 | "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature" ); |
17005 | |
17006 | // Look for an explicit signature in that function type. |
17007 | FunctionProtoTypeLoc ExplicitSignature; |
17008 | |
17009 | if ((ExplicitSignature = Sig->getTypeLoc() |
17010 | .getAsAdjusted<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>())) { |
17011 | |
17012 | // Check whether that explicit signature was synthesized by |
17013 | // GetTypeForDeclarator. If so, don't save that as part of the |
17014 | // written signature. |
17015 | if (ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeBegin() == |
17016 | ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeEnd()) { |
17017 | // This would be much cheaper if we stored TypeLocs instead of |
17018 | // TypeSourceInfos. |
17019 | TypeLoc Result = ExplicitSignature.getReturnLoc(); |
17020 | unsigned Size = Result.getFullDataSize(); |
17021 | Sig = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(T: Result.getType(), Size); |
17022 | Sig->getTypeLoc().initializeFullCopy(Other: Result, Size); |
17023 | |
17024 | ExplicitSignature = FunctionProtoTypeLoc(); |
17025 | } |
17026 | } |
17027 | |
17028 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setSignatureAsWritten(Sig); |
17029 | CurBlock->FunctionType = T; |
17030 | |
17031 | const auto *Fn = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
17032 | QualType RetTy = Fn->getReturnType(); |
17033 | bool isVariadic = |
17034 | (isa<FunctionProtoType>(Val: Fn) && cast<FunctionProtoType>(Val: Fn)->isVariadic()); |
17035 | |
17036 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(isVariadic); |
17037 | |
17038 | // Context.DependentTy is used as a placeholder for a missing block |
17039 | // return type. TODO: what should we do with declarators like: |
17040 | // ^ * { ... } |
17041 | // If the answer is "apply template argument deduction".... |
17042 | if (RetTy != Context.DependentTy) { |
17043 | CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy; |
17044 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setBlockMissingReturnType(false); |
17045 | CurBlock->HasImplicitReturnType = false; |
17046 | } |
17047 | |
17048 | // Push block parameters from the declarator if we had them. |
17049 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 8> Params; |
17050 | if (ExplicitSignature) { |
17051 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = ExplicitSignature.getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { |
17052 | ParmVarDecl *Param = ExplicitSignature.getParam(I); |
17053 | if (Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr && !Param->isImplicit() && |
17054 | !Param->isInvalidDecl() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17055 | // Diagnose this as an extension in C17 and earlier. |
17056 | if (!getLangOpts().C23) |
17057 | Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::ext_parameter_name_omitted_c23); |
17058 | } |
17059 | Params.push_back(Elt: Param); |
17060 | } |
17061 | |
17062 | // Fake up parameter variables if we have a typedef, like |
17063 | // ^ fntype { ... } |
17064 | } else if (const FunctionProtoType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
17065 | for (const auto &I : Fn->param_types()) { |
17066 | ParmVarDecl *Param = BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef( |
17067 | CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo.getBeginLoc(), I); |
17068 | Params.push_back(Elt: Param); |
17069 | } |
17070 | } |
17071 | |
17072 | // Set the parameters on the block decl. |
17073 | if (!Params.empty()) { |
17074 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Params); |
17075 | CheckParmsForFunctionDef(Parameters: CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters(), |
17076 | /*CheckParameterNames=*/false); |
17077 | } |
17078 | |
17079 | // Finally we can process decl attributes. |
17080 | ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo); |
17081 | |
17082 | // Put the parameter variables in scope. |
17083 | for (auto *AI : CurBlock->TheDecl->parameters()) { |
17084 | AI->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl); |
17085 | |
17086 | // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. |
17087 | if (AI->getIdentifier()) { |
17088 | CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, AI); |
17089 | |
17090 | PushOnScopeChains(AI, CurBlock->TheScope); |
17091 | } |
17092 | |
17093 | if (AI->isInvalidDecl()) |
17094 | CurBlock->TheDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
17095 | } |
17096 | } |
17097 | |
17098 | /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback |
17099 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. |
17100 | void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) { |
17101 | // Leave the expression-evaluation context. |
17102 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
17103 | PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
17104 | |
17105 | // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks. |
17106 | PopDeclContext(); |
17107 | PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
17108 | } |
17109 | |
17110 | /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement |
17111 | /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} |
17112 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, |
17113 | Stmt *Body, Scope *CurScope) { |
17114 | // If blocks are disabled, emit an error. |
17115 | if (!LangOpts.Blocks) |
17116 | Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable) << LangOpts.OpenCL; |
17117 | |
17118 | // Leave the expression-evaluation context. |
17119 | if (hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) |
17120 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
17121 | assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && |
17122 | "cleanups within block not correctly bound!" ); |
17123 | PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
17124 | |
17125 | BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(Val: FunctionScopes.back()); |
17126 | BlockDecl *BD = BSI->TheDecl; |
17127 | |
17128 | if (BSI->HasImplicitReturnType) |
17129 | deduceClosureReturnType(*BSI); |
17130 | |
17131 | QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy; |
17132 | if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull()) |
17133 | RetTy = BSI->ReturnType; |
17134 | |
17135 | bool NoReturn = BD->hasAttr<NoReturnAttr>(); |
17136 | QualType BlockTy; |
17137 | |
17138 | // If the user wrote a function type in some form, try to use that. |
17139 | if (!BSI->FunctionType.isNull()) { |
17140 | const FunctionType *FTy = BSI->FunctionType->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
17141 | |
17142 | FunctionType::ExtInfo Ext = FTy->getExtInfo(); |
17143 | if (NoReturn && !Ext.getNoReturn()) Ext = Ext.withNoReturn(noReturn: true); |
17144 | |
17145 | // Turn protoless block types into nullary block types. |
17146 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(Val: FTy)) { |
17147 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
17148 | EPI.ExtInfo = Ext; |
17149 | BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(ResultTy: RetTy, Args: std::nullopt, EPI); |
17150 | |
17151 | // Otherwise, if we don't need to change anything about the function type, |
17152 | // preserve its sugar structure. |
17153 | } else if (FTy->getReturnType() == RetTy && |
17154 | (!NoReturn || FTy->getNoReturnAttr())) { |
17155 | BlockTy = BSI->FunctionType; |
17156 | |
17157 | // Otherwise, make the minimal modifications to the function type. |
17158 | } else { |
17159 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Val: FTy); |
17160 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); |
17161 | EPI.TypeQuals = Qualifiers(); |
17162 | EPI.ExtInfo = Ext; |
17163 | BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(ResultTy: RetTy, Args: FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI); |
17164 | } |
17165 | |
17166 | // If we don't have a function type, just build one from nothing. |
17167 | } else { |
17168 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
17169 | EPI.ExtInfo = FunctionType::ExtInfo().withNoReturn(noReturn: NoReturn); |
17170 | BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(ResultTy: RetTy, Args: std::nullopt, EPI); |
17171 | } |
17172 | |
17173 | DiagnoseUnusedParameters(Parameters: BD->parameters()); |
17174 | BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(T: BlockTy); |
17175 | |
17176 | // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block. |
17177 | if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && |
17178 | !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) |
17179 | DiagnoseInvalidJumps(cast<CompoundStmt>(Val: Body)); |
17180 | |
17181 | BD->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Val: Body)); |
17182 | |
17183 | if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) |
17184 | DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(BD); |
17185 | |
17186 | // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check again |
17187 | // if we can do this, though, because blocks keep return statements around |
17188 | // to deduce an implicit return type. |
17189 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && RetTy->isRecordType() && |
17190 | !BD->isDependentContext()) |
17191 | computeNRVO(Body, BSI); |
17192 | |
17193 | if (RetTy.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || |
17194 | RetTy.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) |
17195 | checkNonTrivialCUnion(QT: RetTy, Loc: BD->getCaretLocation(), UseContext: NTCUC_FunctionReturn, |
17196 | NonTrivialKind: NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); |
17197 | |
17198 | PopDeclContext(); |
17199 | |
17200 | // Set the captured variables on the block. |
17201 | SmallVector<BlockDecl::Capture, 4> Captures; |
17202 | for (Capture &Cap : BSI->Captures) { |
17203 | if (Cap.isInvalid() || Cap.isThisCapture()) |
17204 | continue; |
17205 | // Cap.getVariable() is always a VarDecl because |
17206 | // blocks cannot capture structured bindings or other ValueDecl kinds. |
17207 | auto *Var = cast<VarDecl>(Val: Cap.getVariable()); |
17208 | Expr *CopyExpr = nullptr; |
17209 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Cap.isCopyCapture()) { |
17210 | if (const RecordType *Record = |
17211 | Cap.getCaptureType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
17212 | // The capture logic needs the destructor, so make sure we mark it. |
17213 | // Usually this is unnecessary because most local variables have |
17214 | // their destructors marked at declaration time, but parameters are |
17215 | // an exception because it's technically only the call site that |
17216 | // actually requires the destructor. |
17217 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Val: Var)) |
17218 | FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VD: Var, DeclInitType: Record); |
17219 | |
17220 | // Enter a separate potentially-evaluated context while building block |
17221 | // initializers to isolate their cleanups from those of the block |
17222 | // itself. |
17223 | // FIXME: Is this appropriate even when the block itself occurs in an |
17224 | // unevaluated operand? |
17225 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext( |
17226 | *this, ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); |
17227 | |
17228 | SourceLocation Loc = Cap.getLocation(); |
17229 | |
17230 | ExprResult Result = BuildDeclarationNameExpr( |
17231 | CXXScopeSpec(), DeclarationNameInfo(Var->getDeclName(), Loc), Var); |
17232 | |
17233 | // According to the blocks spec, the capture of a variable from |
17234 | // the stack requires a const copy constructor. This is not true |
17235 | // of the copy/move done to move a __block variable to the heap. |
17236 | if (!Result.isInvalid() && |
17237 | !Result.get()->getType().isConstQualified()) { |
17238 | Result = ImpCastExprToType(E: Result.get(), |
17239 | Type: Result.get()->getType().withConst(), |
17240 | CK: CK_NoOp, VK: VK_LValue); |
17241 | } |
17242 | |
17243 | if (!Result.isInvalid()) { |
17244 | Result = PerformCopyInitialization( |
17245 | Entity: InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(BlockVarLoc: Var->getLocation(), |
17246 | Type: Cap.getCaptureType()), |
17247 | EqualLoc: Loc, Init: Result.get()); |
17248 | } |
17249 | |
17250 | // Build a full-expression copy expression if initialization |
17251 | // succeeded and used a non-trivial constructor. Recover from |
17252 | // errors by pretending that the copy isn't necessary. |
17253 | if (!Result.isInvalid() && |
17254 | !cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Val: Result.get())->getConstructor() |
17255 | ->isTrivial()) { |
17256 | Result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr: Result); |
17257 | CopyExpr = Result.get(); |
17258 | } |
17259 | } |
17260 | } |
17261 | |
17262 | BlockDecl::Capture NewCap(Var, Cap.isBlockCapture(), Cap.isNested(), |
17263 | CopyExpr); |
17264 | Captures.push_back(Elt: NewCap); |
17265 | } |
17266 | BD->setCaptures(Context, Captures, CapturesCXXThis: BSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0); |
17267 | |
17268 | // Pop the block scope now but keep it alive to the end of this function. |
17269 | AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); |
17270 | PoppedFunctionScopePtr ScopeRAII = PopFunctionScopeInfo(&WP, BD, BlockTy); |
17271 | |
17272 | BlockExpr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BD, BlockTy); |
17273 | |
17274 | // If the block isn't obviously global, i.e. it captures anything at |
17275 | // all, then we need to do a few things in the surrounding context: |
17276 | if (Result->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures()) { |
17277 | // First, this expression has a new cleanup object. |
17278 | ExprCleanupObjects.push_back(Elt: Result->getBlockDecl()); |
17279 | Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); |
17280 | |
17281 | // It also gets a branch-protected scope if any of the captured |
17282 | // variables needs destruction. |
17283 | for (const auto &CI : Result->getBlockDecl()->captures()) { |
17284 | const VarDecl *var = CI.getVariable(); |
17285 | if (var->getType().isDestructedType() != QualType::DK_none) { |
17286 | setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
17287 | break; |
17288 | } |
17289 | } |
17290 | } |
17291 | |
17292 | if (getCurFunction()) |
17293 | getCurFunction()->addBlock(BD); |
17294 | |
17295 | if (BD->isInvalidDecl()) |
17296 | return CreateRecoveryExpr(Begin: Result->getBeginLoc(), End: Result->getEndLoc(), |
17297 | SubExprs: {Result}, T: Result->getType()); |
17298 | return Result; |
17299 | } |
17300 | |
17301 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, |
17302 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { |
17303 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
17304 | GetTypeFromParser(Ty, TInfo: &TInfo); |
17305 | return BuildVAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc); |
17306 | } |
17307 | |
17308 | ExprResult Sema::BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
17309 | Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
17310 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { |
17311 | Expr *OrigExpr = E; |
17312 | bool IsMS = false; |
17313 | |
17314 | // CUDA device code does not support varargs. |
17315 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA && getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice) { |
17316 | if (const FunctionDecl *F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: CurContext)) { |
17317 | CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(D: F); |
17318 | if (T == CFT_Global || T == CFT_Device || T == CFT_HostDevice) |
17319 | return ExprError(Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_va_arg_in_device)); |
17320 | } |
17321 | } |
17322 | |
17323 | // NVPTX does not support va_arg expression. |
17324 | if (getLangOpts().OpenMP && getLangOpts().OpenMPIsTargetDevice && |
17325 | Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isNVPTX()) |
17326 | targetDiag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_va_arg_in_device); |
17327 | |
17328 | // It might be a __builtin_ms_va_list. (But don't ever mark a va_arg() |
17329 | // as Microsoft ABI on an actual Microsoft platform, where |
17330 | // __builtin_ms_va_list and __builtin_va_list are the same.) |
17331 | if (!E->isTypeDependent() && Context.getTargetInfo().hasBuiltinMSVaList() && |
17332 | Context.getTargetInfo().getBuiltinVaListKind() != TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList) { |
17333 | QualType MSVaListType = Context.getBuiltinMSVaListType(); |
17334 | if (Context.hasSameType(T1: MSVaListType, T2: E->getType())) { |
17335 | if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, Loc: BuiltinLoc, S&: *this)) |
17336 | return ExprError(); |
17337 | IsMS = true; |
17338 | } |
17339 | } |
17340 | |
17341 | // Get the va_list type |
17342 | QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); |
17343 | if (!IsMS) { |
17344 | if (VaListType->isArrayType()) { |
17345 | // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64, |
17346 | // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to |
17347 | // a pointer for va_arg. |
17348 | VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(T: VaListType); |
17349 | // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately. |
17350 | ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(E); |
17351 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
17352 | return ExprError(); |
17353 | E = Result.get(); |
17354 | } else if (VaListType->isRecordType() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17355 | // If va_list is a record type and we are compiling in C++ mode, |
17356 | // check the argument using reference binding. |
17357 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter( |
17358 | Context, Type: Context.getLValueReferenceType(T: VaListType), Consumed: false); |
17359 | ExprResult Init = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, EqualLoc: SourceLocation(), Init: E); |
17360 | if (Init.isInvalid()) |
17361 | return ExprError(); |
17362 | E = Init.getAs<Expr>(); |
17363 | } else { |
17364 | // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because |
17365 | // it is modified by va_arg. |
17366 | if (!E->isTypeDependent() && |
17367 | CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, Loc: BuiltinLoc, S&: *this)) |
17368 | return ExprError(); |
17369 | } |
17370 | } |
17371 | |
17372 | if (!IsMS && !E->isTypeDependent() && |
17373 | !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) |
17374 | return ExprError( |
17375 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), |
17376 | diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list) |
17377 | << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange()); |
17378 | |
17379 | if (!TInfo->getType()->isDependentType()) { |
17380 | if (RequireCompleteType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TInfo->getType(), |
17381 | diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_incomplete, |
17382 | TInfo->getTypeLoc())) |
17383 | return ExprError(); |
17384 | |
17385 | if (RequireNonAbstractType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), |
17386 | TInfo->getType(), |
17387 | diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_abstract, |
17388 | TInfo->getTypeLoc())) |
17389 | return ExprError(); |
17390 | |
17391 | if (!TInfo->getType().isPODType(Context)) { |
17392 | Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), |
17393 | TInfo->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType() |
17394 | ? diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_ownership_qualified |
17395 | : diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_not_pod) |
17396 | << TInfo->getType() |
17397 | << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); |
17398 | } |
17399 | |
17400 | // Check for va_arg where arguments of the given type will be promoted |
17401 | // (i.e. this va_arg is guaranteed to have undefined behavior). |
17402 | QualType PromoteType; |
17403 | if (Context.isPromotableIntegerType(T: TInfo->getType())) { |
17404 | PromoteType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(PromotableType: TInfo->getType()); |
17405 | // [cstdarg.syn]p1 defers the C++ behavior to what the C standard says, |
17406 | // and C23 7.16.1.1p2 says, in part: |
17407 | // If type is not compatible with the type of the actual next argument |
17408 | // (as promoted according to the default argument promotions), the |
17409 | // behavior is undefined, except for the following cases: |
17410 | // - both types are pointers to qualified or unqualified versions of |
17411 | // compatible types; |
17412 | // - one type is compatible with a signed integer type, the other |
17413 | // type is compatible with the corresponding unsigned integer type, |
17414 | // and the value is representable in both types; |
17415 | // - one type is pointer to qualified or unqualified void and the |
17416 | // other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified character type; |
17417 | // - or, the type of the next argument is nullptr_t and type is a |
17418 | // pointer type that has the same representation and alignment |
17419 | // requirements as a pointer to a character type. |
17420 | // Given that type compatibility is the primary requirement (ignoring |
17421 | // qualifications), you would think we could call typesAreCompatible() |
17422 | // directly to test this. However, in C++, that checks for *same type*, |
17423 | // which causes false positives when passing an enumeration type to |
17424 | // va_arg. Instead, get the underlying type of the enumeration and pass |
17425 | // that. |
17426 | QualType UnderlyingType = TInfo->getType(); |
17427 | if (const auto *ET = UnderlyingType->getAs<EnumType>()) |
17428 | UnderlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
17429 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(T1: PromoteType, T2: UnderlyingType, |
17430 | /*CompareUnqualified*/ true)) |
17431 | PromoteType = QualType(); |
17432 | |
17433 | // If the types are still not compatible, we need to test whether the |
17434 | // promoted type and the underlying type are the same except for |
17435 | // signedness. Ask the AST for the correctly corresponding type and see |
17436 | // if that's compatible. |
17437 | if (!PromoteType.isNull() && !UnderlyingType->isBooleanType() && |
17438 | PromoteType->isUnsignedIntegerType() != |
17439 | UnderlyingType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) { |
17440 | UnderlyingType = |
17441 | UnderlyingType->isUnsignedIntegerType() |
17442 | ? Context.getCorrespondingSignedType(T: UnderlyingType) |
17443 | : Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(T: UnderlyingType); |
17444 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(T1: PromoteType, T2: UnderlyingType, |
17445 | /*CompareUnqualified*/ true)) |
17446 | PromoteType = QualType(); |
17447 | } |
17448 | } |
17449 | if (TInfo->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(K: BuiltinType::Float)) |
17450 | PromoteType = Context.DoubleTy; |
17451 | if (!PromoteType.isNull()) |
17452 | DiagRuntimeBehavior(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), E, |
17453 | PDiag(diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_never_compatible) |
17454 | << TInfo->getType() |
17455 | << PromoteType |
17456 | << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()); |
17457 | } |
17458 | |
17459 | QualType T = TInfo->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
17460 | return new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc, T, IsMS); |
17461 | } |
17462 | |
17463 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) { |
17464 | // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of |
17465 | // pointers on the target. |
17466 | QualType Ty; |
17467 | unsigned pw = Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(AddrSpace: LangAS::Default); |
17468 | if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth()) |
17469 | Ty = Context.IntTy; |
17470 | else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth()) |
17471 | Ty = Context.LongTy; |
17472 | else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth()) |
17473 | Ty = Context.LongLongTy; |
17474 | else { |
17475 | llvm_unreachable("I don't know size of pointer!" ); |
17476 | } |
17477 | |
17478 | return new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc); |
17479 | } |
17480 | |
17481 | static CXXRecordDecl *LookupStdSourceLocationImpl(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { |
17482 | CXXRecordDecl *ImplDecl = nullptr; |
17483 | |
17484 | // Fetch the std::source_location::__impl decl. |
17485 | if (NamespaceDecl *Std = S.getStdNamespace()) { |
17486 | LookupResult ResultSL(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get(Name: "source_location" ), |
17487 | Loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); |
17488 | if (S.LookupQualifiedName(ResultSL, Std)) { |
17489 | if (auto *SLDecl = ResultSL.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>()) { |
17490 | LookupResult ResultImpl(S, &S.PP.getIdentifierTable().get(Name: "__impl" ), |
17491 | Loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); |
17492 | if ((SLDecl->isCompleteDefinition() || SLDecl->isBeingDefined()) && |
17493 | S.LookupQualifiedName(ResultImpl, SLDecl)) { |
17494 | ImplDecl = ResultImpl.getAsSingle<CXXRecordDecl>(); |
17495 | } |
17496 | } |
17497 | } |
17498 | } |
17499 | |
17500 | if (!ImplDecl || !ImplDecl->isCompleteDefinition()) { |
17501 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_std_source_location_impl_not_found); |
17502 | return nullptr; |
17503 | } |
17504 | |
17505 | // Verify that __impl is a trivial struct type, with no base classes, and with |
17506 | // only the four expected fields. |
17507 | if (ImplDecl->isUnion() || !ImplDecl->isStandardLayout() || |
17508 | ImplDecl->getNumBases() != 0) { |
17509 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_std_source_location_impl_malformed); |
17510 | return nullptr; |
17511 | } |
17512 | |
17513 | unsigned Count = 0; |
17514 | for (FieldDecl *F : ImplDecl->fields()) { |
17515 | StringRef Name = F->getName(); |
17516 | |
17517 | if (Name == "_M_file_name" ) { |
17518 | if (F->getType() != |
17519 | S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.CharTy.withConst())) |
17520 | break; |
17521 | Count++; |
17522 | } else if (Name == "_M_function_name" ) { |
17523 | if (F->getType() != |
17524 | S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.CharTy.withConst())) |
17525 | break; |
17526 | Count++; |
17527 | } else if (Name == "_M_line" ) { |
17528 | if (!F->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
17529 | break; |
17530 | Count++; |
17531 | } else if (Name == "_M_column" ) { |
17532 | if (!F->getType()->isIntegerType()) |
17533 | break; |
17534 | Count++; |
17535 | } else { |
17536 | Count = 100; // invalid |
17537 | break; |
17538 | } |
17539 | } |
17540 | if (Count != 4) { |
17541 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_std_source_location_impl_malformed); |
17542 | return nullptr; |
17543 | } |
17544 | |
17545 | return ImplDecl; |
17546 | } |
17547 | |
17548 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnSourceLocExpr(SourceLocIdentKind Kind, |
17549 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
17550 | SourceLocation RPLoc) { |
17551 | QualType ResultTy; |
17552 | switch (Kind) { |
17553 | case SourceLocIdentKind::File: |
17554 | case SourceLocIdentKind::FileName: |
17555 | case SourceLocIdentKind::Function: |
17556 | case SourceLocIdentKind::FuncSig: { |
17557 | QualType ArrTy = Context.getStringLiteralArrayType(EltTy: Context.CharTy, Length: 0); |
17558 | ResultTy = |
17559 | Context.getPointerType(ArrTy->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType()); |
17560 | break; |
17561 | } |
17562 | case SourceLocIdentKind::Line: |
17563 | case SourceLocIdentKind::Column: |
17564 | ResultTy = Context.UnsignedIntTy; |
17565 | break; |
17566 | case SourceLocIdentKind::SourceLocStruct: |
17567 | if (!StdSourceLocationImplDecl) { |
17568 | StdSourceLocationImplDecl = |
17569 | LookupStdSourceLocationImpl(S&: *this, Loc: BuiltinLoc); |
17570 | if (!StdSourceLocationImplDecl) |
17571 | return ExprError(); |
17572 | } |
17573 | ResultTy = Context.getPointerType( |
17574 | T: Context.getRecordType(Decl: StdSourceLocationImplDecl).withConst()); |
17575 | break; |
17576 | } |
17577 | |
17578 | return BuildSourceLocExpr(Kind, ResultTy, BuiltinLoc, RPLoc, ParentContext: CurContext); |
17579 | } |
17580 | |
17581 | ExprResult Sema::BuildSourceLocExpr(SourceLocIdentKind Kind, QualType ResultTy, |
17582 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
17583 | SourceLocation RPLoc, |
17584 | DeclContext *ParentContext) { |
17585 | return new (Context) |
17586 | SourceLocExpr(Context, Kind, ResultTy, BuiltinLoc, RPLoc, ParentContext); |
17587 | } |
17588 | |
17589 | bool Sema::CheckConversionToObjCLiteral(QualType DstType, Expr *&Exp, |
17590 | bool Diagnose) { |
17591 | if (!getLangOpts().ObjC) |
17592 | return false; |
17593 | |
17594 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
17595 | if (!PT) |
17596 | return false; |
17597 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl(); |
17598 | |
17599 | // Ignore any parens, implicit casts (should only be |
17600 | // array-to-pointer decays), and not-so-opaque values. The last is |
17601 | // important for making this trigger for property assignments. |
17602 | Expr *SrcExpr = Exp->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
17603 | if (OpaqueValueExpr *OV = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(Val: SrcExpr)) |
17604 | if (OV->getSourceExpr()) |
17605 | SrcExpr = OV->getSourceExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
17606 | |
17607 | if (auto *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Val: SrcExpr)) { |
17608 | if (!PT->isObjCIdType() && |
17609 | !(ID && ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString" ))) |
17610 | return false; |
17611 | if (!SL->isOrdinary()) |
17612 | return false; |
17613 | |
17614 | if (Diagnose) { |
17615 | Diag(SL->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_missing_atsign_prefix) |
17616 | << /*string*/0 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getBeginLoc(), "@" ); |
17617 | Exp = BuildObjCStringLiteral(AtLoc: SL->getBeginLoc(), S: SL).get(); |
17618 | } |
17619 | return true; |
17620 | } |
17621 | |
17622 | if ((isa<IntegerLiteral>(Val: SrcExpr) || isa<CharacterLiteral>(Val: SrcExpr) || |
17623 | isa<FloatingLiteral>(Val: SrcExpr) || isa<ObjCBoolLiteralExpr>(Val: SrcExpr) || |
17624 | isa<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(Val: SrcExpr)) && |
17625 | !SrcExpr->isNullPointerConstant( |
17626 | Ctx&: getASTContext(), NPC: Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent)) { |
17627 | if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSNumber" )) |
17628 | return false; |
17629 | if (Diagnose) { |
17630 | Diag(SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_missing_atsign_prefix) |
17631 | << /*number*/1 |
17632 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(), "@" ); |
17633 | Expr *NumLit = |
17634 | BuildObjCNumericLiteral(AtLoc: SrcExpr->getBeginLoc(), Number: SrcExpr).get(); |
17635 | if (NumLit) |
17636 | Exp = NumLit; |
17637 | } |
17638 | return true; |
17639 | } |
17640 | |
17641 | return false; |
17642 | } |
17643 | |
17644 | static bool maybeDiagnoseAssignmentToFunction(Sema &S, QualType DstType, |
17645 | const Expr *SrcExpr) { |
17646 | if (!DstType->isFunctionPointerType() || |
17647 | !SrcExpr->getType()->isFunctionType()) |
17648 | return false; |
17649 | |
17650 | auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: SrcExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); |
17651 | if (!DRE) |
17652 | return false; |
17653 | |
17654 | auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: DRE->getDecl()); |
17655 | if (!FD) |
17656 | return false; |
17657 | |
17658 | return !S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(Function: FD, |
17659 | /*Complain=*/true, |
17660 | Loc: SrcExpr->getBeginLoc()); |
17661 | } |
17662 | |
17663 | bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, |
17664 | SourceLocation Loc, |
17665 | QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
17666 | Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, |
17667 | bool *Complained) { |
17668 | if (Complained) |
17669 | *Complained = false; |
17670 | |
17671 | // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions). |
17672 | bool CheckInferredResultType = false; |
17673 | bool isInvalid = false; |
17674 | unsigned DiagKind = 0; |
17675 | ConversionFixItGenerator ConvHints; |
17676 | bool MayHaveConvFixit = false; |
17677 | bool MayHaveFunctionDiff = false; |
17678 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = nullptr; |
17679 | const ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl = nullptr; |
17680 | |
17681 | switch (ConvTy) { |
17682 | case Compatible: |
17683 | DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(DstType, SrcType, SrcExpr); |
17684 | return false; |
17685 | |
17686 | case PointerToInt: |
17687 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17688 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_pointer_int; |
17689 | isInvalid = true; |
17690 | } else { |
17691 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int; |
17692 | } |
17693 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(FromExpr: SrcExpr, FromQTy: SrcType, ToQTy: DstType, S&: *this); |
17694 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; |
17695 | break; |
17696 | case IntToPointer: |
17697 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17698 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_int_pointer; |
17699 | isInvalid = true; |
17700 | } else { |
17701 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer; |
17702 | } |
17703 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(FromExpr: SrcExpr, FromQTy: SrcType, ToQTy: DstType, S&: *this); |
17704 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; |
17705 | break; |
17706 | case IncompatibleFunctionPointerStrict: |
17707 | DiagKind = |
17708 | diag::warn_typecheck_convert_incompatible_function_pointer_strict; |
17709 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(FromExpr: SrcExpr, FromQTy: SrcType, ToQTy: DstType, S&: *this); |
17710 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; |
17711 | break; |
17712 | case IncompatibleFunctionPointer: |
17713 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17714 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_function_pointer; |
17715 | isInvalid = true; |
17716 | } else { |
17717 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_function_pointer; |
17718 | } |
17719 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(FromExpr: SrcExpr, FromQTy: SrcType, ToQTy: DstType, S&: *this); |
17720 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; |
17721 | break; |
17722 | case IncompatiblePointer: |
17723 | if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited) { |
17724 | DiagKind = diag::err_arc_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer; |
17725 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17726 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer; |
17727 | isInvalid = true; |
17728 | } else { |
17729 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer; |
17730 | } |
17731 | CheckInferredResultType = DstType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
17732 | SrcType->isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
17733 | if (!CheckInferredResultType) { |
17734 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(FromExpr: SrcExpr, FromQTy: SrcType, ToQTy: DstType, S&: *this); |
17735 | } else if (CheckInferredResultType) { |
17736 | SrcType = SrcType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
17737 | DstType = DstType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
17738 | } |
17739 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; |
17740 | break; |
17741 | case IncompatiblePointerSign: |
17742 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17743 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign; |
17744 | isInvalid = true; |
17745 | } else { |
17746 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign; |
17747 | } |
17748 | break; |
17749 | case FunctionVoidPointer: |
17750 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17751 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func; |
17752 | isInvalid = true; |
17753 | } else { |
17754 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func; |
17755 | } |
17756 | break; |
17757 | case IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: { |
17758 | // Perform array-to-pointer decay if necessary. |
17759 | if (SrcType->isArrayType()) SrcType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(T: SrcType); |
17760 | |
17761 | isInvalid = true; |
17762 | |
17763 | Qualifiers lhq = SrcType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(); |
17764 | Qualifiers rhq = DstType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(); |
17765 | if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) { |
17766 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_address_space; |
17767 | break; |
17768 | |
17769 | } else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) { |
17770 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_ownership; |
17771 | break; |
17772 | } |
17773 | |
17774 | llvm_unreachable("unknown error case for discarding qualifiers!" ); |
17775 | // fallthrough |
17776 | } |
17777 | case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: |
17778 | // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the |
17779 | // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char* |
17780 | // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME: |
17781 | // Ideally, this check would be performed in |
17782 | // checkPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a |
17783 | // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an |
17784 | // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part |
17785 | // of a larger effort to fix checkPointerTypesForAssignment for |
17786 | // C++ semantics. |
17787 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
17788 | IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From: SrcExpr, ToType: DstType)) |
17789 | return false; |
17790 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17791 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers; |
17792 | isInvalid = true; |
17793 | } else { |
17794 | DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers; |
17795 | } |
17796 | |
17797 | break; |
17798 | case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers: |
17799 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17800 | isInvalid = true; |
17801 | DiagKind = diag::err_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch; |
17802 | } else { |
17803 | DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch; |
17804 | } |
17805 | break; |
17806 | case IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch: |
17807 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_nested_address_space; |
17808 | isInvalid = true; |
17809 | break; |
17810 | case IntToBlockPointer: |
17811 | DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer; |
17812 | isInvalid = true; |
17813 | break; |
17814 | case IncompatibleBlockPointer: |
17815 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer; |
17816 | isInvalid = true; |
17817 | break; |
17818 | case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId: { |
17819 | if (SrcType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { |
17820 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *srcOPT = |
17821 | SrcType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
17822 | for (auto *srcProto : srcOPT->quals()) { |
17823 | PDecl = srcProto; |
17824 | break; |
17825 | } |
17826 | if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = |
17827 | DstType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType()) |
17828 | IFace = IFaceT->getDecl(); |
17829 | } |
17830 | else if (DstType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { |
17831 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *dstOPT = |
17832 | DstType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); |
17833 | for (auto *dstProto : dstOPT->quals()) { |
17834 | PDecl = dstProto; |
17835 | break; |
17836 | } |
17837 | if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = |
17838 | SrcType->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getInterfaceType()) |
17839 | IFace = IFaceT->getDecl(); |
17840 | } |
17841 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17842 | DiagKind = diag::err_incompatible_qualified_id; |
17843 | isInvalid = true; |
17844 | } else { |
17845 | DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id; |
17846 | } |
17847 | break; |
17848 | } |
17849 | case IncompatibleVectors: |
17850 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
17851 | DiagKind = diag::err_incompatible_vectors; |
17852 | isInvalid = true; |
17853 | } else { |
17854 | DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors; |
17855 | } |
17856 | break; |
17857 | case IncompatibleObjCWeakRef: |
17858 | DiagKind = diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign; |
17859 | isInvalid = true; |
17860 | break; |
17861 | case Incompatible: |
17862 | if (maybeDiagnoseAssignmentToFunction(S&: *this, DstType, SrcExpr)) { |
17863 | if (Complained) |
17864 | *Complained = true; |
17865 | return true; |
17866 | } |
17867 | |
17868 | DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible; |
17869 | ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(FromExpr: SrcExpr, FromQTy: SrcType, ToQTy: DstType, S&: *this); |
17870 | MayHaveConvFixit = true; |
17871 | isInvalid = true; |
17872 | MayHaveFunctionDiff = true; |
17873 | break; |
17874 | } |
17875 | |
17876 | QualType FirstType, SecondType; |
17877 | switch (Action) { |
17878 | case AA_Assigning: |
17879 | case AA_Initializing: |
17880 | // The destination type comes first. |
17881 | FirstType = DstType; |
17882 | SecondType = SrcType; |
17883 | break; |
17884 | |
17885 | case AA_Returning: |
17886 | case AA_Passing: |
17887 | case AA_Passing_CFAudited: |
17888 | case AA_Converting: |
17889 | case AA_Sending: |
17890 | case AA_Casting: |
17891 | // The source type comes first. |
17892 | FirstType = SrcType; |
17893 | SecondType = DstType; |
17894 | break; |
17895 | } |
17896 | |
17897 | PartialDiagnostic FDiag = PDiag(DiagID: DiagKind); |
17898 | AssignmentAction ActionForDiag = Action; |
17899 | if (Action == AA_Passing_CFAudited) |
17900 | ActionForDiag = AA_Passing; |
17901 | |
17902 | FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << ActionForDiag |
17903 | << SrcExpr->getSourceRange(); |
17904 | |
17905 | if (DiagKind == diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign || |
17906 | DiagKind == diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign) { |
17907 | auto isPlainChar = [](const clang::Type *Type) { |
17908 | return Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(K: BuiltinType::Char_S) || |
17909 | Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(K: BuiltinType::Char_U); |
17910 | }; |
17911 | FDiag << (isPlainChar(FirstType->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()) || |
17912 | isPlainChar(SecondType->getPointeeOrArrayElementType())); |
17913 | } |
17914 | |
17915 | // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts. |
17916 | if (!ConvHints.isNull()) { |
17917 | for (FixItHint &H : ConvHints.Hints) |
17918 | FDiag << H; |
17919 | } |
17920 | |
17921 | if (MayHaveConvFixit) { FDiag << (unsigned) (ConvHints.Kind); } |
17922 | |
17923 | if (MayHaveFunctionDiff) |
17924 | HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PDiag&: FDiag, FromType: SecondType, ToType: FirstType); |
17925 | |
17926 | Diag(Loc, PD: FDiag); |
17927 | if ((DiagKind == diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id || |
17928 | DiagKind == diag::err_incompatible_qualified_id) && |
17929 | PDecl && IFace && !IFace->hasDefinition()) |
17930 | Diag(IFace->getLocation(), diag::note_incomplete_class_and_qualified_id) |
17931 | << IFace << PDecl; |
17932 | |
17933 | if (SecondType == Context.OverloadTy) |
17934 | NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OverloadExpr::find(E: SrcExpr).Expression, |
17935 | FirstType, /*TakingAddress=*/true); |
17936 | |
17937 | if (CheckInferredResultType) |
17938 | EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(E: SrcExpr); |
17939 | |
17940 | if (Action == AA_Returning && ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer) |
17941 | EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(destType: DstType); |
17942 | |
17943 | if (Complained) |
17944 | *Complained = true; |
17945 | return isInvalid; |
17946 | } |
17947 | |
17948 | ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, |
17949 | llvm::APSInt *Result, |
17950 | AllowFoldKind CanFold) { |
17951 | class SimpleICEDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser { |
17952 | public: |
17953 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
17954 | QualType T) override { |
17955 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_not_integral) |
17956 | << T << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus; |
17957 | } |
17958 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) override { |
17959 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_expr_not_ice) << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus; |
17960 | } |
17961 | } Diagnoser; |
17962 | |
17963 | return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser, CanFold); |
17964 | } |
17965 | |
17966 | ExprResult Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, |
17967 | llvm::APSInt *Result, |
17968 | unsigned DiagID, |
17969 | AllowFoldKind CanFold) { |
17970 | class IDDiagnoser : public VerifyICEDiagnoser { |
17971 | unsigned DiagID; |
17972 | |
17973 | public: |
17974 | IDDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID) |
17975 | : VerifyICEDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID) { } |
17976 | |
17977 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) override { |
17978 | return S.Diag(Loc, DiagID); |
17979 | } |
17980 | } Diagnoser(DiagID); |
17981 | |
17982 | return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, Result, Diagnoser, CanFold); |
17983 | } |
17984 | |
17985 | Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
17986 | Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser::diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
17987 | QualType T) { |
17988 | return diagnoseNotICE(S, Loc); |
17989 | } |
17990 | |
17991 | Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
17992 | Sema::VerifyICEDiagnoser::diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { |
17993 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_expr_not_ice) << S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus; |
17994 | } |
17995 | |
17996 | ExprResult |
17997 | Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
17998 | VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, |
17999 | AllowFoldKind CanFold) { |
18000 | SourceLocation DiagLoc = E->getBeginLoc(); |
18001 | |
18002 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
18003 | // C++11 [expr.const]p5: |
18004 | // If an expression of literal class type is used in a context where an |
18005 | // integral constant expression is required, then that class type shall |
18006 | // have a single non-explicit conversion function to an integral or |
18007 | // unscoped enumeration type |
18008 | ExprResult Converted; |
18009 | class CXX11ConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { |
18010 | VerifyICEDiagnoser &BaseDiagnoser; |
18011 | public: |
18012 | CXX11ConvertDiagnoser(VerifyICEDiagnoser &BaseDiagnoser) |
18013 | : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/ false, |
18014 | BaseDiagnoser.Suppress, true), |
18015 | BaseDiagnoser(BaseDiagnoser) {} |
18016 | |
18017 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, |
18018 | QualType T) override { |
18019 | return BaseDiagnoser.diagnoseNotICEType(S, Loc, T); |
18020 | } |
18021 | |
18022 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( |
18023 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
18024 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_incomplete_type) << T; |
18025 | } |
18026 | |
18027 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( |
18028 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { |
18029 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; |
18030 | } |
18031 | |
18032 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( |
18033 | Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { |
18034 | return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here) |
18035 | << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; |
18036 | } |
18037 | |
18038 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( |
18039 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
18040 | return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ice_ambiguous_conversion) << T; |
18041 | } |
18042 | |
18043 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( |
18044 | Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { |
18045 | return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_ice_conversion_here) |
18046 | << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; |
18047 | } |
18048 | |
18049 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( |
18050 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { |
18051 | llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted" ); |
18052 | } |
18053 | } ConvertDiagnoser(Diagnoser); |
18054 | |
18055 | Converted = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(Loc: DiagLoc, FromE: E, |
18056 | Converter&: ConvertDiagnoser); |
18057 | if (Converted.isInvalid()) |
18058 | return Converted; |
18059 | E = Converted.get(); |
18060 | if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) |
18061 | return ExprError(); |
18062 | } else if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) { |
18063 | // An ICE must be of integral or unscoped enumeration type. |
18064 | if (!Diagnoser.Suppress) |
18065 | Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICEType(S&: *this, Loc: DiagLoc, T: E->getType()) |
18066 | << E->getSourceRange(); |
18067 | return ExprError(); |
18068 | } |
18069 | |
18070 | ExprResult RValueExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); |
18071 | if (RValueExpr.isInvalid()) |
18072 | return ExprError(); |
18073 | |
18074 | E = RValueExpr.get(); |
18075 | |
18076 | // Circumvent ICE checking in C++11 to avoid evaluating the expression twice |
18077 | // in the non-ICE case. |
18078 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx: Context)) { |
18079 | if (Result) |
18080 | *Result = E->EvaluateKnownConstIntCheckOverflow(Ctx: Context); |
18081 | if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(Val: E)) |
18082 | E = Result ? ConstantExpr::Create(Context, E, Result: APValue(*Result)) |
18083 | : ConstantExpr::Create(Context, E); |
18084 | return E; |
18085 | } |
18086 | |
18087 | Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; |
18088 | SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; |
18089 | EvalResult.Diag = &Notes; |
18090 | |
18091 | // Try to evaluate the expression, and produce diagnostics explaining why it's |
18092 | // not a constant expression as a side-effect. |
18093 | bool Folded = |
18094 | E->EvaluateAsRValue(Result&: EvalResult, Ctx: Context, /*isConstantContext*/ InConstantContext: true) && |
18095 | EvalResult.Val.isInt() && !EvalResult.HasSideEffects; |
18096 | |
18097 | if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(Val: E)) |
18098 | E = ConstantExpr::Create(Context, E, Result: EvalResult.Val); |
18099 | |
18100 | // In C++11, we can rely on diagnostics being produced for any expression |
18101 | // which is not a constant expression. If no diagnostics were produced, then |
18102 | // this is a constant expression. |
18103 | if (Folded && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Notes.empty()) { |
18104 | if (Result) |
18105 | *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); |
18106 | return E; |
18107 | } |
18108 | |
18109 | // If our only note is the usual "invalid subexpression" note, just point |
18110 | // the caret at its location rather than producing an essentially |
18111 | // redundant note. |
18112 | if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == |
18113 | diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { |
18114 | DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; |
18115 | Notes.clear(); |
18116 | } |
18117 | |
18118 | if (!Folded || !CanFold) { |
18119 | if (!Diagnoser.Suppress) { |
18120 | Diagnoser.diagnoseNotICE(S&: *this, Loc: DiagLoc) << E->getSourceRange(); |
18121 | for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Note : Notes) |
18122 | Diag(Loc: Note.first, PD: Note.second); |
18123 | } |
18124 | |
18125 | return ExprError(); |
18126 | } |
18127 | |
18128 | Diagnoser.diagnoseFold(S&: *this, Loc: DiagLoc) << E->getSourceRange(); |
18129 | for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &Note : Notes) |
18130 | Diag(Loc: Note.first, PD: Note.second); |
18131 | |
18132 | if (Result) |
18133 | *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); |
18134 | return E; |
18135 | } |
18136 | |
18137 | namespace { |
18138 | // Handle the case where we conclude a expression which we speculatively |
18139 | // considered to be unevaluated is actually evaluated. |
18140 | class TransformToPE : public TreeTransform<TransformToPE> { |
18141 | typedef TreeTransform<TransformToPE> BaseTransform; |
18142 | |
18143 | public: |
18144 | TransformToPE(Sema &SemaRef) : BaseTransform(SemaRef) { } |
18145 | |
18146 | // Make sure we redo semantic analysis |
18147 | bool AlwaysRebuild() { return true; } |
18148 | bool ReplacingOriginal() { return true; } |
18149 | |
18150 | // We need to special-case DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls which |
18151 | // are not part of a member pointer formation; normal TreeTransforming |
18152 | // doesn't catch this case because of the way we represent them in the AST. |
18153 | // FIXME: This is a bit ugly; is it really the best way to handle this |
18154 | // case? |
18155 | // |
18156 | // Error on DeclRefExprs referring to FieldDecls. |
18157 | ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { |
18158 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getDecl()) && |
18159 | !SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext()) |
18160 | return SemaRef.Diag(E->getLocation(), |
18161 | diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use) |
18162 | << E->getDecl() << E->getSourceRange(); |
18163 | |
18164 | return BaseTransform::TransformDeclRefExpr(E); |
18165 | } |
18166 | |
18167 | // Exception: filter out member pointer formation |
18168 | ExprResult TransformUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { |
18169 | if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && E->getType()->isMemberPointerType()) |
18170 | return E; |
18171 | |
18172 | return BaseTransform::TransformUnaryOperator(E); |
18173 | } |
18174 | |
18175 | // The body of a lambda-expression is in a separate expression evaluation |
18176 | // context so never needs to be transformed. |
18177 | // FIXME: Ideally we wouldn't transform the closure type either, and would |
18178 | // just recreate the capture expressions and lambda expression. |
18179 | StmtResult TransformLambdaBody(LambdaExpr *E, Stmt *Body) { |
18180 | return SkipLambdaBody(E, Body); |
18181 | } |
18182 | }; |
18183 | } |
18184 | |
18185 | ExprResult Sema::TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E) { |
18186 | assert(isUnevaluatedContext() && |
18187 | "Should only transform unevaluated expressions" ); |
18188 | ExprEvalContexts.back().Context = |
18189 | ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size()-2].Context; |
18190 | if (isUnevaluatedContext()) |
18191 | return E; |
18192 | return TransformToPE(*this).TransformExpr(E); |
18193 | } |
18194 | |
18195 | TypeSourceInfo *Sema::TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { |
18196 | assert(isUnevaluatedContext() && |
18197 | "Should only transform unevaluated expressions" ); |
18198 | ExprEvalContexts.back().Context = |
18199 | ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size() - 2].Context; |
18200 | if (isUnevaluatedContext()) |
18201 | return TInfo; |
18202 | return TransformToPE(*this).TransformType(TInfo); |
18203 | } |
18204 | |
18205 | void |
18206 | Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
18207 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, Decl *LambdaContextDecl, |
18208 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext) { |
18209 | ExprEvalContexts.emplace_back(Args&: NewContext, Args: ExprCleanupObjects.size(), Args&: Cleanup, |
18210 | Args&: LambdaContextDecl, Args&: ExprContext); |
18211 | |
18212 | // Discarded statements and immediate contexts nested in other |
18213 | // discarded statements or immediate context are themselves |
18214 | // a discarded statement or an immediate context, respectively. |
18215 | ExprEvalContexts.back().InDiscardedStatement = |
18216 | ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size() - 2] |
18217 | .isDiscardedStatementContext(); |
18218 | |
18219 | // C++23 [expr.const]/p15 |
18220 | // An expression or conversion is in an immediate function context if [...] |
18221 | // it is a subexpression of a manifestly constant-evaluated expression or |
18222 | // conversion. |
18223 | const auto &Prev = ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size() - 2]; |
18224 | ExprEvalContexts.back().InImmediateFunctionContext = |
18225 | Prev.isImmediateFunctionContext() || Prev.isConstantEvaluated(); |
18226 | |
18227 | ExprEvalContexts.back().InImmediateEscalatingFunctionContext = |
18228 | Prev.InImmediateEscalatingFunctionContext; |
18229 | |
18230 | Cleanup.reset(); |
18231 | if (!MaybeODRUseExprs.empty()) |
18232 | std::swap(LHS&: MaybeODRUseExprs, RHS&: ExprEvalContexts.back().SavedMaybeODRUseExprs); |
18233 | } |
18234 | |
18235 | void |
18236 | Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
18237 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
18238 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext) { |
18239 | Decl *ClosureContextDecl = ExprEvalContexts.back().ManglingContextDecl; |
18240 | PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl: ClosureContextDecl, ExprContext); |
18241 | } |
18242 | |
18243 | namespace { |
18244 | |
18245 | const DeclRefExpr *CheckPossibleDeref(Sema &S, const Expr *PossibleDeref) { |
18246 | PossibleDeref = PossibleDeref->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
18247 | if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Val: PossibleDeref)) { |
18248 | if (E->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) |
18249 | return CheckPossibleDeref(S, PossibleDeref: E->getSubExpr()); |
18250 | } else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Val: PossibleDeref)) { |
18251 | return CheckPossibleDeref(S, PossibleDeref: E->getBase()); |
18252 | } else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Val: PossibleDeref)) { |
18253 | return CheckPossibleDeref(S, PossibleDeref: E->getBase()); |
18254 | } else if (const auto E = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: PossibleDeref)) { |
18255 | QualType Inner; |
18256 | QualType Ty = E->getType(); |
18257 | if (const auto *Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) |
18258 | Inner = Ptr->getPointeeType(); |
18259 | else if (const auto *Arr = S.Context.getAsArrayType(Ty)) |
18260 | Inner = Arr->getElementType(); |
18261 | else |
18262 | return nullptr; |
18263 | |
18264 | if (Inner->hasAttr(attr::NoDeref)) |
18265 | return E; |
18266 | } |
18267 | return nullptr; |
18268 | } |
18269 | |
18270 | } // namespace |
18271 | |
18272 | void Sema::WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec) { |
18273 | for (const Expr *E : Rec.PossibleDerefs) { |
18274 | const DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = CheckPossibleDeref(S&: *this, PossibleDeref: E); |
18275 | if (DeclRef) { |
18276 | const ValueDecl *Decl = DeclRef->getDecl(); |
18277 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_dereference_of_noderef_type) |
18278 | << Decl->getName() << E->getSourceRange(); |
18279 | Diag(Decl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Decl->getName(); |
18280 | } else { |
18281 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_dereference_of_noderef_type_no_decl) |
18282 | << E->getSourceRange(); |
18283 | } |
18284 | } |
18285 | Rec.PossibleDerefs.clear(); |
18286 | } |
18287 | |
18288 | /// Check whether E, which is either a discarded-value expression or an |
18289 | /// unevaluated operand, is a simple-assignment to a volatlie-qualified lvalue, |
18290 | /// and if so, remove it from the list of volatile-qualified assignments that |
18291 | /// we are going to warn are deprecated. |
18292 | void Sema::CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(Expr *E) { |
18293 | if (!E->getType().isVolatileQualified() || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) |
18294 | return; |
18295 | |
18296 | // Note: ignoring parens here is not justified by the standard rules, but |
18297 | // ignoring parentheses seems like a more reasonable approach, and this only |
18298 | // drives a deprecation warning so doesn't affect conformance. |
18299 | if (auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { |
18300 | if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign) { |
18301 | auto &LHSs = ExprEvalContexts.back().VolatileAssignmentLHSs; |
18302 | llvm::erase(C&: LHSs, V: BO->getLHS()); |
18303 | } |
18304 | } |
18305 | } |
18306 | |
18307 | void Sema::MarkExpressionAsImmediateEscalating(Expr *E) { |
18308 | assert(!FunctionScopes.empty() && "Expected a function scope" ); |
18309 | assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && |
18310 | ExprEvalContexts.back().InImmediateEscalatingFunctionContext && |
18311 | "Cannot mark an immediate escalating expression outside of an " |
18312 | "immediate escalating context" ); |
18313 | if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Val: E->IgnoreImplicit()); |
18314 | Call && Call->getCallee()) { |
18315 | if (auto *DeclRef = |
18316 | dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: Call->getCallee()->IgnoreImplicit())) |
18317 | DeclRef->setIsImmediateEscalating(true); |
18318 | } else if (auto *Ctr = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Val: E->IgnoreImplicit())) { |
18319 | Ctr->setIsImmediateEscalating(true); |
18320 | } else if (auto *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E->IgnoreImplicit())) { |
18321 | DeclRef->setIsImmediateEscalating(true); |
18322 | } else { |
18323 | assert(false && "expected an immediately escalating expression" ); |
18324 | } |
18325 | getCurFunction()->FoundImmediateEscalatingExpression = true; |
18326 | } |
18327 | |
18328 | ExprResult Sema::CheckForImmediateInvocation(ExprResult E, FunctionDecl *Decl) { |
18329 | if (isUnevaluatedContext() || !E.isUsable() || !Decl || |
18330 | !Decl->isImmediateFunction() || isAlwaysConstantEvaluatedContext() || |
18331 | isCheckingDefaultArgumentOrInitializer() || |
18332 | RebuildingImmediateInvocation || isImmediateFunctionContext()) |
18333 | return E; |
18334 | |
18335 | /// Opportunistically remove the callee from ReferencesToConsteval if we can. |
18336 | /// It's OK if this fails; we'll also remove this in |
18337 | /// HandleImmediateInvocations, but catching it here allows us to avoid |
18338 | /// walking the AST looking for it in simple cases. |
18339 | if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Val: E.get()->IgnoreImplicit())) |
18340 | if (auto *DeclRef = |
18341 | dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: Call->getCallee()->IgnoreImplicit())) |
18342 | ExprEvalContexts.back().ReferenceToConsteval.erase(Ptr: DeclRef); |
18343 | |
18344 | // C++23 [expr.const]/p16 |
18345 | // An expression or conversion is immediate-escalating if it is not initially |
18346 | // in an immediate function context and it is [...] an immediate invocation |
18347 | // that is not a constant expression and is not a subexpression of an |
18348 | // immediate invocation. |
18349 | APValue Cached; |
18350 | auto CheckConstantExpressionAndKeepResult = [&]() { |
18351 | llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; |
18352 | Expr::EvalResult Eval; |
18353 | Eval.Diag = &Notes; |
18354 | bool Res = E.get()->EvaluateAsConstantExpr( |
18355 | Result&: Eval, Ctx: getASTContext(), Kind: ConstantExprKind::ImmediateInvocation); |
18356 | if (Res && Notes.empty()) { |
18357 | Cached = std::move(Eval.Val); |
18358 | return true; |
18359 | } |
18360 | return false; |
18361 | }; |
18362 | |
18363 | if (!E.get()->isValueDependent() && |
18364 | ExprEvalContexts.back().InImmediateEscalatingFunctionContext && |
18365 | !CheckConstantExpressionAndKeepResult()) { |
18366 | MarkExpressionAsImmediateEscalating(E: E.get()); |
18367 | return E; |
18368 | } |
18369 | |
18370 | if (Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups()) { |
18371 | // Since an immediate invocation is a full expression itself - it requires |
18372 | // an additional ExprWithCleanups node, but it can participate to a bigger |
18373 | // full expression which actually requires cleanups to be run after so |
18374 | // create ExprWithCleanups without using MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups as it |
18375 | // may discard cleanups for outer expression too early. |
18376 | |
18377 | // Note that ExprWithCleanups created here must always have empty cleanup |
18378 | // objects: |
18379 | // - compound literals do not create cleanup objects in C++ and immediate |
18380 | // invocations are C++-only. |
18381 | // - blocks are not allowed inside constant expressions and compiler will |
18382 | // issue an error if they appear there. |
18383 | // |
18384 | // Hence, in correct code any cleanup objects created inside current |
18385 | // evaluation context must be outside the immediate invocation. |
18386 | E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(C: getASTContext(), subexpr: E.get(), |
18387 | CleanupsHaveSideEffects: Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), objects: {}); |
18388 | } |
18389 | |
18390 | ConstantExpr *Res = ConstantExpr::Create( |
18391 | Context: getASTContext(), E: E.get(), |
18392 | Storage: ConstantExpr::getStorageKind(T: Decl->getReturnType().getTypePtr(), |
18393 | Context: getASTContext()), |
18394 | /*IsImmediateInvocation*/ true); |
18395 | if (Cached.hasValue()) |
18396 | Res->MoveIntoResult(Value&: Cached, Context: getASTContext()); |
18397 | /// Value-dependent constant expressions should not be immediately |
18398 | /// evaluated until they are instantiated. |
18399 | if (!Res->isValueDependent()) |
18400 | ExprEvalContexts.back().ImmediateInvocationCandidates.emplace_back(Args&: Res, Args: 0); |
18401 | return Res; |
18402 | } |
18403 | |
18404 | static void EvaluateAndDiagnoseImmediateInvocation( |
18405 | Sema &SemaRef, Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate Candidate) { |
18406 | llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; |
18407 | Expr::EvalResult Eval; |
18408 | Eval.Diag = &Notes; |
18409 | ConstantExpr *CE = Candidate.getPointer(); |
18410 | bool Result = CE->EvaluateAsConstantExpr( |
18411 | Eval, SemaRef.getASTContext(), ConstantExprKind::ImmediateInvocation); |
18412 | if (!Result || !Notes.empty()) { |
18413 | SemaRef.FailedImmediateInvocations.insert(Ptr: CE); |
18414 | Expr *InnerExpr = CE->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImplicit(); |
18415 | if (auto *FunctionalCast = dyn_cast<CXXFunctionalCastExpr>(InnerExpr)) |
18416 | InnerExpr = FunctionalCast->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImplicit(); |
18417 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; |
18418 | if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(InnerExpr)) |
18419 | FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(Call->getCalleeDecl()); |
18420 | else if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(InnerExpr)) |
18421 | FD = Call->getConstructor(); |
18422 | else if (auto *Cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(InnerExpr)) |
18423 | FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Cast->getConversionFunction()); |
18424 | |
18425 | assert(FD && FD->isImmediateFunction() && |
18426 | "could not find an immediate function in this expression" ); |
18427 | if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) |
18428 | return; |
18429 | SemaRef.Diag(CE->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_invalid_consteval_call) |
18430 | << FD << FD->isConsteval(); |
18431 | if (auto Context = |
18432 | SemaRef.InnermostDeclarationWithDelayedImmediateInvocations()) { |
18433 | SemaRef.Diag(Context->Loc, diag::note_invalid_consteval_initializer) |
18434 | << Context->Decl; |
18435 | SemaRef.Diag(Context->Decl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); |
18436 | } |
18437 | if (!FD->isConsteval()) |
18438 | SemaRef.DiagnoseImmediateEscalatingReason(FD); |
18439 | for (auto &Note : Notes) |
18440 | SemaRef.Diag(Loc: Note.first, PD: Note.second); |
18441 | return; |
18442 | } |
18443 | CE->MoveIntoResult(Value&: Eval.Val, Context: SemaRef.getASTContext()); |
18444 | } |
18445 | |
18446 | static void RemoveNestedImmediateInvocation( |
18447 | Sema &SemaRef, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec, |
18448 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4>::reverse_iterator It) { |
18449 | struct ComplexRemove : TreeTransform<ComplexRemove> { |
18450 | using Base = TreeTransform<ComplexRemove>; |
18451 | llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &DRSet; |
18452 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4> &IISet; |
18453 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4>::reverse_iterator |
18454 | CurrentII; |
18455 | ComplexRemove(Sema &SemaRef, llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &DR, |
18456 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4> &II, |
18457 | SmallVector<Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate, |
18458 | 4>::reverse_iterator Current) |
18459 | : Base(SemaRef), DRSet(DR), IISet(II), CurrentII(Current) {} |
18460 | void RemoveImmediateInvocation(ConstantExpr* E) { |
18461 | auto It = std::find_if(first: CurrentII, last: IISet.rend(), |
18462 | pred: [E](Sema::ImmediateInvocationCandidate Elem) { |
18463 | return Elem.getPointer() == E; |
18464 | }); |
18465 | // It is possible that some subexpression of the current immediate |
18466 | // invocation was handled from another expression evaluation context. Do |
18467 | // not handle the current immediate invocation if some of its |
18468 | // subexpressions failed before. |
18469 | if (It == IISet.rend()) { |
18470 | if (SemaRef.FailedImmediateInvocations.contains(Ptr: E)) |
18471 | CurrentII->setInt(1); |
18472 | } else { |
18473 | It->setInt(1); // Mark as deleted |
18474 | } |
18475 | } |
18476 | ExprResult TransformConstantExpr(ConstantExpr *E) { |
18477 | if (!E->isImmediateInvocation()) |
18478 | return Base::TransformConstantExpr(E); |
18479 | RemoveImmediateInvocation(E); |
18480 | return Base::TransformExpr(E->getSubExpr()); |
18481 | } |
18482 | /// Base::TransfromCXXOperatorCallExpr doesn't traverse the callee so |
18483 | /// we need to remove its DeclRefExpr from the DRSet. |
18484 | ExprResult TransformCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { |
18485 | DRSet.erase(Ptr: cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getCallee()->IgnoreImplicit())); |
18486 | return Base::TransformCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); |
18487 | } |
18488 | /// Base::TransformUserDefinedLiteral doesn't preserve the |
18489 | /// UserDefinedLiteral node. |
18490 | ExprResult TransformUserDefinedLiteral(UserDefinedLiteral *E) { return E; } |
18491 | /// Base::TransformInitializer skips ConstantExpr so we need to visit them |
18492 | /// here. |
18493 | ExprResult TransformInitializer(Expr *Init, bool NotCopyInit) { |
18494 | if (!Init) |
18495 | return Init; |
18496 | /// ConstantExpr are the first layer of implicit node to be removed so if |
18497 | /// Init isn't a ConstantExpr, no ConstantExpr will be skipped. |
18498 | if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Val: Init)) |
18499 | if (CE->isImmediateInvocation()) |
18500 | RemoveImmediateInvocation(E: CE); |
18501 | return Base::TransformInitializer(Init, NotCopyInit); |
18502 | } |
18503 | ExprResult TransformDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { |
18504 | DRSet.erase(Ptr: E); |
18505 | return E; |
18506 | } |
18507 | ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { |
18508 | // Do not rebuild lambdas to avoid creating a new type. |
18509 | // Lambdas have already been processed inside their eval context. |
18510 | return E; |
18511 | } |
18512 | bool AlwaysRebuild() { return false; } |
18513 | bool ReplacingOriginal() { return true; } |
18514 | bool AllowSkippingCXXConstructExpr() { |
18515 | bool Res = AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr; |
18516 | AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr = true; |
18517 | return Res; |
18518 | } |
18519 | bool AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr = true; |
18520 | } Transformer(SemaRef, Rec.ReferenceToConsteval, |
18521 | Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates, It); |
18522 | |
18523 | /// CXXConstructExpr with a single argument are getting skipped by |
18524 | /// TreeTransform in some situtation because they could be implicit. This |
18525 | /// can only occur for the top-level CXXConstructExpr because it is used |
18526 | /// nowhere in the expression being transformed therefore will not be rebuilt. |
18527 | /// Setting AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr to false will prevent from |
18528 | /// skipping the first CXXConstructExpr. |
18529 | if (isa<CXXConstructExpr>(It->getPointer()->IgnoreImplicit())) |
18530 | Transformer.AllowSkippingFirstCXXConstructExpr = false; |
18531 | |
18532 | ExprResult Res = Transformer.TransformExpr(It->getPointer()->getSubExpr()); |
18533 | // The result may not be usable in case of previous compilation errors. |
18534 | // In this case evaluation of the expression may result in crash so just |
18535 | // don't do anything further with the result. |
18536 | if (Res.isUsable()) { |
18537 | Res = SemaRef.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr: Res); |
18538 | It->getPointer()->setSubExpr(Res.get()); |
18539 | } |
18540 | } |
18541 | |
18542 | static void |
18543 | HandleImmediateInvocations(Sema &SemaRef, |
18544 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec) { |
18545 | if ((Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.size() == 0 && |
18546 | Rec.ReferenceToConsteval.size() == 0) || |
18547 | SemaRef.RebuildingImmediateInvocation) |
18548 | return; |
18549 | |
18550 | /// When we have more than 1 ImmediateInvocationCandidates or previously |
18551 | /// failed immediate invocations, we need to check for nested |
18552 | /// ImmediateInvocationCandidates in order to avoid duplicate diagnostics. |
18553 | /// Otherwise we only need to remove ReferenceToConsteval in the immediate |
18554 | /// invocation. |
18555 | if (Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.size() > 1 || |
18556 | !SemaRef.FailedImmediateInvocations.empty()) { |
18557 | |
18558 | /// Prevent sema calls during the tree transform from adding pointers that |
18559 | /// are already in the sets. |
18560 | llvm::SaveAndRestore DisableIITracking( |
18561 | SemaRef.RebuildingImmediateInvocation, true); |
18562 | |
18563 | /// Prevent diagnostic during tree transfrom as they are duplicates |
18564 | Sema::TentativeAnalysisScope DisableDiag(SemaRef); |
18565 | |
18566 | for (auto It = Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.rbegin(); |
18567 | It != Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.rend(); It++) |
18568 | if (!It->getInt()) |
18569 | RemoveNestedImmediateInvocation(SemaRef, Rec, It); |
18570 | } else if (Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.size() == 1 && |
18571 | Rec.ReferenceToConsteval.size()) { |
18572 | struct SimpleRemove : RecursiveASTVisitor<SimpleRemove> { |
18573 | llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &DRSet; |
18574 | SimpleRemove(llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<DeclRefExpr *> &S) : DRSet(S) {} |
18575 | bool VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { |
18576 | DRSet.erase(Ptr: E); |
18577 | return DRSet.size(); |
18578 | } |
18579 | } Visitor(Rec.ReferenceToConsteval); |
18580 | Visitor.TraverseStmt( |
18581 | S: Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates.front().getPointer()->getSubExpr()); |
18582 | } |
18583 | for (auto CE : Rec.ImmediateInvocationCandidates) |
18584 | if (!CE.getInt()) |
18585 | EvaluateAndDiagnoseImmediateInvocation(SemaRef, Candidate: CE); |
18586 | for (auto *DR : Rec.ReferenceToConsteval) { |
18587 | // If the expression is immediate escalating, it is not an error; |
18588 | // The outer context itself becomes immediate and further errors, |
18589 | // if any, will be handled by DiagnoseImmediateEscalatingReason. |
18590 | if (DR->isImmediateEscalating()) |
18591 | continue; |
18592 | auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: DR->getDecl()); |
18593 | const NamedDecl *ND = FD; |
18594 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: ND); |
18595 | MD && (MD->isLambdaStaticInvoker() || isLambdaCallOperator(MD))) |
18596 | ND = MD->getParent(); |
18597 | |
18598 | // C++23 [expr.const]/p16 |
18599 | // An expression or conversion is immediate-escalating if it is not |
18600 | // initially in an immediate function context and it is [...] a |
18601 | // potentially-evaluated id-expression that denotes an immediate function |
18602 | // that is not a subexpression of an immediate invocation. |
18603 | bool ImmediateEscalating = false; |
18604 | bool IsPotentiallyEvaluated = |
18605 | Rec.Context == |
18606 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated || |
18607 | Rec.Context == |
18608 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed; |
18609 | if (SemaRef.inTemplateInstantiation() && IsPotentiallyEvaluated) |
18610 | ImmediateEscalating = Rec.InImmediateEscalatingFunctionContext; |
18611 | |
18612 | if (!Rec.InImmediateEscalatingFunctionContext || |
18613 | (SemaRef.inTemplateInstantiation() && !ImmediateEscalating)) { |
18614 | SemaRef.Diag(DR->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_invalid_consteval_take_address) |
18615 | << ND << isa<CXXRecordDecl>(ND) << FD->isConsteval(); |
18616 | SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); |
18617 | if (auto Context = |
18618 | SemaRef.InnermostDeclarationWithDelayedImmediateInvocations()) { |
18619 | SemaRef.Diag(Context->Loc, diag::note_invalid_consteval_initializer) |
18620 | << Context->Decl; |
18621 | SemaRef.Diag(Context->Decl->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_declared_at); |
18622 | } |
18623 | if (FD->isImmediateEscalating() && !FD->isConsteval()) |
18624 | SemaRef.DiagnoseImmediateEscalatingReason(FD); |
18625 | |
18626 | } else { |
18627 | SemaRef.MarkExpressionAsImmediateEscalating(DR); |
18628 | } |
18629 | } |
18630 | } |
18631 | |
18632 | void Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() { |
18633 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord& Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back(); |
18634 | unsigned NumTypos = Rec.NumTypos; |
18635 | |
18636 | if (!Rec.Lambdas.empty()) { |
18637 | using ExpressionKind = ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind; |
18638 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && |
18639 | (Rec.ExprContext == ExpressionKind::EK_TemplateArgument || |
18640 | Rec.isUnevaluated() || |
18641 | (Rec.isConstantEvaluated() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17))) { |
18642 | unsigned D; |
18643 | if (Rec.isUnevaluated()) { |
18644 | // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p2: |
18645 | // A lambda-expression shall not appear in an unevaluated operand |
18646 | // (Clause 5). |
18647 | D = diag::err_lambda_unevaluated_operand; |
18648 | } else if (Rec.isConstantEvaluated() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) { |
18649 | // C++1y [expr.const]p2: |
18650 | // A conditional-expression e is a core constant expression unless the |
18651 | // evaluation of e, following the rules of the abstract machine, would |
18652 | // evaluate [...] a lambda-expression. |
18653 | D = diag::err_lambda_in_constant_expression; |
18654 | } else if (Rec.ExprContext == ExpressionKind::EK_TemplateArgument) { |
18655 | // C++17 [expr.prim.lamda]p2: |
18656 | // A lambda-expression shall not appear [...] in a template-argument. |
18657 | D = diag::err_lambda_in_invalid_context; |
18658 | } else |
18659 | llvm_unreachable("Couldn't infer lambda error message." ); |
18660 | |
18661 | for (const auto *L : Rec.Lambdas) |
18662 | Diag(Loc: L->getBeginLoc(), DiagID: D); |
18663 | } |
18664 | } |
18665 | |
18666 | // Append the collected materialized temporaries into previous context before |
18667 | // exit if the previous also is a lifetime extending context. |
18668 | auto &PrevRecord = ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size() - 2]; |
18669 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus23 && isInLifetimeExtendingContext() && |
18670 | PrevRecord.InLifetimeExtendingContext && !ExprEvalContexts.empty()) { |
18671 | auto &PrevRecord = ExprEvalContexts[ExprEvalContexts.size() - 2]; |
18672 | PrevRecord.ForRangeLifetimeExtendTemps.append( |
18673 | RHS: Rec.ForRangeLifetimeExtendTemps); |
18674 | } |
18675 | |
18676 | WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(Rec); |
18677 | HandleImmediateInvocations(SemaRef&: *this, Rec); |
18678 | |
18679 | // Warn on any volatile-qualified simple-assignments that are not discarded- |
18680 | // value expressions nor unevaluated operands (those cases get removed from |
18681 | // this list by CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment). |
18682 | for (auto *BO : Rec.VolatileAssignmentLHSs) |
18683 | Diag(BO->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_deprecated_simple_assign_volatile) |
18684 | << BO->getType(); |
18685 | |
18686 | // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any |
18687 | // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of |
18688 | // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they |
18689 | // will never be constructed. |
18690 | if (Rec.isUnevaluated() || Rec.isConstantEvaluated()) { |
18691 | ExprCleanupObjects.erase(CS: ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + Rec.NumCleanupObjects, |
18692 | CE: ExprCleanupObjects.end()); |
18693 | Cleanup = Rec.ParentCleanup; |
18694 | CleanupVarDeclMarking(); |
18695 | std::swap(LHS&: MaybeODRUseExprs, RHS&: Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs); |
18696 | // Otherwise, merge the contexts together. |
18697 | } else { |
18698 | Cleanup.mergeFrom(Rhs: Rec.ParentCleanup); |
18699 | MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(Start: Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.begin(), |
18700 | End: Rec.SavedMaybeODRUseExprs.end()); |
18701 | } |
18702 | |
18703 | // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack. |
18704 | ExprEvalContexts.pop_back(); |
18705 | |
18706 | // The global expression evaluation context record is never popped. |
18707 | ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos += NumTypos; |
18708 | } |
18709 | |
18710 | void Sema::DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext() { |
18711 | ExprCleanupObjects.erase( |
18712 | CS: ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects, |
18713 | CE: ExprCleanupObjects.end()); |
18714 | Cleanup.reset(); |
18715 | MaybeODRUseExprs.clear(); |
18716 | } |
18717 | |
18718 | ExprResult Sema::HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E) { |
18719 | ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); |
18720 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
18721 | return ExprError(); |
18722 | E = Result.get(); |
18723 | if (!E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) |
18724 | return E; |
18725 | return TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); |
18726 | } |
18727 | |
18728 | /// Are we in a context that is potentially constant evaluated per C++20 |
18729 | /// [expr.const]p12? |
18730 | static bool isPotentiallyConstantEvaluatedContext(Sema &SemaRef) { |
18731 | /// C++2a [expr.const]p12: |
18732 | // An expression or conversion is potentially constant evaluated if it is |
18733 | switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) { |
18734 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated: |
18735 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext: |
18736 | |
18737 | // -- a manifestly constant-evaluated expression, |
18738 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated: |
18739 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed: |
18740 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement: |
18741 | // -- a potentially-evaluated expression, |
18742 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList: |
18743 | // -- an immediate subexpression of a braced-init-list, |
18744 | |
18745 | // -- [FIXME] an expression of the form & cast-expression that occurs |
18746 | // within a templated entity |
18747 | // -- a subexpression of one of the above that is not a subexpression of |
18748 | // a nested unevaluated operand. |
18749 | return true; |
18750 | |
18751 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated: |
18752 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract: |
18753 | // Expressions in this context are never evaluated. |
18754 | return false; |
18755 | } |
18756 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid context" ); |
18757 | } |
18758 | |
18759 | /// Return true if this function has a calling convention that requires mangling |
18760 | /// in the size of the parameter pack. |
18761 | static bool funcHasParameterSizeMangling(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { |
18762 | // These manglings don't do anything on non-Windows or non-x86 platforms, so |
18763 | // we don't need parameter type sizes. |
18764 | const llvm::Triple &TT = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); |
18765 | if (!TT.isOSWindows() || !TT.isX86()) |
18766 | return false; |
18767 | |
18768 | // If this is C++ and this isn't an extern "C" function, parameters do not |
18769 | // need to be complete. In this case, C++ mangling will apply, which doesn't |
18770 | // use the size of the parameters. |
18771 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->isExternC()) |
18772 | return false; |
18773 | |
18774 | // Stdcall, fastcall, and vectorcall need this special treatment. |
18775 | CallingConv CC = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); |
18776 | switch (CC) { |
18777 | case CC_X86StdCall: |
18778 | case CC_X86FastCall: |
18779 | case CC_X86VectorCall: |
18780 | return true; |
18781 | default: |
18782 | break; |
18783 | } |
18784 | return false; |
18785 | } |
18786 | |
18787 | /// Require that all of the parameter types of function be complete. Normally, |
18788 | /// parameter types are only required to be complete when a function is called |
18789 | /// or defined, but to mangle functions with certain calling conventions, the |
18790 | /// mangler needs to know the size of the parameter list. In this situation, |
18791 | /// MSVC doesn't emit an error or instantiate templates. Instead, MSVC mangles |
18792 | /// the function as _foo@0, i.e. zero bytes of parameters, which will usually |
18793 | /// result in a linker error. Clang doesn't implement this behavior, and instead |
18794 | /// attempts to error at compile time. |
18795 | static void CheckCompleteParameterTypesForMangler(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, |
18796 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
18797 | class ParamIncompleteTypeDiagnoser : public Sema::TypeDiagnoser { |
18798 | FunctionDecl *FD; |
18799 | ParmVarDecl *Param; |
18800 | |
18801 | public: |
18802 | ParamIncompleteTypeDiagnoser(FunctionDecl *FD, ParmVarDecl *Param) |
18803 | : FD(FD), Param(Param) {} |
18804 | |
18805 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
18806 | CallingConv CC = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv(); |
18807 | StringRef CCName; |
18808 | switch (CC) { |
18809 | case CC_X86StdCall: |
18810 | CCName = "stdcall" ; |
18811 | break; |
18812 | case CC_X86FastCall: |
18813 | CCName = "fastcall" ; |
18814 | break; |
18815 | case CC_X86VectorCall: |
18816 | CCName = "vectorcall" ; |
18817 | break; |
18818 | default: |
18819 | llvm_unreachable("CC does not need mangling" ); |
18820 | } |
18821 | |
18822 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_cconv_incomplete_param_type) |
18823 | << Param->getDeclName() << FD->getDeclName() << CCName; |
18824 | } |
18825 | }; |
18826 | |
18827 | for (ParmVarDecl *Param : FD->parameters()) { |
18828 | ParamIncompleteTypeDiagnoser Diagnoser(FD, Param); |
18829 | S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Param->getType(), Diagnoser); |
18830 | } |
18831 | } |
18832 | |
18833 | namespace { |
18834 | enum class OdrUseContext { |
18835 | /// Declarations in this context are not odr-used. |
18836 | None, |
18837 | /// Declarations in this context are formally odr-used, but this is a |
18838 | /// dependent context. |
18839 | Dependent, |
18840 | /// Declarations in this context are odr-used but not actually used (yet). |
18841 | FormallyOdrUsed, |
18842 | /// Declarations in this context are used. |
18843 | Used |
18844 | }; |
18845 | } |
18846 | |
18847 | /// Are we within a context in which references to resolved functions or to |
18848 | /// variables result in odr-use? |
18849 | static OdrUseContext isOdrUseContext(Sema &SemaRef) { |
18850 | OdrUseContext Result; |
18851 | |
18852 | switch (SemaRef.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) { |
18853 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated: |
18854 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList: |
18855 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract: |
18856 | return OdrUseContext::None; |
18857 | |
18858 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated: |
18859 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext: |
18860 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated: |
18861 | Result = OdrUseContext::Used; |
18862 | break; |
18863 | |
18864 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement: |
18865 | Result = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; |
18866 | break; |
18867 | |
18868 | case Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed: |
18869 | // A default argument formally results in odr-use, but doesn't actually |
18870 | // result in a use in any real sense until it itself is used. |
18871 | Result = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; |
18872 | break; |
18873 | } |
18874 | |
18875 | if (SemaRef.CurContext->isDependentContext()) |
18876 | return OdrUseContext::Dependent; |
18877 | |
18878 | return Result; |
18879 | } |
18880 | |
18881 | static bool isImplicitlyDefinableConstexprFunction(FunctionDecl *Func) { |
18882 | if (!Func->isConstexpr()) |
18883 | return false; |
18884 | |
18885 | if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable() || !Func->isUserProvided()) |
18886 | return true; |
18887 | auto *CCD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Val: Func); |
18888 | return CCD && CCD->getInheritedConstructor(); |
18889 | } |
18890 | |
18891 | /// Mark a function referenced, and check whether it is odr-used |
18892 | /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3) |
18893 | void Sema::MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func, |
18894 | bool MightBeOdrUse) { |
18895 | assert(Func && "No function?" ); |
18896 | |
18897 | Func->setReferenced(); |
18898 | |
18899 | // Recursive functions aren't really used until they're used from some other |
18900 | // context. |
18901 | bool IsRecursiveCall = CurContext == Func; |
18902 | |
18903 | // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p3: |
18904 | // A function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression is |
18905 | // odr-used if it is the unique lookup result or the selected member of a |
18906 | // set of overloaded functions [...]. |
18907 | // |
18908 | // We (incorrectly) mark overload resolution as an unevaluated context, so we |
18909 | // can just check that here. |
18910 | OdrUseContext OdrUse = |
18911 | MightBeOdrUse ? isOdrUseContext(SemaRef&: *this) : OdrUseContext::None; |
18912 | if (IsRecursiveCall && OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used) |
18913 | OdrUse = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; |
18914 | |
18915 | // Trivial default constructors and destructors are never actually used. |
18916 | // FIXME: What about other special members? |
18917 | if (Func->isTrivial() && !Func->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && |
18918 | OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used) { |
18919 | if (auto *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Val: Func)) |
18920 | if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) |
18921 | OdrUse = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; |
18922 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Val: Func)) |
18923 | OdrUse = OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed; |
18924 | } |
18925 | |
18926 | // C++20 [expr.const]p12: |
18927 | // A function [...] is needed for constant evaluation if it is [...] a |
18928 | // constexpr function that is named by an expression that is potentially |
18929 | // constant evaluated |
18930 | bool NeededForConstantEvaluation = |
18931 | isPotentiallyConstantEvaluatedContext(SemaRef&: *this) && |
18932 | isImplicitlyDefinableConstexprFunction(Func); |
18933 | |
18934 | // Determine whether we require a function definition to exist, per |
18935 | // C++11 [temp.inst]p3: |
18936 | // Unless a function template specialization has been explicitly |
18937 | // instantiated or explicitly specialized, the function template |
18938 | // specialization is implicitly instantiated when the specialization is |
18939 | // referenced in a context that requires a function definition to exist. |
18940 | // C++20 [temp.inst]p7: |
18941 | // The existence of a definition of a [...] function is considered to |
18942 | // affect the semantics of the program if the [...] function is needed for |
18943 | // constant evaluation by an expression |
18944 | // C++20 [basic.def.odr]p10: |
18945 | // Every program shall contain exactly one definition of every non-inline |
18946 | // function or variable that is odr-used in that program outside of a |
18947 | // discarded statement |
18948 | // C++20 [special]p1: |
18949 | // The implementation will implicitly define [defaulted special members] |
18950 | // if they are odr-used or needed for constant evaluation. |
18951 | // |
18952 | // Note that we skip the implicit instantiation of templates that are only |
18953 | // used in unused default arguments or by recursive calls to themselves. |
18954 | // This is formally non-conforming, but seems reasonable in practice. |
18955 | bool NeedDefinition = !IsRecursiveCall && (OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used || |
18956 | NeededForConstantEvaluation); |
18957 | |
18958 | // C++14 [temp.expl.spec]p6: |
18959 | // If a template [...] is explicitly specialized then that specialization |
18960 | // shall be declared before the first use of that specialization that would |
18961 | // cause an implicit instantiation to take place, in every translation unit |
18962 | // in which such a use occurs |
18963 | if (NeedDefinition && |
18964 | (Func->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_Undeclared || |
18965 | Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo())) |
18966 | checkSpecializationReachability(Loc, Func); |
18967 | |
18968 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) |
18969 | CheckCUDACall(Loc, Callee: Func); |
18970 | |
18971 | // If we need a definition, try to create one. |
18972 | if (NeedDefinition && !Func->getBody()) { |
18973 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc, Fn: [&] { |
18974 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = |
18975 | dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Val: Func)) { |
18976 | Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Constructor->getFirstDecl()); |
18977 | if (Constructor->isDefaulted() && !Constructor->isDeleted()) { |
18978 | if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { |
18979 | if (Constructor->isTrivial() && |
18980 | !Constructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) |
18981 | return; |
18982 | DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(CurrentLocation: Loc, Constructor); |
18983 | } else if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) { |
18984 | DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(CurrentLocation: Loc, Constructor); |
18985 | } else if (Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) { |
18986 | DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(CurrentLocation: Loc, Constructor); |
18987 | } |
18988 | } else if (Constructor->getInheritedConstructor()) { |
18989 | DefineInheritingConstructor(UseLoc: Loc, Constructor); |
18990 | } |
18991 | } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = |
18992 | dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Val: Func)) { |
18993 | Destructor = cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Destructor->getFirstDecl()); |
18994 | if (Destructor->isDefaulted() && !Destructor->isDeleted()) { |
18995 | if (Destructor->isTrivial() && !Destructor->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) |
18996 | return; |
18997 | DefineImplicitDestructor(CurrentLocation: Loc, Destructor); |
18998 | } |
18999 | if (Destructor->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext) |
19000 | MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Class: Destructor->getParent()); |
19001 | } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: Func)) { |
19002 | if (MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() && |
19003 | MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) { |
19004 | MethodDecl = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl()); |
19005 | if (MethodDecl->isDefaulted() && !MethodDecl->isDeleted()) { |
19006 | if (MethodDecl->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) |
19007 | DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(CurrentLocation: Loc, MethodDecl); |
19008 | else if (MethodDecl->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) |
19009 | DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(CurrentLocation: Loc, MethodDecl); |
19010 | } |
19011 | } else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Val: MethodDecl) && |
19012 | MethodDecl->getParent()->isLambda()) { |
19013 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = |
19014 | cast<CXXConversionDecl>(MethodDecl->getFirstDecl()); |
19015 | if (Conversion->isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion()) |
19016 | DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(CurrentLoc: Loc, Conv: Conversion); |
19017 | else |
19018 | DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(CurrentLoc: Loc, Conv: Conversion); |
19019 | } else if (MethodDecl->isVirtual() && getLangOpts().AppleKext) |
19020 | MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Class: MethodDecl->getParent()); |
19021 | } |
19022 | |
19023 | if (Func->isDefaulted() && !Func->isDeleted()) { |
19024 | DefaultedComparisonKind DCK = getDefaultedComparisonKind(FD: Func); |
19025 | if (DCK != DefaultedComparisonKind::None) |
19026 | DefineDefaultedComparison(Loc, FD: Func, DCK); |
19027 | } |
19028 | |
19029 | // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of |
19030 | // class templates. |
19031 | if (Func->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) { |
19032 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = |
19033 | Func->getTemplateSpecializationKindForInstantiation(); |
19034 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = Func->getPointOfInstantiation(); |
19035 | bool FirstInstantiation = PointOfInstantiation.isInvalid(); |
19036 | if (FirstInstantiation) { |
19037 | PointOfInstantiation = Loc; |
19038 | if (auto *MSI = Func->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) |
19039 | MSI->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc); |
19040 | // FIXME: Notify listener. |
19041 | else |
19042 | Func->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK, PointOfInstantiation); |
19043 | } else if (TSK != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) { |
19044 | // Use the point of use as the point of instantiation, instead of the |
19045 | // point of explicit instantiation (which we track as the actual point |
19046 | // of instantiation). This gives better backtraces in diagnostics. |
19047 | PointOfInstantiation = Loc; |
19048 | } |
19049 | |
19050 | if (FirstInstantiation || TSK != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || |
19051 | Func->isConstexpr()) { |
19052 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext()) && |
19053 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass() && |
19054 | CodeSynthesisContexts.size()) |
19055 | PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back( |
19056 | std::make_pair(x&: Func, y&: PointOfInstantiation)); |
19057 | else if (Func->isConstexpr()) |
19058 | // Do not defer instantiations of constexpr functions, to avoid the |
19059 | // expression evaluator needing to call back into Sema if it sees a |
19060 | // call to such a function. |
19061 | InstantiateFunctionDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Function: Func); |
19062 | else { |
19063 | Func->setInstantiationIsPending(true); |
19064 | PendingInstantiations.push_back( |
19065 | std::make_pair(x&: Func, y&: PointOfInstantiation)); |
19066 | // Notify the consumer that a function was implicitly instantiated. |
19067 | Consumer.HandleCXXImplicitFunctionInstantiation(D: Func); |
19068 | } |
19069 | } |
19070 | } else { |
19071 | // Walk redefinitions, as some of them may be instantiable. |
19072 | for (auto *i : Func->redecls()) { |
19073 | if (!i->isUsed(false) && i->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) |
19074 | MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, i, MightBeOdrUse); |
19075 | } |
19076 | } |
19077 | }); |
19078 | } |
19079 | |
19080 | // If a constructor was defined in the context of a default parameter |
19081 | // or of another default member initializer (ie a PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed |
19082 | // context), its initializers may not be referenced yet. |
19083 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Val: Func)) { |
19084 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext EvalContext( |
19085 | *this, |
19086 | Constructor->isImmediateFunction() |
19087 | ? ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext |
19088 | : ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated, |
19089 | Constructor); |
19090 | for (CXXCtorInitializer *Init : Constructor->inits()) { |
19091 | if (Init->isInClassMemberInitializer()) |
19092 | runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc: Init->getSourceLocation(), Fn: [&]() { |
19093 | MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(E: Init->getInit()); |
19094 | }); |
19095 | } |
19096 | } |
19097 | |
19098 | // C++14 [except.spec]p17: |
19099 | // An exception-specification is considered to be needed when: |
19100 | // - the function is odr-used or, if it appears in an unevaluated operand, |
19101 | // would be odr-used if the expression were potentially-evaluated; |
19102 | // |
19103 | // Note, we do this even if MightBeOdrUse is false. That indicates that the |
19104 | // function is a pure virtual function we're calling, and in that case the |
19105 | // function was selected by overload resolution and we need to resolve its |
19106 | // exception specification for a different reason. |
19107 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT = Func->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
19108 | if (FPT && isUnresolvedExceptionSpec(ESpecType: FPT->getExceptionSpecType())) |
19109 | ResolveExceptionSpec(Loc, FPT); |
19110 | |
19111 | // A callee could be called by a host function then by a device function. |
19112 | // If we only try recording once, we will miss recording the use on device |
19113 | // side. Therefore keep trying until it is recorded. |
19114 | if (LangOpts.OffloadImplicitHostDeviceTemplates && LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && |
19115 | !getASTContext().CUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunUsedByDevice.count(V: Func)) |
19116 | CUDARecordImplicitHostDeviceFuncUsedByDevice(FD: Func); |
19117 | |
19118 | // If this is the first "real" use, act on that. |
19119 | if (OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used && !Func->isUsed(/*CheckUsedAttr=*/false)) { |
19120 | // Keep track of used but undefined functions. |
19121 | if (!Func->isDefined()) { |
19122 | if (mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(Func)) |
19123 | UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(x: Func->getCanonicalDecl(), y&: Loc)); |
19124 | else if (Func->getMostRecentDecl()->isInlined() && |
19125 | !LangOpts.GNUInline && |
19126 | !Func->getMostRecentDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) |
19127 | UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(x: Func->getCanonicalDecl(), y&: Loc)); |
19128 | else if (isExternalWithNoLinkageType(Func)) |
19129 | UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(x: Func->getCanonicalDecl(), y&: Loc)); |
19130 | } |
19131 | |
19132 | // Some x86 Windows calling conventions mangle the size of the parameter |
19133 | // pack into the name. Computing the size of the parameters requires the |
19134 | // parameter types to be complete. Check that now. |
19135 | if (funcHasParameterSizeMangling(S&: *this, FD: Func)) |
19136 | CheckCompleteParameterTypesForMangler(S&: *this, FD: Func, Loc); |
19137 | |
19138 | // In the MS C++ ABI, the compiler emits destructor variants where they are |
19139 | // used. If the destructor is used here but defined elsewhere, mark the |
19140 | // virtual base destructors referenced. If those virtual base destructors |
19141 | // are inline, this will ensure they are defined when emitting the complete |
19142 | // destructor variant. This checking may be redundant if the destructor is |
19143 | // provided later in this TU. |
19144 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { |
19145 | if (auto *Dtor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(Val: Func)) { |
19146 | CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Dtor->getParent(); |
19147 | if (Parent->getNumVBases() > 0 && !Dtor->getBody()) |
19148 | CheckCompleteDestructorVariant(CurrentLocation: Loc, Dtor); |
19149 | } |
19150 | } |
19151 | |
19152 | Func->markUsed(Context); |
19153 | } |
19154 | } |
19155 | |
19156 | /// Directly mark a variable odr-used. Given a choice, prefer to use |
19157 | /// MarkVariableReferenced since it does additional checks and then |
19158 | /// calls MarkVarDeclODRUsed. |
19159 | /// If the variable must be captured: |
19160 | /// - if FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt is null, capture it in the CurContext |
19161 | /// - else capture it in the DeclContext that maps to the |
19162 | /// *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt on the FunctionScopeInfo stack. |
19163 | static void |
19164 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(ValueDecl *V, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &SemaRef, |
19165 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr) { |
19166 | // Keep track of used but undefined variables. |
19167 | // FIXME: We shouldn't suppress this warning for static data members. |
19168 | VarDecl *Var = V->getPotentiallyDecomposedVarDecl(); |
19169 | assert(Var && "expected a capturable variable" ); |
19170 | |
19171 | if (Var->hasDefinition(SemaRef.Context) == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly && |
19172 | (!Var->isExternallyVisible() || Var->isInline() || |
19173 | SemaRef.isExternalWithNoLinkageType(Var)) && |
19174 | !(Var->isStaticDataMember() && Var->hasInit())) { |
19175 | SourceLocation &old = SemaRef.UndefinedButUsed[Var->getCanonicalDecl()]; |
19176 | if (old.isInvalid()) |
19177 | old = Loc; |
19178 | } |
19179 | QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; |
19180 | if (SemaRef.LangOpts.OpenMP) |
19181 | SemaRef.tryCaptureOpenMPLambdas(V); |
19182 | SemaRef.tryCaptureVariable(Var: V, Loc, Kind: Sema::TryCapture_Implicit, |
19183 | /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), |
19184 | /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, CaptureType, |
19185 | DeclRefType, FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt); |
19186 | |
19187 | if (SemaRef.LangOpts.CUDA && Var->hasGlobalStorage()) { |
19188 | auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Val: SemaRef.CurContext); |
19189 | auto VarTarget = SemaRef.IdentifyCUDATarget(D: Var); |
19190 | auto UserTarget = SemaRef.IdentifyCUDATarget(D: FD); |
19191 | if (VarTarget == Sema::CVT_Host && |
19192 | (UserTarget == Sema::CFT_Device || UserTarget == Sema::CFT_HostDevice || |
19193 | UserTarget == Sema::CFT_Global)) { |
19194 | // Diagnose ODR-use of host global variables in device functions. |
19195 | // Reference of device global variables in host functions is allowed |
19196 | // through shadow variables therefore it is not diagnosed. |
19197 | if (SemaRef.LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && !SemaRef.LangOpts.HIPStdPar) { |
19198 | SemaRef.targetDiag(Loc, diag::err_ref_bad_target) |
19199 | << /*host*/ 2 << /*variable*/ 1 << Var << UserTarget; |
19200 | SemaRef.targetDiag(Var->getLocation(), |
19201 | Var->getType().isConstQualified() |
19202 | ? diag::note_cuda_const_var_unpromoted |
19203 | : diag::note_cuda_host_var); |
19204 | } |
19205 | } else if (VarTarget == Sema::CVT_Device && |
19206 | !Var->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && |
19207 | (UserTarget == Sema::CFT_Host || |
19208 | UserTarget == Sema::CFT_HostDevice)) { |
19209 | // Record a CUDA/HIP device side variable if it is ODR-used |
19210 | // by host code. This is done conservatively, when the variable is |
19211 | // referenced in any of the following contexts: |
19212 | // - a non-function context |
19213 | // - a host function |
19214 | // - a host device function |
19215 | // This makes the ODR-use of the device side variable by host code to |
19216 | // be visible in the device compilation for the compiler to be able to |
19217 | // emit template variables instantiated by host code only and to |
19218 | // externalize the static device side variable ODR-used by host code. |
19219 | if (!Var->hasExternalStorage()) |
19220 | SemaRef.getASTContext().CUDADeviceVarODRUsedByHost.insert(V: Var); |
19221 | else if (SemaRef.LangOpts.GPURelocatableDeviceCode) |
19222 | SemaRef.getASTContext().CUDAExternalDeviceDeclODRUsedByHost.insert(Var); |
19223 | } |
19224 | } |
19225 | |
19226 | V->markUsed(SemaRef.Context); |
19227 | } |
19228 | |
19229 | void Sema::MarkCaptureUsedInEnclosingContext(ValueDecl *Capture, |
19230 | SourceLocation Loc, |
19231 | unsigned CapturingScopeIndex) { |
19232 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(V: Capture, Loc, SemaRef&: *this, FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt: &CapturingScopeIndex); |
19233 | } |
19234 | |
19235 | void diagnoseUncapturableValueReferenceOrBinding(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, |
19236 | ValueDecl *var) { |
19237 | DeclContext *VarDC = var->getDeclContext(); |
19238 | |
19239 | // If the parameter still belongs to the translation unit, then |
19240 | // we're actually just using one parameter in the declaration of |
19241 | // the next. |
19242 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Val: var) && |
19243 | isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Val: VarDC)) |
19244 | return; |
19245 | |
19246 | // For C code, don't diagnose about capture if we're not actually in code |
19247 | // right now; it's impossible to write a non-constant expression outside of |
19248 | // function context, so we'll get other (more useful) diagnostics later. |
19249 | // |
19250 | // For C++, things get a bit more nasty... it would be nice to suppress this |
19251 | // diagnostic for certain cases like using a local variable in an array bound |
19252 | // for a member of a local class, but the correct predicate is not obvious. |
19253 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !S.CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
19254 | return; |
19255 | |
19256 | unsigned ValueKind = isa<BindingDecl>(Val: var) ? 1 : 0; |
19257 | unsigned ContextKind = 3; // unknown |
19258 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: VarDC) && |
19259 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Val: VarDC->getParent())->isLambda()) { |
19260 | ContextKind = 2; |
19261 | } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Val: VarDC)) { |
19262 | ContextKind = 0; |
19263 | } else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Val: VarDC)) { |
19264 | ContextKind = 1; |
19265 | } |
19266 | |
19267 | S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_in_enclosing_context) |
19268 | << var << ValueKind << ContextKind << VarDC; |
19269 | S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) |
19270 | << var; |
19271 | |
19272 | // FIXME: Add additional diagnostic info about class etc. which prevents |
19273 | // capture. |
19274 | } |
19275 | |
19276 | static bool isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, |
19277 | ValueDecl *Var, |
19278 | bool &SubCapturesAreNested, |
19279 | QualType &CaptureType, |
19280 | QualType &DeclRefType) { |
19281 | // Check whether we've already captured it. |
19282 | if (CSI->CaptureMap.count(Val: Var)) { |
19283 | // If we found a capture, any subcaptures are nested. |
19284 | SubCapturesAreNested = true; |
19285 | |
19286 | // Retrieve the capture type for this variable. |
19287 | CaptureType = CSI->getCapture(Var).getCaptureType(); |
19288 | |
19289 | // Compute the type of an expression that refers to this variable. |
19290 | DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); |
19291 | |
19292 | // Similarly to mutable captures in lambda, all the OpenMP captures by copy |
19293 | // are mutable in the sense that user can change their value - they are |
19294 | // private instances of the captured declarations. |
19295 | const Capture &Cap = CSI->getCapture(Var); |
19296 | if (Cap.isCopyCapture() && |
19297 | !(isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(Val: CSI) && |
19298 | !cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(Val: CSI)->lambdaCaptureShouldBeConst()) && |
19299 | !(isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(Val: CSI) && |
19300 | cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(Val: CSI)->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP)) |
19301 | DeclRefType.addConst(); |
19302 | return true; |
19303 | } |
19304 | return false; |
19305 | } |
19306 | |
19307 | // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can |
19308 | // capture; other scopes don't work. |
19309 | static DeclContext *getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DeclContext *DC, |
19310 | ValueDecl *Var, |
19311 | SourceLocation Loc, |
19312 | const bool Diagnose, |
19313 | Sema &S) { |
19314 | if (isa<BlockDecl>(Val: DC) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Val: DC) || isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) |
19315 | return getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC); |
19316 | |
19317 | VarDecl *Underlying = Var->getPotentiallyDecomposedVarDecl(); |
19318 | if (Underlying) { |
19319 | if (Underlying->hasLocalStorage() && Diagnose) |
19320 | diagnoseUncapturableValueReferenceOrBinding(S, loc: Loc, var: Var); |
19321 | } |
19322 | return nullptr; |
19323 | } |
19324 | |
19325 | // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture |
19326 | // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.) |
19327 | // so check for eligibility. |
19328 | static bool isVariableCapturable(CapturingScopeInfo *CSI, ValueDecl *Var, |
19329 | SourceLocation Loc, const bool Diagnose, |
19330 | Sema &S) { |
19331 | |
19332 | assert((isa<VarDecl, BindingDecl>(Var)) && |
19333 | "Only variables and structured bindings can be captured" ); |
19334 | |
19335 | bool IsBlock = isa<BlockScopeInfo>(Val: CSI); |
19336 | bool IsLambda = isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(Val: CSI); |
19337 | |
19338 | // Lambdas are not allowed to capture unnamed variables |
19339 | // (e.g. anonymous unions). |
19340 | // FIXME: The C++11 rule don't actually state this explicitly, but I'm |
19341 | // assuming that's the intent. |
19342 | if (IsLambda && !Var->getDeclName()) { |
19343 | if (Diagnose) { |
19344 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_anonymous_var); |
19345 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); |
19346 | } |
19347 | return false; |
19348 | } |
19349 | |
19350 | // Prohibit variably-modified types in blocks; they're difficult to deal with. |
19351 | if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && IsBlock) { |
19352 | if (Diagnose) { |
19353 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type); |
19354 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; |
19355 | } |
19356 | return false; |
19357 | } |
19358 | // Prohibit structs with flexible array members too. |
19359 | // We cannot capture what is in the tail end of the struct. |
19360 | if (const RecordType *VTTy = Var->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
19361 | if (VTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { |
19362 | if (Diagnose) { |
19363 | if (IsBlock) |
19364 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_flexarray_type); |
19365 | else |
19366 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_lambda_capture_flexarray_type) << Var; |
19367 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; |
19368 | } |
19369 | return false; |
19370 | } |
19371 | } |
19372 | const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>(); |
19373 | // Lambdas and captured statements are not allowed to capture __block |
19374 | // variables; they don't support the expected semantics. |
19375 | if (HasBlocksAttr && (IsLambda || isa<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(Val: CSI))) { |
19376 | if (Diagnose) { |
19377 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_capture_block_variable) << Var << !IsLambda; |
19378 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; |
19379 | } |
19380 | return false; |
19381 | } |
19382 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5: Blocks cannot reference/capture other blocks |
19383 | if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && IsBlock && |
19384 | Var->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) { |
19385 | if (Diagnose) |
19386 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_block_ref_block); |
19387 | return false; |
19388 | } |
19389 | |
19390 | if (isa<BindingDecl>(Val: Var)) { |
19391 | if (!IsLambda || !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
19392 | if (Diagnose) |
19393 | diagnoseUncapturableValueReferenceOrBinding(S, loc: Loc, var: Var); |
19394 | return false; |
19395 | } else if (Diagnose && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
19396 | S.Diag(Loc, S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus20 |
19397 | ? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_capture_binding |
19398 | : diag::ext_capture_binding) |
19399 | << Var; |
19400 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << Var; |
19401 | } |
19402 | } |
19403 | |
19404 | return true; |
19405 | } |
19406 | |
19407 | // Returns true if the capture by block was successful. |
19408 | static bool captureInBlock(BlockScopeInfo *BSI, ValueDecl *Var, |
19409 | SourceLocation Loc, const bool BuildAndDiagnose, |
19410 | QualType &CaptureType, QualType &DeclRefType, |
19411 | const bool Nested, Sema &S, bool Invalid) { |
19412 | bool ByRef = false; |
19413 | |
19414 | // Blocks are not allowed to capture arrays, excepting OpenCL. |
19415 | // OpenCL v2.0 s1.12.5 (revision 40): arrays are captured by reference |
19416 | // (decayed to pointers). |
19417 | if (!Invalid && !S.getLangOpts().OpenCL && CaptureType->isArrayType()) { |
19418 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { |
19419 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type); |
19420 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; |
19421 | Invalid = true; |
19422 | } else { |
19423 | return false; |
19424 | } |
19425 | } |
19426 | |
19427 | // Forbid the block-capture of autoreleasing variables. |
19428 | if (!Invalid && |
19429 | CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { |
19430 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { |
19431 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) |
19432 | << /*block*/ 0; |
19433 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; |
19434 | Invalid = true; |
19435 | } else { |
19436 | return false; |
19437 | } |
19438 | } |
19439 | |
19440 | // Warn about implicitly autoreleasing indirect parameters captured by blocks. |
19441 | if (const auto *PT = CaptureType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
19442 | QualType PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); |
19443 | |
19444 | if (!Invalid && PointeeTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() && |
19445 | PointeeTy.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing && |
19446 | !S.Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(Ty: PointeeTy)) { |
19447 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { |
19448 | SourceLocation VarLoc = Var->getLocation(); |
19449 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_block_capture_autoreleasing); |
19450 | S.Diag(VarLoc, diag::note_declare_parameter_strong); |
19451 | } |
19452 | } |
19453 | } |
19454 | |
19455 | const bool HasBlocksAttr = Var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>(); |
19456 | if (HasBlocksAttr || CaptureType->isReferenceType() || |
19457 | (S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && S.isOpenMPCapturedDecl(D: Var))) { |
19458 | // Block capture by reference does not change the capture or |
19459 | // declaration reference types. |
19460 | ByRef = true; |
19461 | } else { |
19462 | // Block capture by copy introduces 'const'. |
19463 | CaptureType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType().withConst(); |
19464 | DeclRefType = CaptureType; |
19465 | } |
19466 | |
19467 | // Actually capture the variable. |
19468 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) |
19469 | BSI->addCapture(Var, HasBlocksAttr, ByRef, Nested, Loc, SourceLocation(), |
19470 | CaptureType, Invalid); |
19471 | |
19472 | return !Invalid; |
19473 | } |
19474 | |
19475 | /// Capture the given variable in the captured region. |
19476 | static bool captureInCapturedRegion( |
19477 | CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI, ValueDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, |
19478 | const bool BuildAndDiagnose, QualType &CaptureType, QualType &DeclRefType, |
19479 | const bool RefersToCapturedVariable, Sema::TryCaptureKind Kind, |
19480 | bool IsTopScope, Sema &S, bool Invalid) { |
19481 | // By default, capture variables by reference. |
19482 | bool ByRef = true; |
19483 | if (IsTopScope && Kind != Sema::TryCapture_Implicit) { |
19484 | ByRef = (Kind == Sema::TryCapture_ExplicitByRef); |
19485 | } else if (S.getLangOpts().OpenMP && RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) { |
19486 | // Using an LValue reference type is consistent with Lambdas (see below). |
19487 | if (S.isOpenMPCapturedDecl(D: Var)) { |
19488 | bool HasConst = DeclRefType.isConstQualified(); |
19489 | DeclRefType = DeclRefType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
19490 | // Don't lose diagnostics about assignments to const. |
19491 | if (HasConst) |
19492 | DeclRefType.addConst(); |
19493 | } |
19494 | // Do not capture firstprivates in tasks. |
19495 | if (S.isOpenMPPrivateDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel) != |
19496 | OMPC_unknown) |
19497 | return true; |
19498 | ByRef = S.isOpenMPCapturedByRef(D: Var, Level: RSI->OpenMPLevel, |
19499 | OpenMPCaptureLevel: RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel); |
19500 | } |
19501 | |
19502 | if (ByRef) |
19503 | CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T: DeclRefType); |
19504 | else |
19505 | CaptureType = DeclRefType; |
19506 | |
19507 | // Actually capture the variable. |
19508 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) |
19509 | RSI->addCapture(Var, /*isBlock*/ false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable, |
19510 | Loc, SourceLocation(), CaptureType, Invalid); |
19511 | |
19512 | return !Invalid; |
19513 | } |
19514 | |
19515 | /// Capture the given variable in the lambda. |
19516 | static bool captureInLambda(LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, ValueDecl *Var, |
19517 | SourceLocation Loc, const bool BuildAndDiagnose, |
19518 | QualType &CaptureType, QualType &DeclRefType, |
19519 | const bool RefersToCapturedVariable, |
19520 | const Sema::TryCaptureKind Kind, |
19521 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, const bool IsTopScope, |
19522 | Sema &S, bool Invalid) { |
19523 | // Determine whether we are capturing by reference or by value. |
19524 | bool ByRef = false; |
19525 | if (IsTopScope && Kind != Sema::TryCapture_Implicit) { |
19526 | ByRef = (Kind == Sema::TryCapture_ExplicitByRef); |
19527 | } else { |
19528 | ByRef = (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == LambdaScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref); |
19529 | } |
19530 | |
19531 | if (BuildAndDiagnose && S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWasm() && |
19532 | CaptureType.getNonReferenceType().isWebAssemblyReferenceType()) { |
19533 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_wasm_ca_reference) << 0; |
19534 | Invalid = true; |
19535 | } |
19536 | |
19537 | // Compute the type of the field that will capture this variable. |
19538 | if (ByRef) { |
19539 | // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p15: |
19540 | // An entity is captured by reference if it is implicitly or |
19541 | // explicitly captured but not captured by copy. It is |
19542 | // unspecified whether additional unnamed non-static data |
19543 | // members are declared in the closure type for entities |
19544 | // captured by reference. |
19545 | // |
19546 | // FIXME: It is not clear whether we want to build an lvalue reference |
19547 | // to the DeclRefType or to CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(). GCC appears |
19548 | // to do the former, while EDG does the latter. Core issue 1249 will |
19549 | // clarify, but for now we follow GCC because it's a more permissive and |
19550 | // easily defensible position. |
19551 | CaptureType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T: DeclRefType); |
19552 | } else { |
19553 | // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p14: |
19554 | // For each entity captured by copy, an unnamed non-static |
19555 | // data member is declared in the closure type. The |
19556 | // declaration order of these members is unspecified. The type |
19557 | // of such a data member is the type of the corresponding |
19558 | // captured entity if the entity is not a reference to an |
19559 | // object, or the referenced type otherwise. [Note: If the |
19560 | // captured entity is a reference to a function, the |
19561 | // corresponding data member is also a reference to a |
19562 | // function. - end note ] |
19563 | if (const ReferenceType *RefType = CaptureType->getAs<ReferenceType>()){ |
19564 | if (!RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) |
19565 | CaptureType = RefType->getPointeeType(); |
19566 | } |
19567 | |
19568 | // Forbid the lambda copy-capture of autoreleasing variables. |
19569 | if (!Invalid && |
19570 | CaptureType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { |
19571 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { |
19572 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_capture) << /*lambda*/ 1; |
19573 | S.Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) |
19574 | << Var->getDeclName(); |
19575 | Invalid = true; |
19576 | } else { |
19577 | return false; |
19578 | } |
19579 | } |
19580 | |
19581 | // Make sure that by-copy captures are of a complete and non-abstract type. |
19582 | if (!Invalid && BuildAndDiagnose) { |
19583 | if (!CaptureType->isDependentType() && |
19584 | S.RequireCompleteSizedType( |
19585 | Loc, CaptureType, |
19586 | diag::err_capture_of_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, |
19587 | Var->getDeclName())) |
19588 | Invalid = true; |
19589 | else if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, CaptureType, |
19590 | diag::err_capture_of_abstract_type)) |
19591 | Invalid = true; |
19592 | } |
19593 | } |
19594 | |
19595 | // Compute the type of a reference to this captured variable. |
19596 | if (ByRef) |
19597 | DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); |
19598 | else { |
19599 | // C++ [expr.prim.lambda]p5: |
19600 | // The closure type for a lambda-expression has a public inline |
19601 | // function call operator [...]. This function call operator is |
19602 | // declared const (9.3.1) if and only if the lambda-expression's |
19603 | // parameter-declaration-clause is not followed by mutable. |
19604 | DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); |
19605 | bool Const = LSI->lambdaCaptureShouldBeConst(); |
19606 | if (Const && !CaptureType->isReferenceType()) |
19607 | DeclRefType.addConst(); |
19608 | } |
19609 | |
19610 | // Add the capture. |
19611 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) |
19612 | LSI->addCapture(Var, /*isBlock=*/false, ByRef, RefersToCapturedVariable, |
19613 | Loc, EllipsisLoc, CaptureType, Invalid); |
19614 | |
19615 | return !Invalid; |
19616 | } |
19617 | |
19618 | static bool canCaptureVariableByCopy(ValueDecl *Var, |
19619 | const ASTContext &Context) { |
19620 | // Offer a Copy fix even if the type is dependent. |
19621 | if (Var->getType()->isDependentType()) |
19622 | return true; |
19623 | QualType T = Var->getType().getNonReferenceType(); |
19624 | if (T.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context)) |
19625 | return true; |
19626 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { |
19627 | |
19628 | if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition())) |
19629 | return false; |
19630 | if (RD->hasSimpleCopyConstructor()) |
19631 | return true; |
19632 | if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) |
19633 | for (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor : RD->ctors()) |
19634 | if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) |
19635 | return !Ctor->isDeleted(); |
19636 | } |
19637 | return false; |
19638 | } |
19639 | |
19640 | /// Create up to 4 fix-its for explicit reference and value capture of \p Var or |
19641 | /// default capture. Fixes may be omitted if they aren't allowed by the |
19642 | /// standard, for example we can't emit a default copy capture fix-it if we |
19643 | /// already explicitly copy capture capture another variable. |
19644 | static void buildLambdaCaptureFixit(Sema &Sema, LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, |
19645 | ValueDecl *Var) { |
19646 | assert(LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None); |
19647 | // Don't offer Capture by copy of default capture by copy fixes if Var is |
19648 | // known not to be copy constructible. |
19649 | bool ShouldOfferCopyFix = canCaptureVariableByCopy(Var, Context: Sema.getASTContext()); |
19650 | |
19651 | SmallString<32> FixBuffer; |
19652 | StringRef Separator = LSI->NumExplicitCaptures > 0 ? ", " : "" ; |
19653 | if (Var->getDeclName().isIdentifier() && !Var->getName().empty()) { |
19654 | SourceLocation VarInsertLoc = LSI->IntroducerRange.getEnd(); |
19655 | if (ShouldOfferCopyFix) { |
19656 | // Offer fixes to insert an explicit capture for the variable. |
19657 | // [] -> [VarName] |
19658 | // [OtherCapture] -> [OtherCapture, VarName] |
19659 | FixBuffer.assign({Separator, Var->getName()}); |
19660 | Sema.Diag(VarInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_variable_capture_fixit) |
19661 | << Var << /*value*/ 0 |
19662 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VarInsertLoc, FixBuffer); |
19663 | } |
19664 | // As above but capture by reference. |
19665 | FixBuffer.assign({Separator, "&" , Var->getName()}); |
19666 | Sema.Diag(VarInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_variable_capture_fixit) |
19667 | << Var << /*reference*/ 1 |
19668 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VarInsertLoc, FixBuffer); |
19669 | } |
19670 | |
19671 | // Only try to offer default capture if there are no captures excluding this |
19672 | // and init captures. |
19673 | // [this]: OK. |
19674 | // [X = Y]: OK. |
19675 | // [&A, &B]: Don't offer. |
19676 | // [A, B]: Don't offer. |
19677 | if (llvm::any_of(Range&: LSI->Captures, P: [](Capture &C) { |
19678 | return !C.isThisCapture() && !C.isInitCapture(); |
19679 | })) |
19680 | return; |
19681 | |
19682 | // The default capture specifiers, '=' or '&', must appear first in the |
19683 | // capture body. |
19684 | SourceLocation DefaultInsertLoc = |
19685 | LSI->IntroducerRange.getBegin().getLocWithOffset(Offset: 1); |
19686 | |
19687 | if (ShouldOfferCopyFix) { |
19688 | bool CanDefaultCopyCapture = true; |
19689 | // [=, *this] OK since c++17 |
19690 | // [=, this] OK since c++20 |
19691 | if (LSI->isCXXThisCaptured() && !Sema.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) |
19692 | CanDefaultCopyCapture = Sema.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 |
19693 | ? LSI->getCXXThisCapture().isCopyCapture() |
19694 | : false; |
19695 | // We can't use default capture by copy if any captures already specified |
19696 | // capture by copy. |
19697 | if (CanDefaultCopyCapture && llvm::none_of(Range&: LSI->Captures, P: [](Capture &C) { |
19698 | return !C.isThisCapture() && !C.isInitCapture() && C.isCopyCapture(); |
19699 | })) { |
19700 | FixBuffer.assign(Refs: {"=" , Separator}); |
19701 | Sema.Diag(DefaultInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_default_capture_fixit) |
19702 | << /*value*/ 0 |
19703 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DefaultInsertLoc, FixBuffer); |
19704 | } |
19705 | } |
19706 | |
19707 | // We can't use default capture by reference if any captures already specified |
19708 | // capture by reference. |
19709 | if (llvm::none_of(Range&: LSI->Captures, P: [](Capture &C) { |
19710 | return !C.isInitCapture() && C.isReferenceCapture() && |
19711 | !C.isThisCapture(); |
19712 | })) { |
19713 | FixBuffer.assign(Refs: {"&" , Separator}); |
19714 | Sema.Diag(DefaultInsertLoc, diag::note_lambda_default_capture_fixit) |
19715 | << /*reference*/ 1 |
19716 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DefaultInsertLoc, FixBuffer); |
19717 | } |
19718 | } |
19719 | |
19720 | bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable( |
19721 | ValueDecl *Var, SourceLocation ExprLoc, TryCaptureKind Kind, |
19722 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, QualType &CaptureType, |
19723 | QualType &DeclRefType, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) { |
19724 | // An init-capture is notionally from the context surrounding its |
19725 | // declaration, but its parent DC is the lambda class. |
19726 | DeclContext *VarDC = Var->getDeclContext(); |
19727 | DeclContext *DC = CurContext; |
19728 | |
19729 | // tryCaptureVariable is called every time a DeclRef is formed, |
19730 | // it can therefore have non-negigible impact on performances. |
19731 | // For local variables and when there is no capturing scope, |
19732 | // we can bailout early. |
19733 | if (CapturingFunctionScopes == 0 && (!BuildAndDiagnose || VarDC == DC)) |
19734 | return true; |
19735 | |
19736 | const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Val: Var); |
19737 | if (VD) { |
19738 | if (VD->isInitCapture()) |
19739 | VarDC = VarDC->getParent(); |
19740 | } else { |
19741 | VD = Var->getPotentiallyDecomposedVarDecl(); |
19742 | } |
19743 | assert(VD && "Cannot capture a null variable" ); |
19744 | |
19745 | const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt |
19746 | ? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; |
19747 | // We need to sync up the Declaration Context with the |
19748 | // FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt |
19749 | if (FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt) { |
19750 | unsigned FSIndex = FunctionScopes.size() - 1; |
19751 | while (FSIndex != MaxFunctionScopesIndex) { |
19752 | DC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(DC); |
19753 | --FSIndex; |
19754 | } |
19755 | } |
19756 | |
19757 | // Capture global variables if it is required to use private copy of this |
19758 | // variable. |
19759 | bool IsGlobal = !VD->hasLocalStorage(); |
19760 | if (IsGlobal && |
19761 | !(LangOpts.OpenMP && isOpenMPCapturedDecl(D: Var, /*CheckScopeInfo=*/true, |
19762 | StopAt: MaxFunctionScopesIndex))) |
19763 | return true; |
19764 | |
19765 | if (isa<VarDecl>(Val: Var)) |
19766 | Var = cast<VarDecl>(Var->getCanonicalDecl()); |
19767 | |
19768 | // Walk up the stack to determine whether we can capture the variable, |
19769 | // performing the "simple" checks that don't depend on type. We stop when |
19770 | // we've either hit the declared scope of the variable or find an existing |
19771 | // capture of that variable. We start from the innermost capturing-entity |
19772 | // (the DC) and ensure that all intervening capturing-entities |
19773 | // (blocks/lambdas etc.) between the innermost capturer and the variable`s |
19774 | // declcontext can either capture the variable or have already captured |
19775 | // the variable. |
19776 | CaptureType = Var->getType(); |
19777 | DeclRefType = CaptureType.getNonReferenceType(); |
19778 | bool Nested = false; |
19779 | bool Explicit = (Kind != TryCapture_Implicit); |
19780 | unsigned FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; |
19781 | do { |
19782 | |
19783 | LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = nullptr; |
19784 | if (!FunctionScopes.empty()) |
19785 | LSI = dyn_cast_or_null<LambdaScopeInfo>( |
19786 | Val: FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex]); |
19787 | |
19788 | bool IsInScopeDeclarationContext = |
19789 | !LSI || LSI->AfterParameterList || CurContext == LSI->CallOperator; |
19790 | |
19791 | if (LSI && !LSI->AfterParameterList) { |
19792 | // This allows capturing parameters from a default value which does not |
19793 | // seems correct |
19794 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Val: Var) && !Var->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
19795 | return true; |
19796 | } |
19797 | // If the variable is declared in the current context, there is no need to |
19798 | // capture it. |
19799 | if (IsInScopeDeclarationContext && |
19800 | FunctionScopesIndex == MaxFunctionScopesIndex && VarDC == DC) |
19801 | return true; |
19802 | |
19803 | // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions can |
19804 | // capture; other scopes don't work. |
19805 | DeclContext *ParentDC = |
19806 | !IsInScopeDeclarationContext |
19807 | ? DC->getParent() |
19808 | : getParentOfCapturingContextOrNull(DC, Var, Loc: ExprLoc, |
19809 | Diagnose: BuildAndDiagnose, S&: *this); |
19810 | // We need to check for the parent *first* because, if we *have* |
19811 | // private-captured a global variable, we need to recursively capture it in |
19812 | // intermediate blocks, lambdas, etc. |
19813 | if (!ParentDC) { |
19814 | if (IsGlobal) { |
19815 | FunctionScopesIndex = MaxFunctionScopesIndex - 1; |
19816 | break; |
19817 | } |
19818 | return true; |
19819 | } |
19820 | |
19821 | FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex]; |
19822 | CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(Val: FSI); |
19823 | |
19824 | // Check whether we've already captured it. |
19825 | if (isVariableAlreadyCapturedInScopeInfo(CSI, Var, SubCapturesAreNested&: Nested, CaptureType, |
19826 | DeclRefType)) { |
19827 | CSI->getCapture(Var).markUsed(IsODRUse: BuildAndDiagnose); |
19828 | break; |
19829 | } |
19830 | |
19831 | // When evaluating some attributes (like enable_if) we might refer to a |
19832 | // function parameter appertaining to the same declaration as that |
19833 | // attribute. |
19834 | if (const auto *Parm = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(Val: Var); |
19835 | Parm && Parm->getDeclContext() == DC) |
19836 | return true; |
19837 | |
19838 | // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator body, |
19839 | // we do not want to capture new variables. What was captured |
19840 | // during either a lambdas transformation or initial parsing |
19841 | // should be used. |
19842 | if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(DC)) { |
19843 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { |
19844 | LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(Val: CSI); |
19845 | if (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None) { |
19846 | Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var; |
19847 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; |
19848 | Diag(LSI->Lambda->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_lambda_decl); |
19849 | buildLambdaCaptureFixit(Sema&: *this, LSI, Var); |
19850 | } else |
19851 | diagnoseUncapturableValueReferenceOrBinding(S&: *this, loc: ExprLoc, var: Var); |
19852 | } |
19853 | return true; |
19854 | } |
19855 | |
19856 | // Try to capture variable-length arrays types. |
19857 | if (Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
19858 | // We're going to walk down into the type and look for VLA |
19859 | // expressions. |
19860 | QualType QTy = Var->getType(); |
19861 | if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(Val: Var)) |
19862 | QTy = PVD->getOriginalType(); |
19863 | captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, T: QTy, CSI); |
19864 | } |
19865 | |
19866 | if (getLangOpts().OpenMP) { |
19867 | if (auto *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(Val: CSI)) { |
19868 | // OpenMP private variables should not be captured in outer scope, so |
19869 | // just break here. Similarly, global variables that are captured in a |
19870 | // target region should not be captured outside the scope of the region. |
19871 | if (RSI->CapRegionKind == CR_OpenMP) { |
19872 | // FIXME: We should support capturing structured bindings in OpenMP. |
19873 | if (isa<BindingDecl>(Val: Var)) { |
19874 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { |
19875 | Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_capture_binding_openmp) << Var; |
19876 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) << Var; |
19877 | } |
19878 | return true; |
19879 | } |
19880 | OpenMPClauseKind IsOpenMPPrivateDecl = isOpenMPPrivateDecl( |
19881 | Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel); |
19882 | // If the variable is private (i.e. not captured) and has variably |
19883 | // modified type, we still need to capture the type for correct |
19884 | // codegen in all regions, associated with the construct. Currently, |
19885 | // it is captured in the innermost captured region only. |
19886 | if (IsOpenMPPrivateDecl != OMPC_unknown && |
19887 | Var->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
19888 | QualType QTy = Var->getType(); |
19889 | if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(Val: Var)) |
19890 | QTy = PVD->getOriginalType(); |
19891 | for (int I = 1, E = getNumberOfConstructScopes(Level: RSI->OpenMPLevel); |
19892 | I < E; ++I) { |
19893 | auto *OuterRSI = cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>( |
19894 | Val: FunctionScopes[FunctionScopesIndex - I]); |
19895 | assert(RSI->OpenMPLevel == OuterRSI->OpenMPLevel && |
19896 | "Wrong number of captured regions associated with the " |
19897 | "OpenMP construct." ); |
19898 | captureVariablyModifiedType(Context, QTy, OuterRSI); |
19899 | } |
19900 | } |
19901 | bool IsTargetCap = |
19902 | IsOpenMPPrivateDecl != OMPC_private && |
19903 | isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(Var, RSI->OpenMPLevel, |
19904 | RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel); |
19905 | // Do not capture global if it is not privatized in outer regions. |
19906 | bool IsGlobalCap = |
19907 | IsGlobal && isOpenMPGlobalCapturedDecl(D: Var, Level: RSI->OpenMPLevel, |
19908 | CaptureLevel: RSI->OpenMPCaptureLevel); |
19909 | |
19910 | // When we detect target captures we are looking from inside the |
19911 | // target region, therefore we need to propagate the capture from the |
19912 | // enclosing region. Therefore, the capture is not initially nested. |
19913 | if (IsTargetCap) |
19914 | adjustOpenMPTargetScopeIndex(FunctionScopesIndex, Level: RSI->OpenMPLevel); |
19915 | |
19916 | if (IsTargetCap || IsOpenMPPrivateDecl == OMPC_private || |
19917 | (IsGlobal && !IsGlobalCap)) { |
19918 | Nested = !IsTargetCap; |
19919 | bool HasConst = DeclRefType.isConstQualified(); |
19920 | DeclRefType = DeclRefType.getUnqualifiedType(); |
19921 | // Don't lose diagnostics about assignments to const. |
19922 | if (HasConst) |
19923 | DeclRefType.addConst(); |
19924 | CaptureType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T: DeclRefType); |
19925 | break; |
19926 | } |
19927 | } |
19928 | } |
19929 | } |
19930 | if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None && !Explicit) { |
19931 | // No capture-default, and this is not an explicit capture |
19932 | // so cannot capture this variable. |
19933 | if (BuildAndDiagnose) { |
19934 | Diag(ExprLoc, diag::err_lambda_impcap) << Var; |
19935 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << Var; |
19936 | auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(Val: CSI); |
19937 | if (LSI->Lambda) { |
19938 | Diag(LSI->Lambda->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_lambda_decl); |
19939 | buildLambdaCaptureFixit(Sema&: *this, LSI, Var); |
19940 | } |
19941 | // FIXME: If we error out because an outer lambda can not implicitly |
19942 | // capture a variable that an inner lambda explicitly captures, we |
19943 | // should have the inner lambda do the explicit capture - because |
19944 | // it makes for cleaner diagnostics later. This would purely be done |
19945 | // so that the diagnostic does not misleadingly claim that a variable |
19946 | // can not be captured by a lambda implicitly even though it is captured |
19947 | // explicitly. Suggestion: |
19948 | // - create const bool VariableCaptureWasInitiallyExplicit = Explicit |
19949 | // at the function head |
19950 | // - cache the StartingDeclContext - this must be a lambda |
19951 | // - captureInLambda in the innermost lambda the variable. |
19952 | } |
19953 | return true; |
19954 | } |
19955 | Explicit = false; |
19956 | FunctionScopesIndex--; |
19957 | if (IsInScopeDeclarationContext) |
19958 | DC = ParentDC; |
19959 | } while (!VarDC->Equals(DC)); |
19960 | |
19961 | // Walk back down the scope stack, (e.g. from outer lambda to inner lambda) |
19962 | // computing the type of the capture at each step, checking type-specific |
19963 | // requirements, and adding captures if requested. |
19964 | // If the variable had already been captured previously, we start capturing |
19965 | // at the lambda nested within that one. |
19966 | bool Invalid = false; |
19967 | for (unsigned I = ++FunctionScopesIndex, N = MaxFunctionScopesIndex + 1; I != N; |
19968 | ++I) { |
19969 | CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(Val: FunctionScopes[I]); |
19970 | |
19971 | // Certain capturing entities (lambdas, blocks etc.) are not allowed to capture |
19972 | // certain types of variables (unnamed, variably modified types etc.) |
19973 | // so check for eligibility. |
19974 | if (!Invalid) |
19975 | Invalid = |
19976 | !isVariableCapturable(CSI, Var, Loc: ExprLoc, Diagnose: BuildAndDiagnose, S&: *this); |
19977 | |
19978 | // After encountering an error, if we're actually supposed to capture, keep |
19979 | // capturing in nested contexts to suppress any follow-on diagnostics. |
19980 | if (Invalid && !BuildAndDiagnose) |
19981 | return true; |
19982 | |
19983 | if (BlockScopeInfo *BSI = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(Val: CSI)) { |
19984 | Invalid = !captureInBlock(BSI, Var, Loc: ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType, |
19985 | DeclRefType, Nested, S&: *this, Invalid); |
19986 | Nested = true; |
19987 | } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(Val: CSI)) { |
19988 | Invalid = !captureInCapturedRegion( |
19989 | RSI, Var, Loc: ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType, DeclRefType, RefersToCapturedVariable: Nested, |
19990 | Kind, /*IsTopScope*/ I == N - 1, S&: *this, Invalid); |
19991 | Nested = true; |
19992 | } else { |
19993 | LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(Val: CSI); |
19994 | Invalid = |
19995 | !captureInLambda(LSI, Var, Loc: ExprLoc, BuildAndDiagnose, CaptureType, |
19996 | DeclRefType, RefersToCapturedVariable: Nested, Kind, EllipsisLoc, |
19997 | /*IsTopScope*/ I == N - 1, S&: *this, Invalid); |
19998 | Nested = true; |
19999 | } |
20000 | |
20001 | if (Invalid && !BuildAndDiagnose) |
20002 | return true; |
20003 | } |
20004 | return Invalid; |
20005 | } |
20006 | |
20007 | bool Sema::tryCaptureVariable(ValueDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, |
20008 | TryCaptureKind Kind, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc) { |
20009 | QualType CaptureType; |
20010 | QualType DeclRefType; |
20011 | return tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc: Loc, Kind, EllipsisLoc, |
20012 | /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/true, CaptureType, |
20013 | DeclRefType, FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt: nullptr); |
20014 | } |
20015 | |
20016 | bool Sema::NeedToCaptureVariable(ValueDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) { |
20017 | QualType CaptureType; |
20018 | QualType DeclRefType; |
20019 | return !tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc: Loc, Kind: TryCapture_Implicit, EllipsisLoc: SourceLocation(), |
20020 | /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType, |
20021 | DeclRefType, FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt: nullptr); |
20022 | } |
20023 | |
20024 | QualType Sema::getCapturedDeclRefType(ValueDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc) { |
20025 | QualType CaptureType; |
20026 | QualType DeclRefType; |
20027 | |
20028 | // Determine whether we can capture this variable. |
20029 | if (tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc: Loc, Kind: TryCapture_Implicit, EllipsisLoc: SourceLocation(), |
20030 | /*BuildAndDiagnose=*/false, CaptureType, |
20031 | DeclRefType, FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt: nullptr)) |
20032 | return QualType(); |
20033 | |
20034 | return DeclRefType; |
20035 | } |
20036 | |
20037 | namespace { |
20038 | // Helper to copy the template arguments from a DeclRefExpr or MemberExpr. |
20039 | // The produced TemplateArgumentListInfo* points to data stored within this |
20040 | // object, so should only be used in contexts where the pointer will not be |
20041 | // used after the CopiedTemplateArgs object is destroyed. |
20042 | class CopiedTemplateArgs { |
20043 | bool HasArgs; |
20044 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgStorage; |
20045 | public: |
20046 | template<typename RefExpr> |
20047 | CopiedTemplateArgs(RefExpr *E) : HasArgs(E->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) { |
20048 | if (HasArgs) |
20049 | E->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgStorage); |
20050 | } |
20051 | operator TemplateArgumentListInfo*() |
20052 | #ifdef __has_cpp_attribute |
20053 | #if __has_cpp_attribute(clang::lifetimebound) |
20054 | [[clang::lifetimebound]] |
20055 | #endif |
20056 | #endif |
20057 | { |
20058 | return HasArgs ? &TemplateArgStorage : nullptr; |
20059 | } |
20060 | }; |
20061 | } |
20062 | |
20063 | /// Walk the set of potential results of an expression and mark them all as |
20064 | /// non-odr-uses if they satisfy the side-conditions of the NonOdrUseReason. |
20065 | /// |
20066 | /// \return A new expression if we found any potential results, ExprEmpty() if |
20067 | /// not, and ExprError() if we diagnosed an error. |
20068 | static ExprResult rebuildPotentialResultsAsNonOdrUsed(Sema &S, Expr *E, |
20069 | NonOdrUseReason NOUR) { |
20070 | // Per C++11 [basic.def.odr], a variable is odr-used "unless it is |
20071 | // an object that satisfies the requirements for appearing in a |
20072 | // constant expression (5.19) and the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) |
20073 | // is immediately applied." This function handles the lvalue-to-rvalue |
20074 | // conversion part. |
20075 | // |
20076 | // If we encounter a node that claims to be an odr-use but shouldn't be, we |
20077 | // transform it into the relevant kind of non-odr-use node and rebuild the |
20078 | // tree of nodes leading to it. |
20079 | // |
20080 | // This is a mini-TreeTransform that only transforms a restricted subset of |
20081 | // nodes (and only certain operands of them). |
20082 | |
20083 | // Rebuild a subexpression. |
20084 | auto Rebuild = [&](Expr *Sub) { |
20085 | return rebuildPotentialResultsAsNonOdrUsed(S, E: Sub, NOUR); |
20086 | }; |
20087 | |
20088 | // Check whether a potential result satisfies the requirements of NOUR. |
20089 | auto IsPotentialResultOdrUsed = [&](NamedDecl *D) { |
20090 | // Any entity other than a VarDecl is always odr-used whenever it's named |
20091 | // in a potentially-evaluated expression. |
20092 | auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Val: D); |
20093 | if (!VD) |
20094 | return true; |
20095 | |
20096 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4: |
20097 | // A variable x whose name appears as a potentially-evalauted expression |
20098 | // e is odr-used by e unless |
20099 | // -- x is a reference that is usable in constant expressions, or |
20100 | // -- x is a variable of non-reference type that is usable in constant |
20101 | // expressions and has no mutable subobjects, and e is an element of |
20102 | // the set of potential results of an expression of |
20103 | // non-volatile-qualified non-class type to which the lvalue-to-rvalue |
20104 | // conversion is applied, or |
20105 | // -- x is a variable of non-reference type, and e is an element of the |
20106 | // set of potential results of a discarded-value expression to which |
20107 | // the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion is not applied |
20108 | // |
20109 | // We check the first bullet and the "potentially-evaluated" condition in |
20110 | // BuildDeclRefExpr. We check the type requirements in the second bullet |
20111 | // in CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand below. |
20112 | switch (NOUR) { |
20113 | case NOUR_None: |
20114 | case NOUR_Unevaluated: |
20115 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected non-odr-use-reason" ); |
20116 | |
20117 | case NOUR_Constant: |
20118 | // Constant references were handled when they were built. |
20119 | if (VD->getType()->isReferenceType()) |
20120 | return true; |
20121 | if (auto *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) |
20122 | if (RD->hasMutableFields()) |
20123 | return true; |
20124 | if (!VD->isUsableInConstantExpressions(C: S.Context)) |
20125 | return true; |
20126 | break; |
20127 | |
20128 | case NOUR_Discarded: |
20129 | if (VD->getType()->isReferenceType()) |
20130 | return true; |
20131 | break; |
20132 | } |
20133 | return false; |
20134 | }; |
20135 | |
20136 | // Mark that this expression does not constitute an odr-use. |
20137 | auto MarkNotOdrUsed = [&] { |
20138 | S.MaybeODRUseExprs.remove(X: E); |
20139 | if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.getCurLambda()) |
20140 | LSI->markVariableExprAsNonODRUsed(CapturingVarExpr: E); |
20141 | }; |
20142 | |
20143 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p2: |
20144 | // The set of potential results of an expression e is defined as follows: |
20145 | switch (E->getStmtClass()) { |
20146 | // -- If e is an id-expression, ... |
20147 | case Expr::DeclRefExprClass: { |
20148 | auto *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E); |
20149 | if (DRE->isNonOdrUse() || IsPotentialResultOdrUsed(DRE->getDecl())) |
20150 | break; |
20151 | |
20152 | // Rebuild as a non-odr-use DeclRefExpr. |
20153 | MarkNotOdrUsed(); |
20154 | return DeclRefExpr::Create( |
20155 | S.Context, DRE->getQualifierLoc(), DRE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), |
20156 | DRE->getDecl(), DRE->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture(), |
20157 | DRE->getNameInfo(), DRE->getType(), DRE->getValueKind(), |
20158 | DRE->getFoundDecl(), CopiedTemplateArgs(DRE), NOUR); |
20159 | } |
20160 | |
20161 | case Expr::FunctionParmPackExprClass: { |
20162 | auto *FPPE = cast<FunctionParmPackExpr>(Val: E); |
20163 | // If any of the declarations in the pack is odr-used, then the expression |
20164 | // as a whole constitutes an odr-use. |
20165 | for (VarDecl *D : *FPPE) |
20166 | if (IsPotentialResultOdrUsed(D)) |
20167 | return ExprEmpty(); |
20168 | |
20169 | // FIXME: Rebuild as a non-odr-use FunctionParmPackExpr? In practice, |
20170 | // nothing cares about whether we marked this as an odr-use, but it might |
20171 | // be useful for non-compiler tools. |
20172 | MarkNotOdrUsed(); |
20173 | break; |
20174 | } |
20175 | |
20176 | // -- If e is a subscripting operation with an array operand... |
20177 | case Expr::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { |
20178 | auto *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Val: E); |
20179 | Expr *OldBase = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit(); |
20180 | if (!OldBase->getType()->isArrayType()) |
20181 | break; |
20182 | ExprResult Base = Rebuild(OldBase); |
20183 | if (!Base.isUsable()) |
20184 | return Base; |
20185 | Expr *LHS = ASE->getBase() == ASE->getLHS() ? Base.get() : ASE->getLHS(); |
20186 | Expr *RHS = ASE->getBase() == ASE->getRHS() ? Base.get() : ASE->getRHS(); |
20187 | SourceLocation LBracketLoc = ASE->getBeginLoc(); // FIXME: Not stored. |
20188 | return S.ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(S: nullptr, base: LHS, lbLoc: LBracketLoc, ArgExprs: RHS, |
20189 | rbLoc: ASE->getRBracketLoc()); |
20190 | } |
20191 | |
20192 | case Expr::MemberExprClass: { |
20193 | auto *ME = cast<MemberExpr>(Val: E); |
20194 | // -- If e is a class member access expression [...] naming a non-static |
20195 | // data member... |
20196 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(Val: ME->getMemberDecl())) { |
20197 | ExprResult Base = Rebuild(ME->getBase()); |
20198 | if (!Base.isUsable()) |
20199 | return Base; |
20200 | return MemberExpr::Create( |
20201 | C: S.Context, Base: Base.get(), IsArrow: ME->isArrow(), OperatorLoc: ME->getOperatorLoc(), |
20202 | QualifierLoc: ME->getQualifierLoc(), TemplateKWLoc: ME->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), |
20203 | MemberDecl: ME->getMemberDecl(), FoundDecl: ME->getFoundDecl(), MemberNameInfo: ME->getMemberNameInfo(), |
20204 | TemplateArgs: CopiedTemplateArgs(ME), T: ME->getType(), VK: ME->getValueKind(), |
20205 | OK: ME->getObjectKind(), NOUR: ME->isNonOdrUse()); |
20206 | } |
20207 | |
20208 | if (ME->getMemberDecl()->isCXXInstanceMember()) |
20209 | break; |
20210 | |
20211 | // -- If e is a class member access expression naming a static data member, |
20212 | // ... |
20213 | if (ME->isNonOdrUse() || IsPotentialResultOdrUsed(ME->getMemberDecl())) |
20214 | break; |
20215 | |
20216 | // Rebuild as a non-odr-use MemberExpr. |
20217 | MarkNotOdrUsed(); |
20218 | return MemberExpr::Create( |
20219 | C: S.Context, Base: ME->getBase(), IsArrow: ME->isArrow(), OperatorLoc: ME->getOperatorLoc(), |
20220 | QualifierLoc: ME->getQualifierLoc(), TemplateKWLoc: ME->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), MemberDecl: ME->getMemberDecl(), |
20221 | FoundDecl: ME->getFoundDecl(), MemberNameInfo: ME->getMemberNameInfo(), TemplateArgs: CopiedTemplateArgs(ME), |
20222 | T: ME->getType(), VK: ME->getValueKind(), OK: ME->getObjectKind(), NOUR); |
20223 | } |
20224 | |
20225 | case Expr::BinaryOperatorClass: { |
20226 | auto *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: E); |
20227 | Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS(); |
20228 | Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS(); |
20229 | // -- If e is a pointer-to-member expression of the form e1 .* e2 ... |
20230 | if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD) { |
20231 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(LHS); |
20232 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) |
20233 | return Sub; |
20234 | LHS = Sub.get(); |
20235 | // -- If e is a comma expression, ... |
20236 | } else if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { |
20237 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(RHS); |
20238 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) |
20239 | return Sub; |
20240 | RHS = Sub.get(); |
20241 | } else { |
20242 | break; |
20243 | } |
20244 | return S.BuildBinOp(S: nullptr, OpLoc: BO->getOperatorLoc(), Opc: BO->getOpcode(), |
20245 | LHSExpr: LHS, RHSExpr: RHS); |
20246 | } |
20247 | |
20248 | // -- If e has the form (e1)... |
20249 | case Expr::ParenExprClass: { |
20250 | auto *PE = cast<ParenExpr>(Val: E); |
20251 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(PE->getSubExpr()); |
20252 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) |
20253 | return Sub; |
20254 | return S.ActOnParenExpr(L: PE->getLParen(), R: PE->getRParen(), E: Sub.get()); |
20255 | } |
20256 | |
20257 | // -- If e is a glvalue conditional expression, ... |
20258 | // We don't apply this to a binary conditional operator. FIXME: Should we? |
20259 | case Expr::ConditionalOperatorClass: { |
20260 | auto *CO = cast<ConditionalOperator>(Val: E); |
20261 | ExprResult LHS = Rebuild(CO->getLHS()); |
20262 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
20263 | return ExprError(); |
20264 | ExprResult RHS = Rebuild(CO->getRHS()); |
20265 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
20266 | return ExprError(); |
20267 | if (!LHS.isUsable() && !RHS.isUsable()) |
20268 | return ExprEmpty(); |
20269 | if (!LHS.isUsable()) |
20270 | LHS = CO->getLHS(); |
20271 | if (!RHS.isUsable()) |
20272 | RHS = CO->getRHS(); |
20273 | return S.ActOnConditionalOp(QuestionLoc: CO->getQuestionLoc(), ColonLoc: CO->getColonLoc(), |
20274 | CondExpr: CO->getCond(), LHSExpr: LHS.get(), RHSExpr: RHS.get()); |
20275 | } |
20276 | |
20277 | // [Clang extension] |
20278 | // -- If e has the form __extension__ e1... |
20279 | case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: { |
20280 | auto *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(Val: E); |
20281 | if (UO->getOpcode() != UO_Extension) |
20282 | break; |
20283 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(UO->getSubExpr()); |
20284 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) |
20285 | return Sub; |
20286 | return S.BuildUnaryOp(S: nullptr, OpLoc: UO->getOperatorLoc(), Opc: UO_Extension, |
20287 | Input: Sub.get()); |
20288 | } |
20289 | |
20290 | // [Clang extension] |
20291 | // -- If e has the form _Generic(...), the set of potential results is the |
20292 | // union of the sets of potential results of the associated expressions. |
20293 | case Expr::GenericSelectionExprClass: { |
20294 | auto *GSE = cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(Val: E); |
20295 | |
20296 | SmallVector<Expr *, 4> AssocExprs; |
20297 | bool AnyChanged = false; |
20298 | for (Expr *OrigAssocExpr : GSE->getAssocExprs()) { |
20299 | ExprResult AssocExpr = Rebuild(OrigAssocExpr); |
20300 | if (AssocExpr.isInvalid()) |
20301 | return ExprError(); |
20302 | if (AssocExpr.isUsable()) { |
20303 | AssocExprs.push_back(Elt: AssocExpr.get()); |
20304 | AnyChanged = true; |
20305 | } else { |
20306 | AssocExprs.push_back(Elt: OrigAssocExpr); |
20307 | } |
20308 | } |
20309 | |
20310 | void *ExOrTy = nullptr; |
20311 | bool IsExpr = GSE->isExprPredicate(); |
20312 | if (IsExpr) |
20313 | ExOrTy = GSE->getControllingExpr(); |
20314 | else |
20315 | ExOrTy = GSE->getControllingType(); |
20316 | return AnyChanged ? S.CreateGenericSelectionExpr( |
20317 | KeyLoc: GSE->getGenericLoc(), DefaultLoc: GSE->getDefaultLoc(), |
20318 | RParenLoc: GSE->getRParenLoc(), PredicateIsExpr: IsExpr, ControllingExprOrType: ExOrTy, |
20319 | Types: GSE->getAssocTypeSourceInfos(), Exprs: AssocExprs) |
20320 | : ExprEmpty(); |
20321 | } |
20322 | |
20323 | // [Clang extension] |
20324 | // -- If e has the form __builtin_choose_expr(...), the set of potential |
20325 | // results is the union of the sets of potential results of the |
20326 | // second and third subexpressions. |
20327 | case Expr::ChooseExprClass: { |
20328 | auto *CE = cast<ChooseExpr>(Val: E); |
20329 | |
20330 | ExprResult LHS = Rebuild(CE->getLHS()); |
20331 | if (LHS.isInvalid()) |
20332 | return ExprError(); |
20333 | |
20334 | ExprResult RHS = Rebuild(CE->getLHS()); |
20335 | if (RHS.isInvalid()) |
20336 | return ExprError(); |
20337 | |
20338 | if (!LHS.get() && !RHS.get()) |
20339 | return ExprEmpty(); |
20340 | if (!LHS.isUsable()) |
20341 | LHS = CE->getLHS(); |
20342 | if (!RHS.isUsable()) |
20343 | RHS = CE->getRHS(); |
20344 | |
20345 | return S.ActOnChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc: CE->getBuiltinLoc(), CondExpr: CE->getCond(), LHSExpr: LHS.get(), |
20346 | RHSExpr: RHS.get(), RPLoc: CE->getRParenLoc()); |
20347 | } |
20348 | |
20349 | // Step through non-syntactic nodes. |
20350 | case Expr::ConstantExprClass: { |
20351 | auto *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(Val: E); |
20352 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(CE->getSubExpr()); |
20353 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) |
20354 | return Sub; |
20355 | return ConstantExpr::Create(Context: S.Context, E: Sub.get()); |
20356 | } |
20357 | |
20358 | // We could mostly rely on the recursive rebuilding to rebuild implicit |
20359 | // casts, but not at the top level, so rebuild them here. |
20360 | case Expr::ImplicitCastExprClass: { |
20361 | auto *ICE = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Val: E); |
20362 | // Only step through the narrow set of cast kinds we expect to encounter. |
20363 | // Anything else suggests we've left the region in which potential results |
20364 | // can be found. |
20365 | switch (ICE->getCastKind()) { |
20366 | case CK_NoOp: |
20367 | case CK_DerivedToBase: |
20368 | case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase: { |
20369 | ExprResult Sub = Rebuild(ICE->getSubExpr()); |
20370 | if (!Sub.isUsable()) |
20371 | return Sub; |
20372 | CXXCastPath Path(ICE->path()); |
20373 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(E: Sub.get(), Type: ICE->getType(), CK: ICE->getCastKind(), |
20374 | VK: ICE->getValueKind(), BasePath: &Path); |
20375 | } |
20376 | |
20377 | default: |
20378 | break; |
20379 | } |
20380 | break; |
20381 | } |
20382 | |
20383 | default: |
20384 | break; |
20385 | } |
20386 | |
20387 | // Can't traverse through this node. Nothing to do. |
20388 | return ExprEmpty(); |
20389 | } |
20390 | |
20391 | ExprResult Sema::CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(Expr *E) { |
20392 | // Check whether the operand is or contains an object of non-trivial C union |
20393 | // type. |
20394 | if (E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && |
20395 | (E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || |
20396 | E->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())) |
20397 | checkNonTrivialCUnion(QT: E->getType(), Loc: E->getExprLoc(), |
20398 | UseContext: Sema::NTCUC_LValueToRValueVolatile, |
20399 | NonTrivialKind: NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); |
20400 | |
20401 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4: |
20402 | // [...] an expression of non-volatile-qualified non-class type to which |
20403 | // the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion is applied [...] |
20404 | if (E->getType().isVolatileQualified() || E->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) |
20405 | return E; |
20406 | |
20407 | ExprResult Result = |
20408 | rebuildPotentialResultsAsNonOdrUsed(S&: *this, E, NOUR: NOUR_Constant); |
20409 | if (Result.isInvalid()) |
20410 | return ExprError(); |
20411 | return Result.get() ? Result : E; |
20412 | } |
20413 | |
20414 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res) { |
20415 | Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER: Res); |
20416 | |
20417 | if (!Res.isUsable()) |
20418 | return Res; |
20419 | |
20420 | // If a constant-expression is a reference to a variable where we delay |
20421 | // deciding whether it is an odr-use, just assume we will apply the |
20422 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. In the one case where this doesn't happen |
20423 | // (a non-type template argument), we have special handling anyway. |
20424 | return CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(E: Res.get()); |
20425 | } |
20426 | |
20427 | void Sema::CleanupVarDeclMarking() { |
20428 | // Iterate through a local copy in case MarkVarDeclODRUsed makes a recursive |
20429 | // call. |
20430 | MaybeODRUseExprSet LocalMaybeODRUseExprs; |
20431 | std::swap(LHS&: LocalMaybeODRUseExprs, RHS&: MaybeODRUseExprs); |
20432 | |
20433 | for (Expr *E : LocalMaybeODRUseExprs) { |
20434 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E)) { |
20435 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(cast<VarDecl>(Val: DRE->getDecl()), |
20436 | DRE->getLocation(), *this); |
20437 | } else if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Val: E)) { |
20438 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(cast<VarDecl>(Val: ME->getMemberDecl()), ME->getMemberLoc(), |
20439 | *this); |
20440 | } else if (auto *FP = dyn_cast<FunctionParmPackExpr>(Val: E)) { |
20441 | for (VarDecl *VD : *FP) |
20442 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(VD, FP->getParameterPackLocation(), *this); |
20443 | } else { |
20444 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected expression" ); |
20445 | } |
20446 | } |
20447 | |
20448 | assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && |
20449 | "MarkVarDeclODRUsed failed to cleanup MaybeODRUseExprs?" ); |
20450 | } |
20451 | |
20452 | static void DoMarkPotentialCapture(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, |
20453 | ValueDecl *Var, Expr *E) { |
20454 | VarDecl *VD = Var->getPotentiallyDecomposedVarDecl(); |
20455 | if (!VD) |
20456 | return; |
20457 | |
20458 | const bool RefersToEnclosingScope = |
20459 | (SemaRef.CurContext != VD->getDeclContext() && |
20460 | VD->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && VD->hasLocalStorage()); |
20461 | if (RefersToEnclosingScope) { |
20462 | LambdaScopeInfo *const LSI = |
20463 | SemaRef.getCurLambda(/*IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope=*/true); |
20464 | if (LSI && (!LSI->CallOperator || |
20465 | !LSI->CallOperator->Encloses(DC: Var->getDeclContext()))) { |
20466 | // If a variable could potentially be odr-used, defer marking it so |
20467 | // until we finish analyzing the full expression for any |
20468 | // lvalue-to-rvalue |
20469 | // or discarded value conversions that would obviate odr-use. |
20470 | // Add it to the list of potential captures that will be analyzed |
20471 | // later (ActOnFinishFullExpr) for eventual capture and odr-use marking |
20472 | // unless the variable is a reference that was initialized by a constant |
20473 | // expression (this will never need to be captured or odr-used). |
20474 | // |
20475 | // FIXME: We can simplify this a lot after implementing P0588R1. |
20476 | assert(E && "Capture variable should be used in an expression." ); |
20477 | if (!Var->getType()->isReferenceType() || |
20478 | !VD->isUsableInConstantExpressions(C: SemaRef.Context)) |
20479 | LSI->addPotentialCapture(VarExpr: E->IgnoreParens()); |
20480 | } |
20481 | } |
20482 | } |
20483 | |
20484 | static void DoMarkVarDeclReferenced( |
20485 | Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var, Expr *E, |
20486 | llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, int> &RefsMinusAssignments) { |
20487 | assert((!E || isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) || isa<MemberExpr>(E) || |
20488 | isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E)) && |
20489 | "Invalid Expr argument to DoMarkVarDeclReferenced" ); |
20490 | Var->setReferenced(); |
20491 | |
20492 | if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) |
20493 | return; |
20494 | |
20495 | auto *MSI = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo(); |
20496 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = MSI ? MSI->getTemplateSpecializationKind() |
20497 | : Var->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); |
20498 | |
20499 | OdrUseContext OdrUse = isOdrUseContext(SemaRef); |
20500 | bool UsableInConstantExpr = |
20501 | Var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(C: SemaRef.Context); |
20502 | |
20503 | if (Var->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && !Var->hasExternalStorage()) { |
20504 | RefsMinusAssignments.insert(KV: {Var, 0}).first->getSecond()++; |
20505 | } |
20506 | |
20507 | // C++20 [expr.const]p12: |
20508 | // A variable [...] is needed for constant evaluation if it is [...] a |
20509 | // variable whose name appears as a potentially constant evaluated |
20510 | // expression that is either a contexpr variable or is of non-volatile |
20511 | // const-qualified integral type or of reference type |
20512 | bool NeededForConstantEvaluation = |
20513 | isPotentiallyConstantEvaluatedContext(SemaRef) && UsableInConstantExpr; |
20514 | |
20515 | bool NeedDefinition = |
20516 | OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used || NeededForConstantEvaluation; |
20517 | |
20518 | assert(!isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Var) && |
20519 | "Can't instantiate a partial template specialization." ); |
20520 | |
20521 | // If this might be a member specialization of a static data member, check |
20522 | // the specialization is visible. We already did the checks for variable |
20523 | // template specializations when we created them. |
20524 | if (NeedDefinition && TSK != TSK_Undeclared && |
20525 | !isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Val: Var)) |
20526 | SemaRef.checkSpecializationVisibility(Loc, Var); |
20527 | |
20528 | // Perform implicit instantiation of static data members, static data member |
20529 | // templates of class templates, and variable template specializations. Delay |
20530 | // instantiations of variable templates, except for those that could be used |
20531 | // in a constant expression. |
20532 | if (NeedDefinition && isTemplateInstantiation(Kind: TSK)) { |
20533 | // Per C++17 [temp.explicit]p10, we may instantiate despite an explicit |
20534 | // instantiation declaration if a variable is usable in a constant |
20535 | // expression (among other cases). |
20536 | bool TryInstantiating = |
20537 | TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || |
20538 | (TSK == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration && UsableInConstantExpr); |
20539 | |
20540 | if (TryInstantiating) { |
20541 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation = |
20542 | MSI ? MSI->getPointOfInstantiation() : Var->getPointOfInstantiation(); |
20543 | bool FirstInstantiation = PointOfInstantiation.isInvalid(); |
20544 | if (FirstInstantiation) { |
20545 | PointOfInstantiation = Loc; |
20546 | if (MSI) |
20547 | MSI->setPointOfInstantiation(PointOfInstantiation); |
20548 | // FIXME: Notify listener. |
20549 | else |
20550 | Var->setTemplateSpecializationKind(TSK, PointOfInstantiation); |
20551 | } |
20552 | |
20553 | if (UsableInConstantExpr) { |
20554 | // Do not defer instantiations of variables that could be used in a |
20555 | // constant expression. |
20556 | SemaRef.runWithSufficientStackSpace(Loc: PointOfInstantiation, Fn: [&] { |
20557 | SemaRef.InstantiateVariableDefinition(PointOfInstantiation, Var); |
20558 | }); |
20559 | |
20560 | // Re-set the member to trigger a recomputation of the dependence bits |
20561 | // for the expression. |
20562 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E)) |
20563 | DRE->setDecl(DRE->getDecl()); |
20564 | else if (auto *ME = dyn_cast_or_null<MemberExpr>(Val: E)) |
20565 | ME->setMemberDecl(ME->getMemberDecl()); |
20566 | } else if (FirstInstantiation) { |
20567 | SemaRef.PendingInstantiations |
20568 | .push_back(std::make_pair(x&: Var, y&: PointOfInstantiation)); |
20569 | } else { |
20570 | bool Inserted = false; |
20571 | for (auto &I : SemaRef.SavedPendingInstantiations) { |
20572 | auto Iter = llvm::find_if( |
20573 | Range&: I, P: [Var](const Sema::PendingImplicitInstantiation &P) { |
20574 | return P.first == Var; |
20575 | }); |
20576 | if (Iter != I.end()) { |
20577 | SemaRef.PendingInstantiations.push_back(x: *Iter); |
20578 | I.erase(position: Iter); |
20579 | Inserted = true; |
20580 | break; |
20581 | } |
20582 | } |
20583 | |
20584 | // FIXME: For a specialization of a variable template, we don't |
20585 | // distinguish between "declaration and type implicitly instantiated" |
20586 | // and "implicit instantiation of definition requested", so we have |
20587 | // no direct way to avoid enqueueing the pending instantiation |
20588 | // multiple times. |
20589 | if (isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Val: Var) && !Inserted) |
20590 | SemaRef.PendingInstantiations |
20591 | .push_back(std::make_pair(x&: Var, y&: PointOfInstantiation)); |
20592 | } |
20593 | } |
20594 | } |
20595 | |
20596 | // C++2a [basic.def.odr]p4: |
20597 | // A variable x whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated expression e |
20598 | // is odr-used by e unless |
20599 | // -- x is a reference that is usable in constant expressions |
20600 | // -- x is a variable of non-reference type that is usable in constant |
20601 | // expressions and has no mutable subobjects [FIXME], and e is an |
20602 | // element of the set of potential results of an expression of |
20603 | // non-volatile-qualified non-class type to which the lvalue-to-rvalue |
20604 | // conversion is applied |
20605 | // -- x is a variable of non-reference type, and e is an element of the set |
20606 | // of potential results of a discarded-value expression to which the |
20607 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion is not applied [FIXME] |
20608 | // |
20609 | // We check the first part of the second bullet here, and |
20610 | // Sema::CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand deals with the second part. |
20611 | // FIXME: To get the third bullet right, we need to delay this even for |
20612 | // variables that are not usable in constant expressions. |
20613 | |
20614 | // If we already know this isn't an odr-use, there's nothing more to do. |
20615 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E)) |
20616 | if (DRE->isNonOdrUse()) |
20617 | return; |
20618 | if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast_or_null<MemberExpr>(Val: E)) |
20619 | if (ME->isNonOdrUse()) |
20620 | return; |
20621 | |
20622 | switch (OdrUse) { |
20623 | case OdrUseContext::None: |
20624 | // In some cases, a variable may not have been marked unevaluated, if it |
20625 | // appears in a defaukt initializer. |
20626 | assert((!E || isa<FunctionParmPackExpr>(E) || |
20627 | SemaRef.isUnevaluatedContext()) && |
20628 | "missing non-odr-use marking for unevaluated decl ref" ); |
20629 | break; |
20630 | |
20631 | case OdrUseContext::FormallyOdrUsed: |
20632 | // FIXME: Ignoring formal odr-uses results in incorrect lambda capture |
20633 | // behavior. |
20634 | break; |
20635 | |
20636 | case OdrUseContext::Used: |
20637 | // If we might later find that this expression isn't actually an odr-use, |
20638 | // delay the marking. |
20639 | if (E && Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(C: SemaRef.Context)) |
20640 | SemaRef.MaybeODRUseExprs.insert(X: E); |
20641 | else |
20642 | MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, Loc, SemaRef); |
20643 | break; |
20644 | |
20645 | case OdrUseContext::Dependent: |
20646 | // If this is a dependent context, we don't need to mark variables as |
20647 | // odr-used, but we may still need to track them for lambda capture. |
20648 | // FIXME: Do we also need to do this inside dependent typeid expressions |
20649 | // (which are modeled as unevaluated at this point)? |
20650 | DoMarkPotentialCapture(SemaRef, Loc, Var, E); |
20651 | break; |
20652 | } |
20653 | } |
20654 | |
20655 | static void DoMarkBindingDeclReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, |
20656 | BindingDecl *BD, Expr *E) { |
20657 | BD->setReferenced(); |
20658 | |
20659 | if (BD->isInvalidDecl()) |
20660 | return; |
20661 | |
20662 | OdrUseContext OdrUse = isOdrUseContext(SemaRef); |
20663 | if (OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Used) { |
20664 | QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; |
20665 | SemaRef.tryCaptureVariable(BD, Loc, Sema::TryCapture_Implicit, |
20666 | /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), |
20667 | /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, CaptureType, |
20668 | DeclRefType, |
20669 | /*FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt*/ nullptr); |
20670 | } else if (OdrUse == OdrUseContext::Dependent) { |
20671 | DoMarkPotentialCapture(SemaRef, Loc, BD, E); |
20672 | } |
20673 | } |
20674 | |
20675 | /// Mark a variable referenced, and check whether it is odr-used |
20676 | /// (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2, C99 6.9p3). Note that this should not be |
20677 | /// used directly for normal expressions referring to VarDecl. |
20678 | void Sema::MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var) { |
20679 | DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(SemaRef&: *this, Loc, Var, E: nullptr, RefsMinusAssignments); |
20680 | } |
20681 | |
20682 | // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3: |
20683 | // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains: |
20684 | // - an identifier associated by name lookup with an entity captured by copy |
20685 | // in a lambda-expression that has an explicit object parameter whose type |
20686 | // is dependent ([dcl.fct]), |
20687 | static void FixDependencyOfIdExpressionsInLambdaWithDependentObjectParameter( |
20688 | Sema &SemaRef, ValueDecl *D, Expr *E) { |
20689 | auto *ID = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E); |
20690 | if (!ID || ID->isTypeDependent()) |
20691 | return; |
20692 | |
20693 | auto IsDependent = [&]() { |
20694 | const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = SemaRef.getCurLambda(); |
20695 | if (!LSI) |
20696 | return false; |
20697 | if (!LSI->ExplicitObjectParameter || |
20698 | !LSI->ExplicitObjectParameter->getType()->isDependentType()) |
20699 | return false; |
20700 | if (!LSI->CaptureMap.count(Val: D)) |
20701 | return false; |
20702 | const Capture &Cap = LSI->getCapture(D); |
20703 | return !Cap.isCopyCapture(); |
20704 | }(); |
20705 | |
20706 | ID->setCapturedByCopyInLambdaWithExplicitObjectParameter( |
20707 | Set: IsDependent, Context: SemaRef.getASTContext()); |
20708 | } |
20709 | |
20710 | static void |
20711 | MarkExprReferenced(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, Expr *E, |
20712 | bool MightBeOdrUse, |
20713 | llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, int> &RefsMinusAssignments) { |
20714 | if (SemaRef.isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) |
20715 | SemaRef.checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(E, D); |
20716 | |
20717 | if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Val: D)) { |
20718 | DoMarkVarDeclReferenced(SemaRef, Loc, Var, E, RefsMinusAssignments); |
20719 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
20720 | FixDependencyOfIdExpressionsInLambdaWithDependentObjectParameter(SemaRef, |
20721 | Var, E); |
20722 | return; |
20723 | } |
20724 | |
20725 | if (BindingDecl *Decl = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(Val: D)) { |
20726 | DoMarkBindingDeclReferenced(SemaRef, Loc, BD: Decl, E); |
20727 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
20728 | FixDependencyOfIdExpressionsInLambdaWithDependentObjectParameter(SemaRef, |
20729 | Decl, E); |
20730 | return; |
20731 | } |
20732 | SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, MightBeOdrUse); |
20733 | |
20734 | // If this is a call to a method via a cast, also mark the method in the |
20735 | // derived class used in case codegen can devirtualize the call. |
20736 | const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Val: E); |
20737 | if (!ME) |
20738 | return; |
20739 | CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: ME->getMemberDecl()); |
20740 | if (!MD) |
20741 | return; |
20742 | // Only attempt to devirtualize if this is truly a virtual call. |
20743 | bool IsVirtualCall = MD->isVirtual() && |
20744 | ME->performsVirtualDispatch(LO: SemaRef.getLangOpts()); |
20745 | if (!IsVirtualCall) |
20746 | return; |
20747 | |
20748 | // If it's possible to devirtualize the call, mark the called function |
20749 | // referenced. |
20750 | CXXMethodDecl *DM = MD->getDevirtualizedMethod( |
20751 | Base: ME->getBase(), IsAppleKext: SemaRef.getLangOpts().AppleKext); |
20752 | if (DM) |
20753 | SemaRef.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, DM, MightBeOdrUse); |
20754 | } |
20755 | |
20756 | /// Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a DeclRefExpr. |
20757 | /// |
20758 | /// Note, this may change the dependence of the DeclRefExpr, and so needs to be |
20759 | /// handled with care if the DeclRefExpr is not newly-created. |
20760 | void Sema::MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base) { |
20761 | // TODO: update this with DR# once a defect report is filed. |
20762 | // C++11 defect. The address of a pure member should not be an ODR use, even |
20763 | // if it's a qualified reference. |
20764 | bool OdrUse = true; |
20765 | if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: E->getDecl())) |
20766 | if (Method->isVirtual() && |
20767 | !Method->getDevirtualizedMethod(Base, IsAppleKext: getLangOpts().AppleKext)) |
20768 | OdrUse = false; |
20769 | |
20770 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: E->getDecl())) { |
20771 | if (!isUnevaluatedContext() && !isConstantEvaluatedContext() && |
20772 | !isImmediateFunctionContext() && |
20773 | !isCheckingDefaultArgumentOrInitializer() && |
20774 | FD->isImmediateFunction() && !RebuildingImmediateInvocation && |
20775 | !FD->isDependentContext()) |
20776 | ExprEvalContexts.back().ReferenceToConsteval.insert(Ptr: E); |
20777 | } |
20778 | MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getLocation(), E->getDecl(), E, OdrUse, |
20779 | RefsMinusAssignments); |
20780 | } |
20781 | |
20782 | /// Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a MemberExpr. |
20783 | void Sema::MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E) { |
20784 | // C++11 [basic.def.odr]p2: |
20785 | // A non-overloaded function whose name appears as a potentially-evaluated |
20786 | // expression or a member of a set of candidate functions, if selected by |
20787 | // overload resolution when referred to from a potentially-evaluated |
20788 | // expression, is odr-used, unless it is a pure virtual function and its |
20789 | // name is not explicitly qualified. |
20790 | bool MightBeOdrUse = true; |
20791 | if (E->performsVirtualDispatch(LO: getLangOpts())) { |
20792 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: E->getMemberDecl())) |
20793 | if (Method->isPureVirtual()) |
20794 | MightBeOdrUse = false; |
20795 | } |
20796 | SourceLocation Loc = |
20797 | E->getMemberLoc().isValid() ? E->getMemberLoc() : E->getBeginLoc(); |
20798 | MarkExprReferenced(*this, Loc, E->getMemberDecl(), E, MightBeOdrUse, |
20799 | RefsMinusAssignments); |
20800 | } |
20801 | |
20802 | /// Perform reference-marking and odr-use handling for a FunctionParmPackExpr. |
20803 | void Sema::MarkFunctionParmPackReferenced(FunctionParmPackExpr *E) { |
20804 | for (VarDecl *VD : *E) |
20805 | MarkExprReferenced(*this, E->getParameterPackLocation(), VD, E, true, |
20806 | RefsMinusAssignments); |
20807 | } |
20808 | |
20809 | /// Perform marking for a reference to an arbitrary declaration. It |
20810 | /// marks the declaration referenced, and performs odr-use checking for |
20811 | /// functions and variables. This method should not be used when building a |
20812 | /// normal expression which refers to a variable. |
20813 | void Sema::MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, |
20814 | bool MightBeOdrUse) { |
20815 | if (MightBeOdrUse) { |
20816 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Val: D)) { |
20817 | MarkVariableReferenced(Loc, Var: VD); |
20818 | return; |
20819 | } |
20820 | } |
20821 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: D)) { |
20822 | MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, Func: FD, MightBeOdrUse); |
20823 | return; |
20824 | } |
20825 | D->setReferenced(); |
20826 | } |
20827 | |
20828 | namespace { |
20829 | // Mark all of the declarations used by a type as referenced. |
20830 | // FIXME: Not fully implemented yet! We need to have a better understanding |
20831 | // of when we're entering a context we should not recurse into. |
20832 | // FIXME: This is and EvaluatedExprMarker are more-or-less equivalent to |
20833 | // TreeTransforms rebuilding the type in a new context. Rather than |
20834 | // duplicating the TreeTransform logic, we should consider reusing it here. |
20835 | // Currently that causes problems when rebuilding LambdaExprs. |
20836 | class MarkReferencedDecls : public RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> { |
20837 | Sema &S; |
20838 | SourceLocation Loc; |
20839 | |
20840 | public: |
20841 | typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> Inherited; |
20842 | |
20843 | MarkReferencedDecls(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) : S(S), Loc(Loc) { } |
20844 | |
20845 | bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg); |
20846 | }; |
20847 | } |
20848 | |
20849 | bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseTemplateArgument( |
20850 | const TemplateArgument &Arg) { |
20851 | { |
20852 | // A non-type template argument is a constant-evaluated context. |
20853 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Evaluated( |
20854 | S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated); |
20855 | if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) { |
20856 | if (Decl *D = Arg.getAsDecl()) |
20857 | S.MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Loc, D, MightBeOdrUse: true); |
20858 | } else if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Expression) { |
20859 | S.MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(E: Arg.getAsExpr(), SkipLocalVariables: false); |
20860 | } |
20861 | } |
20862 | |
20863 | return Inherited::TraverseTemplateArgument(Arg); |
20864 | } |
20865 | |
20866 | void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { |
20867 | MarkReferencedDecls Marker(*this, Loc); |
20868 | Marker.TraverseType(T); |
20869 | } |
20870 | |
20871 | namespace { |
20872 | /// Helper class that marks all of the declarations referenced by |
20873 | /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced". |
20874 | class EvaluatedExprMarker : public UsedDeclVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> { |
20875 | public: |
20876 | typedef UsedDeclVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> Inherited; |
20877 | bool SkipLocalVariables; |
20878 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> StopAt; |
20879 | |
20880 | EvaluatedExprMarker(Sema &S, bool SkipLocalVariables, |
20881 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> StopAt) |
20882 | : Inherited(S), SkipLocalVariables(SkipLocalVariables), StopAt(StopAt) {} |
20883 | |
20884 | void visitUsedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) { |
20885 | S.MarkFunctionReferenced(Loc, Func: cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: D)); |
20886 | } |
20887 | |
20888 | void Visit(Expr *E) { |
20889 | if (llvm::is_contained(Range&: StopAt, Element: E)) |
20890 | return; |
20891 | Inherited::Visit(E); |
20892 | } |
20893 | |
20894 | void VisitConstantExpr(ConstantExpr *E) { |
20895 | // Don't mark declarations within a ConstantExpression, as this expression |
20896 | // will be evaluated and folded to a value. |
20897 | } |
20898 | |
20899 | void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { |
20900 | // If we were asked not to visit local variables, don't. |
20901 | if (SkipLocalVariables) { |
20902 | if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Val: E->getDecl())) |
20903 | if (VD->hasLocalStorage()) |
20904 | return; |
20905 | } |
20906 | |
20907 | // FIXME: This can trigger the instantiation of the initializer of a |
20908 | // variable, which can cause the expression to become value-dependent |
20909 | // or error-dependent. Do we need to propagate the new dependence bits? |
20910 | S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(E); |
20911 | } |
20912 | |
20913 | void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { |
20914 | S.MarkMemberReferenced(E); |
20915 | Visit(E: E->getBase()); |
20916 | } |
20917 | }; |
20918 | } // namespace |
20919 | |
20920 | /// Mark any declarations that appear within this expression or any |
20921 | /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced". |
20922 | /// |
20923 | /// \param SkipLocalVariables If true, don't mark local variables as |
20924 | /// 'referenced'. |
20925 | /// \param StopAt Subexpressions that we shouldn't recurse into. |
20926 | void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, |
20927 | bool SkipLocalVariables, |
20928 | ArrayRef<const Expr*> StopAt) { |
20929 | EvaluatedExprMarker(*this, SkipLocalVariables, StopAt).Visit(E); |
20930 | } |
20931 | |
20932 | /// Emit a diagnostic when statements are reachable. |
20933 | /// FIXME: check for reachability even in expressions for which we don't build a |
20934 | /// CFG (eg, in the initializer of a global or in a constant expression). |
20935 | /// For example, |
20936 | /// namespace { auto *p = new double[3][false ? (1, 2) : 3]; } |
20937 | bool Sema::DiagIfReachable(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Stmt *> Stmts, |
20938 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { |
20939 | if (!Stmts.empty() && getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) { |
20940 | if (!FunctionScopes.empty()) |
20941 | FunctionScopes.back()->PossiblyUnreachableDiags.push_back( |
20942 | Elt: sema::PossiblyUnreachableDiag(PD, Loc, Stmts)); |
20943 | return true; |
20944 | } |
20945 | |
20946 | // The initializer of a constexpr variable or of the first declaration of a |
20947 | // static data member is not syntactically a constant evaluated constant, |
20948 | // but nonetheless is always required to be a constant expression, so we |
20949 | // can skip diagnosing. |
20950 | // FIXME: Using the mangling context here is a hack. |
20951 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>( |
20952 | Val: ExprEvalContexts.back().ManglingContextDecl)) { |
20953 | if (VD->isConstexpr() || |
20954 | (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isFirstDecl() && !VD->isInline())) |
20955 | return false; |
20956 | // FIXME: For any other kind of variable, we should build a CFG for its |
20957 | // initializer and check whether the context in question is reachable. |
20958 | } |
20959 | |
20960 | Diag(Loc, PD); |
20961 | return true; |
20962 | } |
20963 | |
20964 | /// Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior |
20965 | /// of the program being compiled. |
20966 | /// |
20967 | /// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being |
20968 | /// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a |
20969 | /// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof() |
20970 | /// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not |
20971 | /// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or, |
20972 | /// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated |
20973 | /// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it |
20974 | /// later. |
20975 | /// |
20976 | /// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time |
20977 | /// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis. |
20978 | /// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures |
20979 | /// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid. |
20980 | bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Stmt*> Stmts, |
20981 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { |
20982 | |
20983 | if (ExprEvalContexts.back().isDiscardedStatementContext()) |
20984 | return false; |
20985 | |
20986 | switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) { |
20987 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated: |
20988 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList: |
20989 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract: |
20990 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::DiscardedStatement: |
20991 | // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain. |
20992 | break; |
20993 | |
20994 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated: |
20995 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::ImmediateFunctionContext: |
20996 | // Relevant diagnostics should be produced by constant evaluation. |
20997 | break; |
20998 | |
20999 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated: |
21000 | case ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed: |
21001 | return DiagIfReachable(Loc, Stmts, PD); |
21002 | } |
21003 | |
21004 | return false; |
21005 | } |
21006 | |
21007 | bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, |
21008 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { |
21009 | return DiagRuntimeBehavior( |
21010 | Loc, Stmts: Statement ? llvm::ArrayRef(Statement) : std::nullopt, PD); |
21011 | } |
21012 | |
21013 | bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, |
21014 | CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) { |
21015 | if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType()) |
21016 | return false; |
21017 | |
21018 | // If we're inside a decltype's expression, don't check for a valid return |
21019 | // type or construct temporaries until we know whether this is the last call. |
21020 | if (ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext == |
21021 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype) { |
21022 | ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.push_back(Elt: CE); |
21023 | return false; |
21024 | } |
21025 | |
21026 | class CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser { |
21027 | FunctionDecl *FD; |
21028 | CallExpr *CE; |
21029 | |
21030 | public: |
21031 | CallReturnIncompleteDiagnoser(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *CE) |
21032 | : FD(FD), CE(CE) { } |
21033 | |
21034 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
21035 | if (!FD) { |
21036 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_incomplete_return) |
21037 | << T << CE->getSourceRange(); |
21038 | return; |
21039 | } |
21040 | |
21041 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return) |
21042 | << CE->getSourceRange() << FD << T; |
21043 | S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_entity_declared_at) |
21044 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
21045 | } |
21046 | } Diagnoser(FD, CE); |
21047 | |
21048 | if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, T: ReturnType, Diagnoser)) |
21049 | return true; |
21050 | |
21051 | return false; |
21052 | } |
21053 | |
21054 | // Diagnose the s/=/==/ and s/\|=/!=/ typos. Note that adding parentheses |
21055 | // will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want. |
21056 | void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) { |
21057 | SourceLocation Loc; |
21058 | |
21059 | unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment; |
21060 | bool IsOrAssign = false; |
21061 | |
21062 | if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: E)) { |
21063 | if (Op->getOpcode() != BO_Assign && Op->getOpcode() != BO_OrAssign) |
21064 | return; |
21065 | |
21066 | IsOrAssign = Op->getOpcode() == BO_OrAssign; |
21067 | |
21068 | // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory. |
21069 | if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME |
21070 | = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Val: Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) { |
21071 | Selector Sel = ME->getSelector(); |
21072 | |
21073 | // self = [<foo> init...] |
21074 | if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) && ME->getMethodFamily() == OMF_init) |
21075 | diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment; |
21076 | |
21077 | // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject] |
21078 | else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && Sel.getNameForSlot(0) == "nextObject" ) |
21079 | diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment; |
21080 | } |
21081 | |
21082 | Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc(); |
21083 | } else if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Val: E)) { |
21084 | if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal && Op->getOperator() != OO_PipeEqual) |
21085 | return; |
21086 | |
21087 | IsOrAssign = Op->getOperator() == OO_PipeEqual; |
21088 | Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc(); |
21089 | } else if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(Val: E)) |
21090 | return DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E: POE->getSyntacticForm()); |
21091 | else { |
21092 | // Not an assignment. |
21093 | return; |
21094 | } |
21095 | |
21096 | Diag(Loc, DiagID: diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange(); |
21097 | |
21098 | SourceLocation Open = E->getBeginLoc(); |
21099 | SourceLocation Close = getLocForEndOfToken(Loc: E->getSourceRange().getEnd()); |
21100 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence) |
21101 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(" ) |
21102 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")" ); |
21103 | |
21104 | if (IsOrAssign) |
21105 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_or_assign_to_comparison) |
21106 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "!=" ); |
21107 | else |
21108 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison) |
21109 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==" ); |
21110 | } |
21111 | |
21112 | /// Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate |
21113 | /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. |
21114 | void Sema::(ParenExpr *ParenE) { |
21115 | // Don't warn if the parens came from a macro. |
21116 | SourceLocation parenLoc = ParenE->getBeginLoc(); |
21117 | if (parenLoc.isInvalid() || parenLoc.isMacroID()) |
21118 | return; |
21119 | // Don't warn for dependent expressions. |
21120 | if (ParenE->isTypeDependent()) |
21121 | return; |
21122 | |
21123 | Expr *E = ParenE->IgnoreParens(); |
21124 | |
21125 | if (BinaryOperator *opE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Val: E)) |
21126 | if (opE->getOpcode() == BO_EQ && |
21127 | opE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->isModifiableLvalue(Ctx&: Context) |
21128 | == Expr::MLV_Valid) { |
21129 | SourceLocation Loc = opE->getOperatorLoc(); |
21130 | |
21131 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_equality_with_extra_parens) << E->getSourceRange(); |
21132 | SourceRange ParenERange = ParenE->getSourceRange(); |
21133 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_silence) |
21134 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getBegin()) |
21135 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenERange.getEnd()); |
21136 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_to_assign) |
21137 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "=" ); |
21138 | } |
21139 | } |
21140 | |
21141 | ExprResult Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, |
21142 | bool IsConstexpr) { |
21143 | DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E); |
21144 | if (ParenExpr *parenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(Val: E)) |
21145 | DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenE: parenE); |
21146 | |
21147 | ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); |
21148 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
21149 | E = result.get(); |
21150 | |
21151 | if (!E->isTypeDependent()) { |
21152 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
21153 | return CheckCXXBooleanCondition(CondExpr: E, IsConstexpr); // C++ 6.4p4 |
21154 | |
21155 | ExprResult ERes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); |
21156 | if (ERes.isInvalid()) |
21157 | return ExprError(); |
21158 | E = ERes.get(); |
21159 | |
21160 | QualType T = E->getType(); |
21161 | if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1 |
21162 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar) |
21163 | << T << E->getSourceRange(); |
21164 | return ExprError(); |
21165 | } |
21166 | CheckBoolLikeConversion(E, CC: Loc); |
21167 | } |
21168 | |
21169 | return E; |
21170 | } |
21171 | |
21172 | Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, |
21173 | Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK, |
21174 | bool MissingOK) { |
21175 | // MissingOK indicates whether having no condition expression is valid |
21176 | // (for loop) or invalid (e.g. while loop). |
21177 | if (!SubExpr) |
21178 | return MissingOK ? ConditionResult() : ConditionError(); |
21179 | |
21180 | ExprResult Cond; |
21181 | switch (CK) { |
21182 | case ConditionKind::Boolean: |
21183 | Cond = CheckBooleanCondition(Loc, E: SubExpr); |
21184 | break; |
21185 | |
21186 | case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf: |
21187 | Cond = CheckBooleanCondition(Loc, E: SubExpr, IsConstexpr: true); |
21188 | break; |
21189 | |
21190 | case ConditionKind::Switch: |
21191 | Cond = CheckSwitchCondition(SwitchLoc: Loc, Cond: SubExpr); |
21192 | break; |
21193 | } |
21194 | if (Cond.isInvalid()) { |
21195 | Cond = CreateRecoveryExpr(Begin: SubExpr->getBeginLoc(), End: SubExpr->getEndLoc(), |
21196 | SubExprs: {SubExpr}, T: PreferredConditionType(K: CK)); |
21197 | if (!Cond.get()) |
21198 | return ConditionError(); |
21199 | } |
21200 | // FIXME: FullExprArg doesn't have an invalid bit, so check nullness instead. |
21201 | FullExprArg FullExpr = MakeFullExpr(Arg: Cond.get(), CC: Loc); |
21202 | if (!FullExpr.get()) |
21203 | return ConditionError(); |
21204 | |
21205 | return ConditionResult(*this, nullptr, FullExpr, |
21206 | CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf); |
21207 | } |
21208 | |
21209 | namespace { |
21210 | /// A visitor for rebuilding a call to an __unknown_any expression |
21211 | /// to have an appropriate type. |
21212 | struct RebuildUnknownAnyFunction |
21213 | : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyFunction, ExprResult> { |
21214 | |
21215 | Sema &S; |
21216 | |
21217 | RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S) : S(S) {} |
21218 | |
21219 | ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) { |
21220 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!" ); |
21221 | } |
21222 | |
21223 | ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) { |
21224 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_call) |
21225 | << E->getSourceRange(); |
21226 | return ExprError(); |
21227 | } |
21228 | |
21229 | /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another |
21230 | /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of. |
21231 | template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) { |
21232 | ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); |
21233 | if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
21234 | |
21235 | Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get(); |
21236 | E->setSubExpr(SubExpr); |
21237 | E->setType(SubExpr->getType()); |
21238 | E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind()); |
21239 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); |
21240 | return E; |
21241 | } |
21242 | |
21243 | ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) { |
21244 | return rebuildSugarExpr(E); |
21245 | } |
21246 | |
21247 | ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) { |
21248 | return rebuildSugarExpr(E); |
21249 | } |
21250 | |
21251 | ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) { |
21252 | ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); |
21253 | if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
21254 | |
21255 | Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get(); |
21256 | E->setSubExpr(SubExpr); |
21257 | E->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(T: SubExpr->getType())); |
21258 | assert(E->isPRValue()); |
21259 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); |
21260 | return E; |
21261 | } |
21262 | |
21263 | ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) { |
21264 | if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(Val: VD)) return VisitExpr(E); |
21265 | |
21266 | E->setType(VD->getType()); |
21267 | |
21268 | assert(E->isPRValue()); |
21269 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
21270 | !(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: VD) && |
21271 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: VD)->isInstance())) |
21272 | E->setValueKind(VK_LValue); |
21273 | |
21274 | return E; |
21275 | } |
21276 | |
21277 | ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { |
21278 | return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl()); |
21279 | } |
21280 | |
21281 | ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { |
21282 | return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl()); |
21283 | } |
21284 | }; |
21285 | } |
21286 | |
21287 | /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it |
21288 | /// to have a function type. |
21289 | static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *FunctionExpr) { |
21290 | ExprResult Result = RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S).Visit(FunctionExpr); |
21291 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
21292 | return S.DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E: Result.get()); |
21293 | } |
21294 | |
21295 | namespace { |
21296 | /// A visitor for rebuilding an expression of type __unknown_anytype |
21297 | /// into one which resolves the type directly on the referring |
21298 | /// expression. Strict preservation of the original source |
21299 | /// structure is not a goal. |
21300 | struct RebuildUnknownAnyExpr |
21301 | : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyExpr, ExprResult> { |
21302 | |
21303 | Sema &S; |
21304 | |
21305 | /// The current destination type. |
21306 | QualType DestType; |
21307 | |
21308 | RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, QualType CastType) |
21309 | : S(S), DestType(CastType) {} |
21310 | |
21311 | ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) { |
21312 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!" ); |
21313 | } |
21314 | |
21315 | ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) { |
21316 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr) |
21317 | << E->getSourceRange(); |
21318 | return ExprError(); |
21319 | } |
21320 | |
21321 | ExprResult VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E); |
21322 | ExprResult VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E); |
21323 | |
21324 | /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another |
21325 | /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of. |
21326 | template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) { |
21327 | ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); |
21328 | if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
21329 | Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.get(); |
21330 | E->setSubExpr(SubExpr); |
21331 | E->setType(SubExpr->getType()); |
21332 | E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind()); |
21333 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); |
21334 | return E; |
21335 | } |
21336 | |
21337 | ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) { |
21338 | return rebuildSugarExpr(E); |
21339 | } |
21340 | |
21341 | ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) { |
21342 | return rebuildSugarExpr(E); |
21343 | } |
21344 | |
21345 | ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) { |
21346 | const PointerType *Ptr = DestType->getAs<PointerType>(); |
21347 | if (!Ptr) { |
21348 | S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof) |
21349 | << E->getSourceRange(); |
21350 | return ExprError(); |
21351 | } |
21352 | |
21353 | if (isa<CallExpr>(Val: E->getSubExpr())) { |
21354 | S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof_call) |
21355 | << E->getSourceRange(); |
21356 | return ExprError(); |
21357 | } |
21358 | |
21359 | assert(E->isPRValue()); |
21360 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); |
21361 | E->setType(DestType); |
21362 | |
21363 | // Build the sub-expression as if it were an object of the pointee type. |
21364 | DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); |
21365 | ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); |
21366 | if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
21367 | E->setSubExpr(SubResult.get()); |
21368 | return E; |
21369 | } |
21370 | |
21371 | ExprResult VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E); |
21372 | |
21373 | ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD); |
21374 | |
21375 | ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { |
21376 | return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl()); |
21377 | } |
21378 | |
21379 | ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { |
21380 | return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl()); |
21381 | } |
21382 | }; |
21383 | } |
21384 | |
21385 | /// Rebuilds a call expression which yielded __unknown_anytype. |
21386 | ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { |
21387 | Expr *CalleeExpr = E->getCallee(); |
21388 | |
21389 | enum FnKind { |
21390 | FK_MemberFunction, |
21391 | FK_FunctionPointer, |
21392 | FK_BlockPointer |
21393 | }; |
21394 | |
21395 | FnKind Kind; |
21396 | QualType CalleeType = CalleeExpr->getType(); |
21397 | if (CalleeType == S.Context.BoundMemberTy) { |
21398 | assert(isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)); |
21399 | Kind = FK_MemberFunction; |
21400 | CalleeType = Expr::findBoundMemberType(expr: CalleeExpr); |
21401 | } else if (const PointerType *Ptr = CalleeType->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
21402 | CalleeType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); |
21403 | Kind = FK_FunctionPointer; |
21404 | } else { |
21405 | CalleeType = CalleeType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
21406 | Kind = FK_BlockPointer; |
21407 | } |
21408 | const FunctionType *FnType = CalleeType->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
21409 | |
21410 | // Verify that this is a legal result type of a function. |
21411 | if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) { |
21412 | unsigned diagID = diag::err_func_returning_array_function; |
21413 | if (Kind == FK_BlockPointer) |
21414 | diagID = diag::err_block_returning_array_function; |
21415 | |
21416 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diagID) |
21417 | << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType; |
21418 | return ExprError(); |
21419 | } |
21420 | |
21421 | // Otherwise, go ahead and set DestType as the call's result. |
21422 | E->setType(DestType.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context)); |
21423 | E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType)); |
21424 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); |
21425 | |
21426 | // Rebuild the function type, replacing the result type with DestType. |
21427 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Val: FnType); |
21428 | if (Proto) { |
21429 | // __unknown_anytype(...) is a special case used by the debugger when |
21430 | // it has no idea what a function's signature is. |
21431 | // |
21432 | // We want to build this call essentially under the K&R |
21433 | // unprototyped rules, but making a FunctionNoProtoType in C++ |
21434 | // would foul up all sorts of assumptions. However, we cannot |
21435 | // simply pass all arguments as variadic arguments, nor can we |
21436 | // portably just call the function under a non-variadic type; see |
21437 | // the comment on IR-gen's TargetInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic. |
21438 | // However, it turns out that in practice it is generally safe to |
21439 | // call a function declared as "A foo(B,C,D);" under the prototype |
21440 | // "A foo(B,C,D,...);". The only known exception is with the |
21441 | // Windows ABI, where any variadic function is implicitly cdecl |
21442 | // regardless of its normal CC. Therefore we change the parameter |
21443 | // types to match the types of the arguments. |
21444 | // |
21445 | // This is a hack, but it is far superior to moving the |
21446 | // corresponding target-specific code from IR-gen to Sema/AST. |
21447 | |
21448 | ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes = Proto->getParamTypes(); |
21449 | SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; |
21450 | if (ParamTypes.empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) { // the special case |
21451 | ArgTypes.reserve(N: E->getNumArgs()); |
21452 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = E->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { |
21453 | ArgTypes.push_back(Elt: S.Context.getReferenceQualifiedType(e: E->getArg(Arg: i))); |
21454 | } |
21455 | ParamTypes = ArgTypes; |
21456 | } |
21457 | DestType = S.Context.getFunctionType(DestType, ParamTypes, |
21458 | Proto->getExtProtoInfo()); |
21459 | } else { |
21460 | DestType = S.Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(DestType, |
21461 | FnType->getExtInfo()); |
21462 | } |
21463 | |
21464 | // Rebuild the appropriate pointer-to-function type. |
21465 | switch (Kind) { |
21466 | case FK_MemberFunction: |
21467 | // Nothing to do. |
21468 | break; |
21469 | |
21470 | case FK_FunctionPointer: |
21471 | DestType = S.Context.getPointerType(DestType); |
21472 | break; |
21473 | |
21474 | case FK_BlockPointer: |
21475 | DestType = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(DestType); |
21476 | break; |
21477 | } |
21478 | |
21479 | // Finally, we can recurse. |
21480 | ExprResult CalleeResult = Visit(CalleeExpr); |
21481 | if (!CalleeResult.isUsable()) return ExprError(); |
21482 | E->setCallee(CalleeResult.get()); |
21483 | |
21484 | // Bind a temporary if necessary. |
21485 | return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E); |
21486 | } |
21487 | |
21488 | ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { |
21489 | // Verify that this is a legal result type of a call. |
21490 | if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) { |
21491 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_func_returning_array_function) |
21492 | << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType; |
21493 | return ExprError(); |
21494 | } |
21495 | |
21496 | // Rewrite the method result type if available. |
21497 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = E->getMethodDecl()) { |
21498 | assert(Method->getReturnType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy); |
21499 | Method->setReturnType(DestType); |
21500 | } |
21501 | |
21502 | // Change the type of the message. |
21503 | E->setType(DestType.getNonReferenceType()); |
21504 | E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType)); |
21505 | |
21506 | return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E); |
21507 | } |
21508 | |
21509 | ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { |
21510 | // The only case we should ever see here is a function-to-pointer decay. |
21511 | if (E->getCastKind() == CK_FunctionToPointerDecay) { |
21512 | assert(E->isPRValue()); |
21513 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); |
21514 | |
21515 | E->setType(DestType); |
21516 | |
21517 | // Rebuild the sub-expression as the pointee (function) type. |
21518 | DestType = DestType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
21519 | |
21520 | ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); |
21521 | if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); |
21522 | |
21523 | E->setSubExpr(Result.get()); |
21524 | return E; |
21525 | } else if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { |
21526 | assert(E->isPRValue()); |
21527 | assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary); |
21528 | |
21529 | assert(isa<BlockPointerType>(E->getType())); |
21530 | |
21531 | E->setType(DestType); |
21532 | |
21533 | // The sub-expression has to be a lvalue reference, so rebuild it as such. |
21534 | DestType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(DestType); |
21535 | |
21536 | ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr()); |
21537 | if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); |
21538 | |
21539 | E->setSubExpr(Result.get()); |
21540 | return E; |
21541 | } else { |
21542 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast type!" ); |
21543 | } |
21544 | } |
21545 | |
21546 | ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) { |
21547 | ExprValueKind ValueKind = VK_LValue; |
21548 | QualType Type = DestType; |
21549 | |
21550 | // We know how to make this work for certain kinds of decls: |
21551 | |
21552 | // - functions |
21553 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: VD)) { |
21554 | if (const PointerType *Ptr = Type->getAs<PointerType>()) { |
21555 | DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); |
21556 | ExprResult Result = resolveDecl(E, VD); |
21557 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
21558 | return S.ImpCastExprToType(E: Result.get(), Type, CK: CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, |
21559 | VK: VK_PRValue); |
21560 | } |
21561 | |
21562 | if (!Type->isFunctionType()) { |
21563 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_function) |
21564 | << VD << E->getSourceRange(); |
21565 | return ExprError(); |
21566 | } |
21567 | if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = Type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
21568 | // We must match the FunctionDecl's type to the hack introduced in |
21569 | // RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr to vararg functions of unknown |
21570 | // type. See the lengthy commentary in that routine. |
21571 | QualType FDT = FD->getType(); |
21572 | const FunctionType *FnType = FDT->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
21573 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionProtoType>(Val: FnType); |
21574 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E); |
21575 | if (DRE && Proto && Proto->getParamTypes().empty() && Proto->isVariadic()) { |
21576 | SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); |
21577 | FunctionDecl *NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create( |
21578 | S.Context, FD->getDeclContext(), Loc, Loc, |
21579 | FD->getNameInfo().getName(), DestType, FD->getTypeSourceInfo(), |
21580 | SC_None, S.getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), |
21581 | false /*isInlineSpecified*/, FD->hasPrototype(), |
21582 | /*ConstexprKind*/ ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); |
21583 | |
21584 | if (FD->getQualifier()) |
21585 | NewFD->setQualifierInfo(FD->getQualifierLoc()); |
21586 | |
21587 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
21588 | for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { |
21589 | ParmVarDecl *Param = |
21590 | S.BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(FD, Loc, AI); |
21591 | Param->setScopeInfo(scopeDepth: 0, parameterIndex: Params.size()); |
21592 | Params.push_back(Elt: Param); |
21593 | } |
21594 | NewFD->setParams(Params); |
21595 | DRE->setDecl(NewFD); |
21596 | VD = DRE->getDecl(); |
21597 | } |
21598 | } |
21599 | |
21600 | if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Val: FD)) |
21601 | if (MD->isInstance()) { |
21602 | ValueKind = VK_PRValue; |
21603 | Type = S.Context.BoundMemberTy; |
21604 | } |
21605 | |
21606 | // Function references aren't l-values in C. |
21607 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
21608 | ValueKind = VK_PRValue; |
21609 | |
21610 | // - variables |
21611 | } else if (isa<VarDecl>(Val: VD)) { |
21612 | if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { |
21613 | Type = RefTy->getPointeeType(); |
21614 | } else if (Type->isFunctionType()) { |
21615 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_var_function_type) |
21616 | << VD << E->getSourceRange(); |
21617 | return ExprError(); |
21618 | } |
21619 | |
21620 | // - nothing else |
21621 | } else { |
21622 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_decl) |
21623 | << VD << E->getSourceRange(); |
21624 | return ExprError(); |
21625 | } |
21626 | |
21627 | // Modifying the declaration like this is friendly to IR-gen but |
21628 | // also really dangerous. |
21629 | VD->setType(DestType); |
21630 | E->setType(Type); |
21631 | E->setValueKind(ValueKind); |
21632 | return E; |
21633 | } |
21634 | |
21635 | /// Check a cast of an unknown-any type. We intentionally only |
21636 | /// trigger this for C-style casts. |
21637 | ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, |
21638 | Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, |
21639 | ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path) { |
21640 | // The type we're casting to must be either void or complete. |
21641 | if (!CastType->isVoidType() && |
21642 | RequireCompleteType(TypeRange.getBegin(), CastType, |
21643 | diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_incomplete)) |
21644 | return ExprError(); |
21645 | |
21646 | // Rewrite the casted expression from scratch. |
21647 | ExprResult result = RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, CastType).Visit(CastExpr); |
21648 | if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); |
21649 | |
21650 | CastExpr = result.get(); |
21651 | VK = CastExpr->getValueKind(); |
21652 | CastKind = CK_NoOp; |
21653 | |
21654 | return CastExpr; |
21655 | } |
21656 | |
21657 | ExprResult Sema::forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType) { |
21658 | return RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, ToType).Visit(E); |
21659 | } |
21660 | |
21661 | ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, |
21662 | Expr *arg, QualType ¶mType) { |
21663 | // If the syntactic form of the argument is not an explicit cast of |
21664 | // any sort, just do default argument promotion. |
21665 | ExplicitCastExpr *castArg = dyn_cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(Val: arg->IgnoreParens()); |
21666 | if (!castArg) { |
21667 | ExprResult result = DefaultArgumentPromotion(E: arg); |
21668 | if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); |
21669 | paramType = result.get()->getType(); |
21670 | return result; |
21671 | } |
21672 | |
21673 | // Otherwise, use the type that was written in the explicit cast. |
21674 | assert(!arg->hasPlaceholderType()); |
21675 | paramType = castArg->getTypeAsWritten(); |
21676 | |
21677 | // Copy-initialize a parameter of that type. |
21678 | InitializedEntity entity = |
21679 | InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Type: paramType, |
21680 | /*consumed*/ Consumed: false); |
21681 | return PerformCopyInitialization(Entity: entity, EqualLoc: callLoc, Init: arg); |
21682 | } |
21683 | |
21684 | static ExprResult diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) { |
21685 | Expr *orig = E; |
21686 | unsigned diagID = diag::err_uncasted_use_of_unknown_any; |
21687 | while (true) { |
21688 | E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
21689 | if (CallExpr *call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Val: E)) { |
21690 | E = call->getCallee(); |
21691 | diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any; |
21692 | } else { |
21693 | break; |
21694 | } |
21695 | } |
21696 | |
21697 | SourceLocation loc; |
21698 | NamedDecl *d; |
21699 | if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E)) { |
21700 | loc = ref->getLocation(); |
21701 | d = ref->getDecl(); |
21702 | } else if (MemberExpr *mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Val: E)) { |
21703 | loc = mem->getMemberLoc(); |
21704 | d = mem->getMemberDecl(); |
21705 | } else if (ObjCMessageExpr *msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Val: E)) { |
21706 | diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any; |
21707 | loc = msg->getSelectorStartLoc(); |
21708 | d = msg->getMethodDecl(); |
21709 | if (!d) { |
21710 | S.Diag(loc, diag::err_uncasted_send_to_unknown_any_method) |
21711 | << static_cast<unsigned>(msg->isClassMessage()) << msg->getSelector() |
21712 | << orig->getSourceRange(); |
21713 | return ExprError(); |
21714 | } |
21715 | } else { |
21716 | S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr) |
21717 | << E->getSourceRange(); |
21718 | return ExprError(); |
21719 | } |
21720 | |
21721 | S.Diag(Loc: loc, DiagID: diagID) << d << orig->getSourceRange(); |
21722 | |
21723 | // Never recoverable. |
21724 | return ExprError(); |
21725 | } |
21726 | |
21727 | /// Check for operands with placeholder types and complain if found. |
21728 | /// Returns ExprError() if there was an error and no recovery was possible. |
21729 | ExprResult Sema::CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E) { |
21730 | if (!Context.isDependenceAllowed()) { |
21731 | // C cannot handle TypoExpr nodes on either side of a binop because it |
21732 | // doesn't handle dependent types properly, so make sure any TypoExprs have |
21733 | // been dealt with before checking the operands. |
21734 | ExprResult Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E); |
21735 | if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError(); |
21736 | E = Result.get(); |
21737 | } |
21738 | |
21739 | const BuiltinType *placeholderType = E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType(); |
21740 | if (!placeholderType) return E; |
21741 | |
21742 | switch (placeholderType->getKind()) { |
21743 | |
21744 | // Overloaded expressions. |
21745 | case BuiltinType::Overload: { |
21746 | // Try to resolve a single function template specialization. |
21747 | // This is obligatory. |
21748 | ExprResult Result = E; |
21749 | if (ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(SrcExpr&: Result, DoFunctionPointerConversion: false)) |
21750 | return Result; |
21751 | |
21752 | // No guarantees that ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization |
21753 | // leaves Result unchanged on failure. |
21754 | Result = E; |
21755 | if (resolveAndFixAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(SrcExpr&: Result)) |
21756 | return Result; |
21757 | |
21758 | // If that failed, try to recover with a call. |
21759 | tryToRecoverWithCall(Result, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_unresolvable), |
21760 | /*complain*/ true); |
21761 | return Result; |
21762 | } |
21763 | |
21764 | // Bound member functions. |
21765 | case BuiltinType::BoundMember: { |
21766 | ExprResult result = E; |
21767 | const Expr *BME = E->IgnoreParens(); |
21768 | PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(diag::err_bound_member_function); |
21769 | // Try to give a nicer diagnostic if it is a bound member that we recognize. |
21770 | if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Val: BME)) { |
21771 | PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*pseudo-destructor*/ 1; |
21772 | } else if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Val: BME)) { |
21773 | if (ME->getMemberNameInfo().getName().getNameKind() == |
21774 | DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) |
21775 | PD = PDiag(diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call) << /*destructor*/ 0; |
21776 | } |
21777 | tryToRecoverWithCall(E&: result, PD, |
21778 | /*complain*/ ForceComplain: true); |
21779 | return result; |
21780 | } |
21781 | |
21782 | // ARC unbridged casts. |
21783 | case BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: { |
21784 | Expr *realCast = stripARCUnbridgedCast(e: E); |
21785 | diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(e: realCast); |
21786 | return realCast; |
21787 | } |
21788 | |
21789 | // Expressions of unknown type. |
21790 | case BuiltinType::UnknownAny: |
21791 | return diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(S&: *this, E); |
21792 | |
21793 | // Pseudo-objects. |
21794 | case BuiltinType::PseudoObject: |
21795 | return checkPseudoObjectRValue(E); |
21796 | |
21797 | case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn: { |
21798 | // Accept __noop without parens by implicitly converting it to a call expr. |
21799 | auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Val: E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); |
21800 | if (DRE) { |
21801 | auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(Val: DRE->getDecl()); |
21802 | unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID(); |
21803 | if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__noop) { |
21804 | E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Type: Context.getPointerType(FD->getType()), |
21805 | CK: CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr) |
21806 | .get(); |
21807 | return CallExpr::Create(Ctx: Context, Fn: E, /*Args=*/{}, Ty: Context.IntTy, |
21808 | VK: VK_PRValue, RParenLoc: SourceLocation(), |
21809 | FPFeatures: FPOptionsOverride()); |
21810 | } |
21811 | |
21812 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isInStdNamespace(ID: BuiltinID)) { |
21813 | // Any use of these other than a direct call is ill-formed as of C++20, |
21814 | // because they are not addressable functions. In earlier language |
21815 | // modes, warn and force an instantiation of the real body. |
21816 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), |
21817 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 |
21818 | ? diag::err_use_of_unaddressable_function |
21819 | : diag::warn_cxx20_compat_use_of_unaddressable_function); |
21820 | if (FD->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) { |
21821 | // Require a definition here because a normal attempt at |
21822 | // instantiation for a builtin will be ignored, and we won't try |
21823 | // again later. We assume that the definition of the template |
21824 | // precedes this use. |
21825 | InstantiateFunctionDefinition(PointOfInstantiation: E->getBeginLoc(), Function: FD, |
21826 | /*Recursive=*/false, |
21827 | /*DefinitionRequired=*/true, |
21828 | /*AtEndOfTU=*/false); |
21829 | } |
21830 | // Produce a properly-typed reference to the function. |
21831 | CXXScopeSpec SS; |
21832 | SS.Adopt(Other: DRE->getQualifierLoc()); |
21833 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; |
21834 | DRE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(List&: TemplateArgs); |
21835 | return BuildDeclRefExpr( |
21836 | FD, FD->getType(), VK_LValue, DRE->getNameInfo(), |
21837 | DRE->hasQualifier() ? &SS : nullptr, DRE->getFoundDecl(), |
21838 | DRE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), |
21839 | DRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr); |
21840 | } |
21841 | } |
21842 | |
21843 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_fn_use); |
21844 | return ExprError(); |
21845 | } |
21846 | |
21847 | case BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx: |
21848 | Diag(cast<MatrixSubscriptExpr>(E->IgnoreParens()) |
21849 | ->getRowIdx() |
21850 | ->getBeginLoc(), |
21851 | diag::err_matrix_incomplete_index); |
21852 | return ExprError(); |
21853 | |
21854 | // Expressions of unknown type. |
21855 | case BuiltinType::OMPArraySection: |
21856 | Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_omp_array_section_use); |
21857 | return ExprError(); |
21858 | |
21859 | // Expressions of unknown type. |
21860 | case BuiltinType::OMPArrayShaping: |
21861 | return ExprError(Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_omp_array_shaping_use)); |
21862 | |
21863 | case BuiltinType::OMPIterator: |
21864 | return ExprError(Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_omp_iterator_use)); |
21865 | |
21866 | // Everything else should be impossible. |
21867 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
21868 | case BuiltinType::Id: |
21869 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
21870 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
21871 | case BuiltinType::Id: |
21872 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
21873 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) \ |
21874 | case BuiltinType::Id: |
21875 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
21876 | #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) \ |
21877 | case BuiltinType::Id: |
21878 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" |
21879 | #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
21880 | #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def" |
21881 | #define WASM_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
21882 | #include "clang/Basic/WebAssemblyReferenceTypes.def" |
21883 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id: |
21884 | #define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) |
21885 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
21886 | break; |
21887 | } |
21888 | |
21889 | llvm_unreachable("invalid placeholder type!" ); |
21890 | } |
21891 | |
21892 | bool Sema::CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E) { |
21893 | if (E->isTypeDependent()) |
21894 | return true; |
21895 | if (E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx: Context)) |
21896 | return E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType(); |
21897 | return false; |
21898 | } |
21899 | |
21900 | /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. |
21901 | ExprResult |
21902 | Sema::ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { |
21903 | assert((Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes || Kind == tok::kw___objc_no) && |
21904 | "Unknown Objective-C Boolean value!" ); |
21905 | QualType BoolT = Context.ObjCBuiltinBoolTy; |
21906 | if (!Context.getBOOLDecl()) { |
21907 | LookupResult Result(*this, &Context.Idents.get(Name: "BOOL" ), OpLoc, |
21908 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); |
21909 | if (LookupName(R&: Result, S: getCurScope()) && Result.isSingleResult()) { |
21910 | NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl(); |
21911 | if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Val: ND)) |
21912 | Context.setBOOLDecl(TD); |
21913 | } |
21914 | } |
21915 | if (Context.getBOOLDecl()) |
21916 | BoolT = Context.getBOOLType(); |
21917 | return new (Context) |
21918 | ObjCBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw___objc_yes, BoolT, OpLoc); |
21919 | } |
21920 | |
21921 | ExprResult Sema::ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr( |
21922 | llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, SourceLocation AtLoc, |
21923 | SourceLocation RParen) { |
21924 | auto FindSpecVersion = |
21925 | [&](StringRef Platform) -> std::optional<VersionTuple> { |
21926 | auto Spec = llvm::find_if(Range&: AvailSpecs, P: [&](const AvailabilitySpec &Spec) { |
21927 | return Spec.getPlatform() == Platform; |
21928 | }); |
21929 | // Transcribe the "ios" availability check to "maccatalyst" when compiling |
21930 | // for "maccatalyst" if "maccatalyst" is not specified. |
21931 | if (Spec == AvailSpecs.end() && Platform == "maccatalyst" ) { |
21932 | Spec = llvm::find_if(Range&: AvailSpecs, P: [&](const AvailabilitySpec &Spec) { |
21933 | return Spec.getPlatform() == "ios" ; |
21934 | }); |
21935 | } |
21936 | if (Spec == AvailSpecs.end()) |
21937 | return std::nullopt; |
21938 | return Spec->getVersion(); |
21939 | }; |
21940 | |
21941 | VersionTuple Version; |
21942 | if (auto MaybeVersion = |
21943 | FindSpecVersion(Context.getTargetInfo().getPlatformName())) |
21944 | Version = *MaybeVersion; |
21945 | |
21946 | // The use of `@available` in the enclosing context should be analyzed to |
21947 | // warn when it's used inappropriately (i.e. not if(@available)). |
21948 | if (FunctionScopeInfo *Context = getCurFunctionAvailabilityContext()) |
21949 | Context->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations = true; |
21950 | |
21951 | return new (Context) |
21952 | ObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(Version, AtLoc, RParen, Context.BoolTy); |
21953 | } |
21954 | |
21955 | ExprResult Sema::CreateRecoveryExpr(SourceLocation Begin, SourceLocation End, |
21956 | ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs, QualType T) { |
21957 | if (!Context.getLangOpts().RecoveryAST) |
21958 | return ExprError(); |
21959 | |
21960 | if (isSFINAEContext()) |
21961 | return ExprError(); |
21962 | |
21963 | if (T.isNull() || T->isUndeducedType() || |
21964 | !Context.getLangOpts().RecoveryASTType) |
21965 | // We don't know the concrete type, fallback to dependent type. |
21966 | T = Context.DependentTy; |
21967 | |
21968 | return RecoveryExpr::Create(Ctx&: Context, T, BeginLoc: Begin, EndLoc: End, SubExprs); |
21969 | } |
21970 | |